First contact billy meier

1. TABLE OF CONTENTSTABLE OF CONTENTS 1First Contact 2Second Contact 6CONTACT 3 10Semjase at the 10th contact of Wednesday, March 26, 1975, 3:20 pm 16CONTACT 31 28CONTACT 80 76CONTACT 215 90CONTACT 242 91CONTACT 251 104CONTACT 252 150Contact 253 150357th Contact; April 26, 2004; 23 minutes past midnight 169358th Contact; May 6, 2004; 3:51 p.m. and 10:58 p.m. 171LETTER FROM A SECURITY AGENT: 279::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::

2. First ContactFirst conversation with the UFO person (Verbatim reproduction as far as remembered)Tuesday, January 28, 1975, 2:12 p.m.UFO Woman: You are a fearless human being.Billy: I have learned to overcome fear and become objective.UFO Woman: I know. We have been studying you for years.Billy: Thats nice...and why?UFO Woman: Because through you we want to clarify some things.Billy: Isnt anyone else suited for that purpose?UFO Woman: Certainly. But we have selected you for you have been preoccupied with these problems for thousands ofyears during previous lifetimes and because you think and act decisively, honestly as well; and because you have alreadyfrequently carried out such a mission in your former lives, even though great mysteries surround this fact from what wegather.Billy: Thanks for the "flowers" [colloq. German for compliments].UFO Woman: Do not mention it, you have earned it on your own merit.Billy: Fine, but who are you, really?UFO Woman: Just call me "du" (informal German "you"), and I will do the same with you.Billy: Thanks, but who are you?UFO Woman: I am called Semjase and I come from the Pleiades.Billy: From the Seven Stars (the Seven Sisters)?Semjase: That is correct.Billy: A nice excursion, I must say. How did you do that? Possibly through hyperspace?Semjase: Your knowledge is greater than we might like at times.Billy: Why? I can keep quiet, I am not a blabbermouth.Semjase: :I am aware of that. For this reason your knowledge is safe with you. I and all the others are therefore notworried about that.Billy: Why have you obstructed my way to your ship? Is it because of the film in my camera? Would it have beendestroyed?Semjase: Definitely. I want you to have at least the photographic proof.Billy: I see. Am I supposed to go public? How do I to arrange that?Semjase: You shall, and later I will explain to you how to do it.Billy: So be it then, but isnt it somewhat dangerous to leave your ship on the ground so openly in case other peoplepass by?Semjase: Please do not concern yourself with it. We have seen to it that nobody else can come closer than a 500 meter(550 yard) radius. The beamship is visually protected by the forest and the hills as well.Billy: Am I supposed to be the only one included in this meeting?Semjase: Yes, and you know why.Billy: I understand...unfortunately.Semjase: Even though you regret it, it cannot be helped now – nor in the future.Billy: I understand. "My dear fellowmen ....."Semjase: Absolutely. Their spiritual cognitions follow the wrong paths. You have made the effort to learn. You havealready found the truth many thousands, indeed millions of years ago, and assimilated the knowledge. This is why youstand out from the great masses of human beings on Earth, and this is our reason for choosing you.Billy: You always say "we". Does that mean that .....Semjase: Certainly. I already mentioned that you often know more than we would like. Please keep quiet about this.The truth is difficult enough for human beings as it is.Billy: I have never possessed this knowledge and, consequently, I cannot talk about it.Semjase: You could word it that way, and I know that you will keep it quiet. I know you would even deny the wholeevent and call it fantasy if anyone should try to force you to speak.Billy: You really know me very well.Semjase: We have chosen you for this and many other reasons, and on grounds of preordination. But enough ofquestions and answers. Listen very carefully to what I have to say. Write down everything and tell the public about it,but in a different format from your mission in previous lives.Billy: How can I do that when I have nothing here to write on? I dont even have a tape recorder or anything like it.Semjase: Do not worry about that, you can write it down later. First I shall explain everything to you so you will get anoverview of the material. Besides, it is easier for me to contact you later when I can transmit the thoughts to you so youcan write all of them down verbatim.Billy: Are you thinking of the same method by which you brought me here?

3. Semjase: You are really very knowledgeable and a credit to us.Billy: Thank you.Semjase: All right then, please listen now and only interrupt me when you really do not understand something.Semjases Explanation:1. For some time now we have had the urge to contact a human being on Earth who sincerely and concretely wants tohelp us in our mission.2. We have often tried before to do this, but the selected human beings were neither knowledgeable enough nor willing,and often lacked sincerity and loyalty as well.3. The individuals we had selected for our endeavors were afraid and remained silent about our coming.4. They insisted they would be accused of being insane and of lying, and that attempts to harm them might be madethrough official and foolish, human intrigues.5. Instead, many boastful individuals have appeared who claim to have contact with us, indeed, even to have flown inour beamships.6. They are nothing but charlatans and frauds who sun themselves in dubious glory and want to profit from it.7. Human beings on Earth have entire organizations who preoccupy themselves with the reconnaissance of ourbeamships, but they possess very few items which are truly authentic.8. They have many photographs that depict nothing more than some lights and light images of natural origin orintentional falsifications.9. Only a few of these photographs are authentic proof that truly show our beamships.10. Most photographs are only montages or photographic forgeries manufactured by frauds and charlatans whosenames have since become famous worldwide.11. Their subsequent books and written manuscripts only demonstrate a wicked deceit for purposes of showing off orof charlatanry.12. By the same token, many people have the audacity to link us to human religions. We have nothing to do withreligions now nor will we wish to at a later date.13. Not even your so-called sectarians refrain from this step; indeed, they deceive their fellowmen with religious beliefs.14. These infamous and primitive maneuvers need to be stopped before the whole world falls into their grip.15. Were these frauds and charlatans really linked and in contact with us, or had they been, we would have offered theman opportunity to obtain very distinct photographic proof of our beamships.16. But because they are dishonest individuals, we have not given them this chance.17. As evidence of this truth, we provided you with the opportunity to take sharp pictures of one of our beamships.18. In addition, we will give you other opportunities to obtain even better and sharper photographic evidence.19. Man on Earth calls us extraterrestrials or star people or whatever he feels like.20. He falsely attributes to us supernatural feats and without knowing anything about us.21. In reality we are human beings just like you terrestrials but our knowledge and wisdom are far superior to yours,and so is our technology.22. Man on Earth has taken his first tiny steps towards cosmic space flight but they are nothing more than first, stillprimitive attempts.23. Even though he has reached the moon with his rockets, man has not yet reached cosmic space.24. With his current technology he would never be able to reach cosmic space. In order to do so he would require apropulsion system capable of penetrating hyperspace and nullifying the immense distances.25. Space and time are not conquered by space and time but by spacelessness and timelessness, which means that spaceand time collapse within themselves and become uni-directional null-time.26. This would mean that just fractions of a second suffice for the passage through trillions of light years almost withoutany time loss, because null-time paralyzes space and time.27. Many frauds and charlatans claim to be in contact with human beings from other planets in your solar system,indeed to have flown with or in their beamships.28. This is nothing but a lie, for most of the planets they mention are so desolate that human life cannot exist there.29. Other planets, on the other hand, have long since ceased to support life or else they are in their early stages ofdevelopment.30. Other solar systems, however, contain a number of various life forms, not only human life.31. They contain a diversity of life forms, human and faunal.32. Many faunal and floral life forms have also reached highly advanced levels of existence.33.There are also different life forms that have acquired much knowledge and have freed themselves from theirenvironment. They travel through space and occasionally come to Earth.34. Many of them are rather unpleasant creatures and live in a type of barbarism that frequently is nearly as bad as theterrestrials.35. You should be aware of them because they often attack and destroy everything that gets in their way.36. Many times they have even destroyed whole planets or forced their inhabitants into bondage.37. It is one of our missions to warn the people on Earth of these creatures.

4. 38. Let this be known to the Earth people because the time is approaching when a conflict with these degenerate humancreatures becomes unavoidable.39. An additional task is aimed at your sects and religions, along with the related underdevelopment of humanconsciousness.40. Above everything there remains but one that possesses the power of life and death over all creatures.41. It is Creation alone, which extends its laws over everything.42. Laws that are irrefutable and eternally valid.43. Man is able to identify them in nature if he makes the effort.44. They show him the way of life and the path to spiritual greatness, which embodies the goal of life.45. When man indulges in his religions with their malevolent erroneous teachings, his spirit increasingly wastes away,which will finally lead to a bottomless abyss.46. May man recognize that a god can never assume the role of Creation or decide over a persons destiny.47. A god is but a governor as well as a human being who powerfully reigns over his fellowmen.48. God is not Creation but only one of its creatures like all creatures, who are dependent upon Creation.49. But man follows his erroneous religious belief and claims that God is Creation itself.50. He goes even further and claims that a normal human being by the name of Jmmanuel, who has been also calledJesus Christ through intentional lies, is Gods son and Creation itself.51. There are various New Age sectarians who go further still and assert things that approach delusion.52. Yet, as I mentioned already, beamship frauds and charlatans follow in the same direction:53. They clearly originate lies that we, or our brothers and sisters from other parts of the cosmos, are coming as angelsand the like upon direction from God (meaning Creation) to bring terrestrial mankind the long desired peace, the truthof religion and Gods protection.54. This is nothing more than a well-planned lie by sectarians, frauds or charlatans.55. We have never had such directives and would never follow them.56. Creation itself never gives commands because it embodies the greatest power in this universe, and never has toresort to commands or religions.57. Religion is only a primitive concoction by man to command, suppress and exploit others, to which only spirituallyweak life forms succumb.58. Bring this truth to light throughout the world and make it known to the people.59. This is an additional part of our mission.60. If this does not happen, mankind will slowly destroy itself and fall into complete spiritual darkness.61. We know that you are aware of a secret old text whose originals were unfortunately destroyed through thecarelessness of our delegate, your friend, who, regrettably, has failed through fear.62. Disseminate the translation of this text, for it is the only truly authentic one and free from lies.63. We also know that you are writing a book on this text and on the real truth.64.To us it seems to be the most important book ever written by a human being of your Earth, even though it will beharsh in its language and be met with hatred.65. It finally offers the truth to the Earth humans, although it still contains some speculations.66. It has the power to finally destroy the madness of religion within many people or cause them at least to seriouslyponder these matters.67. It is an extraordinarily good piece of work and you should make it available to other people.68. I have told you all need to know for now, but in the long term it will not be sufficient.69. Many additional contacts will follow this initial one, and I will call you at a given point in time.70. By means of thought-transmission, which you call telepathy, I will get in contact with you and transmit furtherinformation.71. Do not worry that I would do this at an inappropriate time, I will only transmit when it suits you.72. I value your ways as well as your sense of independence, and will adjust myself to you at all times.73. The time will come when you and I will meet each other in my beamship, and youll be allowed to undertake flightsinto cosmic space with me.74. But for the next while this will not be possible, because it would be imprudent due to certain regrettable incidents.75. I will inform you of this in detail at a later time.76. Take care until next time, when I will give you more vital information.77. In general, our conversations will not be as one-sided as this one was, but today I only had explanations for you.78. From here on every conversation will be more conventional, with questions and answers.79. Until then - see you soon.Billy: Hay.Second ContactMonday, February 3, 1975, 10:10 p.m.Semjase

5. 1. You astonished me after my first try, because your receptivity for my thoughts was much greater than we hadcalculated.2. Indeed, we should long be used to surprises from you, for you have shown your foresight (broad thought processes)over the years.3. Though your thought processes are often extreme, they do get to the point of the matter and suggest solutions toproblems that remain closed to your contemporaries.4. Actually you surprised me on my first visit when you remained silent and did not ask any questions when I gave youmy various explanations.5. In this context I am thinking of the discussion on space, time and null-time.6. At least there I thought you would have a question.7. Then I took the liberty to explore your thoughts and discovered that you really had no question, because youunderstood my clarification; indeed, even more than I was disclosing to you.8. Even for me your way of thinking is enormous and phenomenal, which I have never before noticed with any otherhuman being on Earth.9. All of them had been knowledgeable and capable of thinking only in one direction, at the most in three different ones;but you are capable of thinking in any form you wish.10. Indeed, you hardly lag behind us at all if we disregard what you call book or school learning.11. You always say that this type of knowledge is not of great importance but that spiritual knowledge and spiritualwisdom are the decisive ones, as you have already recognized long ago.12. You are truly eminent in your knowledge; you do not lag behind us in that respect – on the contrary.Billy: You are embarrassing me, Semjase. Everything seems to be praise and flattery today. I do not like this, and itseems primitive to me. So, please, cut it out.Semjase13. You are very frank, as we are used to it from you.14. But I do not want to praise and flatter you, for we have long ago passed this stage as well.15. I am only giving you clear, factual statements, just as you enjoy making them.Billy: Then I am content.Semjase16. So you no longer think I am primitive?Billy: Certainly not - but why dont you search for it in my thoughts? Or should I apologize for saying this maybe?Semjase17. I do believe you and do not expect an apology from you.18. Apologies are only empty words and seldom represent the real sentiments behind them.19. On the other hand, I do not perceive your words as an offense, because I know very well that you only say whatyou sense.20. To your fellowmen your words may sound offensive, but only because they do not know and understand that youare speaking only from your feelings, guided by your own knowledge and wisdom.21. Thus, much of it must seem very primitive, even stupid, to you.22. But always remember, the majority of your fellowmen are incapable of thinking and acting in a spiritual manner,because they have never learned how to do that; they are still entangled in the web of purely human urges.23. When I want to delve into your thoughts, I do so only if I deem it important.24. It is neither our ways nor our desire to simply penetrate the thoughts of others unless it is truly important.25. Besides, none of us have the right to penetrate the personal secrets of others.26. If one penetrates the thoughts of another person, the danger always exists of discovering more than was actuallyintended.27. Were we to ignore this law also, we would be able to decipher even your most intimate thought processes andsecrets, and you could not amaze and astonish us again and again.Billy: What about this claim by so-called UFO contactees who pretend their friends from the stars communicatetelepathically only amongst themselves?Semjase28. Beings certainly exist who communicate telepathically only.29. However, their method of communication was telepathic from the very beginning, or else, they simply allowed theirspoken language to become neglected.30. As far as we know, no beings who communicate only telepathically have ever come into terrestrial space.31. On the other hand, it must be noted that these so-called UFO contactees who claim such things, have certainly never

6. had contact with human or other beings from outer space.32. They are simply frauds and charlatans.Billy: I have been thinking about the concept that most of these so-called UFO contactees are supposedly only fraudsand charlatans. On what facts do you base your statement?Semjase33. On pure, verifiable facts that may be proven anytime. All of those would-be contactees are implying we are on amission for God and the Christian religion.34. A malicious lie without a trace of truth.Billy: What about the other contactees?Semjase35. Although many frauds exist, there are many who really have had, and continue to have, contact with us.36. But a great many of those have never had more than visual contact with us.37. Contactees, therefore, who have only seen our beamships from a distance and were able to take pictures from there,as well.38. Only a few of them have had personal contact with us, which is the case even now.39. Most of those wrap themselves in silence, in fear from their fellowmen.40. Frequently, beings from alien races have also come to your Earth and carried out their expeditions here.41. They gathered various items that would serve their investigations.42. And it will occasionally happen again that such beings come here and perform their studies.43. They come from the most diverse worlds and systems.44. They are often still new to space travel and perform their expeditions to expand their knowledge and understanding.45. It can also happen that they unintentionally come into contact with Earth people and never return again.46. They are not power hungry or the like because they are glad to finally have serenity and order in their own worlds.47. It can happen also that they overpower some people from Earth, here and there, bring them into their beamships,examine them carefully with their instruments, and conduct a most detailed study of their anatomy.48. Without exception, though, they let these human beings go again, for they do not wish to harm them.49. They often are more humane beings than man on Earth.50. But, unfortunately, there are some rather barbaric beings traveling through space also, who come to Earth here andthere.51. Many are power hungry and evil.52. It can happen, that they kidnap and abduct human beings from Earth, as well as from planets in other systems, andbring them to their home planets.53. These poor creatures then lead a life there as objects displayed in exhibitions or used for experiments.54. Man on Earth and inhabitants of other worlds must be wary of these beings, for in their viciousness they often applygreat force.55. Feelings and other human traits and sentiments are often foreign to them; thus, a human life is nothing of value tothem.Billy: Thats all very interesting, Semjase, but somehow I have known this for a long time already.Semjase56. For sure, I know that you are far-sighted (think broad).Billy: Well, okay, now please tell me one thing. You already have spoken several times of frauds and charlatans whohave gone public with their fantastic UFO contact tales, and continue to do so. Can you give me some names?Semjase57. Absolutely, but you know most of them by name.Billy: Nevertheless, please give me at least a few.Semjase58. As you wish; with whom should I begin?Billy: First of all, I would like to know about Kenneth Arnold. Am I correct that he was not a fraud?Semjase59. Certainly, this man was no fraud, for he really had seen our beamships.60. Many other pilots have encountered our beamships or alien ones as well.61. The greatest fraud, however, was a man who called himself Karl Michalek.62. And on the same level was a man who became world famous by the name of George Adamski.63. His so-called colleagues or friends belong in the same category also.64. This means those around him who pretended having had contact with us.65. Other names are lesser known, but are of a certain importance because they are frauds: Harushi Tsukamoto, JerroldBaker, R. O. Schmidt, C. A. Anderson, Angelucci, and many, many more.Billy: Thank you, thats already enough. Are they really all frauds?Semjase

7. 66. Absolutely, and you know that as well as I do.Billy: Youre right, but how can one prove that they are frauds?Semjase67. We could provide the evidence, but you should not attempt this because man on Earth is very difficult to convinceof the truth.68. His spiritual (consciousness-related) intelligence is too limited for that.69. One day, he must discover the truth by himself, and only then he will accept it as knowledge.70. At present, those individuals who are the least agreeable to recognize and disseminate the truth, will be those whohad allowed themselves to be deceived by frauds and charlatans, and who had sacrificed millions for the disseminationof the deceitful stories and books.71. Their world would collapse, for they would have to acknowledge having been deceived, and lose face in front ofeveryone.Billy: That makes sense, but how should I deal with it? They will not believe me when I reveal the truth.Semjase72. Do not be concerned, because you belong to a circle of human beings who think and will help you.73. I will give you the names of those who are important to you, but keep them to yourself and never reveal them inpublic.... (Seven names and addresses were then given.)Billy: Are these names sufficient?Semjase74. They are – and now my time is up for today.75. I have to leave you now and will transmit my thoughts to you later, as it is already becoming a habit, so you canwrite them down.CONTACT 3[Saturday, February 8, 1975, 3:03 a.m.]Contact person: Semjaseexcerpt in 49 Questions, page 5Plejarens - "not so-called super-beings"Plejarens - occasional assistance by telepathy for invention discoveriesTalmud JmmanuelJudas IscariothSpiritual development of human beings - life spanPlejarens - life span, @1000 yearsSemjases age - 330 yearsCONTACT 4[Saturday, February 15, 1975, 1:48 a.m.]Contact person: SemjaseBilly Meier - "strong thought force"Beamship hyper-drive - "a form of radiation propulsion"Space & timeBeamship normal drive - acceleration to the speed of lightPlejarens - 7-hour trip to Earths region via hyper-speed"Zero time & zero space"Plejarens - language trainingTacheonsBeamship - aerodynamical formBeamship - "protection-beam-girdle"Gravity of a planet - "not always the same"Other extraterrestrial intelligencesPower & greedSpiritual wisdom of Earth humansSOL planet Malona - destruction of (Asteroid Belt)Stevens annotation note: Richard T. MillerCONTACT 5[Sunday, February 16, 1975, 11:41 p.m.]Contact person: Semjase

8. The Great Flood (The Deluge) - 10,079 years ago (see Contact 60)Destroyer comet - extensive details (see Contact 60)Venus - how it came to be the second SOL planet (see Contacts 60 & 70)Santorini volcano eruption @1645-1615 B.C.(see Contact 60)EgyptSyriaMoon - how it came to orbit EarthPlejarens - ancestors origin (see Contact 70)IHWH - defined ("King of Wisdom", "God")Asael - Plejaren ancestor leader (see Contact 70)Pelegon - IHWH leader (see Contact 70)Sub-leaders - "Guardians""Original Earth race"Stevens annotation: Immanuel VelikovskyCONTACT 6[Sunday, February 23, 1975, 10:30 p.m.]Contact person: Semjase7 main stages/periods of development of human life "calculated in lifetimes": Primary Life; Reasoned Life; Intellect Life;Real Life; Creational Life; Spiritual Life; Creation Life7 sub-stages/periods in each developmental main stage"Spirit life is sexless"ReincarnationHellSinOne period/greattime = 311,040,000,000,000 yearsTwilight sleep of the Creation, defined"the nameless nothing" a secret even the Plejarens cant solveTalmud JmmanuelIsa RashidCONTACT 7[Tuesday, February 25, 1975, 6:02 p.m.+ added thought transmission on March 2, 1975]Contact person: SemjaseSemjases new beamshipSemjases current beamship - automatic radiators to 90 meters, destroy film but not harmful to animalsBilly Meier not allowed to photograph the inside of the beamshipsM.R. (Isa Rashid), a contactee of the Plejarens since 1956, learned Aramaic with the help of the PlejarensTalmud Jmmanuel originally written by Judas IschariothIsa Rashid fled his church in Jerusalem in mid-1974 to Lebanon, living there in a refugee camp with his family under adifferent name; Talmud Jmmanuel destroyed by fire when the camp was invaded by the Israeli militaryIsa Rashids cousin using the name "M. Rashid"5 colored human races plus others living underground & in inaccessible regionsBlue race of humans living in IndiaSome colored human races died out long ago"The Heavens Sons" or "Star Travelers" - name given by the Plejarens to their forefathersClimate helps determine skin colorInnumerable skin coloring of life forms throughout the universeBody size differs according to the gravity of a planet, ranging from 50 centimeters to 12 meters tallGiants & titans once lived on EarthPresent different colored Earth races are descendents of different colored ancestors who came from different starsCharles Darwin - "crazy logic"Earth humans not descended from monkeys & apesEarth humans "became created by [Plejaren] ancestors who interbred with ancient Earth humansEvas/Eva = word meaning "the bearing one" or "bearer"Talmud Jmmanuel

9. Ancient Earth humans - savage creatures with human-like form, descended from and sent out in earlier millenniums bythe Plejaren ancestors; these creatures interbred with different animals; one such offspring/mutation is the monkey"Australopithecus Africanus", "Peking Man", "Neanderthals" - intermediate human/animal mutations4 different types of human/animal mutations survived and live today, known as the Yeti, Sasquatch, Bigfoot, etc.Evas - captured by and mated with Plejaren ancestors who settled on Earth; their descendents were called "Adam",meaning "Earthhuman being"; some of these early Earth humans survived, their average age being 15,000 years old; thelast of these was killed "a bit more than 2,300 years ago"; though today [1975] there still exist 7 of these creatureshidden on the EarthGiants, titans & cyclops - tall men, called "Goliaths"; served power-hungry kings as warriors"...many things the human being is only allowed to know when he has become spiritually aware, and has developed hisspiritual knowledge and spiritual wisdom sufficiently"A "spirit world" does not exist, only innumerable "fine material worlds", worlds which exist in other dimensions &contain bodiless spirit formsWhat happens after death - reincarnationReincarnation - facial appearance of "guest bodies" remains "much the same"Fine-material world - spirit forms there are no more advanced in knowledge than they were in the material worldAbility to communicate with fine-material world spirits but not advisedMediums - only a few humans capable of contacting fine-material world spiritsVoices heard on tape recordings in empty rooms - explainedPlejarens - have bases/stations on Earth and many other planetsPlejarens - base/station in Switzerland "high up in the mountains" & elsewhere on EarthSemjase - often visits Erra in the PleiadesSemjases old beamship - an older type ship, @100 years old; built on a wave principle for stability; old ship to be takenaway on March 3, 1975Explorer-class beamshipOzone layer depletionBromine gases slowly dissolve the Ozone layer - released by combustion engines, atom-splitting & similar things; spraybottles release bromine & other gasesOzone layer holes may take hundreds of years to close (if no further eroding)Ozone layer/belt - moves & wanders, not stationaryDr. Michael B. McElroy at Harvard University: http://www-as.harvard.edu/people/faculty/mbm/Stevens annotations: Dr. Konstantin Raudive: http://www.worlditc.org/h_11_raudive.htmFriedrich Jurgenson: http://www.paravoice.dk/friedrich%20jurgenson.htmVoices heard on tape recorders in empty rooms - researchers, booksCONTACT 8[Tuesday, March 18, 1975, 3:04 p.m.]Contact person: Semjaseexcerpt in 49 Questions, page 18Matter/rough-material stuff - a sizable, solid form of energy"All energy can be changed into solid matter"Neutrons, protons & electrons - "elementary building blocks of the solid components of matter""Everything in the universe consists of matter or energy""Course-material" = matter"Fine-material" = energy"Matter is the embodiment of idea"Creation is the source that generates matter/energy by spiritual force, preceeded by idea"The whole Universe is, inside and out, only of fine-material & course-material energy (which is) compressed &concentrated idea."spiritual energymolecular biologygenes - can change over timechromosomes - consist of albumins & nucleic acidsAge is a genetically-conditioned factorMongolism - results from injury to the genes"Intelligence is a result of spiritual evolution"Brain acids - carry spiritual wisdom & intelligence in solid form; can be transplanted in others"Mental disease consists of powerful confusion of the already knowledgeable & educated spirit"Genes influenced by spirit

10. RelativityTime DilationHyperspace - dilation of time is removedHyperspace "jumps"/dematerialization - technically defined; whole process needs less than a millionth part of a second"The mass of an object increases in relation to the growth of its speed"Light speed - dangers"All forms of life have to accomplish their evolutionary processes, and thus they collect experience & knowledge"Time travelers - occasionally appear from the pastTalmud Jmmanuel - a teacher, prophet of spiritual knowledge & wisdom, nothing more"No creature should ever become idolized or even adored"Jmmanuels lessons = not his, but Creations and its laws "which Jmmanuel had to learn to recognize and toacknowledge""Important alone is the truth and the laws but not the person who has brought them.""Evidence then is only valid if founded on knowledge and recognition, which means only hard spiritual work enablesreal reasoning, but never only seeing."Plejarens - "not allowed to coerce to convince Earth humans of the truth""It is neither our nor your mission to remove from doubters and criticizers their spirit-obstructing activities; the missionlies in quite other fields"CONTACT 9[Friday, March 21, 1975, 4:18 p.m.]Contact person: Semjaseexcerpt in 49 Questions, page 27Plejarens - humans like us, not guardians of Earth or God-sent angelsNatural barbarism - usefulnessScientists - danger in their misuse of knowledge against othersUFOS (beamships) - often not recognized as such, rather as airplanesBeamship "distorter screen" - apparatus, sight protective screen up to 500 meters in any direction in whole or in part;why Billy able to see them to photograph and not others in the areaTalmud Jmmanuel"It is the character of the uninformed to continually criticize and accuse"Religion - dangers of; "there does not exist any form of religion that is all good"Spiritually repressed by religion; living a distortion"The truth is always harsh."Plejarens - could reveal themselves publicly but not interested in doing soHistory of Mankind: Plejarens found peace & liberty 50,000 years ago; before this time (@53,000 years ago) 70,000humans fled under their leader Pelegon, settling on Earth; 200 scientist sub-leaders under Pelegon; 10,000 years ofrelative peace with the new Earth settlers, then war broke out killing all but a few thousand humans, others fled intospace; for 7,000 years there were no visitors to Earth while the remaining humans on Earth became wild; thendescendents of the fled ancestors returned and built Atlantis and Mu, lived peacefully "for thousands of years"; thenrogue scientists tried to seize power but the people revolted against them; the scientists and their followers fled intospace 15,000 years ago; they lived in a neighboring solar system for 2,000 years extending their lifespans throughscience & mutation to thousands of years; returned to Earth 13,000 years ago under the leadership of a scientist namedArhus "The Barbarian" who also had 200 scientist sub-leaders; they settled in "the high north" and Florida, continuouslyattacking Atlantis & Mu, destroying them after a few millennium; many Earth survivors became slaves while somescientists were able to escape into space back to their planets in the Pleiades; centuries before this, Arhus sub-leaderscaptured wild female Earth creatures & mutations (called "Evas", distant descendents of former humans from space)and mated with them producing dwarf-like, gigantic or animal-like offspring; the sub-leaders were known as "Sons OfHeaven"; the highest ranking sub-leader was named Semjase, who mated with an Eva; their offspring was a male thatSemjase named Adam (a word meaning "Earth human being"); a similar breeding produced a female who was matedwith Adam, while other such offspring by sub-leaders and Evas were produced, who formed themselves into groups &tribes; from those groups & tribes present Earth humans developed; Arhus was angered by what his sub-leaders did andbrought 3 human races under his control (ancestors of todays "Indians", the fair-skinned inhabitants around the BlackSea, and gypsies from along the south of the Mediterranean Sea who were called Hebrews), who adored andworshipped Arhus and his sub-leaders; Arhus demanded blood from the guilty; Arhus son was Jehav, also a blood-demanding ruler over the 3 races; later descendents of these cosmic "gods" evolved spiritually and left the evolution ofthe Earth humans to themselves, returning back to the PleiadesAge Of Aquarius ("Golden Age") = "enables everything to develop to highest potential, including spirit"; 184 yeartransition period from the Age Of Pisces to the Age of Aquarius, from 1844-2028; origin of this change in epochs due

11. to the radiation effect of the universal central sunUniversal Central Sun - Sol System circles the Universal Central Sun once in 25,860 years, passing through 12 epochs(zodiacs); Earth has touched the outer borders of the "Golden Radiation" of the central sun; prophets appear duringthese epochal changesBilly Meier - alludes to having been institutionalized in a "madhouse""No soup is eaten as hot as it is boiled" - saying by Billy MeierTrue friendsSemjase offers to "procure crystals, etc. from other planets" for Meier to sellPrimitive laws of "modern man" are enslavingAtomic composition of crystals & minerals is the same throughout the universe, such as gold"Nature works according to Universal law, which assures the unity of all such things"Stevens annotations: "Takauti Documents of Japan" = "Takeuchi-monjo" (or Takeuti) housed in the Koso Kotai Jingushrine in Ibaraki Prefecture; The Mahabharata epic of India; Billy Meier model photos, one of the models supplied bythe Plejarens; Ground Saucer Watch; Intercep tested 4 photos at a cost of $60,000; 8-year investigation by the IntercepteamSemjase at the 10th contact of Wednesday, March 26, 1975, 3:20 pmThe human bears a spirit that does not die nor sleep during the deepest sleep; it records all thoughts and motions; itinforms the human whether his thoughts are correct or false-if he has learned to pay attention.The spirit within the human is the bearer of the creative realm, and every human has his own (spirit).It is incomprehensible that the human speaks of a heaven and of a kingdom of heaven within himself, rather than tomerely say: Creation, truth, knowledge, wisdom, spirit, consciousness and existence.A humans yearning lies in the joy that remains, for the imperishable life, the permanent peace, the spiritual andconsciousness-related wealth that never fades and lasts forever.Heaven and Earth will perish, but truth, knowledge, wisdom and spirit will never be changing [change?] or perish.The spirit and the consciousness are on the look-out for what is perfect, for harmony, for peace, cognition andrealization, for knowledge, wisdom, truth and beauty, for love and for the true BEING, all of which are of absoluteduration.All of these lead to what forms the spiritual kingdom of wisdom; all are existing within what is creative.All of these are here in existence, as a genius of all ingenuity, as a melody of all melodies, as ability of all abilities, as thehighest creative principle, as wonder of all wonders.The human may create wondrous worlds in a dream, just as Creation consciously creates the worlds.To the human, this capability arises from his consciousness, which is obtainable in existence within himself, in the sameway that all wonders are available within himself.He himself is the realm of heaven, the realm of what is creative.Thats why the terrestrial philosophers of old spoke about the human as a microcosm within a macrocosm becauseeverything that is included within the universe is included within the human.The inner dimensions of the human are endless.The image of Creation, the spirit within him-the existence that is without dimension-it bears all dimensions within itselfand, at the same time, transcends all dimensions.The spirit is the wonder of all wonders, and all power emerges from it.A wonder means using the spirit force in perfection.The human, however, places a wonder into something for which he lacks all possibilities of a logical explanation.If a human is happy, his happiness comes from within, because happiness is a self-created state; never is happiness alocation.Joy comes forth from the humans inner part, created by spiritual poise.Therefore, everything comes from within.The things that, or humans who, seemingly form the cause of happiness, are only the external occasion to bring thehappiness within the human expressing itself, if he has spiritually worked towards this.But happiness is something that belongs to the inner being, and it is an unseparable characteristic of the spiritsexistence.Endless happiness and endless power are included in this existence.Outwardly, the human may be old, but this is only a passing matter.Fifty years ago he wasnt, and in fifty years-when his body is dead-he will not be, because only the body may become oldand infirm.The spirit, however, remains forever young and suffers no symptoms of old age.The old age, and also youth and infancy, and also sorrows, grief or problems, is something that passes, like it is the casewith all external conditions and experiences of the world.What is lasting is the existence of the spirit, truth, knowledge, wisdom, reality.What matters is to recognize and build them, because they only make the human free.

12. If the human recognizes the existence of his spirit, the old age is not harmful to him any longer.No sorrows, no suffering, no problem, no changes and no ups and downs of life and of the surroundings, of theenvironment and the world may still throw him into grief.Wisdom is an elemental, tremendous power.Wisdom is light.And wherever a light shines, darkness and ignorance vanish.But ignorance is the actual darkness, and it is overcome by the light of wisdom.Wisdom is a characteristic of the existence of the spirit and the consciousness, and it bears within itself the qualities ofhappiness, truth, knowledge, balance, beauty, harmony and peace.Wisdom is light.However, wisdom is the characteristic of a human who has recognized the existence of his spirit and cooperates alongwith the spiritual laws.Wisdom is using the spirit force.Wisdom and spirit are two things that amount to one, in the same way as sunlight and the sun are two things.The sunlight results from the heat of the sun, which she herself first has to generate through her processes.Thus, there is also an all-creating existence in the universe that, on the strength of its force, creates forces thatconstantly and imperturbably follow and enliven the endless eons-as truth, knowledge and wisdom, (and) according to agiven uniform guideline-along certain Creative laws.This forceful existence, however, is Creation.And therefore, there is only one existence that rules throughout the universe-only one Creation, only one truth, oneknowledge and one wisdom-and that is synchronous and unchanging for all times.The eternal truth is not subject to any variations and changes, and its laws must never be revised and adjusted to newtimes.The spirit force is vital and dynamic, namely in such an amount as it embodies the wisdom within itself.It is a sign of human weakness when religions and their false teachings are presented as instruments of what is creative,and when wisdom becomes unreal through this.The human searches elsewhere for strength, freedom, joy and light, but not where they really may be found.Wisdom is a distinguishing feature of Creation that, as a fragment, inhabits the human as spirit.Therefore, the human shall increase his knowledgeable wisdom, and he will recognize Creation.He shall increase his search for truth, and he shall know about the power of wisdom.Cognition of the truth brings liberation from all restrictions.It brings boundless knowledge and wisdom.Wisdom is a powerful means to recognize the laws of Creation.A human who is filled with love is also rich in wisdom, and a human who is rich in wisdom is also full of love.However, the human cheats himself because he does not know love.He interprets grasping feelings and sentiments as love, while, to him, real love remains strange and not understood.A human is a human only if he has recognized truth, knowledge and wisdom, even if he never used the word Creation,because wisdom is also love in its best form.Thus, the human always finds that enlightenment and recognition are knowledge and also wisdom and love, and wherelove rules, there rules wisdom, too.Love and wisdom belong together, because Creation and Its laws are love and wisdom at the same time.Where there is wisdom and knowledge, there is love and cognition, and where there is cognition and love, there isCreation.Growth within love and wisdom teach the human to recognize Creation.First, however, the human learns the truth, and thereby he will gain freedom and peace, a peace which is imperishable, apower without an end.Wisdom and love both are two stimulating wings of the creative essence and character.With wisdom and love, the human is master over all creation.Wisdom and love increase his dedication for the fulfillment of the given creative-natural laws, because spirit andCreation are one.The earth human speaks of love that he does not know.He believes to know that his sentiments are love and, through this, he deceives himself.Love cannot be clothed in words, because it is, just as luck, a state and not a place.Love is imperishable, and nothing is able to change it into something else.The path of the spirit force leads over cognition of truth, knowledge, wisdom and love.The sense and function of the spiritual teachings are to spread truth, knowledge, wisdom and love.If this fails it is not a help anymore but an evil cult which, through false teachings, enslaves the spirit and producesignorance, as it is the case with the religions false teachings.If it pursues the function of expanding the spiritual knowledge, then it is a powerful instrument of the creative order.The spiritual teachings deal with the spreading of cognition, truth, knowledge, wisdom and love, with what is eternal,

13. immortal, (and) imperishable, what overcomes death and spreads light, what embodies within itself the balance ofwisdom and love, and they deal with the peace that surpasses all understanding.Each human believes to know what is meant by peace, in the manner that he knows it according to human experience.But to understand the wise peace of the endless existence, the spirit, the immortal Creation, surpasses his humanunderstanding.The reason for this is that he is a prisoner of religious false teachings and human-material things that withhold from himan understanding for inner experience.The experience that forms the true key for true cognition and wisdom.The kingdom of the spirit holds wonders over wonders.The visible universe with which the human deals, is but a tiny spot within this wonderful, endless, spiritual intelligenceof Creation.Countless billion universes like this are held within the endless spiritual intelligence of Creation.What is visible to the humans physical eyes is but a tiny iota within endlessness.What he cannot see with his eyes is immeasurable, inconceivable and unthinkable; it is confusing and unimaginable forhis unspiritual human intelligence and (mental) capacity.The entire universe which he sees is but one of many rooms and must be counted as myriads, because there areuniverses within universes, universes beyond universes, universes under universes, universes above universes anduniverses out of the universes within this ur -mighty, colossal and all-creative spiritual intelligence of the Creationsexistence.And the human is connected with this mighty spirit, with these elemental powers of existence, Creation, spiritualintelligence, because a fragment of this spirit-intelligence Creation dwells within, and enlivens, the human as spirit.Its (the spirits) power, its joy, its peace, its freedom, its wisdom, its knowledge and its ability are unimaginable forpeople that are spiritually ignorant, illogical; for critics and know-it-alls; for those dependent to religions; fordegenerated ones and other persons that have been led astray.And only a human who knows this truth and produces knowledge and wisdom and love from it, is a blessed human.He knows the answer to the last questions of science, of philosophy, and also of the wondering human.But in order to become such a blessed human it is required to search for and find the truth, to gain knowledge, wisdomand love from it, for the human is only able to spiritually grow in truth, knowledge, wisdom and love, whereby he willbe freed from all human frailties.The human is enlightened and fully freed only if he-in his thoughts-incessantly and constantly dwells in the endlesscreative-spiritual reality.The spiritual intelligence is enlightened by lawful spiritual principles, and directed towards the creative being, theperfection and the power of what is creative itself.This in contrast to the human intelligence, because the human consciousness generally only deals with single things ofthe material world.As a consequence, the human is restricted and handicapped in every direction; he even gets captured, suppressed,plagued and tortured by all possible forms of misfortune, frailties and enslavement.Therefore, a humans individual self-analysis is one of the essential methods to find the truth and to walk on the path ofspiritual evolution.Therefore, it is necessary that the human constantly examines his thoughts and may see, of what kind they are.He has to pay attention (to the fact) that, ultimately, he is always led, directed and determined by creative-philosophicalprinciples and realities, by creative-natural laws.Within the human, there should reign a continually conscious feeling of belonging to what is creative, with his essentialspiritual breath, his essential spiritual BEING.It shall be spiritually clear to him that his essential spiritual BEING is inseparably one with what is Creative, in orderthat he may-in this awareness-overcome the material outer world.This creative-philosophical truth and cognition should always and first of all rule a humans thinking, feeling and acting.For only he who is one with the spirit can recognize and do good in the long run, because he has the possibilities ofCreation within himself.Nothing negative within the endless universe may touch and enslave him anymore.In addition to this creative-philosophical consciousness comes the practical, dynamic, creative, i.e. the mysticalconsciousness that consists of the perception of the one reality in all things.Therefore the human has to be a practical philosopher and mystic, and perceive the reality in its changeable, passingforms.For what is a human?He is only a figure and a name.If one takes away a humans name and figure, what will remain?What remains is the fundamental essence, the existence-the spirit.The human who fails to see this will be driven around and away by the slightest breath of air, without hope for rescue;(he will) always (be) striving to find a firm hold somewhere that, however, will never be offered unless he searches for,

14. and finds, the fundamental truth.Billions of humans look up to the stars in the sky, however without any results or realizations.Astronomers, however, while looking up to the sky, discover new worlds and write books about it.But what they see and recognize, other people cannot see or recognize, even if they can look up.Despite their seeing eyes they are blind.In a similiar way this is the case with the normal and the spiritual human:The human, who truly lives according to Creations laws, sees everywhere and recognizes what is creative, in every lifeform, in every thing, in every thought and act in every human, in all of natures work and also in all conceivablecircumstances.But the normal, unspiritual human, who is harmed by religions or other unreal teachings, may not see or hear, orrecognize even one iota of truth.His life is unspiritual, all the more pressed into human-material ways.Thereby he is blind, deaf and ignorant.The human who adheres to Creations laws is the most blessed and most fearless being.His will is insurmountable, his dedication immeasurable and endless, and his wisdom and love are constant and perfect,not capricious and full of doubts, like it is the case with those who are dependent from religions or generally those whoare led astray in some way.His mind resembles the wide, endless sea and does not let itself come out of its rest.He does not tremble with fear.Therefore, the human may unfold his spiritual mind that is not anymore reached by any degenerated negative force;The mind which gives no shelter to negatively degenerated thoughts and supersedes all positively degenerated thoughtsand actions.Only a balanced mind that is rooted in what is creative-in creative service, in creative wisdom, its knowledge, its loveand joy that are more real than all material walls around (and more real than) the human environment-is valuable andserving the spirits development.Therefore the human being shall be spiritually great and constructive at all times.The spirit, the source of all endless, creative development, is itself the humans innermost being.The human outer being is full of limitations, because it is not itself, but only its wrap, its material body, a limitation, amisleading matter, the source of toil and pain, (and it is) limited regarding cognition and will, willingness to makesacrifices, freedom, love and luck.If the human looks at his fellowman in an external, material way only, he sees nothing other than just exactly the formand figure, the material of this special person.If he looks at him with the spiritual eyes of cognition and knows that this (universally) all-testifying consciousness inhimself is also in all the other ones, albeit unknown to them, then the manner of how he sees his fellowmen changescompletely.He then does not simply see a man anymore, a woman, a girl or a child, but he sees the fellowman as a bearer of acreative spirit that knows about itself, about its existence, and wants to reveal itself through anybody if there would onlybe offered an opportunity.He who knows the truth sees his fellowman from this knowledge and recognition, because he sees in him what iscreative.At least he now knows more than he knew before he recognized the truth.This is the proof then that ignorance is nothing that cannot be changed for all times.If the human is willing to accept the truth he can free himself from all ignorance.The human can free himself from everything, and everything can be taken from him, except the creative consciousness,the spirit, the existence within his interior, this purely spiritual realm within him.He may be robbed from all of his possessions and may be driven away from his home, but nobody may drive him awayfrom his spiritual realm within his interior.Thus, the human should be constantly aware of what is creative, without which he would not be able to draw a singlebreath, could grasp no thought, could not realize, see, hear or experience.Therefore, the great sages of all times say: "The creative spirit is nearer to the human than his own breath."The human may not escape from this highest consciousness, for sooner or later, he surrenders to this creative reality,because it is the life of his life, the spirit of his spirit, the consciousness of his consciousness, the light of his light, thecentral thought force of all life, the existence that projects all human thinking by far, against which all power of thehuman-material-intellectual thinking sinks into absolute insignificance.The spirit itself is able to live without the light of the physical eyes, in the same way that it may live without hearing,arms, legs or even without the exterior consciousness exterior understanding.However, there is always something present that enables him to keep on living, namely his own creative force.This awareness of oneself, this all-observing and all-registering spiritual consciousness within the human, that looks athis thoughts and motions and that stands behind all of his thinking, that tells him whether he is knowing or ignorant, thisis what is called creative, the spiritual consciousness.

15. To always think again and again about the fact that the spirit is omnipotent-always present, all-knowing and, beyondthis, endless luck, endless beauty, endless value, actually the value of all things-lets the word Creation becomeabsolutely important for the human and brings forth evolution-related changes within him.As often as the words spirit and Creation are impressed upon him, there occur within him psychological changes of thegreatest importance.His feelings and all of his senses change.The more clear his spiritual intelligence becomes through it, the more his personality gains power, and the more blessedwill be his life.A wise one full of spirit consciousness sees what will happen in the most distant future, perhaps even billions of yearslater, and he has the life forms and humankinds entire past before his eyes.Thus, the greatest knowledge is given unto him.Yet, how is this possible?Such a human has the necessary requirements within his interior, in the spirit.As the light may be perceived through the closed eye-lids, as lies within every human creative presence, the entirespiritual realm; however, it is visible only to those who are actually able to look inward through their inner eye.It can only be useful to those who offer all requirements.Every human bears within him the entire kingdom of spirit, but it is covered and beaten with ignorance, errors,imperfection, evil, mistakes and restrictions of all sorts, which have to be changed into their opposites through therecognition and acceptance of truth.The human must resolve and open all evils by developing abilities that are opposed to everything that is degenerated andwhich lead to a neutral balance.The way of experiencing the spirit will be accelerated through the unfolding of conscious searching and the gathering oftrue knowledge, and this unfolding leads to the true and all-encompassing, cosmic wisdom and love, based on thecognition that Creation is present within everything.The human is one with everything within Creation, in truth, wisdom and love, in the kingdom of the spirit;The truth and wisdom, that the human is separated through space and time and the body from each other; this, however,may be overcome through the internal experience.Wisdom and love combined, knowledge and truth combined, the spirits wisdom and love lead-through experience-tounity and Creation itself, to universal joy, power and perfection.Since the human does not know what is of Creation, and is led astray, namely by spirit-enslaving religions, he makes agreat many mistakes, searches for the true treasures in the wrong places and, thereby, violates all nature-related andcreative order and all rules of laws.As precisely as he will observe the human laws of the human society, he still will constantly offend against all laws andrules and order of what is creative in the universe, and will let himself be captured in human-material troubles, sorrowsand problems, in fright, false teachings, deceptions and failings, in misfortune, spiritual ignorance and spiritualenslavement and restrictions.Exactly what is of greatest value will be made unobtainable by unreal religions and human ignorance.To the human, this ignorance and the misleading religions disguise that which is the source of all valuable things, the lifeof his life and the light of all intelligence-the spirit and the Creation.The human shall accept the entire realm of his daily life and his experiences as creative.He shall see himself everywhere in space, in the times and in all things.He himself shall be everything and shall evoke all that is creative in everything, and, in this way, shall bring it torecognition and experience.For, in everything is the Creation, and everything is enlivened through its spirit, through which everything is one ineverything.However the question remains how the human may identify himself with everything when he does not know the spiritspath.Generally, he identifies himself with his body.But what will happen when he tries to enter into the truth and aligns himself in his interior with the creative BEING andthe spiritual reality?Involuntarily the entire world dissolves in this real reality, the "spiritual truth".The one and only principle of what is creative-spiritual. rules everywhere.But how shall the human identify himself with everything?The human shall see himself for just what he really is.Generally he identifies himself with his body.He cares for it like it were a gem, he nurtures it and takes trouble for it until self-sacrifice.He surrounds it with pride, junk and a stupid delusion, while he lets his spirit become stunted.However, a little bit of pain makes him angry, sullen and uncomfortable against other ones, or he even startscomplaining and crying, has self-pity and robs himself of his life.He surrounds his body with some nondescript halo and with vanity, fear, sorrow, pride and problems.

16. More and more often, everything revolves around his body only.Often he extends his body identity towards his material possessions, or he gets upset if some fellowman involuntarilytouches it.Yet, what will a human do about it when he has recognized the spiritual truth?He will identify himself with all things and all the worlds life forms and the universes.A human full of creative-spiritual wisdom, full of knowledge, truth, love and cognition, knows that from the trutheverything originated, originates and will originate for all eternity.Therefore, he identifies himself with each and everything.In his spiritual consciousness, he will always be-in his innermost part-one with each and everything.In his interior, in his spiritual consciousness, he will identify himself with everything in the universe, in the same mannerthat the other one, who thinks materialistically, identifies himself with his body, with his money, his possessions, hisconfused speaking and teaching, and with the sound of his voice.But when the human identifies himself with everything in the universe, no hate and no greed may dwell within himanymore, because he makes no more selfish differences.He has just become one with the essence in everything.Other people may claim something as their exclusive property, but he who thinks spiritually identifies it with the truthwithin and, therefore, owns everything internally.All fright has left him, while he identifies himself with the truth.This truth of Creation and of the spirit, with which he is one, even directs his enemys hand that will rise against him, insuch a way that it falls back to (the enemy) himself.The spiritual one is protected and sheltered, and the whole nature is well-disposed toward him, and yes, even hisenemies have to serve him in the end.With their attacks, they cause the spiritual within him to unfold to even greater strength and power and to overcome allthat is evil, vile and degenerated.Ultimately, the enemies only contribute to the recognition of the truth and growth of those who think spiritually.They wish evil, troubles and bad things to those who think spiritually; they are of the opinion that they could destroythem through critique, know-it-all manner, lies and defamation, through complaints and false teachings, throughcondemning and making a fool of him; however, they only cause damage to themselves, because their acting givestestimony of intellectual foolishness and ignorance, from which he who thinks spiritually learns even more and becomeseven greater and more powerful in his spirit and consciousness.Are such truths perhaps suggestions?To claim this would be a delusion, because it is false.It deals here with absolute truths.Generally, the lives of those who are thinking falsely, who are led astray and are depending upon religions, are full ofevil suggestions, full of imaginary concepts, false teachings and delusional assumptions.The only possibility and the only means to overcome those damages is to fundamentally recognize the truths whichabolish the human figments, to adhere to them and to let rule the highest creative-spiritual forces.All unreal suggestions and human imaginations will be corrected by stating: "I, the human, am a part of Creation that, asa fragment, as spirit, enlivens me."Yet the knowledge that everything is imaginations and illusions, except the creative-spiritual force, truth and reality,(this knowledge) doesnt diminish the eagerness that the human unfolds in his life at all, but it will drive him up intounimagined heights.Only that which is true and which remains truth can be valid as truth; something on which one can depend on througheternity, and that never and under no circumstances ever needs revision.Truth must never be adjusted to some other or new time, because it is constant for all times.It is eternally constant and always sounds alike, even if it is spoken with other words.It is the rock upon which one can build in eternal times and in all spaces.The truth has been before life, and the truth is afterwards also.What is only of a short duration is danger, a grave deception, a false teaching.Creation and truth are always the same, today just as tomorrow; they are always unchanging and of eternal, constantvalue.They do not change, neither name nor form, because Creation and truth are without names and forms.Therefore, the human shall cling to what is creative, because alone what is creative is the truth.It is that which is imperishable, like Creation itself; it is that which is eternal and perfect, that is worth all of humansefforts of will, because near it the human does not fall prey to deception.Therefore, he shall cling to the truth and become imperturbable in always constant calmness, joy, knowledge, love,strength and wisdom in all things.That which is creative alone is endless wisdom and truth, with which there is not one iota of error.Therefore, the human shall get strength from the creative wisdom, and he shall search for his light in his own spirit.The spiritual human knows well that he may not move his hand in a room without touching myriad of what is creative,

17. because it is always present in all times and spaces.The spiritual human is full of joy when he knows about the truth that the creative-which is eternally and indescribablypowerful-surrounds him wherever he walks.What is creative is full of endless peace, full of endless cognition and the most perfect perfection.It is the source of all wonders of the highest spiritual consciousness that is present everywhere, within and external.His joy is as endless as the spiritual life itself.In order to achieve fast spiritual progress, the spiritual human looks upon each and everything as creative.As soon as he sees something, he sees what is creative.Behind everything and in its manifestations, there always stands before him what is creative.Therefore, the spiritual human does not walk this way and that way in order to attain the highest spiritual experience;instead he always finds the best place to gather recognition and experience wherever he stays.His spirit that is to be developed is within him and not at some other location.He must develop it through his own thinking and acting.Through this cognition, his attitude becomes a sanctuary, and all things along with him become holy-even the earthunder his feet.The spiritual human does not look upon the future as the time to experience Creation and the spirit dwelling within him,but the immediate "here and now", through which he-in the eyes of the non-spiritual normal people-lives in the mostdistant future, often totally misunderstood.For the spiritual human, the time is not sometime, but always in the immediate "here and now".For him it is not necessary to see physically in order to see the truth.He begins to search within himself, and the truth becomes more and more real to him, because for him his spirit is theall-seeing presence.No word that is spoken anywhere remains unheard by him.In order to speed progress the spiritual human hears the sound of truth from any sound he hears, whereby each soundpenetrates his spiritual consciousness and establishes there.In the same manner every thing reminds him of that which is creative, and of the immediate truth.Every circumstance is a creative circumstance, each opportunity a creative opportunity.The creative human lives and works in such cognition, and through this he internally walks on.What is great, what is spiritual, is present within his innermost as little things, because in the cognition of truth dwellswhat is infinite in the finite.And within each human the infinite has its seat; however, very few are able to recognize this.To wake up the infinite requires reasonable logic and being free from unreal teachings.To wake up the infinite and let it become effective is the goal of life-spiritual perfection.Those who are rich in spirit become an instrument, through which Creation expresses the spiritual realm.This highest wisdom-like value of Creation lets the heaven arise.Those who are rich in spirit are free of all boundaries of any restriction and the material self-awareness, and are,therefore, in constant touch with Creation itself.In the case of the human, the weight of the material principle prevails.In the not too distant future, terrestrial science will discover this principle in the (substance) matter.Creation is included along with everything that was created; with everything that unfolds itself and develops further.Only the unrestricted spirit and Creation itself represent true freedom, true perfection, true cognition, power, love,knowledge, truth and wisdom.In its absoluteness, all of these are the creative itself.In order to gain anything truly excellent in life, the human must be loyal to what is creative, the unrestricted andunlimitable.Everything that is limited and restricted brings irreality and problems.However, attractive as it may seem, it will once become a source of problems and irrealities.The finite things of all forms are unnatural for the innermost essence, and, therefore, the human cannot recognize andlove them as truth without harming himself most severely.At all times they are full of faults, because everything that is finite brings along problems and difficulties.If the human loves or possesses something that is finite, it has at least the fault of being absolutely transient.He may love it greatly according to the human understanding of love; however, when its time comes it perishes, and hemourns over the loss of it.That which is limited has faults in other respects, too.Even if it does not perish at the first moment, it is at least subjected to changes.If it is full of human love for one moment, it may be displaced by, or filled with, human hate at the next moment.Whether it is a thing that changes or perishes, or a human who changes his approach towards his fellow man, the resultis always sorrow and suffering, while that which may not be limited will never change because it is of unlimited andabsolute lasting value.When wisdom and truth dawn within the human and when his spiritual knowledge grows, when he is guided by

18. universal love and when his life becomes a blessing to him and other ones, then cognition of truth has ripened withinhim.Then he becomes aware of the fragment of Creation within him, the spirit-the spiritual realm.Creation is present in spiritual love and wisdom.He who struggles for spiritual light and spiritual love, to him the door to Creation opens.If the human loves the truth, he loves that which is perfect and wonderful and what embodies the spiritual realm withinitself, for it is also the path to wisdoms realm.The human shall become aware of the creative presence and let his spiritual intelligence shine forth from everything.He shall recognize that even in the vast, infinite and open space the eyes of that which is creative are directed towardshim, and that Creation is the true intelligence that sees him with those eyes which keep everything safe and are endowedwith a sense, and which are able to answer everything.Therefore, he shall live consciously-spiritually under the eyes of that which is creative; he shall live with theconsciousness of that which is spiritual, that is infinite power, of which he must always be aware.Then he can never be weak.CONTACT 31[Thursday, July 17, 1975, 10:14 a.m.]Contact persons: Semjase, Ptaah, Asket, Neraexcerpt in 49 Questions, pages 12-13excerpt in 49 Questions, page 10Billy Meiers "Great Journey" with the PlejarensCONTACT 36[Monday, October 20, 1975, 1:57 p.m.]Contact persons: Semjase, PtaahPetale - definedArahat AthersataAdolph HitlerThule SocietyGizeh Intelligences"Ashtar Sheran" / AruseakMosesTen CommandmentsFatima"telenotical" - word defined"area analyzer" - apparatussubconsciousdeathFrancisco Franco - death predictionFrancisco Franco - prediction confirmation letter to Hans JacobfeelingsHigh CouncilCONTACT 37[Monday, November 3, 1975, 7:43 p.m.]+ ommitted section 45-52 found in Stevens "UFO From Reticulum" pgs.249-250Contact person: SemjaseZeta Reticuli IntelligencesBetty HillBarney Hill"radio-photography" - apparatusPhantomas - French film character, like Zeta Reticuli Intelligencestelevisioncrystals from the Pleiades & VenusCONTACT 38

19. [Thursday, November 13, 1975, 9:36 a.m.; thought transmission]Contact persons: Semjase, Quetzal"Ashtar Sheran" / Aruseakevolutionknowledge & truthnegative & positive forcesbalanceArussemHebrewsJehovaKamagol Ireligious cultsGizeh pyramidKamagol IIGizeh Intelligencesnegatively-influenced humans in Germany, America, Argentina & BrazilpredictionsDaniel Fry - contacteeProfessor Joao Freitas de Guimares - contacteeVictor Schauberger - contacteeGustav Meyrink - contacteeRay Stanford - contacteeMario Bertossi - contactee (see Contacts 38,51,63)Albert Einstein - contacteeAlbert Schweizer - contacteeCharles Hickson - contacteeCalvin Parker - contacteeBetty Hill - contacteeBarney Hill - contactee3110+ other less-important contacteesJosefina Burkman - contacteeJuri Gagarin - contacteeDr. James E. McDonald - contacteeRudolf Steiner - contacteeAlois Rikenbach - contacteeHorst Raps - contacteeCharles A. Maney - contacteeWilbert B. Smith - contactee3 other world-recognized publicly known contactees - not namedguided "real vision" contacts - definedGizeh Intelligences"spiritual forces which lie sleeping in the subconscious"Jmmanuel - feeding of the 5000 with bread_______ Berlet - contactee (see Stevens book "UFO From Acart")"Ashtar Sheran" / Aruseak "contactees"_______ Speer - "Ashtar Sheran" / Aruseak "contactee"Ventla Verlag books (Karl Veit, publisher)Francisco Franco - prediction confirmation letter to Hans JacobBermuda Triangle"several worlds & several dimensions"parallel world to ours"world" with "3 nearly like kind planets in one line in it"dimension leading to Earth during the age of the dinosaurs"dimension door" - "opens to different dimensions or spheres"dimension leading to Earth during the futureCONTACT 39[Wednesday, December 3, 1975, 1:37 a.m.]

20. Contact persons: Semjase, Ptaahexcerpt in 49 Questions, pages 28-29"scanning instrument for photographing" - apparatusAsketArahat AthersataPetaleBermuda Triangle - "dimension portal"beamship - radiation shield"energy bales" that circle the Earth"passion for adventure"Jehova - "god" of the Christian religion, died "around 2,150 years ago"JmmanuelBilly Meier pilots the beamship around the Earth & the Moon"arimo" - word defined, "hold on"beamship - "normal drive"hyperspacebeamship - automatic guidance control, "3 buttons in the hole"Semjase - reason & logicJehova - drawing by SemjaseUFO observers - data not tracked, but near "1 billion"contactees - 17,718 with conscious or unconscious contactcontactees - 3,902 involuntary/accidental since 1900contactees - 31 of the 3,902 accidentals with some importancecontactees - 173 of the 17,718 with half-important meaningcontactees - a small number of the 173 are known publiclycontactees - 24 of the 17,718 with greater importancecontactees - of the 24 only a few are known publicly or are deadcontactees - 1 of the 17,718 important for fulfilling a prophecycontactees - 723 Gizeh Intelligences contacteescontactees - 27 of the 723 GI contactees have come to public attentioncontactees - 36 deceptive "contactees" who never had contactcontactees - 7 of the 36 deceivers have come to worldwide attentioncontactees - remaining 29 of the 36 deceivers known on a lesser scalecontactees - by higher spiritual forms, only 16 worldwidecontactees - by medium-level spiritual forms (other dimensions), 268contactees - by lower spiritual forms, data not tracked, many millions"Medium level spiritual forms" - 70-90 years in advance of Earth humans"Other World" spiritual form contacts - dangerous, low intelligencestime travel - the riddle of the processETs - 91% who visit Earth have plain human forms with differencesAsketETs - 9% look other than human (animal-like, etc.)ETs - 4.5 meters in heightETs - 40 centimeters in heightETs - "some look like yetis, cyclops, small goliaths"ETs - drawings of various forms who visit EarthETs - of all visiting Earth only 5.7% have contact with Earth humansAge of Aquarius / "Anti-Christ" Age - definedAtomic War - 99.8% probability not occurringMount Shasta - subterranean town of Hyperborean ET descendentsMount Shasta - descendents divided also into Alaska & Aleutian IslandsHyperboreans - 12-13,000 years ago colonized Earth (white races)Hyperborean IHWH (name not given)EnochMethusalemNoah - ark built by Hyperborean IHWHs guardians, landed on Mt. AraratBilly Meier - "traveled 43 lands of the Earth"scanner instrument - apparatus"lightcable" - apparatus

21. Billy Meier - told by Semjase he will have to look for a new homeAsket - in 1956 told Billy about family life becoming calmer late-1975Billy Meier - anti-materialistSemjase - Billy cuts a tuft of her hair as a "remembrance"Bermuda Triangle - dimension passage that normally does not existBermuda Triangle - one dimension passage into 3 different Earth timesBermuda Triangle - another dimension passage into Earths futurefuture Earth world - inhabitants sometimes penetrate into our timeprotective suit - for Billy to explore dimension of ancient Earthancient Earth world - movie film of exploration (dinosaurs & landscape)ancient Earth world - 2-hour exploration by beamshipPtaahs "grossrama" (literally "great spacer") - space shipphoto of Ptaah & Billy in their protective suitsfuture Earth world - inhabitants are "470 years beyond your time""middle world" - not explored, "not of such importance""overdue beamship of a form of life known to us from our dimension"space-analyzers - apparatusPetaleArahat AthersataHigh Council12 CommandmentsSalvador Villanueva Medina - deceptive "contactee", wrote a bookGeorge AdamskiEarth humans - forefathers definedPlejarens - 3,500 years ahead of us in development"Adonis" - ancient Greek word, physically beautiful humans"The Beauties"Earth humans - physical form, beautymaterial things - limitations"forces of thinking" - effect on others"age of each creature" - factorsEarth humans - life span in earliest times was 1,007 years"heresies and other misguidance of religions" - effectsprecious metals, stones & crystals - dangers"right thinking" - defined"value of the spirit"materialism & anti-materialism - definedMount ShastaHyperboreansAleutian IslandsAlaskaEnochJmmanuel"winds between East & West" or "North & West"HyperboreaGreenlandNorth Pole - in Enochs time, located where Florida is nowHyperborea - average yearly temperature 24.7 CelsiusTir nan Og - "Green Lands", "Land of Youth"HerculesGilgameshEnochJmmanuelAmitabaMethusalemNoahJmmanuel in FloridaAgharta / "Agharti" - subterranean kingdom near Shingatas & ShampullaBilly Meier in India met the "blue human beings"android

22. "Earth moon of the 3rd Earth" (future) - space stationsfuture Earth humans "of this dimension & time" - character & culturephotos of Venus, the Moon, Saturn & JupiterJupiters "red spot"photos of Asket & Nera - their female lookalikes in Americaspaceships of future Earth humans - like those in "Orion" TV movieimpulse contact information sent to authors, artists, scientists, etc."Earth in another Universe 500 years in the future"photo of "double Earth" (mentioned by Stevens)photo of Pterodactil in flight (mentioned by Stevens)photo of Igaunodon-type dinosaur (mentioned by Stevens)photo of a "plantimal" creature (mentioned by Stevens)CONTACT 40[Thursday, December 18, 1975, 2:29 p.m., thought transmission]Contact person: SemjaseBilly Meiers mission"Theckla" - fictitious "girlfriend" of Semjase made up by "Mr. H"Elsa Schroder - accidental contact with Semjase in Zahedan (Iran)CONTACT 41[Wednesday, December 31, 1975, 2:40 a.m.]Contact person: SemjaseSexualityreligious UFO sectsJmmanuelPlejarens procreate the same as Earth humans & all other material life"mental procreation" - defined, "a very seldom event"artificial impregnation - dangersPlejarens - procreation when the husband is infertile, 2 possibilitiesPlejarens - sexual stimulationSemjases husbandPlejarens - birth process the same as with Earth humansPlejarens - benefits of natural child birth, dangers of pain-killersPlejarens - physical maturity at 12 years of agePlejarens - spiritual maturity begins at 70 years of agePlejarens - minimal age for matrimony is 70 years oldPlejarens - love (defined)Plejarens - education of childrenHigh CouncilPlejarens - differences of opinion between spousesevolutional law - 2 different-oriented poles have to come togetherJmmanuel - drawing by SemjaseCONTACT 42[Wednesday, January 7, 1976, 00:19 a.m., thought transmission]Contact person: SemjaseBilly Meier - first assassination attemptintuitive dream warningPlejarens - disposition of cadavers: burial, cremation, eliminationBilly Meier - burial directivefluidal forces in a cadavertransplants - dangersPlejarens - scientifically able to regenerate body parts (except eyes)Plejarens - capable of producing artificial organs

23. Plejarens - housingPlejarens - no currency systemPlejarens - factory work performed by robots & androidsPlejarens - household: maximum of 5, the 2 parents & 3 childrenPlejarens - mother-in-laws ("Geranisa")ETs & Plejarens - music, literature, the arts & schools for thatSemjase - opinion of Earth music (pop & "harmonic")Plejarens - not allowed to bring any things to Earth for others(except crystals & minerals)Plejarens - how they obtain Earth money to buy materials in tradeCONTACT 43[Tuesday, January 27, 1976, 2:03 a.m.]Contact person: SemjaseContactees List - true, false & "unknown" contacteesTruman Bethurum - falseNarcisco Genovese - false_______ Michalek - falseGeorge Adamski - falseDr. _______ Williamson - true/falseHans Klotzbach - "unknown"Howard Menger - falseBob Renaud - falseSalvador Villanueva Medina - false (see also Contact 39)Francisco Castillo - falseFernando Sesma - "unknown"Ing. Reeve - "unknown"Cedric Allingham - falseD. Marachi - trueL. W. Vinther - true_______ Mantell - trueGeorge Gorman - trueStefan Denaerde - "unknown"Jeff Greenhaw - "unknown"Antonio Villas-Boas - "unknown"Eugenio Siragusa - falseOrfeo Angelucci - true, with reservations on added religious thought"Orfeo Angelucci" - fake/impersonator, falseEmanuel Cihlar - falseDick Miller - "unknown" (Richard T. Miller, see Contact 47--false)Buck Nelson - falseAlberto Sanmartin - true, with reservations on added religious thoughtHenrique Castillo - "unknown"Herbert Nielson - "unknown"Carl A. Anderson - true, with reservations on added religious thought"Carl A. Anderson" - fake/impersonator, falseIgo Etrich, Ing. - trueP. Leopold - "unknown"Frank E. Stranges - falseReinhold O. Schmidt - falseHaruhiro Tsukamoto (Harushi Tsukamoto) - falseGosta Rehn - "unknown"Joachim Pahl - "unknown""unknown" contactees - definedGizeh Intelligenceslast/lost contact reports of Asket -"contain the whole of the lesson...by Jmmanuel from the other side"Petale"Genesis" - FIGU book

24. Thule SocietyPlejarens - "after your death we have fulfilled our mission here"Arahat Athersata & Petale - "will discontinue their messages"The Mission - definedchair apparatus - cured Billy Meiers cold (sickness) & overexertionby dissolving "a very tiny unit of original cosmic energy"CONTACT 44[Monday, February 16, 1976, 3:10 a.m.]Contact person: SemjaseDecalogueHutter Publisher (Munich)Mr. SoutschekMr. HutterIlse Von JacobiGreat White BrotherhoodDUIST (Deutsche UFO/IFO-Studiengemeinschaft)Karl L. VeitSt. GermainAncient Mystical Order Rosae Crucis (Rosicrucians)Horst RapsGizeh IntelligencesGerman "UFOs"Ashtar SheranSemjases motherStevens Annotation: 3 variations of the Contact Notes (original, abstracted & edited)CONTACT 45[Wednesday, February 25, 1976, 3:04 a.m.]Contact person: Semjaseexcerpt in 49 Questions, page 31Quetzal - "money collector"ET names spelled: Semjase, Ptaah, Asket, Quetzal, Nera, SfathRichard T. Miller (false contactee) channeling tapeBeamship metal - obtained from converted leadMiningEffects of mining, oil drilling, dams, subterranean atomic tests, etc.Spharmiddon - word, meaning the end of the EarthSecret "super" atomic bomb (see Stevens annotation pg.166, calnutronite)Age of the Earth - 646 billion yearsOil - a "form of life"/germsOil reserves - 646 billion tons, 65 billion already exploitedOil naturally produced - 1 billion years to produce 1 billion tonsFertile ground reduced from 86.1% @1940 to 39.7% in 1975Politicians & Scientists - removal from power by the people5 points - birth stop, stop exploiting the Earth, stop atomic testing, destroy dams, dismantle all nuclear power stationsProphecies & World War 3The Revelation of John666 = Jesus ChristJmmanuelThe Beast = W.U.V. organization [Weltumweltverschmutzung]Cheiro (Count Lois Hamon, aka William John Warner)Billy Meiers new typewriterCONTACT 46[Thursday, February 26, 1976, 2:04 a.m.]Contact person: Semjase

25. Apparatus - area-analyzerGifts from Semjase to Billy - ruby, emerald (smaragd), malachite & fluoriteBeamship metal - from lead, 7 processesCold fusion welding apparatus for beamship constructionCONTACT 47[Sunday, February 29, 1976, 1:48 a.m.]Contact person: SemjaseRichard T. Miller (false contactee) channeling tapeHatonUsamine - girlfriend of Semjase, language specialistCONTACT 48[Sunday, March 14, 1976, 00:04 a.m.]Contact persons: Semjase, QuetzalElimination display of atmospheric electrical energy by a beamshipRichard T. Miller (false contactee) channeling tapeHoward MengerBilly Meiers mission now & next lifeMr. Reizs Theosophical/Rosicrucian notes & charts ("Brucke zur Freiheit" [Bridge To Liberty] & "Die Chronik vonAkakor" [1976, Karl Brugger]) see Contacts 48,50,53,55,62Communication with higher spiritual beingsseven-fold lawsSemjases new beamship - ability to "break through dimensions in 2 directions"CONTACT 49[Sunday, March 28, 1976, 00:58 a.m.]Contact person: SemjaseApparatus - guiding instrument with automatic shut-off (for unrecognized brainwave patterns)Billy Meier - moped accident, broken ribsApparatus - for curing the injured ribsCONTACT 50[Sunday, April 6, 1976, 1:37 a.m.]Contact person: SemjaseApparatus - magnetic beam used to turn off a car engine5 Explorer Class beamshipsPlejarens - anger & loss of emotional controlApparatus - for curing the injured ribsApparatus - for curing the inflammationAmerican Government in possession of destroyed spaceships & dead dwarf-like EtsET stations on Earth - NOT at Calvert Texas, Unterberg Austria, or Bodensee GermanySecret group with station at Unterberg with WWII German flying discsTunnel systems all over Earth, including EcuadorMetal foils with unknown letters (fabrications)Plejarens - conversion of trash/rubbish into useable soil, done by robotsPlejarens - do not smokePlejarens - do not drink alcohol, but have drinks similar to alcoholic beveragesBilly Meier attacked at Bachtel by triangulation device emitting negative radiationsMr. Reizs Theosophical/Rosicrucian notes & charts ("Brucke zur Freiheit" [Bridge To Liberty] & "Die Chronik vonAkakor" [1976, Karl Brugger]) see Contacts 48,50,53,55,62High CouncilArahat AthersataSecret of the 5 women in Meiers group - communication with Semjase

26. CONTACT 51[Tuesday, April 27, 1976, 5:26 p.m.]Contact person: SemjaseBilly Meiers 1st lecture, April 21, 1976 in Munich, GermanyMario Bertossi (contactee, see Contacts 38,51,63) argues with Meier over ET spiritual philosophyDetails of attack on Meier at Bachtel by triangulation deviceGizeh IntelligencesAge of the Earth - 646 billion years from gaseous stateAge of the Earth - 600 billion years to form into a solid bodyHumans arise on Earth after another 40+ billion years, 6 billion years agoEarly Earth humans encountered space-traveling humansThe "Eye of God" Helix Nebula - originSolar Systems rotation around the galactic central sun = 25,860 yearsSemjase gets angry; Billy Meier receives a symbolic mental picture of her rageMr. Arends (Rimsting, Germany, see Contact 63)Theosophical book from Mr. Sloman given to Semjase for commentPlejarens and their contacts with Earth humansBilly Meier acquainted with Semjase many thousands of years (previous incarnations)CONTACT 52[Monday, May 17, 1976, 00:47 a.m.]Contact person: SemjaseSemjases work at North Sea oil rig disaster (see MFTP1 pg.295)Theosophical book from Mr. Sloman given to Semjase for commentRed-haired, tall, ET descendent Chanca (Chanac) Indians of Peru kidnap white womenInca Indians"Curse of the Pharoahs" - figidinus cacti spines laced with poison, in mummy wrappingsGreat Pyramid of Gizeh - mathematical design & prophetic datesGreat Pyramid of Gizeh - Opening of Revelation & light from a distant starPyramids - built by spiritual telekinetic forcesSwiss air force jet fighter tries to intercept beamship, jet camera damagedTelemeter discsCONTACT 53[Thursday, May 27, 1976, 1:34 p.m.]Contact person: SemjaseMr. Reizs Theosophical/Rosicrucian notes & charts ("Brucke zur Freiheit" [Bridge To Liberty] & "Die Chronik vonAkakor" [1976, Karl Brugger]) see Contacts 48,50,53,55,62Semjases commentary on Mr. Reizs charts & notes (Creational power, etc.)7 all-universal spheresTruth is not complicated"The Universe is the inner & the outer body of Creation"Absolute force"The egg-formed spiral of Creation"fine matter & coarse matter"The material will of intellect"False prophets & deceivers2 scam artists & their past lives (judgement in 1884)Yeti (Bigfoot, Sasquatch) seen by Billy MeierBilly Meiers spiritform on Earth as a human being for 25 million years, etc.Amata Stetter - relationship to an ancient Aryan group hidden on Earth"Mistakes and errors have to be confessed"Friends To The Stars (secret UFO group in France @1953/54) 1997 books, fraudDimension door near MadagascarM. Antonio GiannuzziEugenio Siragusa

27. Assassination attempt on Billy Meier - damaged agenda notebook & breastplateQuackgrass flowers picked by Semjase for Kalliope MeierCONTACT 54[Tuesday, June 8, 1976, 1:27 a.m.]Contact person: Semjaseexcerpt in 49 Questions, pages 14-15SENAN Universe (name for our universe in the language of Askets people)Asket - earlobes, anatomical difference onlyPlejarens - eye colors varyPlejaren women - "makeup"Smoking - negative & positive effects, natural tobaccoErra, 1 of 9 planets in the Taygeta systemPlejaren - station in Switzerland established 300+ years agoSemjase - obligations on earth since 19037 other extraterrestrial races located on EarthGizeh IntelligencesAnimal spiritsPlejaren communication by hyperspace "radio" transmissionsTachyons (super-light-speed particles)Gravity - nature of & definedElectromagnetismEvaluating the position of consciousness of an individualEbner - name of an individual, no further informationErra - 400 million humansTaygeta system - 9 planets, 3 of which are inhabited, aside from ErraEarth, the only inhabited planet in the SOL systemAstrologyErra - particular details about the planetPlejaren units of time: odur = hour, musal = 1 day, asar = monthSemjases birthday - February 7thEvaluating the position of consciousness of an individual - detailsSpiritual-intellectual level of consciousnessCONTACT 55[Monday, June 14, 1976, 10:37 a.m.]+ additional contact June 14, 1976, 5:53 p.m.Contact person: SemjaseSemjases written greeting (autographs) to the children at FIGUYukata - Semjases brotherPleja (Pleija) - Semjases sister, black hairKalliope Meiers dream about PlejaPtaahs age - 759 years (as of 6/14/76)Ice ages (glacial periods) definedInterglacial periodsEarth proceeding towards another glacial periodNatural evolution of life forms is universal unityMammoths & elephantsPope Paul VI poisonedStrange UFO ship sighted in Robenhausen & Fehraltorf airport5 strange ships altogether, less than 4 meters in diameterGanymede (moon of Jupiter) - Gizeh Intelligences stationLight-emission beamship driveTachyon propulsion systemBeamship - word definedSemjases first ship while contacting Billy Meier - detailsAnti-gravity propulsion driveAnti-matter

28. Semjases current beamship = 1.5 tons in weightQuetzalcoatlAztecsHuitzilopochtli - one of the ancient leaders of Gizeh IntelligencesEgyptGreater-Atlantis - locationMu - located at the Gobi Desert in China, built by LyransAgharta - subterranean town, part of Mu, built by LyransSmall-AtlantisFreemasonsMongolesAll earth races have a missionSun - universal energiesMr. Reizs Theosophical/Rosicrucian notes & charts ("Brucke zur Freiheit" [Bridge To Liberty] & "Die Chronik vonAkakor" [1976, Karl Brugger]) see Contacts 48,50,53,55,62 - additional questionsPleja (Pleija) (Semjases sister)Stevens annotation #6 - Plejaren names not their actual namesStevens conclusion - $60,000 spent testing 4 photosNOTE: Contact numbering in Stevens is incorrect from Contact 56-60; contact 60 is not omitted as noted in Stevens.CONTACT 56[Saturday, June 19, 1976, 11:30 a.m.]Contact person: SemjasePope Paul VI dethroned & murdered by poison, replaced by a double (?)Billy Meier invited for an airplane flightReporters to visit Meier for a story on June 21, 1976Malicious person trying to gain technical details of the contactsStevens note: Meier invited to lecture in Vienna, Austria on Saturday, April 24, 1976Hans Schuztbach report of Munich-to-Vienna sighting of Semjases ship; Semjases anger after the lecture picked up byBilly Meier in symbol form ("Inside of me, there is a burning rage!")Stevens note about what happened at the lecture (hecklers, etc.)Guido Moosbruggers second UFO experience - report; mention of Amata Stetter attempting to get in on a directcontactKonrad Shutzbachs first UFO experience - report with Guido MoosbruggerCONTACT 57[Wednesday, June 23, 1976, 8:54 p.m.]Contact persons: Semjase, QuetzalGlacial & interglacial periods (ice ages) - reiterated & clarified in detailHobby journalists & trained scientists - stubborn & uneducatableErra (Plejaren planet) - sickness (under control), certain diseases not on EarthCancer - "embodied by wrong-controlled life"; negative opinions & conductCancer - "the knowledge about conquering this disease hides too many forces and too much power"Plejarens - determination of extent of influence upon other humansPope Paul VI - homosexualWhite Eagle Lodge (Liss, England) - secret sectSemjases written greeting (autographs) to the children at FIGUPlejaren beamships unable to crash10-16 dead alien bodies (120 centimeters tall) in glass coffins at the Pentagon - question (see Contact 59, sentence 6)Apollo 13 - oxygen tank114 Plejarens stationed on Earth (at that time, 6/23/76)Tayget (Plejaren sun) - pronounced Taget in Plejaren languagePlejarens - have not incarnated on EarthErra - composition of the troposphere (atmosphere)

29. Atmosphere - troposphere, stratosphere, mesosphere, thermosphereErra - surface gravity, density, axis inclination, equatorial diameter, escape velocityPlejaren ancestors constructed first spaceship 21 million years agoDestroyer (comet) broke through the Vega system "some million years" before thatEarth - age since "first gathering [of matter] into a ball", 646 billion (trillion?) years agoOther planets older than EarthJupiter & Saturn developing towards planetsSun - age = 1 trillion 730 billion years oldGeorge Adamski - built a model based on another womans sighting information; all his pictures are frauds; letter hewrote prior to death indicating he was a charlatan, given to another to be accessible within 1 yearPlejarens stationed on Earth - fluctuates monthly, as few as 50, as many as 300Plejarens - transport food & equipment to Earth stationsAgharta Alpha of Mu) - inhabited, size, several hundred meters below Gobi desertAgharta Beta (of Mu) - inhabited, size, below the Himalayas, cave systemsAgharta Alpha & Beta - connected by 200 x 130 tunnelFraud (unknown name) who claims to be "Master of the World" & "High Chief of Agharta"Regent of Agharta - actual leader of that dual city"Christus" (word) - origin & meaning [omitted from Stevens]Plejarens - birth control measures, sexual demands, women able to detect pregnancy within 3 days & dissolve thefertilized ovum by natural preparations & early menstruationSpirit first inhabits a human 3 weeks [21 days] after procreationAbortion (on Earth) - murder, since not "dissolved" before spirit indwelling; emergency exceptions when mothers life ismenacedPlejaren birth control - 1 method is "pulling out" before ejaculationPlejaren birth control - "Harmony among the man and woman is demanded"Pope - influences the prejudices regarding birth control"Moral apostles & sectarians of special sort" - "greatest pigs in reality"Mr. Reiz - paper concerning Lord Surya [Sun God of the Hindu Upanishads]"Disclosed Secrets" (book) - "Castel del Monte", 8-angle castle in Italy, built by Cesar Fredric II of Hohenstaufen[Hoenstaufen family, Emperor Frederick II, built @1229-1249, Puglia near Bari, Italy], strange inscriptionSemjases knowledge fields connected to her mission - numerousPlejarens - master 12-30+ fields of knowledgePlejaren beamship "energy burnings"Billy Meiers 2-hour airplane trip June 20, 1976Sense of orientation & balance controlled by the internal earBarbarianism - comment by Billy MeierPlejaren ancestors flew in "airplanes" ("explosion motor gears")Amata Stetters teleprojection experiences: 120 kilometer diameter emigration spaceships capable of carrying over 1million people, used by Plejaren ancestors traveling from Lyra-Vega system to Earth & Pleiadian star system; IHWH &other humans in white garments representing Plejaren ancestors 70,000 years ago who lived in beamships floating aboveforests, their ET descendents live on the Earth somewhere, Amata also a descendent of them; brother of the IHWH; etc."Heavenly Sons" - title given to Plejaren ancestors by early Earth humansPlejarens "take Amata under their control" - event in 4 days [6/27/76]"The salad is baked for all times and roasted" - a saying from Billy"Maintain the peace inside of you" - Semjase quoteCONTACT 58[Sunday, June 27, 1976, 1:47 a.m. + thought transmission addendum 4:14 p.m.]Contact persons: Quetzal, SemjasePlejaren birth control - natural plant preparations added to food to prevent pregnancy when overpopulation threatensPlanets capable of sustaining a limited population naturally; related to spiritual evolutionMr. K. (colleague of Meier) - reason for his depression & behaviorPlejarens on Earth - work 16+ hours a day performing their missionsTypewriter given to Semjase from Olga Walder & 4 other women (5 women)Quetzal - "cares for the necessary money"Pleja (Pleija) (Semjases sister) - coming next contact, curious about Meiers mopedBarbarianism - some advantagesJura Mountains - task their for SemjasePlejarens "take Amata under their control" - event [Sunday, June 27, 1976, 3:30 p.m.]; Amata must eat a bite of

30. something given by Semjase beforehandAdditional thought transmission: time changed to 4:00 p.m., location givenHans Schutzbach report of driving them to the contact - footprints & landing tracks noted afterwardsHans Schutzbach fumbles trying to photograph a departing beamshipCONTACT 59[Monday, June 28, 1976, 4:14 p.m.]Contact persons: Quetzal, Semjase, PlejaTypewriter & ream of paper from Olga Walder & others (5 women) for SemjasePunctuality & non-punctualityPleja (Pleija) - "standing among the trees", "as pretty as Semjase""I do not like complicated ceremonies for getting known to another, and surely hide as well by my concerned behavior,my insecurity." -Billy"I know your earliest past and the very old pictures of you." -Pleja"Occupy yourself with the past of that time...it will gain importance at a later time" -PlejaBilly Meier instructs Pleja (Pleija) for 15-20 minutes about driving the mopedLetter by Horst Fenner traveling in Bolivia (via A. Albers of Germany & church Pastor Dillman), describing contactwith Kohun & Athar from Proxima Centauri who mention Billy Meiers Plejaren contacts, the frauds George Adamski,Narciso Genovese, Karl Michalek, ___ Zilar, Howard Menger, Richard T. Miller, Buck Nelson, Francisco Castillo,Eugenio Siragusa, Bob Renaud, Salvador Villanueva-Medina, Elizabeth KlarerTelepathic & Teleprojection Reports by Amata StetterCONTACT 60[Thursday, July 8, 1976, 2:03 p.m.]Contact person: SemjaseAmerican government - comprised of 3 powers: President, Pentagon & CIAAmerican presidential government "has several materials of ET origin"Pentagon - nothing known (by Plejarens) about them possessing dead ET bodies (see Contact 56 question)Plejarens - peace found by them about 50,000 years agoHistory of Atlantis (Smaller & Greater; see Contacts 55 & 70) & Mu - 2 largest Earth cities on 2 different continents(Mu located where Gobi desert is, Greater-Atlantis located between Africa & America) who destroyed each other11,498 years ago; Pelegon (scientist/leader); Arhus (IHWH/leader);Azores Islands are the only remainder of Greater-Atlantis; Greater Atlantis army, 4,830,000 men) equipped with123,000 one-man destroyer beamships, 16,431 eliminator beamships, 24,230 overkill 10-man beamships; Mu hadsuperior power due to scientists developing a way to convert asteriods into guided bombs; asteroid from the asteroidbelt used to destroy Greater-Atlantis; eliminator beam weapons of the Atlanteans; capital of Greater-Atlantis shapedlike a beamshipOtto Muck - spiritform of Plato reincarnated"Adonis Group" - term by Otto Muck for "planetoid" (asteroid)Mars - "has much more water than earthly science had assumed"Mars - microscopic flora & fauna life forms exist thereProxima-Centauri, Alpha-Centauri, Beta-Centauri ("Barnards Star") inhabited by human beings (see Contact 70,sentence 106)Athar & Kohun from Proxima-Centauri - friends of Semjase, paintings made of them by a man in Germany who was incontact 50+ years agoFIGU group members - their missions from obligation, duty & connections with Billy Meier in previous incarnationsOtto Muck - "controlled" & inspired by the PlejarensCONTACT 61[Thursday, July 29, 1976, 00:43 a.m.]Contact persons: Semjase, MenaraOlga Walder photographs 2 Explorer-class beamships with ionization (cloud) coversThe Deluge (Great Flood) - occurred 10,080 years ago, caused by the Destroyer comet passing close to Earth (seeContact 5)

31. 2 other "great floods" since then, both caused by the passing of the Destroyer comet, 7,957 & 6,906 years agoAtlantis & Mu destroyed 11,498 years ago (reiterated)10,215 years ago another planetoid (asteroid) impacted where Atlantis once stood4,453 years ago the Destroyer comet attracts Venus into its present orbit & caused the catastrophe of the Santorinivolcanic eruption @1645-1615 B.C. [date discrepancy] (see Contact 5)Sanskrit texts "very exact & precise in special concerns" regarding history; Bible not reliable historicallyOriginal ancient scripts of EnochMayan calendar notifications - of greatest worth; calendar dates begin with planetoid (asteroid) event 10,215 years agoDestroyer comet - extensive details (see Contact 5); 575.5 year average orbital time, fluctuates from 478 to 683 years, 2orbital rotations always equal 1151 years, due to escape velocity of SOL systemSOL system moving at high speed towards the constellation HerculesVenus torn from Uranus "sun system" by the Destroyer comets gravity, etc. 8,590 years ago, recaptured again 632years later by the Destroyer; etc. etc.Last appearance of The Destroyer comet was in 1680 A.D.Next appearance of The Destroyer comet will be in 2255 A.D.Sun system - defined (Uranus, Jupiter & Saturn)CriticsLetter from a psychologist (Mr. Andersen) for SemjaseDestroyer comet orbits only in the SOL systemIlse Von Jacobi - manuscript she is writing about the Meier caseOtto Muck - deceased, in the "Other World"; communication with him by the Plejarens not possible without goodreasonHans Jacob - previous incarnation (question)Self-knowledge of previous incarnations "not good", possible if demanded via self-recollectionsMr. Reiz - pretends telepathic contact with Semjase2 women in Europe in conscious telepathic contact with Plejarans, one is Amata StetterBlack & white photos taken by Hans Schutzbach, registered into a Plejaren instrument for analysisPlejaren beamship touchdown supports cause counter-clockwise impressions due to ship vibrations "in a spiral-shapedanti-gravity oscillation"Plejaren beamships - 4 anti-gravity oscillation centers, 1 at each of the 3 touchdown supports and 1 in the bottom centerof the shipEffects of touchdown oscillations upon plantsFreemasons - no help given by extraterrestrial or other spirit formsNumber of chemical elements that exist in the universe (question)Number of elementary particles that exist in the universe (question)FIGU children want to give Semjase a kittenPlejarens - have domestic pets, including cats & dogs which were brought from Earth to the Pleiades long ago; notallowed to take current Earth animals due to latent sicknesses that could affect animals on the Pleiades worldsPlejarens - capable of disinfecting thingsPlejarens - animals from other worlds only allowed if necessary"Ether" - a fine-substance material that penetrates through everythingTheory of Relativity (Albert Einstein) - problems with it (not answered)Plejaren "government" - High CouncilPlejaren shoes & clothing similar to ours but made from artificial materialsPlejaren clothing similar to what will be fashionable on Earth @2046 A.D.Menara - a girl from planet Deron in the Vega system, to take over contact with Billy Meier for a few monthsPlejarens - take vacations (holidays) alsoMenara - "very pretty, very dark-skinned, flashing with delight in life"3 gifts from the FIGU group members for SemjaseHans Schutzbach - "a secret between him and" SemjasePleja (Pleija) (Semjases sister)Menaras beamship - anti-gravity tubeMenara - 10 centimeters shorter than Semjase, dark brown skin & "negroid marks" like the Hotentotts (European racialinfluences), very pretty black eyesSemjase & Menara laugh at Billy saying "be welcome in the world of the earthworms"Menaras race - early Earth ancestors; The Huns; negroid races of AfricaSarat language - Plejaren languageKosan language - common ET alliance intergalactic language, though different languages also found on each worldJenan language - language of Menaras raceMenara - on Earth for the first time

32. Semjase - had to exercise 4 years of intensive study before she could give answers to Billy MeierCONTACT 62[Thursday, August 12, 1976, 3:03 p.m.]Contact person: SemjaseSemjase postpones her vacation from EarthHerbert Runkel wrote a letter to Semjase "which nearly caused her to weep"Mrs. W. - delusional woman claiming contact with Asket & other ETsHigh Council - possibility for Billy Meier to get in direct contact with themMenaras race - 3,150 years ahead of Earth in total evolutionPlejaren race - 3,500 years ahead of Earth in total evolution1950s Russian flying disc with 4 people (3 men, 1 woman) launched into space by a secret organization that used planstaken from Nazi Germany; communications systems destroyed causing the ship to go off course & drift into spaceQuetzal takes a vacation from Earth on August 15, 1976Mr. Reizs Theosophical/Rosicrucian notes & charts ("Brucke zur Freiheit" [Bridge To Liberty] & "Die Chronik vonAkakor" [1976, Karl Brugger]) see Contacts 48,50,53,55,62 - drawings found to be "fully worthless & of no meaning"Book from Mr. Reiz ("Die Chronik von Akakor" [1976, Karl Brugger]) - Plejarens unable to substantiate anything inthe bookReligious & semi-religious heresies, cheats & impostersETs can eliminate lost items on Earth by transmitters; destruction mechanisms built into objects & instruments(normally made with synthetic materials) used by ETs for use while on EarthSelective warning instrument - "small white object", detects un-registered brain-wave patterns; second one carried onPlejarens beltsInstrument on Plejarens belts that incinerates lost items to a "viscous brown-black mass" - Billy Meier tests this processand keeps the remainsSynthetic material for Plejaren instruments - once incinerated, compounds look similar to Earth materialsHans Schutzbach report: beamship sounds recorded on Good Friday 1976 (April 16, 1976)CONTACT 63[Wednesday, September 22, 1976, 4:11 p.m.]Contact person: SemjaseMenaras beamship - only equipped with a planetary drive, near the ground generates gas accumulations that can catchfire and burn, so normally doesnt directly land her shipLaser pistol - Billy Meier asks to borrow SemjasesCarlo Disch (see Contact 65) - fraudulent contactee, 1960, Eloa (ET from Cassiopeia system)Cassiopeia - only a few star systems have human inhabitantsEloha (or Elhoa, not Eloa) - name of friend of Semjase in the Cassiopeia systemUFO in Iran - newspaper report read by Billy Meier 9/22/76Cows disturbed by the oscillations of the security instruments of Semjases beamshipMr. Arends (Rimsting, Germany, see Contact 51) & Mario Bertossi (contactee, see Contacts 38,51,63) -critics/defamers of Billy MeierSwitzerland - map where earthquakes may be expected, made by SemjasePlejarens - only make themselves visible to a few & only when they are aware of their existence"...when a form of life is only convinced by so-called evidence about a matter, then this doesnt mean any more than anew belief. But knowledge, truth and wisdom can not be elaborated by such kind of evidence, but only by ones ownlabor of thinking and inner reaching of clarity by an inner generated evidence of truth." - word-for-word speech of Sfathrepeated by SemjaseSfath (Semjases grandfather) - Billy Meier last heard from him in 1953, diedSfaths pear-shaped beamship - gift from a nation in the Sirius star systemSirius star system - 2 colonized planetsCONTACT 64[Saturday, October 2, 1976, 5:18 p.m.]Contact person: SemjaseMario BertossiMr. Arends

33. Hans JacobDUIST (Deutsche UFO/IFO-Studiengemeinschaft)Karl L. VeitColman Von KeviczkyIlse Von Jacobi"Public ufological circles, where some idiots believe they know everything" -Billy Meier"...Typical for the human being of the Earth, as he always seeks only for the material, and completely overlooks theessential values, which are the spiritual ones" -SemjaseDuplicity of Earth humansUfologists200-300 years Earth humans will recognize ET forms of life existingPossible official ET contact @2000 A.D.Plejarens probability calculations of 34% chance of Meier rejecting contactLetter from Herbert Runkel for SemjaseMartin & Mara - 2 new friends of Billy Meier, astrologersCarlo Disch (see Contact 65) - fraudulent contactee, @1960, Eloa (ET from Cassiopeia system)2 beamships from Cassiopeia early-1960s, several crew members, 4 month stay on Earth; 1 ship (piloted by Elhoa)destroyed in 1962, 2nd ship (piloted by Ahar) left Earth @1969 & was flung into a strange dimensionMenaras laser pistol used by Billy Meier (mention of previous event)Rala - girlfriend of MenaraSecret Brazilian neo-Nazi group flying disc attack on Billy Meier at Winkelriet near WetzikonSemjase arrives in Menaras beamship (Pleja (Pleija) using Semjases ship)CONTACT 65[Saturday, October 23, 1976, 2:47 a.m.]Contact persons: Semjase, PtaahSecret Brazilian neo-Nazi group flying disc at Winkelriet near Wetzikon; fires a "shining missile" at Billy MeierPtaah induces certain feelings in some people by thought impulses"We know very well what we are doing, and why we do it." -PtaahSecret organizations in Germany and Canada that stole Nazi flying disc plans after WWII_____ Dunneberg - German head of a secret neo-Nazi group in Brazil trying to assassinate Billy Meier; use technicalapparatus to negatively influence people against Meier including Mario Bertossi & Mr. Arends"...do not constrain your assumptive feelings, but live according to them and observe them as you have learned" -Ptaahto Billy MeierAttack against Billy Meier - wheel lug-nuts loosened on a friends carSecret Brazilian neo-Nazi group flying disc attack on Billy Meier at Winkelriet near Wetzikon; 5 people involved; discstolen from a ET crew who made an emergency landing in Brazil, interstellar propulsion drive destroyed but planetarygravitation drive still functioning; light missile fired at Billy MeierCarlo Disch (see Contact 65) - fraudulent contactee, @1960, Eloa (ET from Cassiopeia system)Martin & Mara - 2 new friends of Billy Meier, astrologersStevens note: Vladimir Terziski, researcher of Nazi flying disc programCONTACT 66[Wednesday, November 10, 1976, 2:18 p.m.]Contact person: Semjaseexcerpt in 49 Questions, pages 27-28Presents - usually given by Earth humans as an "obligation"The meaning of words & their exact valuesTeddy bear - gift from Herbert Runkel for Semjase, remains in Semjases shipPlejarens - do not have things like teddy bearsAstrological signs & symbols - origin (12,000 years ago) & meaningAstrology - necessity of getting the concerned time down to the secondTime of birth - when the top of the head first emerges from the vagina, not when the baby is completely out of thewomb; influences from outside the mothers womb & natural protection field of the womb; human develops its basiccharacter inside the protected wombBilly Meier - exact birth time, 11:00.00 a.m., measured by SfathAstrological symbol for Erra (Plejaren planet) - drawing by Semjase

34. Astrological symbols - "the laying part" expresses the degree of balance (harmony)Martin (astrologer friend) - previous incarnation connection to Billy Meier & his expertise in astrology"Your dreams are a medicine for you." -Semjase2-page letter from Martin & Mara - "Thoughts About The Sentient Life of The Pleiadians""The natural cosmic laws order a unitary & harmonic development in compass to all concerns of all levels able forevolution...spiritual & material development proceed constantly in harmony with one another..." -SemjaseLevitation - control of gravitational forces through spiritual forces of the human, only when "delivered from theweight of the non-spiritualEarth humans governed by materialism causing injury to spiritual evolutionSince 1937 (Billy Meiers birth year), Age of Aquarius moving human development away from materialism towardsharmonyAge of Aquarius began February 3, 1844; midpoint was February 3, 1937 (Billy Meiers birthday); full passage onFebruary 3, 2025 (or 2030)@2644 A.D. (800 years) - temporal aim of Earth human evolution reached"...a hard language is demanded for telling the facts, because only by harsh language can the earthhuman being betempered to think." -SemjaseGreed for possessions (materialism) - degree of influence determined by ones entanglement at earlier agesLove & hateErra (Plejaren planet) - envy no longer knownMaterialism & anti-materialism - defined & effects on thinking, etc.Marriage - meaning for each partner definedPlejarens - human like us, have feelings like love, friendship, sympathy, antipathy, etc. only much finer, more sensitive &deep-seated"In the run of evolution to higher levels, all feelings become finer and more detailed, and in consequence need intensivecontrol." -SemjaseETs - "made the mistake of controlling their feelings too much"; corrected that, after meeting Meier, by far-reachingdecision of the High Council for the ET alliance & other less-developed racesBilly Meier - "you often let yourself be guided by your feelings alone"Erra - "the more highly developed ones of the alliance"Passions (cool and warm) - established & caused within spiritual development; special characteristics for a certaindevelopmentPassions - fade when physical body dissolves (by evolution) towards spiritual existencePlejarens - dont have wild passions anymore, not like Earth humansErranians - people of planet Erra (named as by Billy Meier)Semjase - no more presents to be accepted, teddy bear exceptionOlga Walder - troubled very much for Semjases securityAssassination attempts on Billy Meier - 3 attacks made by 2 groups, 1 by Israelis (Mosad?) the other 2 by secret neo-Nazi group in BrazilIsa Rashid - murdered March 1976 by Israelis (Mosad?) in BaghdadZionists - destroyed the truth 2,000 years ago (Jmmanuels true teachings); "their greed for world command is endless",etc.Secret neo-Nazi group in Brazil - stole Nazi & Canadian flying disc plans, have built them & use themET crew who made an emergency landing in Brazil - crew died when air-tanks ran out, breathed a poison gas; shipstolen by Brazilian neo-Nazis was destroyed by Plejarens when they werent guarding itSecret neo-Nazi group in Brazil - "fear for their existence because of you (Billy)"Talmud Jmmanuel - referred toTruth damaged "by power-hungry & possession-thirsty ones"Mars probeMars - exotic biological life forms that feed off all biological life, not understood as such by Earth scientists (previouslyexplained by Asket & Sfath)Mercury - metal core; planet is contracting; reference to Great Journey of July 17, 1975 (Contact 31)Great Journey photos (July 17, 1975, Contact 31) - reference to universal barrier photo-inspired painting (space colony)& Dr. Gerard K. ONeills article in Smithsonian Magazine (February 1976)Billy Meiers writing styleContact Report transmissions - symbolic picture transmissions put into words by Billy MeierIncrease in ET spaceships (roboters & android ships) coming to Earth - abductions for experiment & testingCarlo Disch (fraudulent contactee) - Elhoa (ET from Cassiopeia)CONTACT 67[Thursday, November 11, 1976, 3:45 p.m.; thought transmission]

35. Contact person: SemjaseCarlo Disch (fraudulent contactee) - Elhoa (ET from Cassiopeia) did not have contact with Disch; name "Eloa" knownby Disch from old texts and religious-oriented organizationsElohim - old nameCONTACT 68[Friday, November 12, 1976, 00:47 a.m.]Contact person: SemjaseSecret neo-Nazi group in BrazilIllogical thinking of Earth humans - cause problems for ETsSigrid Kinet - letter to Meier containing Smithsonian Magazine articleSmithsonian Magazine (February 1976) article by Dr. Gerard K. ONeill on space colonies with universal barrier photo-inspired painting [illustrators name unknown]Universal Barrier photo (July 17, 1975, Contact 31) - "center of the barrier" "an egg-shaped formation", painting has itas circle-shaped; photo has "flickering opalescent energy", painting has a landscapeMars, Venus & Jupiter - photos by Billy Meier 7/17/75 used on TV show shown 11/8/76Jupiter & Ptaahs spaceship - photos by Billy Meier 7/17/75, hoax copies made "by information by intuition [from thePlejarens]" shown on another TV show in 1976; Ptaahs greatspacer ship "transmitted as an outline picture"; "it simplyhad to happen""In your present excited state, you regard everything for too dark." - SemjaseIntuitively inspired paintings and drawings - important for the Plejaren missionBilly Meier to move from Hinwil to Hinterschmidruti on April 7, 1977Contact Report transmissions - symbolic picture transmissions put into words by Billy Meier; people will say the reportsarent word-for-word true, but they areBilly Meiers writing style - group members write similarly"Humans overtake the speech and nearly the true-to-the-word kind of expression of another"Englebert Wachter essay - "Minutes of a Study" to be published in December 1976 FIGU monthly; also in Billy Meierswriting styleCONTACT 69[Friday, December 10, 1976, 00:41 a.m.]Contact person: SemjaseSemjase was on vacation on Erra for 3 weeksEaster Island - symbol-form of writing; Semjase not allowed to translate it, "connections would be revealed which theearthhuman beings are still not admitted to know"Easter Island - history: heads (monoliths); Tiahuanaco; history of the 2 places from ancient times up to 672 B.C.Last decisive colonization of Earth by ETs was 13,000 years agoViracocoha ("Viracocha") - semi-IHWH, fled from Lyra with followers, "Lyranians", 11 meters tall; he conqueredTiahuanaco & Easter Island, settled on small island of Mot (today called Motunui, island near New Zealand)Cherubim - body guards of Viracocoha; birdlike-human creatures"Mot" - means "bird" in ancient Plejaren language; "Mot-Isle" means "Island of Bird-Humans"Easter Island & Tiahuanaco - inhabitants were descendents of ETs from earlier times who had immigrated to Earth;instructed by the fled Lyranian giants in operating "appliances & machines" to erect the giant Easter Island HeadsPisco, Nazca& Sacsayhuaman [all in Peru] - also settled by the giant LyraniansEaster Island - egg-shaped stones there represent spaceships of the giant Lyranians that had this shapeLyranians - after several thousand years an epidemic struck them, they fled in their spaceships, got lost in space,presumed dead; took all their technologies & instruments with themEaster Island Heads - red hats were an attempt by the islanders to please the giants & bring them back; hats representedthe space helmets of the giants; hats made from mixture of red soil, sand & small stones, moulded in a small volcaniccrater, lifted into place by crane-like machinesLast sign of giants was in a solar system of Andromeda; thousands of years later some Andromedans (180 centimeters[@5] average height) journeyed to Earth & "brought a message of the giants to Tiahuanaco & lived there for 20 years& 7 months" (592 B.C. - @571 B.C.)Tiahuanaco - Andromedans constructed electrical energy centers with underground cables protected by half-tubechannels (this stumps todays archaeologists)Andromedans in Tiahuanaco - @571 B.C. struck by the same mysterious epidemic that afflicted the giant Lyranians,

36. fled into space, presumed deadOther giant ET races - not all are like the Lyranians, colonized all continents of EarthCyclops, titans, dwarves - also settled on all continents, either left Earth or diedHyperboreans - splinter group of their descendents, remembered in history as the gods & semi-gods of GreekmythologyHeracles - @3 meters tall [son of Zeus, written of by Euripides]Billy Meier - saw a Hyperborean with Asket, several meters tallNoah - 3.10 meters tallAdam - slightly less than 4 meters tallGilgamesh - Sumerian king/semi-god, 7.5 meters tallGreat ell - ancient unit of height measurementSmall ell - ancient unit of height measurementHeight - normal according to any given race, abnormal only when theres a racial degenerationHeight of Earth humans - why so small when ancestors were giants?Dwarf-like racesNames - elected according to a life forms evolutional position; problems that result from a wrongly given nameBilly Meier - name defined as "Preserver of the Treasure"Billy Meier - nickname "Billy", concerns about it being usedSemjases name - means semi-IHWH, "ishrish" (female form, male form is "ishwish"), "elo" means "semi" in Plejarenlanguage; Elo-IshwishJacobus Bertschinger - previously named "Jacob" (which was suitable for a time); "us" ending added, meaning "godprotects" or "the king of wisdom protects"; "Jacob" means "god kills" or "the king of wisdom kills"Milky Way galaxy - galaxial central sun/star is 53,000 light years from the sun; properties of that central star & theformation of suns & planets from itUniversal central sun (star) - origin of all materializing, cross-material matter including gas atoms in space; "consists ofpure spiritual stuff but which is already fluffy condensed", milky-white color [see Great Journey effects of hyperleaps,Contact 31] visible as light ("spiritual matter of this shape is just light"); seen from Earth as a fine milky line; its lightpower is immeasurable; located roughly in the middle of the universeUniversal central galaxy - seen from Earth as a line, an immense flash constantly enlarging"Genesis" - FIGU book, explains where the spiritual matter (stuff) comes from; "light flakes...are condensed spiritualenergies rising from the Creation, generated by her, created by will, ideas"The Creation - "not a living being", the universal consciousness; "leads & governs...consciousness"; double-spiralshaped oval formation, the double-spiral arms "live pulsing as spiritual energy and rotate towards each other"Plejarens - "how little we know in spite of our enormous knowledge." -SemjasePetrified 90-centimeter footprints of adolescent giants on Earth, 6 to 6.5 meters tall (average)Plejarens - those on vacation from Earth return mid-May 1977Gizeh Intelligences - triangular (delta-shaped) beam-spreading spaceship with "gaudy beams of light in front...behindwas a colorless lightbeam play", hovered above Meiers house for @20 minutes, people in the house began to actstrangelyBilly Meier group communication system - arranged for by the women"...You should keep your hopes within reasonable limits, which namely you are quite well able to do, if you do notmove your feelings into it." -SemjaseIncident involving an "SS chief" (ex-Nazi) at Uster (Germany?)December 7, 1976 9:40 p.m.: ET dwarf race - from a small planet in a previously unknown (to the Plejarens) starsystem; 110 centimeters tall; expedition spaceship commanded by scientists, landing track in the snow, 3.5 meterscircumference, 4 touchdown supports, landed because Plejarens had a small impulse-sender device nearby (which servestheir telemeter discs for orientation); footprints no longer than 23 centimeters, 1 set of footprints in snow with noleading-in tracks; landed due to an involuntary time shift caused by faulty spacedrive; one of them took samples ofplants, ice & water from a nearby pool, another got materials from the forest, 3rd one in a hovering vehicle; will betaken back to their time & home world by PtaahCONTACT 70[Thursday, January 6, 1977, 00:01 a.m.]Contact person: Semjaseexcerpt in 49 Questions, page 34Noah - 3.10 meters tall (reclarified due to clerical error)A primary (first) molecule of spiritual energy becoming matter contains 49 atoms; the atoms are an intermediatebetween spiritual energy & material matterSeven-fold synthesis of matter - 7 planes each different structurally & by "value"; earth scientists only aware of the 7th

37. and 6th planes, working on the 5th; earth scientists call the 7th plane the atom plane, (but actually the 1st plane is theatomic plane); and they call the 6th plane elementary particles (but this is actually the 2nd plane); "there exists a micro-atom-plane beside the atom plane, which draws through all spiritual energetical & rough-material matter"HISTORY OF THE ARYANS - ancient homeworlds were planets within Lyra near Vega; mastered spaceflight 22+million years ago & visited Earth in its early development; brought banished criminals to Earth for punishment whomixed with early native Earth human-like creatures; Destroyer comet damaged Lyra-Vegan homeworlds; laterdeveloped disc-shaped beamships; conquering wars; Lyra-Vegan liberation war 230,000 years ago; "more than 60% ofall culture was damaged & completely destroyed", 3 planets of Lyra system dissolved to energy by a weapon called"over-kill" (now being developed on Earth, written about in science fiction novels); commander of the terrorizingarmies an IHWH named Asael; Asael fled with 360,000 people ("titan-sized") in 183 great-spacers & 253 space-reconnaissance ships to the Asael System ([the Pleiades] star system with 254 young blue-white stars), later takepossession of the worlds of the Hesperides System; on the Hesperides worlds centuries later, Asael dies, succeeded byhis daughter Pleja (an IHWH), "Asael System" name changed to "Pleja-System" [the Pleiades]; Pleja commandedexpeditions to the SOL system, which had been where a part (Venus) of a destroyed (by the Destroyer comet millionsof years ago) planet of the Lyra-Vega system was transplanted (see Contacts 5 & 60); Pleja expedition to SOL systemtook control of Mars, Earth & Malona, later returned back to Lyra-Vega system leaving some behind to mix with theraces there; Pleja died and later Lyra-Vegans (Pleiadians) returned again to Earth & Malona (4th planet), fights forgovernment arose, Earth was evacuated to Lyra-Vega worlds, Malona remained colonized until destroyed by warbetween its 2 nations (remains are the Asteroid Belt); later, Lyra-Vega criminals again banished to Earth; later Earthcolonized again by several hundred great-spacers of Lyra-Vegans (Pleiadians) for 6,000 years, later destroyed by wars;later war broke out again in Lyra-Vega system, IHWH leader Pelegon & other Lyra-Vegan "titans" traveled to Earth50,000 years ago; in Lyra-Vega the wars were fought to their end & government was given over to spiritual leaders,final peace was found and @26 A.D. Pleiadians discovered by expedition a semi-spiritual world in the Andromedasystem inhabited by semi-spiritual beings who became the Plejaren alliance "High Council" in 26 A.D. (1,951 years ago,see sentence 170); under Pelegons leadership on Earth with 200 sub-leader scientists, high-cultured civilizations aroseon every continent & peace lasted 10,000 years, until IHWH named Jesas murdered the follower of Pelegon & tookcommand of all nations, war broke out & 100s of thousands fled to Beta-Centaurus ("Barnards Star"); etc., etc.History of Atlantis (see Contacts 55 & 59)- @31,000 B.C. (33,000 years ago) descendents of the Beta-Centaurus [?]refugees colonized Earth again, guided by IHWH named Atlant who was married to IHWH named Karyatide; Atlantis(city & continent) built under Atlants leadership; Smaller-Atlantis built under Karyatides leadership; Mu built under theleadership of Karyatides father Muras; 18,000 years passed in flourishment, until @13,000 B.C. (15,000 years ago)scientists tried to seize power but subdued & escaped to Beta-Centaurus ("Barnards Star") regionHyperborea (Florida) - @11,000 B.C. descendents of the Atlantis power-mongers/escapees to Beta-Centaurus returnedto Earth for revenge (meanwhile had increased their lifespan up to 1,000 years by research & extended knowledge), ledby IHWH named Arus "the barbarian" who also had 200 sub-leaders/scientists; Arus conquered northern lands of Earth("Hyperborea"), Earths axis at that time was different, "before a turn of the Earth changed its axis" (i.e. Florida used tobe in the northern region of Earths magnetic pole before the axis changed to what it is now); Aruss son Arus IIattacked what are now the lands of India, Pakistan, Iran (Persia), etc. inhabited by the Sumerians (peaceloving, dark-skinned {not negroid, but Europid} & tall, mainly traders & agriculturalists [sentence 176], descendents of Sirians whohad settled on Earth 33,000 years ago when the Pleja-System people did); [sentences 173-175] Sumerians expelled byAurus II, returned to their old homeland "between the Caspian Sea & Mount Arahat [Ararat]"; India, previously namedArya, named after Arus II, which had split from Hyperboreans & allied with inhabitants of Mu & Agharta; Arus I ("thebarbarian", father of Arus II) meanwhile constantly attacked Mu & Greater Atlantis; those wars lasted 1,502 years, Mu& Atlantis were destroyed; Arus I murdered in old age, after destruction of Mu & Atlantis, by his 3rd son Jehovan;[sentences 172-179] some desendents of Arus I "preserved themselves as the Ausists" until Jehavs time (@3,400 B.C.)when 160,000 of them (called Great-Aryans, advocated Arus Is ideas)) deserted Jehavs government, wandered &plundered northwest to east, attacked the Sumerians in India & settled thereHebrew/Jewish History - Jehovan took power & seized control of 3 nations & the Hyperboreans; 1 of those nationssubjugated by Jehovan were descendents of an IHWH named Armus who had settled in the region of Armenia 33,000years ago (from the Pleja-System); 2nd nation subjugated by Jehovan were the Aryans (of India); 3rd "nation" was not anation but "a worldwide alliance of gypsies...interspersed by spies & saboteurs of Jehovan", the "Hebrews"("Hebraons" in ancient Plejaren language, later "Hebrons", names meaning "gypsies", "dregs of society", "outcast"), the"Jews" of today, who then "constantly incited fights & quarrels within the whole world"; (sentence 143) "Peace onEarth will finally be then when, when this might-thirsty & murderous self-called Hebraon race-connection has becomecompletely scattered"; Jehovan governed @7,000 years ago (@5,000 B.C.?), murdered by his only son Jehav who tookcontrol of government 3,400 B.C. & ruled the 3 nations/races wickedly ("demanding blood & death") until 3,320 B.C.;Jehav had 3 sons, Arussem (1st born), Ptaah & Salam; Arussem murdered Jehav & tried to seize power but thwarted byhis brothers who banished him & 72,000 followers; [sentences 167-171] Ptaah & Salam (sons of Jehav) along with"heavenly sons", Hyperboreans & "the emigrants from the Pleja-System led the further government by commonagreement...and created peace"; Ptaah (2nd son of Jehav) ruled for 93 years, stricken with an unknown disease & died,

38. his brother Salam (3rd son of Jehav) ruled alone until an old man, re-connected with "the homeworlds" & their form ofgovernment, & handed over government to his son Plejos 2,040 years ago (73 B.C.?); Plejos followed the guidance ofthe High Council when it was established in 26 A.D. (1,951 years ago) & prepared the long hoped for return to thePlejarens home worlds in 33 A.D. (1,944 years ago) after Jmmanuel had been born & educated for a prophet for hismission; Plejos ordered the procreation of JmmanuelHistory of the Gizeh Intelligences - Arussem (1st son of Jehav) secretly returned to Earth with an army & settled "deepinside the ground & deep below the pyramids" of Egypt, center established beneath the Great Pyramid of Gizeh; theirgoal reached through lying, deceit, intrigues, wrong teachings, delusional religious lectures & cults, etc.; their lifespansdecreased due to being cutoff from their technologies, research, etc., today (1977) live to 94 years average (averagelifespan of European human @1977 was 74 years), no longer able to reproduce, dying out & less than 2,100 in number,all to be dead within 3 decades (2007 A.D.) [Gizeh Intelligences expelled from Earth @1978 by the Plejarens]; Arussemgoverned until 3,010 B.C. when he was forcefully exiled by a mutineer named Henn (called "Jehova, the Cruel One" bythe Hebraons); Henn ("Jehova") ruled 30 years until 2,080 B.C. when, as an old man, he was displaced by his nephewKamagol I, who seized command of the Gizeh Intelligences to extend the center below the Great Pyramid into a centerof world power & domination; Kamagol I coerced all earthly religions into his control & demanded human sacrifices &spread cults "which are partly preserved even until the present"; Kamagol I removed from power by his son Kamagol II,died imprisoned in a dungeon; Kamagol II ruled & committed mass murders, lived to old age & died December 27,1976; [sentences 180-181] no new leader since then, decisions to be made by common conclusion"the unlimited possibilities of the spiritual forces" - Semjase (sentence 41)IHWH - "god", "king of wisdom" (sentence 42)Pleiades - the stars name traces back to Pleja (IHWH daughter of Asael), maintained in Earth histories in GreekmythologyCalendar year - also maintained on Erra; invented by Plejaren ancestorsPlejaren calendar year begins 49,711 years ago (when the final peace was established), 47,734 B.C. in EarthschronologyPleiades planets named by numbers until the High Council took over in 26 A.D. & desired names for the planetsPlejarens use 2 yearly chronologies - one based on final peace (47,734 B.C.), other on High Councils guidance("spiritual synchronization & harmonization") (26 A.D.)Earthquake in Tangshan, China on July 28, 1976 - about 1 million dead; 893,000 killed, 208,000 seriously (life-long)injured, 811,000 injured, 70,000 missingPredictions for 1977 - based on probability calculations; ET spaceships (ships described) come to Earth & search forcontact with Earth humansBilly Meier - departs the ship leaving going-away footprints in a field but none leading-toBilly Meier - asks Semjase if she would sometime greet his friends by radioGuido Moosbrugger essay - "Important Considerations: UFO Exposures Critically Examined"; includes mention of thegroup balloon test & elimination of the 3-5 meter tall fir tree by Semjase::::::::::::::::::::::::::: CONTACT #70, Thursday January 6, 1977; 00:01hThis was another cold winter night, one minute past midnight, and Meier is again driven to the CONTACT site byfriends who wait in the car for him. The discussion turned to Earth social history and its different gods who have comeand gone over time. This time Meier opened the conversation as he met Semjase in her craft. These are physical face-to-face meetings in full objective reality.Meier- Today I have some questions you did already answer before. But we all would desire you to answer them againin spite of that, and that coherently, and if possible, in some more detail. This deals with the earthly mankind, a part ofits history, and with the different gods who functioned in our world in connection with it. Can you give me once somemore coherent explanations about that?…………Semjase- Yes, I do; at which events should i start?Meier- Start there, when the earliest ancestors were still in their original homeworld. Tell the time when they first cameto Earth, etcct.,etc.Semjase- As you want. Well, already at the beginning of our CONTACTs I told thoroughly of the history ofdestruction and rebuilding of the ancient homeworlds of the......

39. Meier- Excuse it, you talk of the destruction of the world by the Destroyer-Comet? What actually happened there?Semjase - Surely, i speak of this.The ancient homeworlds were planets within the constellation of stars known to you as "LYRA" and near the "VEGA"constellation. Few of the worlds there are still today inhabited by different races, which all belong to our federation. Ourthen early ancestors mastered spaceflight already more than 22 million years ago, and performed expeditions reachingfar into the cosmos on exploration flights, and already then came to Earth the first time. But she still lay deeply in earlydevelopments, and in consequence lay further for her time of development. But nevertheless the Earth was often visitedagain to set out the punished elements who were evil in the homeworlds. But this lasted only a few milleniums, and thenonce left the Earth by unknown means, and left this world in calm again, for many million years, while the alreadydeveloping Earth life of all kinds could develop further on in natural order, when we abstract from that, that the set-out(exiled) human beings mixed themselves with the already human-like creatures. Millions of years passed, while theancient races spread far over the cosmos, also developing themselves spiritually and gathering great power. But thispower still not controllably mastered, was used for wicked purposes and for mischief on many worlds. Meanwhile thecatastrophes caused by the "Destroyer" damaged much of the ancient homeworlds and killed up to two-thirds of thethen mankind. But through hardness and lots of privation, they soon found a new beginning, by which they built up afternine centuries, a new civilization and culture. By common work and research, they created a very high technology,which reached further than all had been hitherto. In parallel, they also developed their spirit, whose forces they stillcould not master. So the time came when they constructed flightmachines again, by which they could hurry through thefree cosmic space. These flightmachines were of saucer-like form and had beamdrive (raydrive). By these means theyflew out to the widths of the universe, towards other sun-systems and planets, which they expeditioned and colonized,either by peaceful means or by murderous wars.Often by evil power, they produced new possibilities for living and new space for life, as they needed this for theprevailing number of human beings of their nations. There were especially the scientists, who explored space for moreand more new worlds and solar systems, and to perform this was no problem for them, because their ships wereequipped with all technical means, which made them absolutely powerful masters. Their weapons were of great powerand fighting efficiency, in consequence of which, fights against whole nations of strange worlds were short and one-sided, in advantage for the conquerors. Especially the scientists recognized in the run of time, the unlimited possibilitiesof the spiritual forces, thus they sponsored these by the collection of immense knowledge, and developed them untilthey became a matter or course for them, by which they rose still higher aloft, and soon became absolute masters oftheir nations. For their great knowledge, they were call ed IHWH, having the same meaning as "God", to use termsknown to you, meaning then again "Kings Of Wisdom". The IHWHs, much superior than their nations, because oftheir knowledge and abilities, subjected all forms of life below them under their rule and governed them by dictatorialforce. For a time of several centuries, exactly 864 years of your present earthly time calculation, the nations wereopposed by an, at first secretly glowing revolution, but which doings led to the IHWHs seizing by violent means andtrying to stifle all of that in its bud, but wherein they did not completely succeed. By the ambitious ones, innumerablehuman beings were killed or just simply eliminated by horrible weapons, thus no dustpiece remained of them.But by this rancor of the crowd increased, and they steadfastly and secretly prepared for flight. For four long centuriesthe secret preparations lasted, for breaking out by a sudden blow in a far reaching and open war for liberation, whichspread over many worlds of the Lyra and Vega Systems, and lasted there. More than 60 percent of all culture wasdamaged and completely destroyed. Some races were completely harassed, while others only by very narrow escapewere able to survive. Three worlds of the Lyra-System were simply eliminated and dissolved to energy by a newprocess, which meanwhile on the Earth is already in the beginning of its development. The Earth human being is alreadycalling this delusional weapon "over-kill" for its deadly effect. Still as a product of fantasy about an improvedtechnology, this weapon is in research and construction by the scientists as a weapon for total elimination, and it alreadyfinds entrance in the books of different authors, who describe this most cruel of weapons in their science fiction works,to preserve the earthhuman beings from the last delusion. In Earth chronology, the outbreak of the liberation war in theLyra and Vega systems was around 230,000 years ago. The high commander of the terrorizing armies was an IHWHby the name of ASAEL, who, when he saw the hopelessness of the fight, withdrew himself in a fast escape from thevictorious and vengeful nations. He secretly succeeded in occupying a powerful fleet of 183 great-spacer ships (mother-ships) and 253 space reconnaissance ships with a total crew of 360,000 people, and fled the heaviest fighting. Theyquickly left their home systems, to go astray in the cosmos for many restless years, until they one day found a great starsystem which offered the necessary space for living, far removed from their original home system.The new star system was comprised of 254 still young and because of that blue-white stars, which already had separatesystems of a few colonizable planets. According to the leader of the escape fleet, the whole star system was named forhim, this by your words value as ASAEL-SYSTEM.

40. After occupying this young star system, where different planets were made inhabitable in a run of three hundred yearsby the titan-sized deserters, and a new mankind was generated, they newly started in great cohorts, to go exploringthrough the space for new room for living. On the three colonized worlds, different expedition ships were equipped,with which the titans then flew out to the widths of the universe, to reach 17 years later their preconceived aim and totake possesion of it. This had been the stars known to you as the HESPERIDIES, which have their own worlds rotationaround them and were little inhabited by human forms of life, who were subjected by the conquerors. Over a fewcenturies, a new culture was generated in the HESPERIDIES worlds, then inhabited by the emigrants from the ASAEL-System. Seventy years later Asael walked the way of all perishable things- he died. He was succeeded by his daughterPleja, an IHWH, in which consequence the home system was changed in name from Asael to the Pleja-System, becausefor the then human beings, who were Titans, the symbolization was still of much value, like still today for the humanbeing of the Earth, corresponding to degenerate logic. Under the command of the new leader Pleja, further expeditionswere prepared, which would explore a very remote and outlying solar system, which according to all calculations musthave gained posession of a part of a planet form the Lyra-System, when many million years ago they Destroyer hadkilled the original homeworlds. According to the calculations, the Destroyer itself must have taken the same course, inconsequence of which it had been changed in its course by the sun of that remote system and was diverted into analways returning course through this system. These calculations gave a hint to the Titans, why they started towards thisfar away system, not knowing that millions of years ago their great-great ancestors had flown to this remote system andhad set out unwelcome elements on a world there, which was on the Earth, your homeworld. So they started newly intheir expeditions ships and reached after long years to the SOL-System, where they brought three different planetsunder their power and started to build a new culture. These planets were Mars, the Earth, and Malona, but they werestill desolate and life-threatening, thus the crews of the expedition fleet left these worlds again after a few years, while afew remained back, and slowly grew savage as they mingled themselves with the animal-like and uncultivateddescendents of the sooner millions of years ago outset humans. Those scientists of the Pleja-Systems left the Earth, astheir earlier forefathers did, to its natural further development, and only performed here and there exploring andcontrolling visits, and in the further run of time, left the meanwhile completely grown savage and existing there humanbeings to their hard fate. This lasted for many tenthousands of years. Then the leader Pleja died and the idolism in thePleja-System passed, while on Earth a new intelligence developed from the descendents of the savage ones left behind,which caused the inhabitants of the Pleja-System who were constantly watching the Earth, to send new expeditionstoward the Earth, which again constructed up a new culture, synchronous with the erection of a culture on the fourthplanet, which was on the world called Malona. But still very barbarous in character, there rose after less than 3,000years, fights for government again with the new colonizers, which led to an order that the Earth be evacuated by forceto the home systems. Malona on the contrary remained colonized, because the people there remained peaceful. But thislasted only for a narrow fourty years, then also there the thirst for power rose between the two different nations, andbefore this could be settled by orders from the home systems, the Malonians destroyed one another mutually anddestroyed their whole world. Scattered to thousands of small pieces by an immense explosion, the remnants of that thenbeautiful planet, since then, rotate around the sun between Mars and Jupiter, being an everlasting memorial to humandelusion. From the homeworlds the development of the Earth was constantly watched, and year after year expeditionswere sent out to her. Always repeatedly it was tried as well, to colonize anew this very beautiful world, but which goalfailed miserably always again in a run of more than 80,000 years. Several kinds of creatures were deported to the Earth,as well such ones, which you would call prisoners, simply to set them out there and to leave them to their fate. Deprivedof all technology, it could not fail, that they degenerated and grew savage and mixed with the savage growndescendents of earlier elements, and became bestial. But then finally the time came when the great plan was finallystarted. In several hundred greatspacer and smaller ships, the Earth was again approached and occupied. A great culturewas erected, which remained for 6,000 years, until once more the thirst for power increased among the highaimingscientists which led to horrible war activities and once more all was destroyed to the last piece. In this way, the Earthfell again into its earlier state, where all forms of life existing thereon grew savage. For 4,000 years, the Earth remainedcompletely ignored and left in peace, until it was again flown to. But for this time an expedition was not the reason, butagain an escape. In the home worlds of the Pleja-Systems war broke out once more between the highminded scientistswith their unbridled thirst for command, and the people, who they subjected by their terrible weapons and other things.But while the wicked destructive raged in all three homeworlds, a great group of otherwise-thinking scientists boundthemselves together under the leadership of a certain PELEGON, who had himself already attain ed the level of IHWH.Under his leadership, 70,000 human beings, among them many scientists, working together, took command of differentspace-ships, and escaped from the Pleja-System. According to the coordinates of the old registers, the refugees reachedthe SOL-System, and by this once more the Earth, where the Titans then settled once more. In Earth chronology, thishappened about 50,000 years ago.On the homeplanets, the wicked war was fought until its bitter end, and the scientists got challenged. Their kind ofgovernment was removed and given into the hands of spiritual leaders, who announced the long forgotten spirituallessons anew and educated the nations. These recognized the value of the lessons, appropriated them, and lived

41. accordingly since that time, from which they found the final peace and lived since then under the law and order ofabsolute determination, which conditions are preserved until today and will never change. In the run of the next 8,000years, the Pleja nations developed themselves up to a very high spiritual level, in result of which, they made allianceswith every possible similar and other strange nations of nearby and far-away systems, and unanimously lived forevolution. In this way then together developed another great alliance, in the cause of which they performed newexpeditions, and found in 1951, years ago in Earth chronology, a semi-spiritual world in the Andromeda Star System,which was inhabited by semi-spiritual creatures, an already extremely high developed form of life, which still existedsemi-materially, but as well semi-spiritually, too. By agreement among these forms of life, they all decided that in thefuture, these beings in Andromeda should guide and govern, by their gigantic knowledge and wisdom, the fates of theirnations and their great alliance, which plan was welcomed joyfully by all nations. In consequence it was decided byagreement of the spiritual leaders, who were human creatures and spiritual teachers, that all fates should be in the futurebe guided by the, now best friends, semi-spiritual creatures. The manner of guidance should be that one of a councilfrom the side of the higher spiritual level, in consequence of which this control and guidance was called the "HighCouncil", and is maintained this way until today, and will never change. Since then, all nations of all rac es allied to usremain under the guidance of the "High Council", which never orders any commands, but only offers a "high advice",the observance of which is at the disposal of each single form of life, and which normally is observed, too, withoutexception. The refuged to the Earth humans at first know nothing about the end of the wars. In delight over their newwon liberty, they gladly subjected themselves to the straight regime of Pelegon, who had chosen two-hundred scientistsfor his sub-leaders, and arranged them in order according to their fields of knowledge. Under their leadership there roseon Earth on all the continents, large cities and other colonized regions of a very high culture. For around 10,000 yearspeace and concord reigned, but then a new IHWH by the name JESAS came up, who murdered the follower of Pelegonand took the command to himself, above all the then united nations and races. But already twenty years later, the peoplerose up against Jesas and a horrible and worldwide war broke out again upon the Earth. Many hundreds of thousands ofpeople fled in great and small spaceships to the free cosmos, escaped and settled on Beta-Centaurus, which you knowas Barnards-Star. Some few million beings remained back on the Earth, where everything that had been constructed byhuman beings had been completely destroyed. The remaining people, now deprived of all technical and other culturalpossibilities, because of the total destruction, fell more and more into a miserable lethargy degenerated and became wildbeings with an evil barbarism. For 7,000 years, the Earth was simply avoided, before the descendents of the refugeesstarted once again to colonize the beautiful blue world. This happened 33,000 years ago in your chronology. Thereturning human beings were guided by an IHWH by the name of ATLANT, married to an IHWH by the name ofKARYATIDE. Under the guidance of Atlant, the city and continent of Atlantis was built and made habitable, whil eunder the command of his wife Karyatide, the Smaller Atlantis came into existence, at the same time her father MURASbuilt the gigantic city of MU. The reason for the construction of these cities so far apart in distance was, that the humanbeings had become more wise from all the wars, and expected peace from the far distance between the cities, if allpeople remained confined within their regions. This way all flourished well for a whole 18,000 years. And then oncemore, some scientists claimed up, incited by passions for might, and tried to seize hold of the sovereignity. But this timethey had not calculated the memories about wars which had been transmitted through the milleniums by the people. Andbefore the scientists could try to snatch up power, the people rose up against them. Through accomplices the scientistsobtained possesion of some spaceships and vanished to the regions of Beta-Centarus. This occurred 15,000 Earth yearsago. After 2,000 years, within which the evil- minded refugees created once again a high technical standard and manydescendents, hatefilled, they returned to the Earth, after they had increased their hate immeasurably against the earth-inhabitants, and were able within their own ranks to preserve order by the most terrible punishments. Incited by theirtremendous hate, they increased by research and extended knowledge, their span of life up to some thousand years.Their only desire was to gain command over the Earth, for which reason every single one was taught wicked intriguesand war treatment. After 2,000 years, this hate-suckled nation had reached a position where she could make the try ofattacking the Earth, for which reason they manned their ships and came anew to the Earth, and that under the commandof the IHWH ARUS, the barbarian. This happened 13,000 years ago. Arus was extremely bestial and barbarous ofmind, and his power was much feared. Like Pelegon already many thousands of years ago, Arus also kept 200 scientistswith him, of high-grade, who he called sub-leaders. In a flash they fell upon the Earth, robbing, murdering, and takingpossesion of the land. In the main, they conquered the far region of the northern lands, wherer the climate was modestand very good. These were those regions, which are tradicted to you as "Hyperborea", and which were far in the north,before a turn of the Earth changed its axis, by which result the then regions are there today where you call the land"Florida". Coming from the north, the Son of Arus, Arus the 2nd, started a war and attacked those lands which you calltoday India, Pakistan, Persia, ect., where they met with the Sumerians, who, peaceloving, fled and vanished so far to thesouth, a nation of dark colored skin, but by your terms, not negroid, but Europid and of tall growth, risen from a race ofSirians, who had settled on the Earth some 33,000 years ago, synchronous with the refugees from the Pleja-System.From the name of Arus 2, the present India was called ARYA, which split off from Hyperborea after a few centuries,exactly after 210 years, and made alliance with the inhabitants of MU and AGHARTA, while from Hyperborea, Arus 1constantly troubled MU and Greater Atlantis by wicked war activities, to gain sovereignty over them. During aroundtwo thousand years, or told very exactly, during 1,502 years, those war machinations lasted, until the meanwhile

42. becoming old and weak ARUS 1, succeeded in diverting wicked elements of the hater human beings into the leadingranks of Atlantis and Mu, who incited hate and power secretly for such a long time until Mu and Atlantis werecompletely destroyed by endless intrigues, and the few survivors were taken into bondage. But the great scientists, inknowledge of the coming events and conscious of their powerlessness, vanished in their spaceships and escapedtowards the early homeworlds in the Pleja-System, where they were kindly welcomed. I likely have nothing else to sayabout the destruction of Atlantis and Mu, for you will find this as separate notifications in the explanations already givento you. So it only remains for me to say that Arus 1 was murdered in his old age, and after the destruction of Mu andAtlantis, by his thirdborn son JEHOVAN, while this one then seized command of the hater-men, to command these andthree Earthly nations and the Hyperboreans themselves.The one Earth nation was made up of the decendents of the ARMUS people, who were placed there, where today arethe regions of Armenia. These were the decendents of the IHWH ARMUS, who settled there with his race 33,000 yearsago, after he had emigrated from the Pleja-system. The second Earth nation subjugated by the government of Jehavon,were the Aryans, who meanwhile had mingled themselves with the still rather subdeveloped and lethargic native people,after the Sumerians were expelled. (See the Sumerian flood story, Enlil orders a flood after seeing his children acting asGods to enslave people in ancient Egypt and Sumer) The third Earth nation was none in itself, because it treated of aworldwide spread alliance of gipsies, which was interspersed by spies and saboteurs of Jehavon, who with the gipsiescaused dissention everywhere, greedily drawing everything to themselves and always were always eager to rob, burnand murder, for which reason one called them the HEBREWS, by the ancient language of our forefathers theHEBRAONS and later then the HEBRONS. These names are equivalent to GIPSIES, DREGS OF SOCIETY andOUTCAST in the meaning of the ancient language, which has not gotten transferred to your present languages, for themeaning of your present term for gipsies is the wanderers, travelling people, and the unsettled ones. By that should becleared up, the present people of the gipsies have nothing at all in common with the then Hebraons, who proclaimedthemselves the first born people and the chosen ones, as their descendents, the Jews of today, still dare to pretend this.In truth, the Hebraons had been the real dregs of society and outcasts of earthman-kind, because they constantly incitedfights and quarrels within the whole world, which is still maintained until the present. Peace on Earth will finally be thenwhen, this might-thirsty and murderous self-called Hebraon race-connection has become completely scattered. Jehavongoverned around 7,000 years ago, until he was maliciously murdered by his only son JEHAV, who then snatched up thegovernment, some 3,400 years ago. Jehav ruled wickedly, always crying for blood and revenge, until 3,320 years ago inyour chronology, by which time he had created three sons, who were ARUSSEM, PTAAH and SALAM.Megalomaniac like his father Jehavon, he let himself be called creator, and was celebrated as such, and like his father, hecaused cruel vastations among the three human races, and he demanded blood and death. Thirsty for power like hisfather Jehav, as well was his firstborn son ARUSSEM, who constantly sought to seize the power from his father. So hemurdered his father Jehav, and sought to snatch up the power. But this doing failed completely, because his youngerbrother Ptaah and his youngest brother Salam opposed him, and expelled him into exile, having become tired of theconstant wars, struggles for might and bloodshed, and Ptaah and Salam troubled themselves for many decades forhumane forms of living. Therefore for a long time, they assembled like-minded people around them, with whose helpthey seized control of Arussem and 72,000 of his followers, and expelled them. But Arussem secretly returned to Earth,and settled down with army in the old cubical buildings of Egypt, which had existed there unused for more than 70,000years. Deep inside the ground and deep below the pyramids, they established their residence, while they appropriatedthe rooms and buildings deep below the present Gizeh-pyramid, as a center for their wicked aims, from where theyfurther tried to realize their plans for world control, but without remarkable success hitherto, through their way ofreaching their goal was that of lying, deceit, and intrigues, of wrong teaching and the leading astray of the earthhumanbeings by religious lectures o f delusion and cults, and many other miserable machinations. But by their being expelledthey had forfeited much for themselves, because all chances for technical and otherwise scientific further developmentwas cut off for them, and like this, all their research as well, ect., which fact cause their age to soon decrease, and todaystill amounts to 94 years, being just about 20 years higher than the average for European regions. This means that forthe so-called Gizeh-Intelligence deserters they are slowly dieing out, and today are less than only 2,100 in number. Fullyisolated from the free universe, these remaining ones will no more be after less than three decades, because they are allold already and no more able for begetting. But nevertheless they still keep on with their might thirsty wicked plans, andthey dont think themselves as losers.Arussem governed until about 3,010 of your chronology, until a powerful forced departure was prepared for him by amutineer by the name of HENN, who was called JEHOVA by the Hebraons, and like that also within his own ranksgradually, too, while the surname THE CRUEL ONE was added. In the year 2,080, old and weak already, he wasdisplaced by his nephew KAMAGOL 1, who seized command of the evil Gizeh-Intelligences, to outbuild the centerbelow the surface of the pyramid of Gizeh to a murderous center of great world power, with no chance anymore ofbeing destroyed. Like no tyrant before, Kamagol 1 coerced all earthly religions into his control and demanded horriblehuman sacrifices and cults which are partly preserved even until the present. All efforts from outside were in vain, as hispower thirst was unbreakable. But Kamagol was as well only a human being, by which his fate caught up with him from

43. his own ranks, in the form of his own son, Kamagol 2, who overthrew him and snatched up his power, and let him diemiserably in a deep dungeon. Kamagol 2 was more evil-minded in many ways than his father, which character he soonrevealed after taking power, and that by starting the immense mass murder of earth human beings. As one of the lastlong-living people, Kamagol 2 reached an old age and died a natural death just a few days ago, which we only found out2 days ago. He walked away from this world in the 27th of December 1976, thus around 10 days ago. The stillremaining intelligences of Gizeh, old already and many of them weak, but still filled with hate and power hungry plans,dont give up yet. But their days are numbered, by which result they will no more exist in three more decades. Togetherwith the heavens sons, the Hyperboreans and the emigrants from the Pleja-System, the sons of the murdered Jehav,Ptaah and Salam, led the further government by common agreement. They governed and well created peace, and onlyoccasionally interferred in the concerns of the Earth human beings. Ptaah was stricken by an unknown and maliciousdisease in his 93rd year of government, and he died a few days later, in which consequence his brother Salam continuedalone with the government, until weakened by age, he handed over command to his son Plejos, 2,040 years ago, after hehad taken up connections to the homeworlds already some centuries earlier and had subordinated himself and his peopleto that home form of government, which was the form of spiritual teachers. His son, Plejos was, like his father, a verywise and merciful governor, and when in 1,951 years of earthly chronology in the past, the homeworlds subjectedthemselves to the guidance of the "High Council", then he as well and his nation arranged themselves here in order.Regarding the teaching of the "High Council" and observing this, he prepared the long hoped for return to thehomeworlds, which was then performed 1,944 years ago, by your chronology, after Jmmanuel had been procreated byorder of Plejos, was educated for being a prophet and had become such for his mission. Then still to be mentioned,among the descendents of Arus, who had subjugated the lands in the north, there exi sted elements in great number,who preserved themselves as the Ausists until the time of Jehav. They, a group of 160,000 people, called the GreatAryans, because they still advocated the ideas of Arus 1, deserted the government of Jehav and wandered plunderingthrough the lands from northwest to east, where they penetrated into that country where in earlier times Arus 2 hadsettled with his people and expelled the Sumerians, where meanwhile still the then Aryans had mingled themselves withthe low native people and had forgotten their actual origin. Meanwhile the descendens of the Sumerians as well hadreturned to their old homeland, thus as well they became resident there again. But then the Great Aryans had penetratedthe area between the Caspian Sea and the Arahat Mountain, and took posession of the clay-brick towns of the mixed-upnation, which had become prosperous by the recently penetrated Aryans and the returning descendants of theSumerians. Their work was mainly in trad e and agriculture, which was well mastered by the Sumerians. In result, theoutlook of these human beings and their buildings was very proper, and a severe discipline prevailed, even certainsubmissiveness before the highly developed Sumerian descendents, who were spiritually and worldly superior to thenative people. And exactly this was attacked by the Aryans, drawing along for decades and deprived of all technology,coming from the north under bondage, and transformed and pressed into a new state of formation. Deprived of alltechnology, by the myrmidons of Jehav, the Aryans settled in the far away country, but in the run of time theydegenerated and mingled with the natives, by which all knowledge and talent of higher level and of their origindisappeared into the darkness of forgetfulness.Meier- Fantastic, there i am flat like a flounder. But what now is the name of teh new utmost knave of the Gizeh-ones?Semjase- According to our information, no new commander will come to appear. In the future, all decisions should besettled by common conclusion.Meier- As well, okay, then the knaves will soon fall into dissention among themselves and eradicate one another.Semjase- Surely, this may partly happen.Meier- That is fine. Now yet still two questions, or three, concerning the Pleiades: So this name traces back to anIHWH. And the name was simply maintained later on Earth, or were these stars otherwise named here?Semjase- This name was preserved, but went lost in the confusion of languages appearing on Earth, to other form, butthen to find its way back in the run of time to its true original value, which fact traces back in the main to yourmythologies.Meier- This will be then as well mainly the ancient Greek ones, isnt it?Semjase- Surely.Meier- Okay, then i want to know what kind of chronology you use, at least on Erra. Do you count there as well byyears, as we do?

44. Semjase- But certainly, because originally they are our forefathers who invented this chronology, and like it is on Earth,too.Meier- I see, and since what time do you count? I mean, since what time or when did your chronology start?Semjase- Since the beginning of the peace in our home systems, thus around 50,000 years ago.Meier- Yes, and can you tell the exact date?Semjase- We count today the year of 49,711.Meier- Well, and now the question of, how Erra has received her name, and when?Semjase- Thats very easy. The system of the Pleiades planets, which are much younger than the Earth, and their stars,too, than the Earth, were named only by numbers until the time when the "High Council" took over the guidance. Butsince then, by desire of the "High Council", one names our home worlds by well-sounding names, and like this as wellErra.Meier- If I think right, this must have happened 1,951 years ago?Semjase- Surely, you think correct. I still want to explain therefore, as well having established a new chronology sincethen, that in consequence we use two of them. The year 49,711, which reminds us of the final time for peace, and theyear 1,951 which reveals the spiritual synchronization and harmonization.Meier- I do understand this, but if it sounds a bit folly, I really do understand it. I regard the reasoning of yourchronology better and besides that more worthy than the earthly, where one gets confronted by silly pretentive creatorsand other knaves. Stilll now yet something else: Can you tell me some matters for the year 1977, about the comingevents and about other plans you aim for? Different things you already told me among four eyes, but there will surelyexist some matters which the other ones are allowed to know as well, arent there?Semjase- Surely, I am allowed to tell some; what do you want to know?Meier- What is going on with the earthquakes and other nature catastrophes, and so on, whether you will still give somedemonstrations - in spite of all, and whether there are ongoing any things in respect to unknown flying objects?Semjase- Some things I am allowed to tell you officially.Meier- Okay, here i am interested to know, how many dead ones, and wounded people, there have been in theearthquake in China? Officially only quite unclear and deceptive information was given. But the prophecies given to meby Petale speak on the contrary of about one million dead bodies.Semjase- This is correct. Our explorations found that 893,000 people were killed in the earthquakes in China. 208,000people will bear heavy injuries for the rest of theirlives, while a further 811,000 persons have been more or less injured. The amount of missing people not found untiltoday, who for the greatest part are deeply covered down below the ruined fields, is around 70,000 persons. But now Iwant to answer to you the other questions. The Earth will not find her tranquility, because still much worse earthquakeswill shake her, than happened during the last year. But all these quakes may not be expected in this year. But they willbe of such horrible power that countries and isles will sink. An extraordinary heavy dryness will attack the world, soonto be followed by floods of great measure. The airspace-drive will suffer heavy, very heavy loss by many events, likethis the sea-drive, too. And violence and criminality will everywhere climb to giddy heights, and forceful causes of deathwill prevail among the human beings of all races. This all will be much worse than ever before.Meier- Okay, this already suffices, but on what do you base your information?Semjase- These are calculations of probability.Meier- Yes, and what about a demonstration, ect.?Semjase- This is still missing for you and promised. The time might be spring or summer, yet perhaps just the autumn.

45. But from the other side, not from ours, will arise some surprises for the Earth human being, when certain things willcome to appear by strange to Earth races, as I already explained to you in confidence and only for yourself.I am not allowed to explain more about this, here.Meier- Thats well till now. I dont want to urge you. Just one thing is not evident to me. You previously told me once,that for months an extraterrestrial spaceship would fly in Earth space and search for CONTACT with Earth humans,but do not dare to do so. From where is this ship coming, and why dont you start CONTACT with it?Semjase- It is very strange that, because until now, we have tried a lot of ways to get into CONTACT with it, but invain, and when we appear, then those ships disappear.Meier- Why suddenly they?Semjase - For they are several ones, as we have noticed. They are all of white-shining or green-shining color, whichoften draws behind them a strange orange-colored tail, which contains unknown and strange to us stuffs, which is beinganalyzed by our scientists. In respect to these objects, our reckonings of probability result in some undefinable surprises.Meier- This is very interesting, but listen now, you have called me today until very far away. From Hinwil to here is 21kilometers. Couldnt you fly me a bit back instead, maybe short to Hinwil?Semjase- Surely, but what happens then to your followers?Meier- Do know, I want to get a joke. I have the radio, and by it, I can call them an order to Wetzikon, around 20kilometers away from there where they left me.When then you set me down in a free field, and in consequence raises ones single foot-trace to the street, without oneleading into the field, then the joke is improved.Semjase- As you want.Meier- Okay, then still one question as we hurry on: Couldnt you once speak a salutation to all our friends by radio?This is possible isnt it?Semjase- I will deliberate on this, but think, I can respond to that, thus I will likely do so at some time, but this does notmean that this can be constantly repeated and i will exercise communication.Meier- Of course not. Oh, Wetzikon already appears down there. Of that nobody spoke. You may set me down overthere at Winkelriet, there in that meadow.Yes, there it is okay. Can I go outside?Semjase- Surely, fare well and be careful, for many things are not well-minded to you in the moment.Meier- Dont fear. I already know to help myself. Goodbye, girl, goodbye...::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::CONTACT 71[Monday, January 10, 1977, 2:14 a.m.; thought transmission]Contact person: SemjasePredictions for 1977 [some specific topics] - based on "prophetic sight" & probability calculations; heaviest earthquakesin 900 years (regions named, including San Andreas fault); new islands formed by undersea volcanic eruptions, 1st onein Japan; volcanic eruption in Zaire with several thousand dead [1/10/77 Nyiragongo volcano at Goma, Zaire];unusually heavy snowfalls beginning "tomorrow" 1/11/77, which lead to summer droughts; extraction of oil; world-widebirth control & 7+ year birth-stop; increased terrorism, "the guilt therefore is in the main the nation of Israel & thestates supporting it, World War 3 threatens, "can only be averted if the nations of the world come to an agreement todissolve together the state of Israel, whereafter then all borders of all states are dissolved & a world government of non-political manner, but a spiritually guided one, which must be exercised"; scientists will develop "an extremely dangerous

46. & deadly weapon, by which the concerned state gains great power" [HAARP?; see Contact 79, sentence 42,MFTP4pg.109]CONTACT 72[Thursday, February 3, 1977, 00:07 a.m.]Contact person: SemjaseBilly Meiers 40th birthday - Plerjarens offer "very best wishes"Billy Meier instructed to look for new home/location - region details"Nearly all flat land in the north of Switzerland" will be destroyed by later atomic fires from warGroup financial concerns - "impulses of truth" sent to others, leading them to assistFIGU Group members - "Manyones of your group will find their next incarnation in the Center"; first [members] willincarnate between 2012-2025 as females, others 2033-2036 as males, remainder between 2045-2072 "besides severalfurther person whose names are still unknown to you, but who in the run of the next time, and in the next years, will stillmeet with you"; "The missions of the different ones are very different there, and are often hardly recognizable bythemselves. But they are of importance & far-reaching, in the future as well as today, even if the single person still doesnot recognize this"Billy Meier - knows when & how he will die "unexpectedly & unassumed"; "after 800 years you will again be thecenterpoint of your innermost group"; "you incarnate in rapid sequence several times at different places of the Earth, tofulfill your mission with other nations & races of this world"FIGU Group members - "will recognize ["Billy"] at each appearance, like they will themselves among one another";some of their children will die "soon", part will reincarnate by 2017; "looser group members" will reincarnate beginningin 1995; other details of group member reincarnations referred toFIGU Group members - "a special help" needed to be able to reincarnate at the Semjase-Silver-Star-CenterFIGU Meditation Center - "a center for oscillations & radiations by the energies of crystals, etc."Himilayan monastery - "where certain gurus, real masters, destine their next place of rebirth"CONTACT 73[Monday, February 7, 1977, 6:34 p.m. + additional contact 11:11 p.m.]Contact person: SemjaseGuest by radio contact: Jacobus BertschingerHinterschmidruti house & property up for sale soonFIGU Group members - able to determine their next incarnation at the FIGU center"Primary origin"FIGU Group members - future incarnation spiritual leaders & teachers of EarthHinterschmidruti land properties - to be bought in spring 1978Billy Meier ("Miranos 1") speaks to Jacobus Bertschinger ("Miranos 3") from Semjases beamship via his radio setFIGU Group members - list of descendents names asked forSemjase observes airplanes taking off at Kloten airportBilly Meier ends the contact & appears on the ground in front of Jacobus BertschingerBeamship apparatus - teletransmitter (de-materialization & re-materialization transporter)Jacobus Bertschinger report of this contact.CONTACT 74[Monday, February 14, 1977, 6:11 p.m.]Contact person: SemjaseHinterschmidruti house & property - financial concernsFIGU - first 7 years "will be very hard & troublesome"FIGU - guidance advise given by the Plejarens"a photographic evidence" to be sent to Meier within 14 daysCONTACT 75[Monday, February 21, 1977, 11:31 p.m.]Contact person: Semjase

47. Hinterschmidruti house & property - bought, initial survey begun (Stevens note)Dwarf ET group - 4 ETs; 115 centimeters tall; live on a smaller neighboring planet to Erra; noticed in public in theirspacesuits during a festival; dont breathe oxygen; analyze radiations & subterranean earth-shifts; purified the cellar ofthe FIGU center; 1 caught on film slightly; investigate homes of FIGU members including Englebert Wachters wherehis cat "went crazy"FIGU group members - list of names given by Semjase (unpublished)Plejaren instrument that registers sleep and "twilight-sleep" by symbolsMenara in her ship chased by a Swiss jet fighter plane"Animals are very sensitive & feel us as well in an invisible state." -SemjaseSemjase writes a greeting ("some short lines") to the FIGU group membersBilly Meier - teleported from the beamship to the ground in front of Jacobus Bertschingers elderly father while raining(Billy was dry)Witness report - "Nightly Assignment In The Schonenberger-Region (ZH), During Rain And Mud" by BernadetteBrand, Jacobus Bertschinger [father], Jacobus Bertschinger [son], & Engelbert WachterCompilers Note: This volume is perhaps the most difficult to topically list, not only because of the private nature of theinternal FIGU group concerns, but also because of the numerous incidents or words relating to behavior, psychology,spiritual development & teachings, and similar matters.CONTACT 76[Monday, May 23, 1977, 7:43 p.m.]Contact person: MenaraSentences 1-9 of this contact are included at the end of volume 3;here in volume 4 the entire contact is given.Stevens Foreword: 4 different translations of the Contact Notes, explained; "Billy Meier is not satisfied with thistranslation either"; "We brought these notes from there without their actual permission, and published them against theirdesire"Stevens Preface: first Stevens associations with Billy Meier in July 1977; DAL Universe, The DALs, & the universalbarrier; story of the parchment fragment with Billy Meiers incarnational prophet procession from Enoch to Billy,discovered in an Egyptian tomb in a pyramid, initial translation to German by Asket, further translation by MichaelHesemann; Billy Meiers early travels with Asket to India, etc., Ashoka Ashram, Phobal Chang, David Hurleburt, 11spaceship photos from India; letter from Billy Meier mentioning 300 India photos, monkey "Emperor Hanuman"; storyof Phobal Chang; Gary Kinders "An Open Letter to the UFO Community"; information about the contacts (statistics) &Semjases recovery, etc.Billy Meier - short telepathic contact with Semjase who is in another time/dimensionRace & racism (racial prejudice)Billy Meier - "give[s] no compliments"Menara in Quetzals ship which can time-travel - will time-shift return Billy a few minutes after he left the groupBilly asks Menara if she will leave a landing trace at the new CenterGizeh Intelligences - try to prevent FIGU center being built; in alliance with secret neo-Nazi group in Brazil; negativemental influences on some group members; 1 member influenced by a "wrong medium" which leads her to find "certainparallels between the truth and the deceptions offered her"Duty & responsibility2 people who work against the group & reveal internal group secretsGroup members - some want "command positions"; (sentence 55) "From the first to the last person of them, they are allof the same worth; the knowing one exactly like the less knowing one"; regulations; "proposal registers"; concernsabout previous lifetime incarnations(sentence 59) "...superstition and misleading untruths lead the searching and exploring one towards unreal and wrongways"Witnesses statement by 4 men working with Billy MeierCONTACT 77[Tuesday, May 31, 1977, 9:07 p.m.]Contact person: Ptaah

48. Stevens intro: Billy Meier disappeared from a roof where 3 others were working with him, returned again @38 minuteslaterApparatus - teletransmitterMeditation Center at FIGU - group members records given to the High Council who determine the group composition& meditation timesMany forms of Earth human mentality not understood by the PlejarensGizeh Intelligences & the secret neo-Nazi group in BrazilBilly Meier - "under no circumstances do leave your country"2 people who work against the group by betrayalGroup members - negative influences upon them; dangers of driving because of those influences"the radiations of the constellations of the stars"..."make valid their influence in strongest form"Billy Meier - "I only then can have a necessary discussion when they [group members] come to me"; group membersdont want to burden BillyPlejaren beamship - "escape pit" (anti-gravity pit)CONTACT 78[Wednesday, July 6, 1977, 3:19 p.m.]Contact persons: Menara, AlenaAlena - from the planet Sater in the star system MEL in Lyra; 148 centimeters tall2nd beam pistol - pictures taken with Alena; older than previous beam pistol by @600 years, described in detail; emits"dissociation oscillations" (which destroy certain artificial matter), "combustion radiations" (eliminator/disintegrator) &"narcotizing effect" (for self-defense); newer beam pistols are 1/3rd size & tuned only to the carrier/owners brainwavepatternMenaras ship - not a beamship for deep space flight, flies by "densification & high-compressed exhaust of atmosphericgases" which dont bother animals; beamship radiations & vibrations do disturb/excite animals; able to be screened fromsight, a technology developed 2,983 years agoBeam pistol - demonstration film also made (sentences 41-42)Alena to Billy - "if you can not express yourself as you would like by words, then I nevertheless conceive the vibrationsof your feelings, and these make your words understandable for me"Billy Meier - possesses great knowledge of numerous manual labor skills; skills normally learned in 3 years learned in 2-3 months or lessBilly Meier - "if here or there something went wrong, I often had to be quite unkind"; he had to "teach a member of thegroup by harsh language"; "very often I also snatch up uncontrolled thoughts""Wheat separated from the chaff"Apparatus - detects thoughts approaching"Protective umbrella" - radiates all around the center during contactGroup member statement - "The Shot By Beam-Pistol"Stevens addendum - "The Laser Pistol Photos"CONTACT 79[Saturday, July 16, 1977, 3:37 p.m.]Contact person: SemjaseSemjase returns, having visited "different future epochs of time" concerning the group members"I ought not and am not allowed to interfere directly with your labor for evolution" -SemjaseEnvy & egotism1977 predictions - more than 2/3rds from Billy Meiers knowledge & probability calculations & "a form of future vision"FIGU Center - opening beginning of November 1977"the newest horrible damage weapon of the Americans""The greater and more wicked the anti-propaganda against you and your group appears, and against us, all the greaterare the positive successes" -SemjaseHans Jacob, Mario Bertossi & Mr. ArendsBilly Meier - "within earlier milleniums, you collected innumerable experiences with such things, and never hesitated"Apparatus - for examining Billy Meiers illness, infection from meat parasites poisoning the blood & affecting certainbrain cells (causing his pessimistic attitude)Apparatus - parasite neutralizerParasites that lead to sickness & poisoning - bacilli, viruses, microbes, salmonella, etc.Organ transplants - antigen serums, fetal tissue (stem cells); fluidal forces within the transplanted organ; etc.

49. Human species - highest developed physical creature of very defined characteristics not found in animals or plants"The earthhuman being will walk his own way in any case, because he has predetermined this already by the great massof himself" -SemjaseEarthly standards of conduct - Plejarens had to learn to understand these forms of thinking & conduct"Loose group formed with the intention of robbery"Negative thoughts by group membersMistakes and learning from them; self-education[in MFTP4pg.116 sentences @100-101 repeated with different translations]Desire for domination, egoism etc. "ought to be destroyed in a controlled way or else very soon quarrels and envy willrage again"Billy Meiers burden of living on Earth - loneliness; "you bare this heavy burden for them [the group] & for all the otherhuman beings of Earth"; trust & love should be offered by the group to release the loneliness; unable to find a spiritualteaching partner on Earth"Better off are all those who can weep outside, to give expression to their feelings, and to release them that way" -SemjaseDreams - "they do bring release to you [Billy] & a certain poise""At very early times things behaved exactly as they now behave within my life" -Billy MeierBilly - "produced a demanded thing/s" that must be taken to Erra for purification from negative radiations & oscillationsBilly Meier - elevation to glorification "like in earlier times" must be preventedGroup member, woman - incarnation of Saul/Paul, at that time confused by Jmmanuels (Billys) fireworksdemonstration on the road to DamascusGizeh Intelligences - "their center lying very exactly on a center of the magnetic radiation" used for force attacks againstthe center/group"Oscillations of the stars"FIGU Center - "has to be finished very exactly at the fixed point of time"Beam pistol photos (July 6, 1977) - distortions caused by the protective shield from Menaras ship; Jacobus tractorimage (from days before) appeared by infrared radiationGroup members - Plejaren ship demonstrations seen as entertainment, relaxation or a "privilege", pressing the "essentialspiritual concerns to the background"Swiss army - watching Billy Meiers group to try to capture PlejarensMeditation Center & FIGU house - 2 compass readings for North pole, one in the meditation center pointing towardsEarths old magnetic north pole [Florida?] which is also the current galactic magnetic north pole, other in the housepointing towards Earths current north pole in GreenlandTelemeter ("registration") discs - fly directly above the FIGU center, for locating the "position of the facet courses ofthe magnetic streams"; recently equipped with course-stabilizers which activate automatically "if the lights for course-correction get switched off by thought influence" (which Billy Meier has done [also Guido Moosbrugger in Americaearly-1990s]); Plejaren telemeter discs unable to crash, except possibly into each other if they go off course, in whichcase they dissolve; other ET races telemeter discs can crash"Like every human form of life, you need the steady new testing of your spiritual forces" -SemjaseSpiritual Teachings:Death - desire to be sure that there is "life after death" obtainable "if every single one will overcome his own I, becausein truth, it is only the fog of the ego and the I which prevents the outlook towards the kingdom or sphere of the trueliving, the spiritual sphere, being away from the change of rising or dying" (Semjase); "egotism & materialism and allother unworthy of the human being concerns to which he became subject and by which he is imprisoned" (Semjase);spiritual growth; "for many human beings" physical death means "the beginning of their essential life...the gradual re-lighting of the inner sohar", reincarnation"Only by true inner rebirth can the darkness or dim light of one earthly life be finished, that is, when the light of theinner sphere becomes conscious to you, and when the working of the spirit of life no longer appears a hollow fate toyou, which in truth you yourselves generate and create by wrong education. If then finally the sohar is shining inside ofyou, then you see the invisible, the power of the spirit and its unlimited force for being the true working fact..." -Semjase"The Other World" (after physical death)"One life is arranged in order into the next one, and the one assists the other for living, for being arranged at a certaintime again into the perishing, when it has completed its time and task" -SemjaseLife and Death - "The life does not strive for the overcoming of the single case of death, but towards the overcoming byevolution of the death and rising in itself"; "the final goal of all creations...the Creation...the Universal Consciousness""The actual sense of life within the material realm" - "Self-conquest of the steadily wanting to dominate I, and followingevolution in the whole of spirit. To conquer yourselves then, is meaning that you should help your higher self towardsthe victory, to recognize in this way a still higher self, namely the creational I, into which you will awake by still higherevolutions. Certainly, this is one of the most difficult labors of your life, but moreover as well the very most beautiful,

50. most worthy and richest one." -Semjase"your spirit life inside of you is a piece of the spiritual energy of the Creation"; "to be at one with the spirit of life insideof yourselves, with the part-piece of Creation inside of you"; true freedom & freedom from fear of death & death itself;"To be at one with the part-piece of creational energy inside of yourselves also means to recognize behind the outer egoyour other ego, which namely is the creational I" -Semjase"To see himself truly and to recognize oneself - ones most original I, which reaches above all spheres and limitationsand beyond is floating in all senses towards the all-great-temporal and humanly inconceivable regions of theCreation...by which he recognizes the death for only the other side of life, which, like in the physical sphere is sleep,which detaches from the wakefulness of day." -Semjase"The Other World" - "the separate kingdoms of this world and the Other World are one single kingdom and sphere,coexisting in the same place, but just otherwise dimensioned, but within the same time-sphere""Need and pains, like joy and delight, do always keep the scale in balance, but by your wrong thinking alone you over-value your need and pain, register these and keep them in constant memory, while far too soon you forget the events ofdelight and luck and let them go...move with poise in these matters and remember the positive like the negative topreserve that in memory." -SemjaseMillions & billions of years will pass before Earth humans realization of the highest goal"in the present you...truly have to seize the helping hand and the offered knowledge of truth, to value this and toelaborate it towards the goal" -SemjaseThought transmissions ("talking by thought") - symbolic pictures re-translated by Billy MeierSemjase privately discusses higher concerns, "which still can not be understood by the earthhuman beings of thepresent", with Billy MeierCONTACT 80[Wednesday, August 24, 1977, 12:01 p.m.]Contact person: SemjaseAugust 10, 1977 Semjase senses pain in Billy and crashes into a tree, breaking the top offAugust 12, 1977 - remote-controlled mechanical/artificial praying mantis resting on the Semjase-damaged tree, carryinga mutated bacteria sprayed on Billy and implanted in the tree; Quetzal & others "elaborate a means which (since8/23/77) he diffuses throughout the atmosphere" to control the spreadAugust 16, 1977 - Pegasus refugees - creature with large fluorescent eyes, about as tall as Herbert Runkel, spotted byBillyKoni Schutzbach in his airplane flies close by Semjases screened & perimeter-protected beamshipSemjases beamship - has many weaponsBeamship weapon - used by Billy Meier to burn the surface of the area of the infected tree from 38 meters away;operation explainedPegasus refugees - evil-minded, united with Gizeh IntelligencesCONTACT 81[Sunday, September 4, 1977, 11:03 a.m.]Contact persons: Ptaah, Quetzal, SemjaseMr. G - contactee from being of the next-higher sphere, obeyed his mission at first but then became eager for profitfrom it; lost contact but wasnt aware of it, thinks delusionally he is still in contact; wants control over the FIGU group"the material aspects of life have to be brought into connection with the spiritual" -PtaahBilly Meier - previous incarnation "about 1,500 years ago" [Muhammed?] he taught physical & spiritual teachings (nowmostly only spiritual teachings)Swamis, gurus & meditation teachers"Never a member of your group should appropriate any heresies from outside, but tune himself only onto the truth,which he gets from you." -PtaahSeances - negative radiationsRemote-controlled mechanical/artificial praying mantis - created by Gizeh Intelligences with the help of the PegasusrefugeesAugust 29-30, 1977 - FIGU wall collapses (tossed 1+ meter forward) by oscillation-vibrator using microwaves, causedby the Gizeh Intelligences & Pegasus refugees in their shipPegasus refugees - made connections with the secret neo-Nazi group in BrazilFIGU Center - essential worth & danger to Gizeh IntelligencesPegasus refugees - oscillation-vibrator with microwaves causes instant aging when used on people (not allowed byGizeh Intelligences because it would reveal their existence to the public); energies are generated by "an exactly definedoscillation of thought" (Gizeh Intelligences unable to do this, must rely on Pegasus refugees)

51. Gizeh Intelligences - religions "are their best helping means in the purpose of their plans for world government"Pegasus refugees - will be captured by Ptaah and taken to their home planetPlejaren telemeter disc - stationed constantly above the FIGU Center to monitor activitiesFIGU Regulations of order - come from the High CouncilTime comes for Billy Meier to dedicate his teachings primarily to evolution of the spiritBilly Meier - instructed not to go beyond 30 kilometers from the Center or give lessons outside the CenterBilly Meiers successor "is just growing up"SOL System approaches the constellation of Hercules which will be reached in 20,000 yearsBermuda Triangle, Madagascar & Japanese Devils Sea "dimension doors" - how they are generated by cosmicradiations; no longer generated since July 10, 1977 and none other on the planet; these places are on "facet crossings"like the FIGU Center; 98% of events at these places attributable to natural eventsParapsychology - parapsychologists & other superstitious fools; "the stupidity of mankind still knows no bounds"99.5% of all "supernatural contentions" are just liesElsi Moser often receives impulses from SemjaseFIGU Regulations Of Order (14 points)CONTACT 82[Tuesday, September 6, 1977, 6:04 p.m.]Contact person: SemjaseGroup members - data & meditation pyramid times givenMeditation pyramid - ventilation, electrical illumination, meditation data explainedGroup members - 7 points of value concerning obligationsHierarchyMediums (spiritualists) & seances - negative radiationsGizeh Intelligences - learned of the founding of the FIGU Center through analyzing a group members subconsciousthoughts released through a medium (séance)Mr. G (see Contact 81)Group members - 49 membersConcentrative meditation - only allowed during night hoursGroup members - if one leaves, their "stored radiations" are eliminated in the meditation pyramidCONTACT 83[Saturday, September 10, 1977, 7:53 p.m.]Contact person: SemjaseBilly Meier uses an "astral space-leap" on 3 occassions to try to analyze Mr. Gs aura and obtain information from hissubconscious & is attacked by Mr. Gs resistance block; Billy masks his astral space-leap by 2 different wrongcoordinates (New Dalhi & Rangoon)Concentrated force/powers activated by the subconsciousCONTACT 84[Sunday, September 11, 1977, 3:48 a.m.; thought transmission]Contact person: SemjaseSemjase tries to analyze Mr. G & is attacked like Billy was, almost losing her life but her sister Pleja interfered toprevent thatConcentrated force/powers activated by the subconsciousApparatus - "searcher beam" analyzers destroyed by the concentrated force of Mr. Gs subconsciousCONTACT 85[Thursday, September 15, 1977, 4:11 p.m.]Contact persons: Semjase, PtaahMr. G - his consciousness, believing he is still in contact with higher life forms, misleads his subconscious, which createsa vicious circle of delusion; his subconscious (influenced strongly by religious concerns) defended itself from Billy &Semjases analysis attemptsConsciousness & subconsciousness - feed each other

52. Energies & fluidal forces of religious belief - "These forces represent an immense accumulation, a gigantic form ofconcentrated energy, which clasp your world like a closed sphere and often cause bad harm"; the crazy faithful believersproduce these religious forces "by their belief & fluidum of belief", which they assume to be "forces of darkness"Billy Meier - attacked at Einsiedeln Monastery (Schwyz, Switzerland) by religious forces; told to shun such placesMeditation pyramid times - values for each member determined by their radiations, "the fluidum and the cosmicoscillations" + other very important factorsAura - violet color corresponds to a low level of development, caused by faith in something wrong; violet & ultravioleterroneously assumed to be protective when it is actually negative"Great White Brotherhood" - false teachings about "ascended masters", the "I Am", "Bridge To Freedom", etc.CONTACT 86[Wednesday, September 21, 1977, 3:28 p.m.]Contact persons: Ptaah, SemjaseBilly Meier - decision-making abilitiesModestyJealousy"Cult of the body" - nakedness, nudistsMeditation pyramid - dangersBilly Meier may end his mission; Semjase weeps; Ptaah grievedBilly gives Semjase more books to read & comment onCONTACT 87[Wednesday, October 5, 1977, 2:45 p.m.]Contact person: SemjaseSemjase accidentally crushes a deer with her beamships protection shieldApparatus - warning device when the beamship is close to a living creatureWhy Billy said he was thinking of ending the mission explained by the High Council - to cause the jealous wrong-thinking members to reflect and change themselvesFinal piece for the meditation pyramid to be purified - soon to be taken by SemjaseSemjase comments on the books Billy brought last time - mistakes, but some good valuesSouthern-wind weather & storms - cause afflictions bodily, mentally & emotionally; adrenaline level"Correct steering of the psyche" - very importantPsychiatry & psychology - Billy has great knowledgeBillys moped lifted by Semjases beamship - placed down at DurstelenSemjases thoughts towards other group members - only a few receive them as impulsesCONTACT 88[Monday, October 17, 1977, 4:12 p.m.]Contact person: SemjaseFIGU Center meditation room - electrical wiring & painting; to be cleaned and "disradiated"; to be used in the future byBilly while writing the contact reports & giving lectures & talksBilly Meiers "blockade" - able to "tie off your irradiation of forces & thoughts towards the outside""Spiritual sciences"Telemeter disc - protective device installed within; hovering stationary above the CenterSouthern-wind weather & storms - details of why they affect people; climactic pressure changes; bodily production ofacids, bases, mineral salts & hormones; adrenaline & noradrenaline; electrolytes"The more evolved the human being is by spiritual sight, all the more is he able to control then these things and tomaster them, by which way he even then fashions his life for the best, when negative influences from the outside affecthim." -SemjaseMr. G - Ptaah asks Asket if a mechanical or electronic protection device can by built for Billy in case Mr. G discoversBillys location; "disintegrator" (apparatus) for eliminating "fluidal forces"; installed in the telemeter disc above theCenterBilly Meier - lectures planned at a school in Zurich-KlotenBilly asked by Adolph to influence the lottery; deniedHerbert Runkel & Guido Moosbrugger had previous lifetime connections with Billys previous incarnationsPlejarens - subject to mistakes & sometimes make errorsOctober 13, 1977 hijacking of a Lufthansa airplane - unfolding event discussed & elaborated; Mogadishu, Somalia;

53. Gudrun Ensslin, Andreas Baader, Jan-Carl Raspe murdered by German prison guardsBeamship demonstrations - perceived by some as a privilege or expected & more; with a few exceptions, "we can notgrant these unreasonable desires in any way, because they contradict the meaning of our tasks";"Apart from this, there is no importance of our ships and ourselves and our existence at all, but only and solely for themission of all of us..."; possibility of a new/false religion or idolization arising otherwiseCONTACT 89[Friday, October 28, 1977, 2:14 p.m.]Contact person: SemjaseStevens note: explanation of the German word "milliard" (billion)Contact report transmissions - Billy works largely via his subconscious which controls the movements of his handquicklyBilly warned of insincere future new "members" who may seek control, profit & power or turn "betrayor" to do harm tothe missionMistakes - sincerity & courage needed to confess mistakes to oneself & others; "bettering himself by changing andrecognition of his mistakes and for their confession"Betrayal - "with the earthhuman being, unfortunately betrayal is very much expressed among selfish & might-thirstyhuman beings"Plejarens - spoken for doubters, the truth & meaning of the mission; "the goal of improvement & the absolute"; "the lawof the Creational, of complete-universal sense & meaning"; "universal consciousness"Lectures - about the Plejarens & their beamships, Billy not allowed to be burdened by them in the future, "in the firstplace it is not of great importance" and secondly deprives Billy of time needed for his "essential mission"Billy asked to let Herbert Runkel take over the 3 lectures at Zurich-KlotenLetters/questions for Semjase - copied by her, originals kept by Billy; her answers transmitted to Billy who writes themdown on sheets of papers where Semjase has written her name; copies of the transmission answers to be kept with theoriginal question-letters; Semjase not able to easily use Earth writing tools or the handwritten Earth languageElsi Moser - a book given to Semjase to comment upon; book copied by SemjaseFIGU Center - purified of negative forces; a place of calm, peace & loveJacobus Bertschinger - picks up on Semjases thought impulsesGroup members individual meditation pyramid times/data - the will as a factor; "when the individual persons troublethemselves for the processes of learning the lessons"; "the necessary measure of concentration"; fluidal forces ("materialamount of fluidism"), a certain amount must be eradicated in the members & "a quite definite quantity has to becomestored in quite a definite time"Age & genesis of the present DERN Universe - calculated "since its last state of slumber"; 47,000,000,000,000 yearsold; "seven-greattemporal slumber"The "Primary Universe", explained"Greattime" (measurement) - 1 greattime = 311,040,000,000,000 yearsThe "Ancient Creation" - by idea "gave rise" to "our Creation""Period of slumbering" - 1 greattimeAge of "our Creation" - 6,578,840,000,000,000 years oldQuestion: where did humans first arise in the universe; not known by SemjasePerry Rodan (science fiction character) - books written by K.H. Scheer & Clark Carlton, ideas "inspirationally-impulsively received by the authors & written down"Spaceships & beamships - mainly piloted by female forms of lifeWomen - more sensitive in communicating, thus more companionable than malesOther ET human races who have male-dominated societiesCulture & developmental level of a society can be determined by the form of manual activity of womenWomen - physically less suited for strenuous labor, but more suited towards labors that require a delicate touch, likeflying a spaceshipSemjase sends greetings to FIGU members from herself, Ptaah, Pleja, Quetzal, Menara, Alena & othersCONTACT 90[Friday, November 11, 1977, 4:14 p.m.]Contact person: SemjaseBilly tries "calling" Semjase - "my calls have simply faded away somewhere, without having found resonance"; she wasstrictly occupied"The troubling for a real success does not only depend very much on the will, but as well on an understanding of thewhole lesson & exercise" -Semjase

54. Group member - H. "is burdened by body-organic & psychic imbalances"/"impurity of the body" which causes a steadyfeeling of slackness, tiredness, incontentedness, apathy & aggression; can be detrimental to the meditation pyramidconcerns/item which stores highly concentrated magnetic forces; group members impurity effects noticed by Billy as "avery peculiar fumigant smell"; neutralized by the Plejarens; before H. goes into the mediation pyramid again he mustclean his body, clothes & mouth [smoking ??]"It is all right correct that you spend much patience with each human being and concede in this way for him always stilla chance until the bitter end" - Semjase to BillyBilly asks Semjase about his "later life" in respect to his present parents; answer not allowed to be givenAsina (Cygnian ET girl) - first appears at the Center November 8, 1977 @11:30 p.m., Billy with Clair hear a peculiaranimal call; Clair leaves frightened; beamship noise heard, tape recorder recording it; figure suddenly appeared partly inthe shadow; apish face (monsterous, like a mixture between a fish & a frog with a large mouth, like an "amphibianhuman"), something like whalebone above the skull, female body, fingers twice as long as Earth humans, excellenteyesight (saw Billys pistol in the deep darkness), 160 centimeters tall, able to communicate telepathically; words spokenwere "Murg, murg", meaning "peace, peace"Other ET life forms can have voices very different from Earth humansCygnians - amphibian humans who in earlier times lived in the water as well as on the land; have a "clumsy language",primarily communicate via telepathy; their homeworlds/race located in the constellation of Deneb 2,000 lightyears fromthe SOL systemAsinas spaceship with a protective screen registered by one of the Plejarens telemeter discs in southern Europe;cylinder-shaped ship 12 meters in diameterBilly Meier - commended by Semjase for his advanced abilities far above all other Earth humans; praises cause Billy toget upset; conversation about the meanings of "I am sorry" and "I feel sorry" (omitted by Stevens)Contact report transmissions - pre-reports to be transmitted by a new apparatus, constructed by Quetzal & his friends,which can transmit a 2-hour conversation in 30 minutes as a series of pictures which can be translated & written downby Billy as fast as a computer might workSemjase often sad that she cant have contacts with the many people who think about herCONTACT 91[Thursday, November 17, 1977, 5:24 p.m.]Contact person: SemjaseBilly Meier forced to kill his dogCygnians - 4 expedition ships from the homeworlds with whereabouts unknown; unable to communicate with theirhomeworlds due to limited range of their communicators (1,400 light years); utilize only primary telepathy; heightenedsenses able to receive & analyze radiations from all forms of life; Cygnian government led by the one with the strongest,most forceful oscillations on their planet; they are a very timid racePrimary telepathySpiritual telepathyBilly Meier - "emits the highest radiations on the Earth"Plejarens - have oscillations several times higher than Billy Meier; radiations absorbed inside their stations & beamshipsso as not to influence Earth humans; if their radiations were freely released among Earth humans they would "straightenthemselves according to us""Radiations" - such as sympathy & antipathy, "pro & con""Lessons of truth" - effects upon those who receive the lesson; a voluntary relatedness to the lesson giver & theirlocation is generated inside the receiver"Negative or untruthful lessons" - no connection is generated because the lesson is based on coercion; similar happenswith fanatical beliefsBilly Meier forced to kill his dog - the dog killed 2 chickens & Billy saw "a strange yellow fire reflecting like a will-o-the-wisp in his eyes"; the dog wasnt sick but suffering from periodic confusions causing a desire to killBilly Meier - was attacked by a tiger in eastern India (1960s)"you have listened to your subconscious and treated according to its dictates, which doing was all right, which yet youwere not able to reason out for you reflected too much on feelings over these matters" -SemjaseCONTACT 92[Wednesday, November 23, 1977, 2:34 p.m.;see my note in Contact 93 regarding a possible date/time discrepancy]Contact person: SemjaseBilly Meier - due to exhaustion, his "blockade" collapses causing him to "act like crazy and turn mad", also from "evil-

55. minded oscillations forced into you...by a reflector means of the Gizeh Intelligences"; exhausted by helping 11+ othersduring the nights or by sending impulses to them to help them which gives Billy only semi-sleep "while you performheaviest labor by your spirit & consciousness"; Billy taken into Semjases beamship to have his nerves regeneratedBilly asks Semjase if he can try receiving the report transmissions with a Remington electric typewriterCONTACT 93[Tuesday, November 29, 1977, 00:43 a.m.]Contact person: SemjaseMissing film/photos - fell into Billys trashcan, the contents of which got incinerated in the kitchen fireplace by himMartin Sorge (alias Martin Duval) - plotted with his girlfriend & "H" against the group"For other human beings of the Earth...chances should be given for that they seize them & become able to learn byrecognition of themselves" -Semjase"the otherones have to learn to learn" -SemjaseAsina & the Cygnians - staying with their ship at the Plejaren station; while on a 4-year journey their shipsinterplanetary drive (and radio device) had been destroyed by an explosion causing them to drift in space for 2+ years inhybernation/deep-sleep in water chambers, awoken by robots when they drifted towards Earth; Cygnians have old-fashioned technology given to them less than 4,000 years ago, which they are unable to repair themselves; ship to berepaired by the Plejarens and returned to the Cygnian home worldScience Fiction writers - "they are writing by inspirational manner"Billy asks Semjase if she will transmit as a report the short talk with Asina as well as obtain a picture of herAsina had kissed Billy and Semjase on the cheek - the normal manner of greeting among CygniansCONTACT 94[Saturday, December 3, 1977, 1:01 p.m.]Contact person: SemjaseFebruary 5, 1978 - marks the time when "the primary necessary quantity of forces has got stored" in the meditationcenter, also signals the end of Semjases current missionHans Jacob keeps the partially burned film he was told by Billy to destroyCONTACT 95[Saturday, December 17, 1977, 7:58 p.m.]Contact person: QuetzalThursday, December 15, 1977 2:36 p.m. - Semjases accident in the meditation center; found in her ship by Quetzal;broken right arm & fracture at the base of her skullEngelbert Wachter - wrongly thinks he is being sent impulses by the PlejarensAmata Stetter - writing self-generated "transmissions" she thinks are coming from the Plejarens etc.Inspirational Contactees - 22,463 people receiving inspirational impulses from the PlejarensAskets race (DAL Universe) - more technologically advanced than the PlejarensCONTACT 96[Wednesday, December 21, 1977, 7:53 p.m.]Contact person: Isados"When anyone gives a promise, then such should be kept, and so under any circumstance." -Billy MeierBilly Meier - "sends his spiritual consciousness wandering" to find out what happened to Semjase, travels to Erra &sees Semjase in an operating-type room apparently brain-dead in a comatose stateIsados - Plejaren, uses a language translator instrument"The spiritual consciousness is never deceived" -Billy MeierSemjases accident - Ptaah traveled to the DAL Universe to seek help from Askets people who could not help, so sheturned to a higher race, the Soneans; Sonean scientists travel to Erra to operate on Semjase, removing damaged parts ofher brain, inserting artificial protoplasmic parts, etc.CONTACT 97[Wednesday, December 28, 1977, 8:08 p.m.]Contact person: Quetzal

56. Isados is Semjases temporary replacementPleja will be a constant companion to her sister Semjase while she recoversArtificial protoplasmic brain tissue needs 3-4 years to fully incorporate itselfThe brain of each life form is the seat & steering center, needing a special energy supply which now comes from the"cosmic-electrical energy of life"Soneans - human race of the DAL Universe; average age is 2,360 years; average height is 175 centimeters; head-length/size is 50% more than Earth humans; their race is called "Sona"; developed 4000 years beyond the PlejarensTimars - name of Askets people/race; helped the Plejarens to attain the development level of the SoneansDERN Universe - name given our universe by the Timars of the DAL Universe; Plejarens just call it "Our Universe"Why Plejarens dont maintain contacts with Earth humans physically - explained in detail; "oscillations of the Earthhuman reach up to 90 meters"; Plejarens developed 3,500 years beyond Earth humans; Plejarens use an instrument toprotect them from negative oscillations when walking among Earth humans; Billy does not emit these negativeoscillationsPlejarens live "dimensionally-shifted" "inside a parallel system of the Pleiades"; that dimension explainedBillys sense of humor & joke-tellingCONTACT 98[Friday, December 30, 1977, 11:34 p.m.]Contact person: QuetzalAmata Stetter leaves the group; self-deludedElementary beings (fairies, devas) - not usually seen; live in a higher "sphere of vibration"; their existence is necessaryfor flora & faunic life; unable to communicate with humans & visa-versaOccult group at Findhorn (Scotland) - false claim of cultivating plants with assistance from "elementary beings"; plantsgrowth due to the vibrations of the fanatical well-meaning believersPlejarens also kiss each other like Earth humans doCONTACT 99[Wednesday, January 4, 1978, 10:04 p.m.]Note: in Contact 100 the time of this contact is corrected from an error of 9:04 p.m. to the correct time of 10:14 p.m.Contact person: QuetzalSemjase home again under the care of her sister PlejaUnreasonability, small-mindedness & megalomaniac delusions of some FIGU group members & judging the behavior ofothersCONTACT 100[Friday, January 6, 1978, 4:11 a.m.]Contact person: QuetzalPlejarens also make mistakes and learn by themPlejarens need to fully understand the ways of Earth humansStrange impulses emitted by Amata Stetter against certain FIGU group members due to jealousy, etc.Diet - side effects of eating too much or too little meat, and vegetarianismCONTACT 101[Monday, January 16, 1978, 00:08 a.m.]Contact person: QuetzalCantonal Housing Director letter to FIGU trying to prohibit buildingGovernment leaders, anarchists & terroristsBilly uses his writings, superior knowledge as a "weapon"; will not use his spiritual forces as a weaponBilly bends coins, spoons, etc. to prove it to skepticsBilly often lonely due to his advanced stateDwarves asked to come and clean the center & Amata Stetters & Engelbert Wachters roomsBilly asks if information is known about a pyramid sunk in the Bermuda Triangle - not knownReincarnation - durable facts & loves are embedded from lifetime to lifetime and become awakened in the next lifetimeDwarves were at the FIGU Center 4 timesContact Note transmissions - telepathic transmissions exhaust great physical strength; 1-hour telepathic transmissionequals 23 hours of physical exertion; Billys forces regenerate after such transmissions

57. "Strange Powers" report by Menara via unknown person: Billys moving of a 1/2 ton oven in mid-1977, bending spoons& coins & fingerprint embedded in a coin by the use of his spiritual forces ("by purest force of mind")CONTACT 102[Tuesday, February 21, 1978, 3:41 a.m.]Contact persons: Quetzal, MenaraPlejaren apparatus - "protection umbrellas"Birthdays - Plejarens have small friendly gatherings, not big celebrations"spiritual process of thinking"Apparatus - "brain analyzer"Plejarens - also sometimes generate "unpure thoughts" like any other human beingMenara kisses BillyBilly - should acknowledge his abilities & strengthsFIGU Center attacked by the Gizeh Intelligences who tried to destroy it by a supersonic boom; triangular remote-controlled spaceship, destroyed by Menara after the incident; similar incident occurred to Billy years previous in acottage near Zahedan in the Persian GulfAsina & the Cygnians stranded on Earth several more months while their interstellar drive is being repaired; Billy againasks to take a picture of herSemjase to return in May 1978Billy asks Quetzal if hes ever flown in an airplane - noMeditative exercises and meditative training needed for new group membersNecessity of learning a true form of meditationDwarves will come "next Saturday" around 1:00 p.m. to begin "clarifying" the FIGU Center, a 6-hour processThe words "incarnation" and "reincarnation" mean the same; "incarnation" is an abbreviation of "reincarnation", both ofancient Greek language originBilly to receive transmissions from Petale & Arahat Athersata circa June 1978Billy wants to give some lessons in the autumn; instructed not to give any more lessons about the Plejarens & theirships, only the spiritual lessonsIlse von Jacobi incorrectly translates the Contact Notes to English, against the orders of Quetzal, interpreting them withdistortions & false philosophies; she had given them to Col. Wendelle StevensCONTACT 103[Wednesday, March 1, 1978, 2:51 a.m.]Contact person: QuetzalLoveGizeh Intelligences attacks on FIGU membersNutrition - effects of eating too much meatCONTACT 104[Saturday, March 18, 1978, 3:32 a.m.]Contact person: QuetzalEmotions, arrogance, envy, etc.Upcoming lectures at KlotenSemjase to return in mid-May 1978FIGU group membership concerns - action and future incarnationsFIGU group members should visit the Semjase Silver Star CenterTime travel to San Francisco in the future - earthquake, San Andreas fault, photos taken, Transamerica BuildingPhotos taken from inside the ship - floor hatch viewing plate, problems, etc.Elsi Schroeder - nickname 2000 years ago was "Kalanka", real name was Magdalena Elizabeth MariaStevens annotation: 11 color photographs taken of the future San Francisco earthquake, photos and negatives taken byPlejaren scientists for examination, inspired photo appeared in GEO Magazine [9/77 issue, ISSN 0342-8311, HeinrichBauer/Gruner & Jahr AG, Hamburg, Germany]CONTACT 105[Wednesday, April 5, 1978, 00:31 a.m.]

58. Contact person: Quetzal7 years of difficulty to comeStevens-Elders-Welch team & TV crew (Japan?) visitOther ET intelligences might begin official contacts with Earth humansBilly advised not to fly on airplanesFIGU group members have to learn to succeed after Billys deathAnonymous articles in Wasserman 18 and 21 written by Menara (see page 321)Quetzal analyzes thoughts & impulses (negative & positive) of group membersSelf-pitying, self-favoritism & ego-injuryBafaths & Gizeh Intelligences attack on Billy on March 30, 1978 by psychic-shockPlejarens consider removing Bafath creatures to a remote galaxyQuetzal "not living within your earthly world of thinking, but further up in a position of development"CONTACT 106[Monday, April 10, 1978, 3:41 p.m.]Contact person: QuetzalDocumentary film "Contact" to be filmed in mid-May"...the believers of the cultic religions, who lay aside their own responsibility, and make a God or saints liable for all." --QuetzalEarth-human forms of thinkingFeelings revealed by forms of thinkingGeo Magazine [ISSN 0342-8311, Heinrich Bauer/Gruner & Jahr AG, Hamburg, Germany] article with painting offuture San Francisco earthquake with destroyed TransAmerica Building, September 1977 issue, similar to Meier photo,transmitted to painter by inspiration from the Baawi IntelligencesBaawi Intelligences "responsible for many inspirational transmissions" (see TJ 4:26)Meier photos (negatives) taken to Bar in Wetzikon then sent to a processing lab in Wadenswil"...other groups...non-earthian intelligences...what they are doing in this time is not our matter." --QuetzalEarth humans need to learn correct forms of thinkingPlejaren devices stationed at the Center to store all thoughts & discussionsPlejarens "mission, which we chose by our own free sense of obligation"Swiss television (TV) showing a Meier "film" on May 19, 1978 6:00 p.m.Radio waves from group members in contact with Meier during a contact are absorbed by the beamshipsStevens annotation: 1800 pages of contact notes brought back through 1982; model UFO built by a Hollywood specialeffects studio; Meier stayed for 1 year at the Ashoka Ashram in Mehrauli, India @1964; Phobal Chang UNrepresentative and her Meier storyMeier-Stevens correspondence: English version published by Stevens based on the version sold to him by Meier in1979; originally copied by FIGU former group member Amata Stetter who "partly changed the meaning unauthorizedand also copied wrong"CONTACT 115[Thursday, October 19, 1978, 6:04 p.m.]Contact persons: Semjase, Ptaah, Quetzalexcerpt in MFTP2 pgs.353-371Stevens intro. - prophesy notes read by Major Rudolph Pestalozzi and O. Richard NortonJohnstown, Guayana massacre (Jim Jones, Peoples Temple) - detailsShah of Iran overthrownVoyager space probe near JupiterJupiters "red spot" - a storm, rotates counter-clockwiseSaturn, Uranus and Jupiter have ringsRings of Jupiter - definedIo (moon of Jupiter) - volcanicOther larger moons of Jupiter - red, yellow, brown & white in colorJupiter - an unformed sun/starJupiter - mostly liquid helium & hydrogen + potash salts & sulphurIo (moon of Jupiter) - once completely covered with water

59. Europa (moon of Jupiter) - ice coveringAmalthea (moon of Jupiter) - 200 kilometers in lengthIo (moon of Jupiter) - most volcanically active body in SOL systemIo (moon of Jupiter) - volcanic dust source of rings of JupiterOverthrow of the Shah of Iran (Mohammed Reza Pahlevi) - February 9-11, 1979Ayatollah Khomeyni - sentences 100 people to deathShah of Iran murdered Khomeynis fatherChinese invasion of North Vietnam - late-February 1979World War 3 - started by another invasion of N. Vietnam by ChinaJupiter has 17 moons totalJapanese Nippon television documentaryUFO Contact from the Pleiades vol.1 - to be published Sep/Oct 1979Billy Meier received World War 3 prophesies on February 2, 1976Yugoslavian dictator Titos death within 3 years in conjunction with SaturnRussian invasion of Afghanistan at end of 1979Indira Ghandi elected Prime Minister of India & her deathWest Pakistan alliance with ChinaIndira Ghandi ("the scorpion") makes political moves towards RussiaIran (Persia)USA, NATO & UN (United Nations)Billy Meier instructed to write to all governments in February 1980Abdication of Queen Wilhelmina of Holland to Beatrix, Spring 19801980 Summer Olympics in MoscowPlejaren mission to take full effect in about 100 years (2074 or 2075)Billy Meiers next incarnation - circa January 28, 2075 (+/- 2-3 years)Billy Meier - earlier incarnations, he had "many old & famous names"Billy Meier - a prophet now, in the past, and in the futureBilly Meier - born now to undermine cult religions & sectsBilly Meier - next incarnation "to start a new religious drama..."Billy Meier - past incarnation originated in LyraBilly Meier - future incarnation to leave Earth in 3999Billy Meier - many lives on Earth, spirit from the depths of the Universe, he mentioned this 8500 years agoSpiritual death of Tito, dictator of Yugoslavia, on February 24, 1980 10:10 p.m., bodily death on May 4, 1980 3:04p.m.Iranian hostage crisis - Jimmy Carters sending troops, 12 killedLondon police storming Iranian embassyJimmy Carter to offer refuge to the Shah of IranQueen Elizabeth & Prince Philip to visit Switzerland in April 1980Pacific Ocean off America, hurricanes to begin late-February 1980San Andreas faultMount St. Helens volcanic eruptionSan Francisco earthquakesBilly Meier warned of danger by pains "in the small of his back"1980 Summer Olympics in Moscow - boycott averted due to Meiers actionsCONTACT 215[Saturday, February 28, 1987, 2:09 a.m.]excerpts in What the Plejarians wish for the Human Beings on Earthhttp://www.theyfly.com/media/PlejaransWish.pdfCONTACT 217[Friday, May 8, 1987]an excerpt from this contact can be found in German-language only at:http://www.figu.org/de/figu/bulletin/s12/leserfragen.htmCONTACT 232[Friday, November 17, 1989, 0:37 a.m.]Contact person: Ptaahexcerpt in The Peace Meditation, pages 8-10

60. excerpt in Those Who Lie About Contacts..., pages 2-3CONTACT 233[Friday, December 1, 1989, 00:44 a.m.]Contact person: Ptaahexcerpt in Attacking Questions From Japan..., pages 22-23excerpt in Those Who Lie About Contacts..., pages 21-32CONTACT 234[Friday, January 19, 1990, 00:07 a.m.]Contact persons: Ptaah, Petale, Arahat Athersataexcerpt in Those Who Lie About Contacts..., pages 32-41CONTACT 241[Monday, February 3, 1992, 11:33 p.m.]Contact person: Ptaahhttp://shop.figu.org/product_info.php?cPath=51_53&products_id=171excerpt in FIGU Bulletin #9, "A Question from a Reader (by telephone)":http://www.figu.org/us/figu/bulletin/no9.htmSuntanningdangers of SmokingNorthern LightsEarthquake lightsPlanetary sound frequenciesBall lightningArmenians & AzerbaijanisSecond-hand smokeMicrowave ovensEnd of Apartheid predictionDrug problem & drug-related crimesBrazilian landslide predictionSeparation of Sarah "Fergie" & Prince Andrew predictionSaddam HusseinTortures & murders in BurmaEconomic emmigrantsOrigin of AIDS & prediction of cure in 2005Leningradskaya nuclear power plant accident predictionOverpopulation & worldwide birth stopWar in KurdistanOnly 250 years of peace on earth in the last 10,000 yearsUnderground nuclear bomb usageChemical incinerations on sea-faring shipsDumping of radioactive waste into watersCommercial explosives & gasesPossibility of ET contact near the end of the 20th centuryPredictions for April 1992--Mount EtnaCerro Negro volcanoBrush fires in America & the International Peace ParkEarthquakes in Germany-Belgium-Holland areaAIDS amongst Catholic priestsDegeneration amongst animalsEffiminatization of men & masculinization of womenDegeneration in languagesEnvironmental pollutionFlying devices possessed by governmentsSo-called UFOlogistsNostradamuss prophesy of Billy MeierBoris Yeltsin

61. Los Angeles & worldwide earthquakes of April 1992 caused by Guadalajara explosions (PEMEX)Crimes against children--murdered for transplant organsChild prostitutionWhite slavery & the slave trade179 million people in slaveryAge of the Sun & the Milky Way galaxyCONTACT 242[Friday, April 24, 1992, 3:05 a.m.]Contact person: Ptaahhttp://shop.figu.org/product_info.php?cPath=51_53&products_id=171Earthquakes in the Bundnerland region and the Rhineland (May 8, 1992)Dormant volcano in the Lower Rhine Valley(Ebenalp & Wildkirchli, near lakes Seealpsee, Samtisersee & Hundsteinsee)Population of Earth = 5.5 billion as of January 1992Peace-combat troopsAsylum-seeker problem (refugees)AIDS epidemicCONTACT 243[Monday, June 22, 1992, 2:46 a.m.]Contact person: Ptaahhttp://shop.figu.org/product_info.php?cPath=51_53&products_id=171environmental destruction"Agenda 21" (Agreement for the Preservation of Species)George W. BushAmericaEarth Conference (Rio De Janeiro)OverpopulationFCCs (chloro-flouro carbons)Mikhail GorbachevBoris YeltsinUnited Nations (UN)Combat-peace troopsGreenpeaceRefugeesCONTACT 249[Monday, June 13, 1994, 11:36 p.m.]Contact person: Ptaahhttp://www.figu.org/us/ufology/contact_notes/249.htmhttp://shop.figu.org/product_info.php?cPath=51_53&products_id=1693 alien races who fly to EarthAlien abductions ("examination contacts")Impulse-telepathic contactsUFO sightings worldwideDaniel Fry (true contactee)Meditation pyramids"Spiritual Training Through Attentiveness" (book by Buddhist monkNyanaponika Thera, actual title in English: "The Power of Mindfulness:an inquiry into the scope of bare attention and the principal sources ofits strength")Satipatthana meditation method

62. Rahat Sanghanan (monk, alias Maha Chohan)Swami Dharmawara (Ananda Mahatma)Ashoka Ashram, Mehrauli, India 1964Swami Ramana SarmaBovine Spongiform Encephalopathy (BSE, alias "Mad Cow Disease")Creutzfeldt-Jakob-SyndromeGerstmann-Straussler-SyndromeTelevision, radio & the press glorifying brutality"Anti-war films"Cruelty to animalsAnimals have a psycheOmnec Onec ("Venusian contactee")Devices dependent on radio waves, worn near the body, are harmful to health(wristwatches, telephones, cordless radio systems, high-tension wires,electric generators, transformers)Radio waves are electro-magnetic oscillationsMagnetic sense of orientation in humans, animals & insects (migration)Thunderstorms, earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, etc. produce magnetic wavesImmutable law - "Progress cannot be stopped"Androids, genetically-manipulated clones, artificial humans in the futureGenetic manipulationMurders by forefathers of the Jews/Hebrews = 19,463,000Murders by Christians = "almost identical number""The Universe, galaxies, Earth and every life form, nature, life itself and Man,are all the holy thought and holy work of Creation.""Always admit to what you really are."Just criticismImpregnations of Earth women by aliensElisabeth Klarer (false "contactee")"Cattle mutilations"3 alien races on Earth249th ContactA talk between Ptaah, an IHWH from the Pleiades/Plejaren, and Billy Eduard A. Meier, SwitzerlandMonday, June 13th, 1994, 11:36 p.m.Ptaah: Hello, Eduard, my friend.Billy: And hello to you too. — I am delighted to see you.. . . .Billy: My first question refers once again to UFO sightings and so-called abductions by extraterrestrials: Can you tell mehow many alien races currently fly to and from Earth and perform research here, or are active in some other way?Ptaah: For many years now the same three different races have been active here. Our posture towards them has been tomonitor their movements without interfering in their deeds, actions and activities; and for this reason they are unawareof our existence.Billy: Do these three extraterrestrial races maintain any contact with people on Earth? Have they maintained any contactwith ordinary people on Earth or to the military, etc.?Ptaah: As I previously mentioned during one of our conversations, I am not permitted to give any official informationabout questions pertaining to official or military matters in regard to contacts with non-terrestrial human intelligences.Billy: Ok then, what about ordinary terrestrials?Ptaah: The three groups, that is, the alien races, maintain no contacts, with the exception of those required forexamination purposes, at which time terrestrial humans, plants and animals are, or rather were, contacted for such testsand examinations. However, this does not mean that the mass hysteria and mass psychoses by everyone who claims tohave been abducted and examined by alien beings — even who claims to have been abducted and examined by alienbeings — even impregnated — all stem from such experiences. Truthfully, only very few cases occasionally occuraround the globe, and they cannot really be classified as actual contacts in the manner you and we have them, though.As far as we are concerned, except for your case, there exist no other contacts, not even in a telepathic form. Thecontacts we maintain with people on Earth are of a purely impulse-telepathic nature. For this reason, the contactees areunaware of the contact; they assume their accomplishments result strictly from their own initiative. Truthfully though,the information relating to their achievements, items produced, and other matters, is generated by us and instilled intothe individuals through impulse-telepathy, and in every case their consciousness is unaware of this fact. They definitelyhave no idea that such information, etc., is instilled in them through impulse-telepathy.

63. Billy: So you do not call it an actual contact but a contact for examination when terrestrials are placed on boardextraterrestrial flying machines and scrutinized by extraterrestrial human intelligences for analytical purposes. Hans andI have coined the term "examination contact" for this. Could I use the expression for this process?Ptaah: In fact, this expression you have invented is really excellent. Examination contact. The wording softens the barbof a falsehood that human beings from Earth are abducted by extraterrestrials. The truth is that the aliens, theexterhumanoids, see nothing wrong with the examination contact; they regard it not as an abduction but only as thehumane means of accomplishing their studies, through which they gather new knowledge and other facts.Billy: What about those repeated UFO sightings all over the world. They cannot all be real, can they?Ptaah: That is correct, but we have discussed this situation many times previously. Only a small percentage are actualsightings; the remainder are based on sensory deception, charlatanry, fraud, lies, and deceit, to name but a few.Billy: What is behind this: Quetzal and Semjase explained to me once that Dan Fry, an American, actually did havecontact with extraterrestrials. He is said to have taken photos as well, but he later destroyed them; somebody madeforgeries of them and attributed them to Fry. This is supposed to be the reason why none of Dan Frys real photos ofalien flying objects exist any longer. Even the story about the origin of the extraterrestrials and their accounts wasapparently thoroughly distorted. This is what Quetzal told me, but it never appeared in any contact report.Ptaah: That is exactly what happened.Billy: Well then, heres something regarding the pyramids: Someone who sells pyramids telephoned me recently. Ofcourse I did not give him any details because of his line of work. But I also did not provide any details because pyramidsare not as harmless as people on Earth generally think. It is a fact that copper is the only material which must be usedfor the meditation pyramids, because copper is capable of conducting electric energy, and does not generate thoseforces inside the pyramid that are dangerous, possibly even fatal, to human beings the way non-conductive materials do.Pyramids made from non-conductive material such as stone, man-made materials, glass, crystal and similar ones, allhave a propensity within their interior that causes, at the correct location, cell tissue and other things to mummify andutensil cutting blades to change; living beings are killed by powerful forces that collect at the correct point due to thepyramids shape. These powerful forces influence, change or kill anything located there. This does not happen with aconductive copper pyramid though. Depending on certain conditions, such as measurements, antenna and elevation,etc., some totally different, energizing forces develop within a copper pyramid. These forces then deflect the oscillationsthat strike the pyramid from the outside and develop into fatal forces. In order for this to happen, though, the copperpyramid must be completely enclosed and secured all the way around. For some time now a pyramid boom has beenoccurring in many countries and many types and sizes of pyramids are sold commercially. Isnt there a risk thatdangerous things could result?Ptaah: The things you mention have taken place for many years, so they are not just now beginning to occur. However,all the people who are, or were, harmed by such pyramids are not currently, nor will they ever be, aware that theirailments were caused by pyramids made from non-conductive materials. Pyramids are truly not as harmless as people onEarth assume.Billy: This is probably a problem that will continue to spread.Ptaah: Yes, it probably will.Billy: Here now is something personal: Basically, I wrote the instructions for meditation after I had learned them fromSfath and Asket. But even at a young age I wrote about meditation before I put everything into a final format andpublished it during the 70s. And it is exactly for these instructions to meditation, or the meditation book, respectively,that I was accused twice already of plagiarizing my written material from another book.Ptaah: I am familiar with this absurd claim. The title of the book, which you are accused of plagiarizing, is SpiritualTraining Through Attentiveness. You should not concern yourself with this preposterous defamation, for none of itspoints is based upon the truth, as you very well know. The truth is that Sfath, and you may not remember this anymore,had translated the Satipatthäna method into German for you from various Pali and Sanskrit texts; and Asket did thesame in 1954. It is for this reason that you had in your possession two almost identical translations. In 1948, as an 11-year old boy in the fourth grade, you produced a dictated manuscript of 83 handwritten pages from Sfaths translationunder the guidance of your teacher, Mr. Lehmann. This manuscript was done so well that your teacher mimeographed200 copies and mailed them to several people; among them was Rahat Sanghanan, a monk, whom you met much lateron in your life with Askets help. He instructed you in a variety of subjects. His name as monk was Maha Chohan, whichmeans the "Great Master". He, in turn, was the person responsible for producing several copies of your manuscriptduring that same year, 1948, and sent them to several of his peers. This resulted in the first printed version. In 1954Asket provided you with a new translation, which you used to revise and produce your previous text on meditation.Together with Asket, when she brought you to him, you offered your new version that same year to monk RahatSanghanan. Sanghanan deemed your work excellent, and again he made some copies of it and mailed them to his peers.Together with Swami Dharmawara, who is called Ananda Mahatma ("happy great soul"), you revised your work onceagain during a 3-month period in 1964, while staying in India at the Ashoka Ashram in Mehrauli. Swami Ramana Sarmatranslated it into English and had it printed up. Then he disseminated 2600 copies of this text; 2100 copies more thanthe monk Rahat Sanghanan previously printed in 1948. Therefore, from the time you initially produced your first workon meditation in 1948, your material provided the basis for many other books on meditation, but their individual authors

64. were never mentioned, and no clarification was ever made that these sundry other works stemmed from your initialmaterial. On the contrary, the individual authors always asserted that they had been the producers of these texts orbooks. Indeed, they even claimed they were the translators of the original text in the Pali and Sanskrit languages,although it really originated through Sfath and Askets effort. Several individuals who claim to be authors speak neitherPali nor Sanskrit.Billy: What about the individual who wrote the book you mentioned earlier? Where did that person get the informationon the instructions to meditation I had written?Ptaah: You mean the Buddhist monk Nyanaponika. — He obtained his wisdom about meditation from your initial textjust as several others did. Furthermore, he and various other individuals also had access to Sfath and Asketstranslations.Billy: Yes, now that you mention all of these things I remember how everything happened during my school years. Butit wasnt a dictation manuscript I had produced originally. It was an essay, from which Mr. Lehmann generated a muchshorter dictation version for the whole class. It was my essay he copied and mailed out. The wise old man in India,Maha Chohan or, rather, Rahat Sanganan, did not receive this essay directly from teacher Lehmann, but from somemonastery bigwig my teacher Lehmann knew and to whom he sent my text.Ptaah: That may well be so, if you . . . .Billy: Maha Chohan told me so himself.Ptaah: Then it is correct.Billy: I have a question here regarding BSE, the cattle madness, as this disease is called here in Switzerland. Youexplained once that basically sheep triggered this epidemic and then it was transmitted to cattle. This epidemicapparently can be transmitted to human beings along with all mammals.Ptaah: This is correct.Billy: With human beings it manifests itself as the so-called Kuru, which is called this way by the cannibals in PapuaNew Guinea, for instance, who devour their own kind and then become infected by their victims, provided they werepreviously infected with the disease. In other parts of the world this cattle madness epidemic is called Creutzfeldt-Jakob-Syndrome if humans are afflicted by it. But in spite of these facts physicians, veterinarians, politicians and othersin charge, are still vehemently denying that this BSE epidemic, rather cattle madness, or scrapie as it is called withsheep, can be transmitted to human beings. They also deny that the epidemic can be transmitted to other mammals. Thiscontradicts your explanations. What is the name of the other syndrome if other mammals are infected by it? I haveforgotten the term.Ptaah: You are talking about the Gerstmann-Sträussler-Syndrome. Every mammalian life form can be infected by it, andits source is scrapie or BSE, respectively. The epidemic can be either hereditary or transmitted through bloody saliva inthe same way AIDS is transmitted, and through specific external contacts with items such as feces, blood and meat, aswell as the ingestion of infected meat, etc. Whoever claims or questions that contamination from the BSE epidemic, i.e.,the Creutzfeld-Jakob-Syndrome and Kuru, cannot be transmitted to humans, and that the Gerstmann-Sträussler-Syndrome cannot be traced back to BSE and scrapie with mammals, must be considered an irresponsible criminal andvillain with contempt for human beings. We have 100 percent proof and absolute certainty, beyond the shadow of adoubt, that the correlations and causes of the disease are based on the data about which I have just informed you. It isalso worth mentioning that BSE pathogens cannot be destroyed simply by cooking the meat and other items, or byproducing meatmeal. They can only be destroyed by high temperatures, as high as 700°C (1228°F), and possibly evenup to 1000°C (1768°F), for previously mutated pathogens that have existed for some time now. The incubation periodfor the disease also varies and must be determined by the life forms resistance to it. This may vary from 3 months to 40years, even 50. The higher the evolution of the life form, the longer the incubation period. Therefore, with human beingsit can range from 40 to 50 years.Billy: Could you possibly tell me the number of human beings on Earth who are already sick with this disease?Ptaah: We were unable to determine this. For this reason, we must rely on estimates regarding some tens of thousandsof infected people. Many of them will never become victims of the epidemic for they will die before they reach thispoint.Billy: So they can consider themselves very lucky.. . . .Billy: Okay — forget the question. I have another one about overpopulation: Isnt it conceivable that life itself isbeginning to fight back because of the rising and spreading overpopulation, and that life will increasingly generate moreepidemics and diseases to combat the escalating overpopulation? Isnt it true that the excessive proliferation by humanbeings makes their bodies and organs, as well as their entire immune system increasingly more vulnerable, feeble anddeficient. The same even holds true for Mans consciousness. It follows then that allergies must grow in variety andfrequency, with world pollution also playing a major role. Human beings are ever more lackadaisical and feeble in theirresponsibility, which extends all the way to total irresponsibility. This manifests itself also in the fact that criminals of alltypes are judged more falsely humane and are given more lenient punishment — they are often even allowed to go free.The thinking about and the search for the meaning of life is increasingly influenced by sectarian and religious idiots,abetting the expansion of sectarian fanaticism and total alienation to the world around us, etc., etc. Must this not result

65. in nature and life ultimately raising a counterattack, that is, through epidemics and catastrophes of the elements, so thathuman beings are eradicated by the hundreds, possibly even billions? I still can remember that Quetzal and Semjase alsospoke of something similar that once took place on other planets in former times.Ptaah: That is correct: When humans on a planet proliferate excessively, nature and life autonomously interfere, whichleads to the forced curbing of surplus life forms. Such a curbing and elimination of excess life forms, in this case humanbeings, ensues first and foremost through epidemics. However, the same thing also happens because life forms, humanbeings once again, become frail, if not to say incapable of living, due to their bodies, organs and immune systembecoming then too weak. Furthermore, nature and life also retaliate against excesses in human beings throughcatastrophes by way of the elements of nature, and other things.. . . .Billy: But for the time being this madness the earthlings have incited will continue. If I only think of television, radio andthe press that actually foster all ills by glorifying brutality and similar things through movies, books, the theater and thelike. I would like to even include news reports and other sensationalistic broadcasts. The more the press, television andradio report on atrocities such as bloodshed and murder, assassinations, mass murders, torture, sectarian degeneration,wars, revolutions, rapes, drug addiction, alcoholism, addiction to legal drugs, capital crime, racism and xenophobia,extremism, neo-nazism, the Ku-Klux-Klan, capital punishment, etc., etc., the more copycats will appear. They willmodel their own actions after these reports and events. Television, radio, newspaper reports, etc., which portray suchdegenerate events and acts, have the same effect as when somebody pours or dumps gasoline or explosives into a fire:The fire either bursts into gigantic flames or a monumental explosion ensues. The press, television and radio reports areproduced solely for the sake of sensationalism. They should be prohibited — freedom of the press or not. In all casessuch sensational reports are only a license to use force, crime, contempt and many similar exploits against humanity.This also holds true for the so-called anti-war films and the endless repetitions of movies, books on non-fiction reportson the grisly events of World War II. These movies and books actually achieve the exact opposite response as thatwhich they propagate. Instead of pondering and creating more peace, such films, books and similar items make humanbeings more aggressive through all of this continuous nonsense. They merely escalate the ills even further and with themthe lust for rebellious behavior, the lust and intentions for killing, bloodshed and murder, torture, abuse, unmercifulforce, crime, hatred, slave-trade, slavery, prostitution, abuse and murder of children, contempt for humanity, greed,envy, rape, sexual degeneration, evolution destruction, destruction of life, extermination, pain and sorrow, as well as allother atrocious ills — just as it was depicted in the movies or books, newspapers and periodicals, and in the manner itwas described on radio, in movies or in the theater. All of this is even further escalated through movies on violence andhorror to which many people become addicted. Their intelligence is not adequate enough to recognize that the rubbishand incredible danger of human brutalization and imbecility of the consciousness are the basis for all of this violence. Itis endured, indeed, oftentimes even sanctioned, by those people of responsible positions in all governments, becausethey are too blind, stupid, uneducated and illogical if not to say moronic. For this reason they do not see and recognizethe truth and resulting effects they bring about. Also, they foster all agony, pain and sorrow by diverting subsidies fromtax monies for artists in the film, book and art industry, who frequently glorify brutality and every human excess rangingall the way to total contempt for humanity and destruction of life through their dubious and atrocious, nonsensicalproductions — which are always under the guise that their works are supposedly directed against destruction,degeneration and annihilation.Ptaah: I can only say that, without a doubt, your words present the full truth and the reality of the situation.Billy: Thanks again. — What do you think of this: Because of overpopulation, which is rampant on Earth now, therealso exists rampant cruelty to animals that is especially caused by animal factories, animal transports and animalslaughters. In these factories the animals are brutally force-fed and kept under conditions that defy description. Just aswith the transportation of animals, they suffer unbelievable torment, injuries and a horrible death, and their psyche iscompletely destroyed. Some people actually reject the idea that animals possess a psyche, although the opposite is thecase. Even in the slaughtering process animals must suffer the pains of hell. This occurs daily to countless millions ofanimals such as pigs, chickens, geese, rabbits, various types of cattle, horses, donkeys, sheep, goats, turkeys and camels;indeed, even to crocodiles, turtles, birds, ostriches, kangaroos, fish and crustaceans, etc., etc. The steadily escalatinghuman overpopulation continues to increase the need for animal meat products that will continue to escalate adinfinitum. The oceans will be depleted of fish and one species after another will become extinct. Arable land will beincreasingly destroyed, therefore, and forests cut down and razed as well; the environment and nature will be destroyedwhile the Earths resources will be totally exploited; faunal life will be abused, mistreated, tortured and annihilated. Thisis a unequaled, monstrous condition. One could wheep thinking about what will happen. And all this is the result of thecriminal increase in earthlings procreation, and the fostering of their terrestrial population to the point where suffering,misery and excesses of every type generate screaming contempt against humanity and life.Ptaah: Of course, your every word is correct and, naturally, I agree with your opinions, for they are based on actualfacts.Billy: Isnt it true also that the closer people live together in villages and cities, the more susceptible to diseases theybecome because of overpopulation? Isnt it true that they have increasingly less resistance to disease and that, at thesame time, they become more and more insensitive and uncaring toward each other, their total surroundings, life and

66. nature?Ptaah: This is also true.Billy: Naturally — it couldnt be any other way. What do you think of this, or what is behind it: In America, where else,there is a young woman running around who claims to be Venusian, a woman from planet Venus, where people liveunder domes.Ptaah: We are well aware of this person with the name Omnec Onec, as she calls herself. Her claims are utter nonsense,of course, and merely fraudulent, if not to say hallucinatory, schemes.Billy: Exactly, that is what the lady calls herself, Omnec Onec. She is a crazy woman who lies and cheats and defraudsher gullible, foolish followers every chance she gets.Ptaah: Indeed.Billy: One more time, I have something regarding overpopulation. It is just a statement that must be finally mentionedaloud: Through the continuous growth of mankinds population, increasingly more arable land worldwide is built upon.This means that more and more open country disappears and is destroyed and, inevitably, along with it the roaminggrounds of wild animals.Ptaah: Precisely.Billy: Tell me something, my friend, is it possible that a radio wristwatch can generate disorders? I have such awristwatch as you know, and I wore it continuously up until 2 months ago. Once I started wearing this timepiece, Iregularly had such strong pains in the back of my hand that I could no longer even write. Two months ago these painseven radiated up my entire lower and upper arm, into the shoulder and the throat right behind the right ear, where itcaused headaches as well. Although I faithfully applied and massaged medications against rheumatism, the painsremained and even got worse from day to day. Then, as I began pondering the cause for these pains, which obviouslywere due to an inflammation, it suddenly hit me that perhaps my radio wristwatch was the cause of it all — because ofthe radio waves. What do you make of this?Ptaah: I am certain that your thoughts led you to the correct conclusion. All devices dependent upon radio waves whichare worn near, or on, the body are extremely harmful to a persons health. Under certain circumstances they can even bedestructive to the body or its organs, indeed dangerous to the persons life. Even a radio wristwatch is sufficient tocause this harm, as you yourself have experienced. Such time pieces, or telephones and cordless radio systems, are notadvisable; in fact they are very dangerous if not secured and screened to the point where the radio waves cannot harmthe human body. Radio waves are electro-magnetic waves, or rather electro-magnetic oscillations, that are dangerous toall life should they strike it at too high a rate. This danger applies not only to radio waves, but also to high tensionwires, electric generators and transformers. The physical harm caused by such waves, or rather oscillations that manifestthemselves with Man and animal, can be of a purely physical or conscious nature. Anything, from eczemas and allergiesto cancer, destruction of the psyche and total imbecility, is possible. Furthermore, all species of plants, insects and microorganisms right down to microbes and others are affected by disease and destruction if they are subjected to theaforementioned conditions. Some degree of damage is sustained in every case, although it may not always beimmediately recognized. The genuine cause of such health damage, as a rule, is not recognized and, therefore, isattributed to other, unrelated causes. However, prior to any damage becoming apparent, and due to these dangerouselectro-magnetic influences, a persons magnetic sense of orientation is upset and possibly even destroyed soon after.This magnetic sense, inherent to human beings, animals and insects, has already been largely destroyed within Man onEarth. For decades now he has been under the steady, greatly enhanced influence of artificial electro-magnetic waves, orrather oscillations, which greatly exceed the normal, planet-related measurements and are generated by Mans ownthoughtlessness. As a consequence, he is now, and has been for some time, incapable of applying and relying on hismagnetic sense. Hence, he can no longer recognize, grasp and perceive many items and events in nature in the mannerthat animals are able to, although their magnetic sense is increasingly harmed also through the irresponsibility ofmankind on Earth. Birds and animals, for instance, are guided by their magnetic sense during their annual migrations orflights from one region to another when they frequently traverse many thousands of kilometers. The longer they areexposed to this electromagnetism, the more the magnetic sense of orientation of these migratory animals and birds isupset and causes their death for many of them. Whales, for instance, lose their orientation and become strandedsomewhere on river banks or in the rivers, where they die a terrible death; a situation that is increasingly becoming morecommon even for other aquatic wildlife forms. With increasing frequency, herds of many wild animals are losing theirsense of orientation because their magnetic sense is upset. This causes them to flee and plunge, panic-stricken, overcliffs and crevasses to their death, etc. Thunderstorms, earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, as well as other great calamitiesof natures elements also produce increased magnetic waves or oscillations. Animals and birds sense these increasedelectro-magnetic oscillations and behave accordingly. They flee or seek sanctuary elsewhere. The same also applies toMan, and will continue to, for as long as his magnetic sense is unimpaired. Unfortunately, terrestrial Man lost the use ofthis capability a long time ago. The loss can be traced back to his spinelessness, which began very early in hisdevelopment and continues to advance even now, for he increasingly withdraws from a coexistence with nature andCreations laws and directives. As a result, he continues to unlearn many of the things he previously learned.Billy: But how can this be reconciled with the technological and medical progress human beings are making? I amspeaking here of genetic technology, for instance, as well as genetic therapy, genetic medicine, genetic adjustments and

67. genetic manipulations and so forth. As part of this progress, I would include also the creation of a bionic man, clonesand human-genetic modifications, even though many of these items are still in their early stages of development.Ptaah: An immutable law states that progress cannot be stopped regardless of all the degeneration and destruction. Atsome point along the way, stagnation will occur; but progress will continue until that time and then taper off veryslowly.Billy: Yet all of the things I mentioned before will continue to be developed or may be even newly discovered andaugmented until perfection, so to speak, or the highest possible status has been achieved. This will occur in spite of allobstructions and bans, concerns and the screeching of some individuals who wish to obstruct progress, particularlyhowever the sectarians and government agencies. According to them, all of this is against nature and all ethics, and it isblasphemous beyond compare — which is total nonsense, of course. In my opinion, and judging from everything I havelearned from you people, the entire development related to genetic sciences, gene manipulation, genetic modifications,genetic interference, genetic transformations, genetic medicine, gene technology as a whole, cannot be stopped. Afterall, it is an inevitable result of evolution. Therefore, the whole genetic technology will make its breakthrough in spite ofsome opposition. In fact, for the time being, breakthroughs wont be repressed in any sector of life, even though, someday, it may come into play. In the future, Man will create genetically manipulated clones and artificial humans, such asandroids, who will be equipped with a half-machine, half-bionic body and an artificial, biological brain. This will be donein the same way that human beings are genetically modified. Doubtless to say, humans will soon live very much longer,possibly even for centuries, through genetic manipulations and influences. Likewise, genetic modifications will beperformed on animals, plants, food items, medicine and so forth. This development truly cannot be repressed, althoughmany sectarians, pseudo-humanists, pseudo-seers and -thinkers continue to rebel against it today, as they stupidly holleragainst this progress and invent laws to prohibit it. Such laws are wrong even today, and individuals who fight for themare acting irresponsibly. Fighting against progress is only appropriate when there are actions against Creational lawsthrough genetic manipulations, as is the case when life is destroyed or propelled toward degeneration in behavior,actions or living. Genetic technology makes possible freedom from suffering and illness. It also brings innumerableadvantages, relief and an immeasurable progress that is capable of preventing any further increase in overpopulation. Itcauses much suffering and misery to disappear as long as this development is accorded the required space and necessaryunderstanding.Ptaah: Your words are in total accord with my own views.Billy: Many people concern themselves with this subject, but many others are of the silly and uneducated opinion thateverything is pure fantasy. It has always been like this since olden days, which is the reason why Jules Verne andLeonardo da Vinci and many others have been defamed as charlatans and fantasists. The full truth is, however, thatthere is absolutely nothing that Man is capable of inventing, dreaming, thinking and fantasizing which cannot berealized. The reason is that Man cannot think, fantasize, dream or invent anything that cannot be manufactured, realizedor produced, respectively. Anything Man thinks, invents, dreams or fantasizes, can be realized or effected, one way oranother, technically or by way of the consciousness. Hence, there is nothing in the entire Universe that Man cannoteffect or produce once he has invented, thought, fantasized or dreamed up something. The only things he cannot realize,produce or achieve are maniacal ideations, such as those religious manias or fanaticism or illusions for instance, thatimpair the consciousness of individuals afflicted with the mania as maniacal ideations and illusions.Ptaah: You have expressed yourself very appropriately.. . . .Billy: In one of our previous conversations you mentioned the number of dead who were murdered by Christianitythroughout its existence up to December 31, 1992, through wars, church courts, fanaticism and other causes. You alsomentioned the number of those people who were murdered by other religions over the past 3000 years. Here is myquestion: Does this number also include all of those victims who had been slaughtered through Judaism, roughly 3500years ago?Ptaah: Are you referring to the 1500 B.C. period?Billy: Exactly, that is the time I mean.Ptaah: One moment. I am not familiar with this data, I must retrieve it first . . . Yes, here it is — over a period of 1000years, counted back from 1500 B.C., a total of 19,463,000 people were brutally and inhumanely slaughtered by theforefathers of the Jews, the Hebrews and others.Billy: 19 million 463 thousand! That is an enormous number of people who suffered a forced death in only 1000 yearsthrough religious madness and racial obsession, fanaticism, church courts, commands of God, religious wars andjudgments of God, along with other insanities. And all of this was perpetrated by a small group of single,megalomaniacal, degenerate people who had become obsessed with their faith. This number is almost identical to thepeople who had been killed by Christianity over nearly 2000 years. Yet, even today great numbers of people aremurdered in religious mania and fanaticism — many of them in masses. Religions and religious sects are currently morepowerful than ever before, although the opposite may seem true. Together with sciences, politics, crime, technologyand the military, as well as each branch of the economy, religions are pulling everything into their powerful grip. Neverbefore has any type of life form possessed so much power over the Earth as Man does today. And all of these peoplewho represent and exert this earth-conquering power, the people who are in charge of all this, are so irresponsible that

68. they never feel addressed or concerned. Everyone of them lives irresponsibly and without concern at the expense oftheir own, ours and all of humankinds descendants. Oftentimes these irresponsible people even carry famous names.Yet, many people who have famous names and titles, are simply major, irresponsible and vicious criminals. They dontgive a hoot about the fact that the Universe, galaxies, Earth and every life form, nature, life itself and Man, are all theholy thought and holy work of Creation. These errant and guilty individuals not only deceive others but themselves aswell; usually they think of themselves as being better, greater and shrewder than they actually are. They have neverheard of the concept that, at all times, Man should view and comport himself merely as grand as he truly is, accordingthe motto: "Always admit to what you really are." These people want to be fawned over, and they only feel good aboutthemselves when they are praised and adored, because they are addicted to praise and their own image. For this reasonthey cannot understand why they have no true friends, but only yes-men and parasites, who do not dare voice anycriticism and are only concerned with their own well-being and food. None of them understands that someone whothoughtfully and justly criticizes another human beings actions, thoughts, feelings, lifestyle and opinion, among otherthings, is that persons true friend. He who praises but omits criticism is the worst enemy.Ptaah: May your words reach the ears of the guilty ones.Billy: Well, even if they hear it, they will hardly concern themselves with it, simply because they are so self-righteous intheir irresponsible behavior that they do not even feel addressed. — But now back once more to the purportedabductions of earthlings by extraterrestrials: Particularly in North and South America, but lately also in Germany, suchclaims have repeatedly occurred. Attempts have been made in the past and present to prove the "truth" of the claimsthrough hypnosis. If these claims were true, it would mean that, allegedly, more than 3.5 million human beings on Earthhave had examination contacts, and many women, particularly in North and South America, purportedly wereimpregnated. There are even some silly assertions that, as a result of these impregnations, children have been born whoare half terrestrial and half extraterrestrial and are called hybrids.Ptaah: This is so much incredible nonsense. First of all, very few examination contact incidents were recorded in recentyears and, secondly, no impregnations of Earth females by extraterrestrial intelligences have occurred. These so-calledhybrids, of which irrational newspaper and magazine editors report, are nothing more than freaks and mutations of apurely terrestrial nature. They can be traced back to genetic defects caused by the parents or some diverse, very harmfulenvironmental influences. Beyond the shadow of any doubt, however, I can confirm that, at the present time, nodescendants live on Earth, or elsewhere on alien worlds, who were sired either with women from Earth andextraterrestrial men or extraterrestrial women and men from Earth. Anyone who claims otherwise is a despicable liarand defamer, be it Elisabeth Klarer or some other fools who currently state such things. As a rule, even assertions madein a hypnotic state are mere lies and defamations, and are made either by the hypnotized individuals themselves or arethrust upon them by third parties, possibly even by the hypnotist. The claim that a person in a hypnotic state does notlie, cheat and, therefore, always speaks the truth, is simply not accurate. The fact is that in a hypnotic state a person canlie and cheat just as he or she can in a normal, non-hypnotized state. This fact is exploited by many people involved inUFO and purported abduction cases, among others. The individuals involved simply wish to bluster and makethemselves appear important. Frequently the hypnotic state is even feigned, which is not difficult for human beings todo; this feigning cannot be detected and recognized by inexperienced hypnotists on Earth. In this make-believe hypnoticstate anyone can lie and cheat just as he or she can do in true hypnosis.Billy: So it is one big lie all around. — But then people also claim that animals, cattle for instance, are massacred inmasses by the "nasty aliens".Ptaah: This assertion as well is based upon some insane persons defamatory conjectures, along with deliberate lies anddeceptions. If such massacred animals occur, as is the case particularly in the USA and South America, their deaths canbe attributed to completely natural causes, namely to the felling, slashing and killing by birds of prey or predators.Various species of pests, some of them mutants, also play an important role.Billy: You said three alien races have been on Earth for a number of years now. Do they also have stations here, inother words, are they present here all the time?Ptaah: Just one of the three groups is stationed on Earth, while the other two groups only enter the Earths spaceperiodically, or for limited periods.Billy: How often do new aliens come to Earth?Ptaah: This varies greatly. In the past, and on only two occasions over a 100-year period, more than two groups of alienintelligences entered terrestrial space. Commonly, though, such incidents only occur intermittently. Therefore, manycenturies may pass before another alien race will again reach Earth. Sometimes it may even take several thousands ofyears for such an event to occur.Billy: This utter rubbish regarding UFOs and extraterrestrials that is talked about and disseminated everywhere onEarth, has spread like a boil, and now even true UFO sightings or observations are maligned and called fantasy anddeception of the senses and so forth.Ptaah: This is the way it is.Billy: Did the three groups who fly to and from terrestrial space, other than your own, ever have real contacts withEarth inhabitants in former times?Ptaah: No.

69. Billy: But they did have examination contacts?Ptaah: This applies to only two of the groups.Billy: Well, that was actually my last official question . . .CONTACT 251Friday, February 3, 1995, 12:01 a.m.Billy: It is so nice to see you again, my friend. Welcome to my lair.Ptaah: I, too, am delighted to be able to greet you again, Eduard, my friend. I am supposed to convey to you warmgreetings and wishes from everyone --- especially from all those people you know personally, but also from some youdo not even know.Billy: Thanks. --- I do hope that I will keep hearing from them every now and then --- from you as well, of course. Nowthe year 1995 has begun and with it the time of finishing your tasks here on Earth.Ptaah: That is correct, but it does not signify that we will also end our CONTACTs with you; our intention is that theyshall continue, although much less frequently. It may take many months, therefore, perhaps even a year or two, beforeone of us can visit you again.Billy: I am certainly pleased about that, because I would really miss all of you very much, especially you, because youwere practically the only one in the past few years who visited me. But tell me, when are you people withdrawing all ofyour crews and materials from our planet?Ptaah: We have already completed that task, and there is nothing on Earth now that points to our previous existencehere, with the exception of the materials in your possession. The last of our people left the Earth approximately 30minutes ago. Our stations no longer exist either; everything has been restored to the way it looked originally; no trace ofour stay here can be found.Billy: Of course, you had to do that, thats clear. A long time ago Sfath already told me, along with Asket, Semjase andQuetzal, that you people would have to do this once the year 1995 had begun. You, too, told me the same, and I had topromise all of you to keep silent until the time when you would all withdraw from Earth for good. I am familiar with thereason for your withdrawal, but I dont know whether I am allowed to speak of it officially because you told me that itwould have to remain a secret for the time being, at least until 1995 when you are all leaving the Earth.Ptaah: You must continue to keep this secret; do not speak about it under any circumstances. We are only permitted toelaborate to the point as our withdrawal from Earth is linked with the immediate future and related events, in which weare not allowed to interfere in any form so that we may protect and keep close reigns on the secret regarding our ownculture and region where we live. This is tied in also with the fact that some matters are impending. On one hand, wewere able to foresee them but, on the other hand, they are the reason for our withdrawal, while events that have beenunfolding on Earth for several decades now were part of our assignments. We have fulfilled this task, along with themany others we were obligated to look after, and you have played a very important role in this scenario of makingpublic, worldwide, the so-called UFO phenomenon, as terrestrials have labeled it. You alone made it possible topromulgate this subject matter worldwide and provoke the controversy to the extent that it is not only religious andpseudo-esoteric sectarians, fanatics, gullible individuals, madmen, etc., who preoccupy themselves with the subject.Finally, for some time now, a great variety of scientists, governmental agencies, military services and governments havealso begun to seriously preoccupy themselves with this subject, a fact that could not have been accomplished withoutyour help and great resulting effort. Actually, alone through your efforts was this successful launching of the worldwideUFO controversy possible, for which we all express our appreciation to you --- a recognition you had to really strugglefor, when I think of all the harm that came crashing down upon you. And it is irrelevant whether they were healthrelated or associated with the defamations, abusive language, assassination attempts, diatribes of hatred and other thingsto which we, unfortunately, had to contribute our share, as you know. Had it not been for these occurrences, the UFOcontroversy would never have come about and scientists, as well as the military and governments, among others, wouldnot have become seriously interested in it. In your defense I am permitted today to speak officially about these mattersand the fact that we used special techniques to analyze and evaluate in great detail the movie and photo montages, alongwith the movie trick photography used by all those bogus and deceitful, purported CONTACTees or UFO observers.We found that their falsified movie and photo material appealed to terrestrial humans, particularly to those so-calledUFO experts who call themselves ufologists and the like, and this even includes some well-respected scientists. Theabsurdity of the falsifications, and the people who believed them, is stunning yet extremely effective. For this reason, weexecuted maneuvers with our genuinely existing flying objects, e.g., jerky pendulum movements and certain skippingand floating movements, which ordinarily are not a part of our flying objects normal movements and flight techniques.Instead, they appeared like those ridiculous, abrupt pendulum and strange swaying movements of the manipulatedmovies and photos by the UFO swindlers, liars and charlatans. The fact that we chose to execute these movement typesis based on the reasoning that they, in particular, would result in the worldwide, fierce UFO controversy which resultedin many hardships for you, of course. You were accused of fraud, deceit, charlatanry and, indeed, dishonesty. You werefurther charged with constructing models and then photographing and filming them. Often we felt very sorry for you,but were unable to change any of this. Only by executing certain flight maneuvers, which you then were able to film,

70. photograph and disseminate throughout the globe, was the worldwide UFO controversy ensured that led to thepreviously mentioned outcome. In the future, they will also bring about additional and by now urgently needed results.It may be some consolation to you now to know that everything has occurred with the desired and intended outcome,and that you are now the most important person in matters related to CONTACTs with extraterrestrials and UFOaffairs --- you probably are the most famous personality worldwide in these matters. Of c...Billy: Excuse me, but I am not conceited because of it and can easily do without that.Ptaah: Your words and resistance were probably inevitable, but they do show that you really have not changed. But Iam not finished speaking: It was inevitable, of course, that people would appear who were jealous of you, and otherswho defrauded and falsified your film and photo material, because they wanted to make you look preposterous anddestroy your work. Therefore, they sought to obtain your original films and negatives, which was not particularlydifficult to do because of your trusting attitude. Subsequently, this material was copied and recopied over and over, andalso falsified through composites and other manipulations to a point where the appearance of trick photography andphoto montages was evoked. These underhanded elements used movie footage and photo negatives that had beenretouched or marked with lines to give the impression they were threads, ropes, wires or other such suspensionaccessories. Then these movies and photos were disseminated worldwide while you were handed back falsified "originalfilms" and "original negatives", without you ever having been suspicious or wary, since you fully trusted those whocame to cheat and slander you. Nonetheless, even in the early beginnings of your work, there did exist people who trulytrusted you and knew you were neither a swindler nor a charlatan, and that you were honest through and through.These individuals also viewed your movies and photos, and recognized the genuineness of the photographic materialand your own truthfulness; they were not dissuaded; they supported and greatly assisted you. Among them were manywho also suspected that certain elements of the movie footage and photos were either manipulated and falsified by ill-meaning individuals, or that, for very specific reasons, such things as the strange flight maneuvers of our flying objectshad been performed to generate doubt, deliberation and this worldwide UFO controversy. They realized that the strangeswaying motion and jerky pendulum movements of our flying objects, which you filmed and photographed, wereintentionally produced to trigger a particular response in Mans thinking process. These individuals accepted this factand refrained from allowing themselves to be influenced by defamatory gripers and others; instead, they stayed by you,or within the close or extended circle of your group, acquaintances and friends.Billy: Well, thats how it was, and I thank everyone who has always trusted me. But now it probably is time tothoroughly speak of all those matters you people had not allowed me to talk about until your withdrawal was complete.Ptaah: Of course. Now you can speak about them. The time has come for us to withdraw as planned. New thingsmanifest themselves for human beings on Earth, and a new era ensues, toward which you and we have done so much toensure that everything transpires as intended. Above all it was you who flattened the most important paths, and togetherwe have performed and executed our duty. This at least fulfills our task, while yours is still ongoing.Billy: I hope to be able to fulfill my task.Ptaah: I have no doubts about that.Billy: Normally I do not give in to doubt, but one never knows what may happen unexpectedly.Ptaah: That is correct of course.Billy: Precisely. --- Have you studied the 23 typed pages which you picked up three days ago and brought backyesterday? That is actually what I wanted to discuss with you --- whether or not they can be talked about now. In myopinion there need be no objection to this, because you are no longer active on Earth. --- Oh, yes, what about youractivity as Jshwjsh for Earth; is that redundant now that you have completed your task?Ptaah: Certainly, for I must turn to other assignments now.Billy: Too bad. So the Earth is without an Jshwjsh now.Ptaah: That is not quite correct, for there still exist descendants of old "gods" who will make themselves heard. But Iam only allowed to report about it to you confidentially, if you are interested.Billy: By all means --- lets do it after our official conversation.Ptaah: So this is how we shall handle it.Billy: Now then, lets get back to my 23 pages. Is everything correct?Ptaah: I did not notice any mistakes, other than typing errors. One thing that was not quite correct, though, was thechronological order of events; but I assume you did this for a purpose so no specific years and other calculations of timecould be gleaned from the data. I, for one, find this very sensible. In some places you repeated yourself, for example,when you advanced the time of an event and then repeated it at the proper place.Billy: Yes, I know that.Ptaah: Other than that I did not notice anything incorrect.Billy: Thats good. Later, when I write down the report, I will add the 23 pages to the text of our conversation.Ptaah: That is your prerogative.Billy: Good.*************************So, I shall begin with this:The story about Enoch (Henok in German) or Nokodemion, respectively, is well known within our group; excerpts

71. from it can be found also in the OM. However, nothing was ever mentioned until now about the other things thattranspired with Enoch nearly 12 billion years ago with regard to his peoples. Even as far back as Sfath, your peoplerequested that I remain silent until 1995. Later on, this commitment of silence was reconfirmed too by Asket, thenSemjase, Quetzal and yourself, Ptaah. Now that 1995 has begun, and you have given me your permission to talk aboutit, I want to offer my knowledge as I still recollect it:After the great restitution movements by the peace fightertroops, following the end of the peace wars and peace timesbetween all peoples and planets, Enochs original tribes split into two lineages. One lineage went its own way to theLyrian territories, where they settled in another space-time configuration that deviates by a fraction of a second fromthis, our space-time, configuration. They lived there, but only after they had inhabited other worlds and systems in otheralien galactic regions for many billions of years that resulted in wars. Subsequently, tribal emigrations occurredthroughout space and ultimately culminated in another space-time configuration that deviates from ours by the fractionof a second. The territory was located in the Lyra star system. For this reason, people continue to speak even to this dayof the Lyrian territories and the Old Lyrians who, later on, had to return to our space-time configuration partly forexploration purposes and partly as a method of escape. Consequently, they arrived on Earth and became active in thewell-known things I have already mentioned. Up to this point, this lineage retained all knowledge of their earliestorigins, and from these earliest origins evolved the Pleiadians, or rather the Plejarans. In their own language they callthemselves by the identical name as their star cluster beyond the Pleiades, which is located in another space-timeconfiguration and also deviates from our space-time configuration by a fraction of a second. After breaking away fromEnochs ancient tribes approximately 12 billion years ago, the second lineage, ventured on a totally different route thanthat of the Lyrian group, if they may be called that. They, too, emigrated into other galaxies. But a mere 7 billion yearsago, knowledge of their true, Ur-ancestry (Ur = most ancient origin, primeval) was lost. Today they have absolutely noknowledge of their true heritage. Hence, their chroniclers, historians and others created a different legend about theirheritage that had nothing, or very little, in common with their true background any longer. This lineage consisted also ofmany diverse races, in the same manner as the Lyrian lineage. However, in contrast to the Lyrians, who remained readyto fight at any time and steadily evolved toward an equilibrium from which emerged the peaceloving, well-balanced,highly developed Pleiadians, the second lineage reached that state far too quickly. Consequently, they completely losttheir capability to fight and were increasingly defenseless against aggressors. As a result, they joined an extensiveemigration of all peoples and landed in the region of the Sirius constellation. Once again they lost all knowledge of theirpast and their heritage. Again a new Ur-history of their ancestry was assembled and registered into the annals. Thislineage spread through the Sirius regions farthest reaches and continuously evolved to the point where they werecapable of creating new life. Having lost the ability to fight, these people bred new human races and manipulated theirgenes so these new races would be able to fight and protect them from repeated attacks by aggressors. Throughinvasive genetic manipulations, these new human races were turned into life forms who bore barbaric traits that tendedtoward degeneration and cruelty, and their life span was limited to approximately 100 years. Their genes weremanipulated and tampered with because the creators and overlords feared the beings would band together and annihilatethem. Eventually, their fears became reality, and for this reason new methods had to be found to bring the genetically-manipulated races under their control once again, although it meant that these goals would have to be achieved throughradical extermination. Since the "creator-overlords" were more powerful than the genetically-manipulated individualsthose found but one recourse and that was to flee, which they did with help from benevolent supporters in the Siriusregions. At the same time, these supporters secretly decided to exploit the genetically-manipulated people for their ownuse. Two large, genetically-manipulated peoples fled from the Sirius regions and settled in an area on the other side ofthe Sun. This meant they landed within, and then inhabited, a very distant part of a remote solar system; indeed, onplanets beyond the galaxys central sun, the sun of the Milky Way. Eventually, however, they were discovered by spacetravellers from the Old Lyrian lineage, whereupon they emigrated into the Lyra regions. Ultimately, within more recentterrestrial history, they came to our planet, where they settled in China, Japan and other locations, and various new, so-called races formed. Upon leaving the Sirius regions, the other genetically-manipulated peoples found a way to the SOLSystem, where several thousands of rebellious genetically-manipulated people had previously been banished to a myriadof terrestrial locations as a punishment. These masses of diverse races found refuge on the planets Mars andMalona/Phaeton, respectively, where they constructed cities, pyramids, stations and other things. They led a good lifeon Mars until the planet become uninhabitable through cosmic influences. For this reason, the genetically-manipulatedpeople had to leave that planet in ancient times and, subsequently, they settled on Earth. Over the course of time, theybecame terrestrial human beings whose true and genuine Ur-origin was within the regions and planets of Sirius. Onlythe pyramids and gigantic monuments on Mars were left behind, abandoned, but stations remained operative for a longtime even though all life on the planet had perished. One day all of this will be discovered by terrestrials, the genetically-manipulated people, and some of these sites will even be used once again. Malona, or rather Phaeton, was destroyed infratricidal wars by its genetically-manipulated inhabitants who had originally come from the Sirius regions, and whoblew up the planet by diverting parts of an ocean into the subterranean or underwater magma chambers of a giganticvolcano. The SOL Systems Asteroid Belt contains fragments of this former planet, whose orbit was not where theAsteroid Belt is today but was located where Mars orbits the Sun today, and Mars at one time was located where theasteroid belt is today. This position reversal was caused by immense upheavals in which the Destroyer (planet) played

72. an important role. The planetary locations of Mars, Earth and Malona/Phaeton, and solar systems on the other side ofour galaxy, in the Milky Way, where the two yellow races settled down, were selected as effective hide-outs by theseraces benefactors, who were the conspirators for the escape of the genetically-manipulated people. Throughout thepast, the refugees hide-out locations were kept secret from the "creator-overlords" in fear that once the overlordsdetermined the refugees location, they would send out punitive expeditions to eliminate the fugitives. This dangerremains in existence even today and, consequently, the Americans were extremely careless in sending into space probesrevealing data on the Earths location and descriptions of human beings. If, by chance, this information should fall intothe hands of the "creator-overlords", they would learn that the genetically-manipulated people, the terrestrials,somehow had survived and greatly multiplied over these past millions of years, and one would have to assume thatattacks upon Earth and its inhabitants would be launched from the Sirius regions. Such actions would result in theterrestrials total elimination. The benefactors would not rush to aid the terrestrials, for they have withdrawn from ourregion long ago, shortly after their ventures to Earth, in fact, when they began fearing the genetically-manipulatedpeople, the terrestrials, in much the same way the "creator-overlords" did formerly. This fear, which also gripped thebenefactors led to the eradication of the Earth peoples ancestral records by way of various manipulations. At this time,the benefactors elevated themselves to gods and exalted themselves above the terrestrial population, who rapidlybecame their vassals and believers. Truthfully, in doing so, the benefactors very soon became the antithesis ofbenefactors. On one hand they hoped to make the genetically-manipulated people their subjects and that, on the other,many cults, religions, fratricide, family feuds and wars would be launched through this worship of gods, whereby theterrestrials, the genetically-manipulated people, would decimate and exterminate themselves. As a consequence, they,the gods, respectively former benefactors, hoped they would be free from the danger of the aggressive, barbaricterrestrial human life form. This plan went completely awry, however, because terrestrial Man, who had becomeincreasingly stronger, smarter, more barbarian and underhanded, began to enjoy his role and defended it to the last dropof blood with every conceivable means, ancient and modern. Consequently, the genetically-manipulated population,now the inhabitants of Earth, totally slipped from the control of their former benefactors, respectively the gods, who, inturn, withdrew from the terrestrial human beings and from Earth -- but not before swearing revenge and demandingsatisfaction in the future from the human population on Earth. For the Old Lyrians, the benefactors withdrawal pavedtheir way to Earth and its human beings, and as they ventured to Earth on expeditions and in flight after leaving theirspace and time configuration, they entered our space-time configuration in the SOL System. After a while they, too,comported themselves as gods and began causing havoc. The former benefactors of the genetically-manipulatedpopulation had no idea then, nor do they now, that these developments took place nor do they know about theexistence of the Pleiadians, respectively the Plejarans. The terrestrial, genetically-manipulated human beings, however,disobeyed the Lyrians and Pleiadian/Plejaran gods as well, although some of these gods attempted to force theterrestrials, such as the Gizeh Intelligences, Ashtar Sheran and the like, under their yoke and domination, using everyconceivable means possible. The former benefactors divided into two groups also. One group included those individualswho had sworn vengeance against the terrestrials and later changed their minds, while the other group remainedbenevolent towards the terrestrials and hoped to one day return to Earth. These "gods" alone from either group knowwhat the future holds in store for us. Should they really return one day, terrestrials cannot expect that anything goodwill come from those who changed from being benefactors to malevolent personages, for, despite their change into evil-mindedness, they were unable to return to their Ur-habitat in the Sirius regions. Due to their treason they were shunnedas outcasts, and now they, too, must take great care to not divulge their whereabouts to the former "creator-overlords" --- or they may also become victims of their overlords curse for revenge. Despite their departure from Earthand the SOL System, these former benefactors, who had become addicted to their passion for revenge, neverthelesscontinued to maintain some CONTACTs with Earth beings, and occasionally they even visit here. During theirCONTACTs and visits they maliciously and falsely influence terrestrial individuals with erroneous messages, visionsand similar things, in much the same way the dark elements among the Old Lyrians had done previously. These are onlyoccasional intrigues, however, which only occur, as a rule, in cultlike-religious-sectarian form and are of very littlesignificance, for they usually only affect the Christian religions and not all terrestrial religions. Since their alienation, thetwo groups, consisting of the former and the current benefactors, have had no CONTACT whatsoever with each other.Indeed, it is very likely that such mutual CONTACTs were strictly forbidden and knowledge of the other groupsexistence was erased from memory, as Quetzal once assured me according a secret Pleiadian clarification.Some rather astonishing things are revealed when the genetic manipulations performed by the Sirius-region "creator-overlords" on specific human beings that generated masses of fighters are scrutinized: By way of their evolution, the"creator-overlords" themselves had lost all their capabilities to fight. Their evolution was directed only towardopulence, knowledge, competence and so forth, while their own strength and capability to fight were completelyeradicated. Not only did they lose the stamina to fight but the capacity as well. When aggressors approached andthreatened to annihilate these highly developed peoples, they had to find a solution to defend themselves against theattackers. To achieve this goal, they begot human beings into whom they implanted, through genetic manipulation,various forms of fighting capabilities along with an aging process factor as a precaution, whereby the genetically-alteredpeople would soon become very old and die prematurely. Such actions prevented the genetically-manipulatedindividuals from banding together and rising up against the "creator-overlords". This precaution soon proved to hold

73. true, for the genetically-altered people continuously increased in numbers, and they inherited their manipulated genes ---for all times. Due to the ever-increasing numbers of these genetically-altered individuals, and their escalatingaggressiveness toward the "creator-overlords", these fighters became a growing threat. For this reason, alternate waysof eliminating them were required by the overlords. However, prior to the selection of the most appropriate methods,most of the genetically-altered people were able to flee and, with the help of the benefactors, they found a secure placeas I have already explained. The genetically-manipulated people have since established themselves on Earth to thedegree where they simultaneously became this planets rulers and its destroyers, because most of them remained overlyentangled in the effects of the manipulated genes of fighting, viciousness, barbarism, bloodthirstyness, greediness,addiction, emotionalism, inhumanities, to name but a few. These characteristics have been an evil legacy for mankindfrom early times, and they also may actually be called the "original sin". Information regarding the "original sin" waserroneously handed down by Christian religions as the fable of Adam, Eve and the devilish snake in the Garden of Eden.This "original sin", however, the genetic manipulation, repeatedly let the obsession for fighting and evil to surface fromtime immemorial --- almost becoming Evil itself. Yet, in fact, this entire matter is based upon the manipulation of singleDNA gene that can be rectified, if only our geneticists were to finally discover it. This genetic manipulation, acharacteristic for all living human beings on Earth by way of its inevitable, hereditary transmission, can be reversed andtherefore by doing so, Man can finally escape his evil demeanor, which was imposed upon him by way of geneticmanipulation. Although science has not yet sufficiently advanced in this field, scientists are nonetheless on the correctpath. For this reason alone there is ample justification today for continued progress in genetic research and geneticmanipulation, despite objections by those who lack understanding, and others who vehemently reject these concepts andpreach idiotic, religious nonsense against things they can neither prevent and nor impede. Terrestrial Man merely has toreverse the former specific genetic manipulation that compels him to resort to bloodshed and murder, bloodthirstiness,hatred, greed, addiction and all other inhumanities. Still, genetic manipulation of the fighting capabilities in the Creation-given Creational law and directive sense must not be reversed since the capability to fight is essential for Manscontinued existence and evolution. Consequently, the same event must not occur that previously occurred with the"creator-overlords" who robbed themselves of this fighting capability and lost all of their strength to fight throughmanipulation of their own genes. For this reason, they were no longer able to defend themselves against any aggressorswho attacked them and this, in turn, resulted in their monstrous concept of manipulating human beings so they wouldbecome fighting machines through genetic alterations --- which, ultimately, precipitated new sets of problems. When thehuman beings who were genetically-altered into fighting machines by the "creator-overlords" are studied, evidenceshows that they procreated, or rather bred specifically for this purpose as they were perfectly normal, indeed, evenhighly evolved human beings. But they were rudimentarily altered physically through the manipulation of their genes.Prior physical traits reappeared and made these people, among other things, extremely resistant to environmentalinfluences, and they displayed a certain barbarity. Throughout all of these genetic alterations, however, the proponentsneglected to manipulate the genetic factor responsible for cognizance, memory, comprehension and compliance with theCreational-natural laws and directives --- everything that is balanced and good. This omission was completelyintentional, for research had shown that this particular omission would provide a form of security against thegenetically-manipulated peoples complete degeneration. The omission would always allow a degree of humaneness tosurface and influence mankinds lives, actions and other factors, and thus provide some guarantee for the "creator-overlords" that genetically-manipulated individuals would not become viciously assaultive against them. These specificdesires were not fulfilled, though, except for the fact that the genetically-altered individuals did not become totally de-humanized or completely, utterly degenerated. From the earliest times therefore, the prevailing factor of stability orgoodness, respectively, always penetrated the genetically-altered peoples consciousness. Because of this factor over thepast millions of years, viciousness has increasingly lost its significance although it remains quite evident, particularlywithin certain rulers, criminals, despots and others. Unfortunately, no one was previously aware that through the geneticmanipulation, and the naturally existing factor of stability and goodness in Man, a conflict or at least a feeling of beingtorn between opposing emotions would arise. This holds true even today with many human beings. As a result of thesegenetic manipulations, and from earliest times, Man has fought these inner conflicts of good and evil --- where evilfrequently is the winner. Nonetheless, increasing numbers of humans combat their way to goodness by conquering thedamage done by the genetic manipulation and their wicked legacy, i.e., the evil or original sin. Unfortunately, frequentexcesses occur that are based upon degeneration and pseudo-humanism, because humans are unable to find theappropriate paths and cling to false ideals that frequently originated from religious-sectarian idiocy.Few other details are needed to explain the number of diverse human skin tones on Earth. From our previousexplanations, it should now be apparent that various human races and their skin colors originated throughout the mostdiverse planetary systems of our galaxy, the Milky Way. The regions of Sirius, however, played a specific role too, atleast with respect to the actual Ur-Ur-origin, before the Old Lyrians came to Earth where they later merged withterrestrial human beings. Numerous distant descendants from those early days inhabit this planet today. One moreexplanatory remark regarding the original genetic manipulators: In reality they were the benefactors of the genetically-altered people, hence they were their "creator-overlords". When the time came to eventually kill or merely exile thegenetically-altered individuals they (the benefactors) split into two sides. Subsequently, the two divisions fought eachother with harsh verbal assaults and accusations until other intelligent beings from the Sirius regions intervened; they

74. were joined by the group who wanted to kill the genetically-altered people. The true benefactors, those opposed to thekilling, were able to rescue a great many genetically-manipulated beings whom they had divided into several groups ---in spite of the many counter measures of those who wanted to kill. As was previously explained, two groups of peoplessettled on the other side of the galaxy, while the remainder of the peoples found new homes in the SOL system on Marsand Malona; subsequently, several thousand degenerate, genetically-altered individuals were deported to Earth. Thebenefactors knew even then that the people shipped there could not remain in this solar system forever but thatsometime later they would have to depart for other destinations. The benefactors were fully aware that this remotesystems sun was a waning star even then, and it was specifically selected since the Sirius Intelligences and the "creator-overlords" who were willing to kill the refugees, did not suspect that this region with its dying sun would be a candidatefor new settlements of the "degenerates" and "gods workers", as they were called by the "creator-overlords". For thisreason, the benefactors placed vast distances between the genetically-manipulated peoples home planets in the Siriusregions and the SOL system, as well as the distant system beyond the galaxy, so as to protect those living on them fromthose who threatened to kill and eliminate them. The selected hideaways were chosen therefore for their extremeremoteness and their position at the fringe of the galaxy. In addition to having a dying sun, another determining facetalso was that living conditions on SOL planets, and planets within the system on the other side of the galaxy, were veryinhospitable since the breathable air on each of the newly settled planets did not match the original air composition onthe home planets. Even on Earth today this is applicable, for its air composition fails to measure up to humanrespiratory requirements. The dying sun, inadequate living conditions and poor air in the SOL system and beyond thegalaxy, were therefore reason enough for seeking hideouts here from the pursuers. The genetically-altered human beingshave struggled to survive ever since their arrival in the SOL system so remote from Sirius, its planets and intelligences.The newcomers propagated offspring and ceaselessly evolved as terrestrials. Soon they will have developed thecapability to embark into the Universes vastness and to their Ur-Ur-points of origin. These actions contradict theunjustifiable claims of terrestrial scientists who contend that Man on Earth, in his current form, is the Ur-product ofEarth --- let alone Charles Darwins stupid-primitive false premise that Man descended from apes. There do exist,however, some purely terrestrially-created human beings on Earth but they display their own evolutionary lineage,which is independent from the apes, while the apes descended from the original, respectively earliest, human beings.Yet, even these purely Earth-created individuals are saddled with the genetic legacy of the so-called "original sin", if onecan call it that. The same applies also to those many humans propagated in former times by Old-Lyrians and Pleiadianswho then died on Earth. Every extraterrestrial, absolutely each and every one, who ever lived and died on Earth neveragain returned to his homeworld. Their spirit forms passed into the terrestrial realms of the Beyond, and they have sinceincarnated into new human bodies. Because these individuals were born on Earth, they too sustained the damage of theprevious genetic alterations by the "creator-overlords" from Sirius. This entire situation transpired because thegenetically-manipulated and the purely terrestrial human beings energetically propagated offspring with each other, andas a result the degenerate legacy unrelentingly spread throughout planet Earths entire humankind.The genetic manipulations do not imply that terrestrial Man is a born killing machine, but signify only that he is acombative life form, capable of killing when required to do so, or when events trigger his loss of control or outbursts,etc. Such actions may also lead to degeneration; but, generally, they only occur when the two factors consciousness andpsyche, hence the persons world of thoughts and feelings, are afflicted or briefly overburdened, whereupon they promptthe act committed in the heat of passion. Therefore, the evil brought about, or rather fostered, by the geneticmanipulation, is not an intrinsic, compulsive inborn lust to murder. In truth, the genetic manipulation was only createdas a controllable factor enabling Man to subdue the evil implanted in him, and to make it slowly vanish as he walksalong his natural, evolutionary path. This takes an incredibly long time, however, and the reversal of the genemanipulation is an absolutely suitable solution therefore. Clearly, there truly exist no born murderers, and this fact mustbe stated explicitly. Such malevolent predispositions, degenerations, or individual and mass actions result from eitherinjuries of a psychic-conceptual-emotional nature, through some sort of disorder of the consciousness, or by explosiverages. In case of disorder of the psyche or consciousness, organic injuries of the brain can play an important part. All ofthis is the result only of the degeneration of the gene that was accordingly manipulated, whereby evil, the purelynegative, forever forces itself into the foreground. For this reason additional items also come into play, such as Manssavagery and blood frenzy during revolutions and wars, at times when he discovers the ease of killing and thenovercomes the killing barrier. Such a barrier normally will remain forever present in Man, despite his geneticmanipulation, unless circumvented by disease or explosive rage. Therefore, there is no such thing that Man is born evilin the sense that he or she is totally evil from birth onward, as some people enjoy claiming; those who wish only to seeevil and total negativity. Man, of course, was provided with both the negative and the positive from the very beginningof his existence, but not to the point where he is only negative or only positive. Ultimately, an equilibrium is establishedthat truly provides Man with the capability and stability of conquering every inflicting injury and all forms of externalinfluences. Both, negative and positive factors, when combined with and applied to the appropriate form, result in onegrand total which turns the human life form into an extremely hardy living entity that possesses the required abilities andis a born fighter for the Creational-natural laws and directives without excessiveness. The "creator-overlords" whooriginally were human beings with the same characteristics as Man, however, insanely eliminated this gene from withinthemselves. In the process they lost all their own combativeness and robustness. They modified their entire thinking

75. process and actions accordingly, and this resulted in their complete decadence. Consequently, they were defenseless andwere subjugated when aggressors attacked them. As a result they secretly developed this breed of fighters whom theygenetically manipulated and covertly new races were propagated having an array of diverse skin colors. These fightersserved as pawns against the aggressors and were victorious. Thus, the "creator-overlords" are to blame for their owndeterioration. In their distress they procreated a new breed of humans who actually possessed all the nature-givenprerequisites once again and, hence, they were capable of fighting and living. This proved to be insufficient for the"creator-overlords", though, and they decided to conduct additional genetic manipulations to make the new peopleseven more aggressive than their natural tendencies allowed. To some extent the creators merely amplified certain factorsthrough genetic manipulation, whereby the manipulated individuals actually turned into fighting machines -- but alwaysequipped with the potential capability of normalizing themselves again through the control of evolution. For such anevent to transpire millions of years would be required, though, and this evolutionary path continues even today as isevident in terrestrial Man. The genetic manipulations made the negative or evil factors, as humans of Earth know it,particularly forceful and unnaturally aggressive. For this reason these factors have not dissipated from terrestrial Man tothe point where they can never flare up again in any way, that is to say, in his excessive procreation of offspring. Suchbehavior has led to overpopulation, every type of ensuing ill and religious-sectarian insanity and imbecility that isfrequently fanatical in character. All of these factors threaten not only the complete, ultimate destruction of the planet,but also the environment in general and every life form. Terrestrial Mans thoughts and actions represent a regressionalphase toward the Ur-condition of the genetic manipulation whereby everything degenerates and becomes excessive, justas it did in earliest times. The "creator-overlords", at the time, discerned another reason for eliminating the genetically-manipulated people. This regressive phase is manifested ever more powerful in military action, militant matters orreligious-sectarian machinations. Military practices, political hate campaigns, religious-sectarian fanaticism and everytype of crime generate a loss of control over the positive, which is consumed and suppressed by the negative. Thisturmoil spawns a state of negative-evil frenzy, which is then indulged in and pursued without restraint.In ancient times, men and women were equal regarding their capability and energy to live, fight and do other things.Hence, there was neither a distinction between men and women in those aspects nor in their work sites or types of tasksthey performed, although men relieved the physically weaker women at strenuous chores. Women and men were equalin every way without there being any discrimination whatsoever between the sexes, as long as biological differences andrelated details, which were, of course, considered and observed even in Ur-times. Even then, therefore, women weremainly responsible for maternal duties and household tasks when they were married with offspring. If this did not apply,women performed the identical tasks as the men. Both women and men held government posts; male staff memberswere incorporated into the team to the extent that men and women always governed in equal numbers and shoulderedresponsibilities together. Therefore neither one man nor one woman controlled the government. The people themselvespossessed the right to speak up and join in the decision making process for all concerns, resolutions, edicts and laws,etc.As previously explained, the two planets Mars and Malona/Phaeton in the SOL system were suitable for habitation bythe refugees, the genetically-manipulated peoples. Planet Earth was still quite inhospitable at the time since itsatmosphere was somewhat unhealthy for human life forms from the Sirius regions. Consequently, only those fallible,genetically-manipulated individuals were deported to Earth who had aggressively and viciously risen against their ownconfederates. Five remnant races fled to Mars from the Sirius regions, while two other races embarked in direction ofthe sun on the opposite side of the galaxy, as explained previously. The five races fleeing to Mars and Malona/Phaetonwere joined by two other creator-overlord races. These two other races had not yet been genetically-manipulated, ofcourse, and had no changes made to their DNAs. They were the benefactors who identified favorably with thegenetically-manipulated people, and they assisted them in their escape. Their origins are traced to two differentoverpopulated planets in the Sirius regions where everyone was prohibited from procreating. As a result, every childborn was murdered and the offending parents were sterilized and banished.The exodus of the genetically-manipulated refugees from the Sirius regions took place over an extended period of manythousands of years, and they were constantly hounded by their pursuers until they finally found an appropriate hideawayin the SOL system, far from their pursuers reach and sight. A similar fate awaited the other two refugee groups whosettled beyond in the galaxy. Indeed, both refugee groups experienced harassment during their many years of flight,which most of them spent in spaceships as they travelled through the galaxy. During their travels revolutions and powerstruggles broke out and, as a consequence, the genetically-manipulated peoples lost not only all of their previouslyaccumulated knowledge, but also the evidence of their ancestral heritage. Appalling dramas befell them and led tocannibalism throughout all of their spaceships. As a result, the ancestral indications of the genetically-manipulatedpeoples, the future terrestrial humans, was lost. This knowledge consisted also of information regarding the Creational-natural laws and directives, among other things. Great confusion ensued that led to further problems in face of theknowledge about the dangers of their pursuit; this knowledge was passed down from one generation to the next.The genetically manipulated peoples, along with their benefactors, the "traitor" "creator-overlords" who eventuallysettled on Mars and Malona, ultimately developed into a notable technological culture. Unfortunately, they were notable to protect themselves sufficiently and one day were forced to flee from the planets. Their scientists discovered thatthe SOL system was cosmically much more perilous than they had originally anticipated. Many comets, roaming

76. planets, meteors and other perils repeatedly endangered the two newly inhabited planets Mars and Malona/Phaeton.Several of these space intersectors plunged upon the planets, causing immense damage and taking numerous humanlives. In the process, a large roaming planet was discovered that had an unusually long rotation period and an orbit thatprojected it far beyond the outermost planets of the solar system. According to the astronomers calculations, this largecelestial body threatened to collide with the planet Mars, or to ravage it to a point where all planetary life, including allfloral, faunal and human life, would be completely destroyed and annihilated in the wake of a near collision. Thegenetically-manipulated people, or rather their distant descendants, made the decision to abandon their place of exile.Even these distant descendants were aware of their situation as one of exile, for they remained cognizant of the dangerof being pursued, albeit in a much vaguer form. As a result, they were incapable of defining the origin of their peril anylonger. The threatening wandering planet in the past, over a long period, had caused a great deal of destruction andwreaked great havoc in the SOL system. According to details formerly presented by Sfath, this celestial body named the"Destroyer" had previously caused the most horrifying destruction on their homeworlds in days gone by, before itstreaked through space on its unpredictable course. The "Destroyer" ensconced itself in the SOL system where it alsowreaked much havoc. Over time it decreased its orbiting period to an average of 575.5 years; however, thePleiadians/Plejarans have since increased this interval again. As a result, the "Destroyer" will again appear in the SOLsystem in about 1180 years. The Pleiadians/Plejarans were unable to completely knock the planet off course, as they hadplanned; nonetheless, they did change the Destroyers orbiting period and rotation time in such a way that it presents nolonger any danger --- at least for the time being. Normally, the planet would have returned in the year 2255 withdevastating, destructive results. The High Council failed to give the Pleiadians/Plejarans permission to offset thewandering "Destroyers" course by any other means or to destroy it, and it requested the Pleiadians/Plejarans refrainfrom doing so as the Destroyers obliteration, or a change of its course, would have generated an even greaterdestruction and possibly even affected the Earth.As they completed the details for their emigration opportunities, a dispute again erupted among the distant descendantsof the genetically-altered people who had, of course, inherited the genetic manipulations from their ancestors. Adecisive factor in the erupting disputes proved largely to come from the new teachings presented by the benefactors.The teachings stated that the benefactors were the creators of the genetically-manipulated individuals or, rather, theirdistant descendants, and that they, the creators, must be awarded absolute obedience and worship. Most benefactorsclaimed to be the highest exalted beings -- the creators and makers. However, these opinions and demands were notshared by all benefactors and, subsequently, two camps formed: One camp consisted of the purported creators, and theother of those who retained their prevailing benevolent attitude, who distanced themselves from this "creatorism". Adispute resulted not only among these two camps but also among the faithful within the two parties, their followers.Ultimately, the antagonists reached an agreement whereby those who wanted to do so departed from planet Mars in thedirection of Earth and Malona. Subsequently, many people from both camps grouped together to emigrate jointly, someof whom travelled to the planet Malona/Phaeton and the others to Earth. The emigration group leader toMalona/Phaeton was called Zenteka, whose wife (Amalaka) concurred with him. The earthbound group also had twoemigration leaders who were brothers called Semos and Passas. The atmosphere on Malona was safe and healthy for theemigrants and the peoples already inhabiting it. It was somewhat like the air on Mars and similar to the air thedescendants of the genetically-manipulated peoples had become accustomed to over many millennia in their spaceships.Unfortunately, the same could not be said about the air on Earth. Pragmatic modifications were therefore required forfuture emigrants who wanted to live on Earth. For this reason, the same purposeful adjustments ensued that hadpreviously been effected when the degenerates were exiled to Earth: At that time and before they were deported toEarth, the exiled individuals were forced to adapt to the terrestrial atmosphere, and their skeletal frame required furtherstabilization, among other things. Those individuals willing to emigrate from Mars to Earth now had to undergo thesame remedial procedures so that they would be capable of establishing themselves on this planet.Everything transpired as the scientists had formerly predicted: The "Destroyer" penetrated the Martian orbit andwrenched Mars with it into another SOL orbit, namely that of Malona, where it remained. Subsequently, Malona driftedaway, however, because of the Destroyers powerful forces, but managed to exist in this orbit until the time when it wasdestroyed by its inhabitants many millennia later, and became the Asteroid Belt. During this "drifting catastrophe", theinhabitants of Malona were decimated from approximately 470 million humans to barely 14 million; however, they wereable to recover somewhat and by the time they destroyed their planet, their population had increased again toapproximately 52 million.The refugees on Earth lost CONTACT with the people on Malona and Mars, which became completely desolate andits remaining inhabitants perished. Individuals from the benefactor group who previously had demanded that they beexalted and worshipped, fiercely spread their false teachings and never again allowed the well-disposed benefactors togain any power. In this manner, the "creator-overlords" were then capable of putting on the airs of terrestrial Manscreators, rising to power and spreading their insane religious doctrines which, however, contained an absolutely novelyet equally false history of humankinds origin, history and belief. Its purpose was to definitively destroy and lose alldata of mankinds true descent in the event that someone else would attempt to secretly glean the information fromsomewhere. Of course, the true benefactors did not allow this occur. They fought back by inventing their own religiouscreeds and disseminating them among the now numerous terrestrial human beings. They were hoping that through their

77. new belief system, humans would learn to search for the genuine truth, to grasp and comprehend everything that is trulyCreational and natural --- and they envisioned their situation turning to the better. To this end, the true benefactorscoined the phrase: "The teachings shall be produced for the human beings on Earth, so that they may destroy theimpurity and degeneration within their abused bodies." However, in these teachings, as in the teachings by the "creator-overlords", there lay the secret hope that these various philosophies of faith and religious doctrines would form amonumental hindrance, whereby the distant descendants of the genetically-manipulated peoples would limit the size oftheir population to tolerable and responsible numbers. An alternate motive behind this was that the manipulated peoplesdescendants would neither rise against the "creator-overlords" nor the still benevolent benefactors in order to gaincontrol over them, among other things. The benefactors did not want the descendants to prematurely evolve to thepoint where the descendants had the capability to fly once more into space with the help of a too rapidly expanding, toohighly developed technology, and where they would find their previous homeworlds such as Mars and the planets in theSirius region. The "creators" also hoped that in their scheme of things, and through their various religious doctrines, theterrestrials would eradicate themselves through the ensuing confusion and wars. They based their hope on the conceptthat terrestrials would only be technologically, biologically and scientifically capable of conquering space when they hadevolved through a sufficiently lengthy period, so as to achieve the mandatory adjustments in their thinking processesand actions. In other words, their intention was that terrestrial human beings, through religious doctrines and diversereligious forms, would have the insight to resolve their genetically-manipulated deterioration problem, whereupon theycould correct this deterioration. An important factor in this scenario was that, in the distant future, the terrestrials woulddiscover for themselves the genetically-induced earlier damage imposed upon them, and find their path back tonormalcy through appropriate genetic reversals. They believed and hoped that the distant descendants of the genetically-manipulated peoples, the terrestrials, should only then seek CONTACT with their original past, their ancestry, otherworlds and human beings in the vastness of the Milky Way, alien galaxies, and the Universe.Judging from all indications, the terrestrials evolve very quickly on their own, for increasing numbers of people havenow been born over a very long period who cherish evolution in every aspect. The benefactors hopes will be fulfilledand exemplary and peaceable races will come to Earth from the Universes vastness to maintain CONTACT withterrestrials. This can only take place, though, when the unfortunate chain of genetic manipulation is reversed andnormalized in sequential order, and when the human DNAs are Creationally and naturally linked once more toCreations laws. Preprogramming previously occurred, allowing terrestrials to detect and locate the deplorable geneticmanipulation of their DNA chain, although these findings will not transpire for some time. Furthermore, with certainty,this "error", which was imposed upon human beings, will also be reversed by humans themselves. This error has keptMan from living the life of a true human being until this day, and has frequently distanced him from the Creational-natural laws, directives, as well as their fulfillment. For this reason, until now, only a few individuals had the capabilityto find the correct path, arriving at this point only through the most painstaking struggles to conquer the genetically-manipulated degeneration on their natural course to evolution. Therefore, everything on Earth is directed toward theelimination of what was once genetically manipulated, so that Man can leave the solar system once again before its sundies and the entire system ceases. This event will occur far sooner than terrestrial scientists currently claim. Truthfully,SOL is already a dying star. And when terrestrials emigrate once again from Earth to adjust themselves to their newhome planets, distant and remote from the SOL System, they will have to adapt to those prevailing atmosphericconditions, just as their Ur-Ur-Ur-Ur-ancestors did in the past. The newly encountered conditions will be identical tothose of Ur-times, when the genetically-manipulated peoples were breathing salubrious air. As can be stated today,these distant terrestrial descendants will have an extraordinary and agreeable future.Many years will pass before terrestrial human beings find the proof that their former Ur-Ur-Ur-ancestors came to theSOL system from alien solar and planetary systems to settle on Mars before emigrating to Earth. When they do, the firstproof may also be found that mankinds earliest ancestors -- the genetically-manipulated people, or rather theirdescendants -- were refugees and exiles who originated in the Sirius regions. This proof will shake up the scientificcommunity and, even more so, the religious world; it will prompt the need for great changes. That moment will comechiefly when artifacts from a previous human civilization are found on Mars, with pyramids and sculptures such as theso-called Mars faces representing but a mere fraction of the entire discovery.The findings and the message to terrestrials regarding the discoveries on Mars will be the factors one day in the collapseof the legendary picture the terrestrials former ancestors had formed of their heritage. Many negators of the truth willrealize with frightening clarity that terrestrial Man did not originate on the planet Earth and, furthermore, he is not theonly human life form in the Universe. Although one prophecy states that extraterrestrials will officially land on Earth onJune 5th, 1995; a second prophecy predicts this event for 1998. One should probably not count on these occurrencestaking place, though, for terrestrial humankind is currently incapable of tolerating such CONTACTs, the ensuingknowledge from them and the related ramifications. Should this event actually take place, the Plejarans would withdrawfrom Earth and, henceforth, keep their distance from its inhabitants, as Quetzal previously explained some time agoalong with Sfath before him in the 40s. One must remember, though, that these prophecies are indeed only propheciesand not predictions. Everything can change, therefore, and the prophecies may not come true unless essential conditionsfor the events exist. And this is exactly the case --- always with the assumption everything occurs precisely and correctly--- for its prerequisite is that terrestrial Man must first remedy the damage, or corruption, of his genetic manipulation

78. and change his mentality, thoughts and actions into the Creational-natural state prior to attaining open CONTACT withalien races and peoples, that is, to extraterrestrials. This signifies that a succession of years must still elapse before theseprerequisites are fulfilled. Until that time, the Earth and its human inhabitants will experience all forms of events,changes and other things, which are not only essential for Mans evolution but unavoidable as well, because of theterrestrial human life forms thoughts and actions. On one hand, this entire scenario inevitably results in numeroussituations which are frequently a grave danger or impediment to Mans evolution. On the other hand, these events areconducive to his evolution and absolutely unavoidable, therefore. Taking everything into account, official CONTACTswith extraterrestrials are currently truly not recommendable, for terrestrial human beings are incapable of bearing thereality appropriately particularly from the secular-sectarian, the military, religious-sectarian, economical and politicalposition. For this reason, official CONTACTs with extraterrestrials would be entirely out of place should they occur atthis time or in the near future. Extraterrestrial CONTACTs at this time are viable only with individuals or certain, verysmall groups; to this end, CONTACTs of a secret military and governmental nature would be feasible as well. Suchevents, though, will increasingly lead to the public emergence of fraudulent CONTACTees and observers, who presentpurported photographic material, perfectly falsified with computers. The public will believe them, all the other frauds,deceivers, charlatans, delusional individuals, and those who are capable of mesmerizing many stupid faithful followers inmatters concerning extraterrestrials, God, Jesus Christ, Mary and Joseph, Moses and other sundry saints and masters,for Man is too easily deceived and too gullible in his search for truth.Consequently, CONTACTs with extraterrestrials can only occur on an official level if everything proceeds correctlyand Man on Earth is mature enough to accept the CONTACTs. This will still require more time, during which manythings will transpire in regard to discovery of proof that human beings on Earth did not originate on this planet, and alsothat they do not exist alone in the Universe or in this galaxy, the Milky Way. When the events that are yet to transpirebefore the time when the first official CONTACTs with extraterrestrials take place are considered, a certain chronologyof the prospective historic events must be established. To this end, prudence dictates that exact dates not be named, orit might result in conditions that could negatively alter future events. Furthermore, the consciousness of many peoplecould suffer disorders because they might attempt to change things once they learn of coming events --- events thatcannot be altered in any manner, shape or form, for they are predictions, not revisable prophecies. I will not mention anydates, therefore, although I am familiar with them. For this reason I will simply list, in chronological order, the mostimportant upcoming events, or rather incidents and occurrences, etc., that will take place beginning with 1995. Thisyear will show that natures catastrophes will continue to wreak endless havoc. Events related to the havoc will increaseor decrease in number; in other words, occasionally there will be more of them and sometimes less, but overall theincidents will escalate. Regarding overpopulation, unfortunately, no changes for the better will take place; indeed,overpopulation will escalate. On a broader scale, expect a coup involving the USA and its president, which will stun theentire world. Additionally, lengthy deliberations will increasingly take place regarding Islamic fundamentalism, whichwill mesmerize the entire globe. Uprisings, revolutions, wars and other diverse forms of unrest will escalatetremendously, with Islamic fundamentalism playing a very sad part in the scenario. The health of terrestrials is inextreme danger not only from the rapid spread of AIDS, but from the rising ill effects of scrapie among humans,whereby the Creutzfeldt-Jakob-Syndrome is not the only repercussion. The scrapie epidemic will increase amonganimals as well. And if this is not enough, another horrible epidemic and disease will break out among human beings.Even though efforts are made to the contrary, the renewed threat of chemical warfare, a long-standing practice, will beon the rise once again. Likewise, the same holds true for nuclear and biologic weaponry. The danger of accidents innuclear reactors will increase throughout the world. Regarding this subject, France in particular must be extraordinarilycareful in every way, for one prophecy warns of a strong probability for an accident near Lyon, which can be preventedas long as the responsible individuals undertake the right steps --- a prophecy can be changed. Initial efforts are beingmade by a new movement to promote total non-violence; while a woman gains a high and influential position amongworld powers through another groups formation. While mass tourism will increase by leaps and bounds, and slowly butsurely will invade and destroy the remaining Shangri-Las on Earth, first steps will be taken for a flight to Mars, but willnot be blessed with good fortune. However, the next flight, which ensues very soon, will have better luck although itwill encounter certain difficulties due to unexpected technical problems. All of this will transpire shortly after theworldwide misery of unemployment and its related ills are corrected and surmounted. A new hording of weaponstockpiles will follow at a time when the worldwide production of weaponry is accelerated once again. This will signalthe first threat of a looming third world war, as foretold by a prophecy, unless terrestrial Man strives to avert thisdanger through reasoning and appropriate thoughts and actions. Should Man fail to act against the fulfillment of thisprophecy, a new and extremely destructive weapon will be built that will produce disastrous consequences in the nextworld war. One important factor in this scenario is the criminal neglect to monitor the Earth from space. New weaponswill once again create quite a stir, and so will the death of 4 heads of state who will die within 7 days from each other.These then are the last danger signs, which foretell that within merely 2 years of these events the long-feared world warwill indeed erupt, unless terrestrials finally gain mastery over their reasoning to stop all these ills. Should this not bedone, mankind will fail in its attempt to protest and boycott the new deadly weapons, because by this time the armoriesof many nations will be full to their capacity. Passing laws to prohibit the use of these weapons will be ineffective at thislate stage. World War III cannot be averted if Man fails to finally become reasonable! The war will begin with

79. conventional weaponry and escalate to nuclear, chemical and biological warfare. The world war will begin in Novemberof a specific year, after 5 years of intensive effort are spent reaching this goal which is preceded by 4 years ofunspecified preparations. Should war actually break out, it will last for 3 years and 11 months and will therefore end inOctober of the fourth year. By this time, Earths northern hemisphere will be largely destroyed by nuclear fires andradioactive radiation that will annihilate the entire animal and plant world unless Man sees to it that the prophecy provesitself to be just a prophecy without fulfilling itself. Should this not be the case, the world will face some additional 11bitter years of poverty, misery, starvation and many other ills. The nuclear radiation will cause the crippling andmutation of the children born at that time, and multitudes who survive the war will be contaminated and burned byradiation. Chemical warfare will cause horrifying and atrocious skin diseases, and biological warfare will producefestering sores and many other ills, not to mention vicious human freaks, etc. Prior to these events unfolding, however--- always with the assumption that the prophecy fulfills itself through Mans own fault --- scientists will discover themanipulated gene from ancient times in the DNA chain responsible for the rapid aging in human beings. These eventsmay yet unfold this year, for preparations in this area began already in 1994. Whether scientists make their discoverypublic and utilize their findings to their fullest merit is questionable, however. From the way things look now, publicdisclosures regarding these discoveries will not be made until a much later date, and probably will still remain this wayfor a very long time before the public will be fully informed about the discovery. Therefore, a long period will passbefore the genetic manipulations are reversed by retro-manipulation of the pertinent gene. For the time being, scientistswill be unaware that the gene they have stumbled upon is the key factor, and that it is this particular gene which waspreviously manipulated once before, many millions of years ago.Should the prophecy of another world war fulfill itself, and should terrestrial humankind not immediately beginrethinking and redirecting its entire effort into beneficial routes, the consequences of this World War III will becataclysmic. Likewise, this holds true for an enormous revenge-campaign directed against the war precipitators, whichwill be initiated and directed by a bloodthirsty man, who is --- how could it be otherwise? --- another "Representative ofGod", a pope. Once again, these events are based on the condition that the prophecy fulfills itself through the fault ofEarths human beings.With the melting of the polar caps there also looms for Earth in the not-too-distant future another severe economiccrisis that will spread throughout the globe. And another global war, World War IV, will once again threaten this planetand its entire terrestrial population because of their own unreason. However, several reasonable individuals are able toneutralize the threat, which is again abetted by the invention of new weapons with great striking power that will be thematerialization of those weapons existing now only in science fiction novels. They are deathray throwers, ray canons,ray rifles and ray guns, among others. In the midst of these developments, three scientists will generate an incrediblyinexpensive energy source, although this will not be the only new form of energy, for another will be found as well, thatis based on sound vibrations. And again, new and deadly weapons will be developed from this. Scientists tend to utilizeeverything they can get their hands on, and for this reason it is inevitable that Man will stop the Greenhouse Effect andutilize its effects in reverse, thereby preventing a further melting of the polar caps. These actions, in turn, will lower thehighly elevated water levels of all oceans. During this period, terrestrial Man will increasingly dedicate himself to spacetravel, which he had neglected for many years. Venus will be particularly interesting for terrestrial human beings duringthis period, and for this reason Man will contemplate sending a manned space capsule to the volcanic planet.Simultaneously, Man will avail himself of a new energy source by exploiting the Earths interior energies. He willdevelop two new, dangerous weapons. The first weapons high-pitched, humanly inaudible sounds will be able todestroy any material and will have the capability of absolutely destroying all life forms ... --- an ultrasound weapon inother words. The second weapon will have as its basis high frequency energies which, too, will be capable of destroyingand killing everything. Discoveries and inventions in the field of gene technology or gentic manipulation, respectively,will continue, for events must unfold --- contrary to the desires of the foes of genetic manipulation who even nowpersist in ranting and raving against it. The time is no longer that remote when, through genetic manipulations, plantsand animals will be successfully cross-bred, and totally new life forms created. Hence, the stupid, antagonistic griperswill scream in vain; they should be grateful instead that science has advanced to a point where genetic manipulationsbecome feasible. For only through genetic manipulations will future rectification of the terrestrials genetically-manipulated degeneration be guaranteed, so that they may be able to again fit into the normal progression of negativeand positive. Creational secrets will, of course, not unravel through this process and will remain a mystery to Man forthe time being, even though he will actively search for them while on space stations beyond Earth. This does not signify,however, that science will be inactive; on the contrary. Scientists will unveil the secret of gravitation. In doing so, theywill begin mastering certain facets of space and mass. But just before this transpires, terrestrials will develop thecapability of allowing human organs to "regrow" for organ transplants. These organs will always be adapted to theparticular body in need of the organ. As a result, the danger of organ rejection is eliminated. During this period,renewed advances into outer space will occur, whereby a large space project, critical to mankind, will take shape, andAlbert Einsteins theory on relativity will undergo several additional modifications. One religion will initiate large-scalewar activities at that time which results in the development and utilization of another new, dangerous weapon that willbe capable of changing the climate, a so-called climate weapon. However, as bad as they may seem, these periods arenot as unstable as that of 1995, a year when new discoveries on Mars are possible; and a year when the seeds of a new

80. ideology are sewn that sets it apart from traditional religions. 1995 will also be a year when an unknown, powerful maleindividual begins to come into prominence who spellbinds the world and gathers followers around him in much the samerat-catching manner as the Pied Piper of Hamelin. For this reason, in one prophecy, he is called the rat-catcher. Theseevents coincide with many innovations and discoveries in technology and science; for 1995 and the ensuing years bringincredible breakthroughs that will change civilization. One contributing factor to these breakthroughs in the near futurewill be, finally, the exposure and rectification of an error in the Pi-number calculation.Precipitated by the previously mentioned climate weapon, the entire Earth will be subjected to very problematic climaticchanges when overall temperatures fall, that is, they drop dramatically. The result will be that land masses and oceanswill freeze because of Mans insanity. Consequently, a new invention will be developed that, powered by the mosteconomical of energies, artificially heats the Earths atmosphere. This is the moment when Japan and China will discoverthat the prevailing physics is not the last word in knowledge, but that there exists yet a higher level of physics whichextends into fine-matter spheres. Upon this realization, science will be discredited for some time. Nonetheless, spaceexploration will continue and a new world discovered in this process; a new Earth that will be suitable for maintaininghuman terrestrials. The actual period when space travel and with its many related discoveries commence will beginalready in the very near future, however. Overall, expeditions into space will be successful, e.g., terrestrials willdiscover, or rather locate, ancient human traces and effects left behind on Mars. This will present sufficient reason forterrestrials to build, furbish and fly new spaceships with even greater ranges into the vastness of space, to make evergreater, more interesting and, especially, more significant discoveries. Initially, these spaceships will travel overrelatively long periods of time until propulsion systems are developed that make super-speed space travel withouttimeshifts feasible. Spaceships reaching velocities above the speed of light, indeed, speeds several million times thespeed of light, will one day become the rule. But until this occurs, several hundreds of years, even millennia, will pass.Still, these aforementioned predictions shall occur in the near and somewhat more distant future and mankind will notbe kept waiting too much longer; even elderly people alive today will experience the commencement of thesepredictions. The discovery, refurbishing and renewed operation of ancient extraterrestrial artifacts and stations on Marsin the not-too-distant future, and much later in other places as well, will be accomplished by our more distantdescendants. These events are also associated with grave danger, however, for dangerous diseases and epidemics will bebrought back to Earth by way of space travel, along with the exceedingly vicious wolf as one prediction calls thishorror, which could be a horrifying animal or a deadly epidemic. The definition of the "wolf" is not clear yet and itsexplanation is still pending. According to the prediction, this deadly factor will be introduced or carried to Earth eitherby ordinary space travellers or lawbreaking space travellers. Additionally, in the distant days ahead, the discovery of anew and very significant substance is foretold; one that will benefit Man greatly --- as long as he is able to utilize it tohis own benefit. This entire scenario transpires at a time when a new order exists on Earth that satisfies, in aninexpensive manner, all needs of Man. New, overall-like suits for humans will be invented and produced that will enableMan to fly through the air freely without aid from any other devices. Barely three decades prior to this event, however,a third DNA information code will be discovered in the human body, and the first concrete steps will be undertaken toeliminate diseases in the elderly, heart diseases and attrition. After approximately 25 years, these efforts will provesuccessful. Simultaneously, once the appropriate steps are taken, the feasibility of a classless society, as well astechnologically-biological prerequisites, will emerge that deal with the worldwide cleanup of the polluted rivers, lakesand oceans. This praiseworthy progress will be negated, however, by an extremely negative invention in form of abiological weapon; it will wreak tremendous havoc and induce instant aging in humans and animals (in seconds). Shortlythereafter the period of "nocturnal dawning" comes into existence, as stated in another prediction. This "nocturnaldawning" will be a new technological achievement whereby the dark side of planet Earth is illuminated by an artificialsun affixed to a space station; this device will not create full daylight, but a bright, dawnlike condition.The artificial sun in the sky will virtually ring in a new age, the Age of Space Conquest on a grand scale. From here on,space travel definitively will become commercial and turn into a significant, powerful institution by which Man, throughscience, will pursue the enigma of Creation and with it the origin of life and all existence. Of course, these events willmake science very respectable again especially as they relate to the institution of space travel, which will control thescientists. Ultimately, this will not turn out well and will transpire as it must: This space travel institution willincreasingly ignore the terrestrial governments and science, deal with them unfairly, and will generate conflicts againthat provide the most auspicious base for a new war. All of this will come into play barely 15 years after the aging geneis isolated and neutralized, when the human biologic aging process is largely surmounted, and the related previousvicious genetic manipulation finally remedied again. A looming new war will break out and last for approximately 40years. During this period or about 6 years prior, humans will be converted into machines, that is, robots for the firsttime by connecting their nervous system to microscopic electronic-biologic gadgetry and machinery that will serve toguide them. This will cause great problems about 85 years later, when the now powerful scientists begin to play God,as they had done in earliest times, and they will create new hybrids between humans and animals through geneticalterations. These new semi-humans will declare their solidarity with the robotic humans. But before this transpires,another 80 years will pass after the creation of robotic humans, as I mentioned previously. With the creation of robotichumans, intelligent, biologic-electronic-machinelike robots will be constructed. A gigantic space station will be built,upon which a vast number of humans will live while the station travels in its own orbit around the Sun.

81. Because of Mans intrinsic attitude, induced by his degeneration, wars and revolts will occur on Mars. These events willtranspire when humans, after conferring with extraterrestrials, construct residential buildings beneath the oceans whichwill dangerously interfere with the ecologic equilibrium of the oceans, land masses and the air. Once again the time willarise when another new, dangerous, fatal weapon is invented that will disintegrate the bones of life forms.Simultaneously, the artificial sun created about fifty years prior will drift from its orbit and over a mere seventy-twohour period will plunge to Earth. The Earths own rotation and orbit around the Sun will change then and result in thereduction in the length of years, days and nights. Unfortunately, this will also be the time when the first space conflict--- a space war --- takes place between terrestrials and those humans who will have migrated to Mars by then. Thegigantic space station in orbit behind the Sun will be damaged. At this time a new terrestrial chronology will becontemplated because the altered lengths of the days and seasons on Earth cannot be utilized in the old system.Terrestrial humanity already under the spell of religions and religious sects at this time, will remain spellbound forseveral more centuries. Following the installation of the new terrestrial chronology, the founder of a new religion willcome to the forefront and revoke the Christian Sunday, Islamic Friday and Jewish Sabbath, in order to establish a newholiday schedule. As an experiment, money will be briefly abolished, but clandestine trading with valuable goods such asprecious metals, diamonds and other commodities will continue. Sometime later the insane terrestrials wretchedly willalter the Earths atmosphere in a dreadful format.And another war on Earth will ensue, for terrestrials will have failed in their attempt to become more peaceloving andintelligent. The future will hold nothing positive pertaining to scientists because they will have begun to perform theirfirst genetic manipulations on humans and animals by this time, and will be creating entities, so-called semi-humans,whom they will produce by crossing humans with pigs and then train them as fighting machines. These entities will besent into war and also perform a variety of tasks in space. However, this situation will not go well very long. Theentities will oppose their creators, like it is also the case with robotic humans who will have arms and legs amputated sothat their nervous system can be attached to minute electronic-biologic devices, whereby these semi-humans becomeliving navigational devices for spaceships and every type of weaponry, machinery and terrestrial vehicles, to name but afew. A man will appear and present the universal teachings to the entire terrestrial human population. He will beremarkably successful, although existing religions and religious sects will follow up with global countermeasures --- ashas been the case since ancient times. The teachings of the spirit will be included in this teachings, and some fourtyyears later the teachings of reincarnation will have been disseminated worldwide and accepted by the existing religions.However, prior to this event some unpleasant encounters with extraterrestrials will take place that may result in agratifying union depending upon which direction Man takes; taking the wrong direction will result in disagreeable,possibly even dangerous prospects. Through technological intervention, Man will slowly learn to prevent naturalcatastrophes. Volcanos, in particular, will be placated and their activity controlled, as will be the influences of weatherconditions. Triggered by the invention or, rather, discovery of a new and very valuable energy source and its rights toownership, renewed war activities on Earth will ensue. Problems will also occur within human populations because theirrelative immortality, that is, the increase in human longevity, will amount to life spans of from 350 to 450 years. Thisincrease in longevity will also precipitate increasingly greater problems of overpopulation and all other subsequentobstacles, which will include migrations that will result in new types of interbred peoples. Among them will be a groupwho call themselves Eurasians. They will demand the Eurasian region for their homeland at a time when the semi-humans, those human-animal, genetically-manipulated creatures and the robot-humans will be creating incredibleproblems. These difficulties will lead to the deplorable decline of every space travel program and nearly bring spacetravel to a complete standstill. The problem will come about because of the robot-humans and semi-humans refusal tocontinue working for normal human beings, and because of their unwillingness to continue a life of subservience andexploitation as living maneuvering devices for spaceships, vehicles, equipment, war machines and so other gadgetry.These events will transpire at a time when a climatic reversal begins on Earth because of the Suns noticeably weakeningactivity triggered by reduced nuclear fusions within it.Terrestrial Mans urge to explore knows no bounds and, consequently, he will penetrate ever deeper into space;unfortunately, this tendency will also produce repercussions. Inevitably, unexpected disasters will occur, for theprediction states that in the not too distant future, terrestrial Man will face some extremely terrifying phenomenonduring his space expeditions that will present great and trying obstacles. One event, supposedly twenty years later, willtake place as the frightening and definite conclusion is reached that the Sun is truly a dying star. And an additionalthirty-five years later, terrestrial human beings will face a new horror when one of their exploration spaceships brings adeadly epidemic back to Earth that will leave medical scientists completely helpless. By this time, Man will have gainedknowledge about the essence of Creation for thirty-five years; likewise, the truth will be understood that negatives andpositives represent within themselves equal, independent units although they also form a perfect unit when joined. Thepreviously mentioned space-exploration craft will lift off shortly after this cognizance, whereupon it will encounter thegreat horrors. Equipped with a completely new propulsion system, the expedition spacecraft is expected to penetratespace to the extent that it will reach the original home planets of the first genetically manipulated peoples. Such anundertaking will still be completely irresponsible on the part of the terrestrials from that period. On one hand, they willhave remained trapped in their genetically manipulated degeneration and, on the other, in their megalomania they willvastly fail to underestimate the dangers of space and alien worlds. They will become aware of their failings only midway

82. along their path toward the home planets of the genetically manipulated peoples origins, when the expedition will beconfronted by terrifying extraterrestrial life. Ultimately, this space expedition becomes feasible only when thetechnological apparatuses, machinery, all electronic instruments and many other items from that period are no longeroperated and piloted by human beings. The technological devices will become equipped instead with independent,biological intelligence that makes all piloting and operations almost infallible. The robot-humans still performing thosefunctions at that time will rebel against this change of events. Simultaneously, terrestrial space travel will reach thepinnacle of its development as research forges on, and soon further deductions and solutions will unlock additionalsecrets of matter. Concurrent with this development will begin the rule by the robot people under the leadership ofsomeone from their own ranks, who will be the enemy of all other human life forms and cause a great stir, although hewill die very soon after these events. During this same period, once again, the megalomanic scientists will perform anincredible spectacle by producing a gigantic second sun. Although this group of scientists will be small in number,nonetheless, through a dangerous experiment they will ignite one of the SOL planets, which will burn for seven daysand glisten in the SOL system as a second sun before it burns out and fades. Jupiter and Saturn could be equally suitablecandidates for this experiment as they are uncompleted miniature suns, making redundant the selection of planets forthis future insanity. Great progress in brain research will occur in the same period, including the implantation of micromodules into human and animal scalps. The micro modules will assume and execute all the brains navigationalfunctions. At this time, far from Earth, an artificial world within another alien solar system will be populated by animmense migration surge that stems from the continued, irrational increases in terrestrial overpopulation. The robotpeople, simultaneously, will become a danger to normal human beings through their own propagation and the siring ofmany descendants. Due to genetic alterations, these descendants will be born without arms and legs, with their nerveendings already exposed. This will permit easy access to the nerve endings of their extremities, which can then beattached without surgery to various devices and machinery, etc. The robot people will become a true menace to normalhumans, for they will possess unforeseen consciousness-related powers. Over time, they will further develop thesepowers by way of an above-normal application of their consciousness whereby the brain, through unique, painstakinglyconstructed energy generators, will be endowed with special energies from the outside. All of this will allow the forcesof the consciousness to perform at record levels.The time will come when further powerful changes take place within the SOL system as the Suns nuclear fusionsdecrease. Indeed, the entire gravity field will not only become unmanageable and changed, but large-scale climaticchanges will become the daily norm. These occurrences will inspire scientists to record performances because they willwish to find methods to counteract the Suns negative consequences. These consequences will manifest themselves farsooner than anticipated in fact, and contradict millennia-old, erroneous scientific assumptions. Only then will peoplecorrectly realize that the Sun is a dying celestial body and that, subsequently, the end of the SOL system will herewithbe predetermined already. Nonetheless, the Sun will continue to exist another billion years, but by then it will be a deadstar that will, ultimately, be swallowed up and destroyed by a Black Hole. Therefore, scientists will begin performing atfeverish rates. In the process they will discover that the base for pi was miscalculated. By eliminating the error in pi, andcorrecting future computations based on pi, scientists and their amazing, highly developed technology will have thecapability to make unimaginable energies accessible to the people of Earth. This will be accomplished through theterrestrials diversion and utilization of energies from Black Holes from within the Milky Way system. Scientists at thistime, though, will still be unable to travel to the center of our galaxy to tap the existing Black Hole in that region. Still,it will be unnecessary to go to the center of our galaxy, at least at that particular time, for nearby objects will producesufficient energy to serve Earths needs. This new energy source, in fact, the energy type itself, will enable terrestrials todevelop new forms of space travel. In the wake and expansion of these developments, a travel and transportation factorbecomes reality which, prior to 1995 and long into the future, had been called fantasy: Time travel. Thisdiscovery/invention, in turn, will enable Man to travel into both the past and the future, and as well into the vastness ofthe Universe, something that was hitherto impossible. In the aftermath of these events new human life forms will bediscovered, without doubt, and humans of Earth will learn unfathomable information from these extraterrestrials, forthese ETs will possess remarkably greater intelligence than the terrestrials. Developments in every field will progressrapidly and result in the creation of artificial, biological intelligences that will be utilized for the guidance and handlingof all apparatuses, devices, electronics, machinery including flying craft and vehicles. By this time there will be noconcern of these biological intelligences becoming independent to later endanger terrestrials as it will be the case withthe robot people, who will no longer be of any use and be exterminated without further ado.The time will then come when all space stations and satellites orbiting the Earth, Mars and Venus will crash. This will bethe result of the Suns ever decreasing activity having changed to such an extent that monumental gravitational changesof all planets will occur, even to the Sun itself. Scientists will be working at record levels to find solutions for thechanges, but they will be unsuccessful. Yet, they will have success in as much as they will discover an incrediblyimportant factor in the Creational formula. Thereafter another danger from space will threaten the terrestrial world, thistime from the depths of the central Universe. The danger from this threat will become evident only much later, however.Prior to this event, terrestrial humans will place artificial suns into orbit around the Earth, albeit far beyond thecustomary distance. Terrestrials will not have much luck with these satellites either, for one of the artificial suns willbegin to glow due to severe damage and scorch large regions on Earth. In turn, the aftermath of these events will

83. dangerously affect Earths atmosphere and produce an oxygen deficiency that precipitates worldwide riots. From thiscatastrophe another will evolve because the scorched land and lack of oxygen cannot remain without consequenceseither. The catastrophe will affect the economy and the entire food processing industry and will result in a famine thelikes of which the world has never seen nor experienced over the past thousands of years. This will signify the beginningof the end for conventional space travel, for barely one decade later time travel, through the advancement oftechnology, will become routine. Millions of light years will be bridged, that is, traversed, without any time loss, andhuman beings will no longer experience limitations in their conquest of distances. This also is the time when geriatricresearch, through genetic reverse-manipulation, will release the human population from the premature agings curse; acurse that was brought about, long ago, in the initial fighting peoples genes by the gene manipulators, the "creator-overlords". This reverse manipulation will afford Man an even longer life span than that achieved by terrestrialgeneticists through prior procedures, whereby human lives increased to an average life expectancy of four hundredyears. These new achievements will produce an extremely long human life expectancy of thousands of years. In theensuing few years the time will come when intelligent ocean dwellers will begin to CONTACT human beings andcommunicate with them, and a new race of terrestrial inhabitants will thereby be founded. Then the time will come whenaggressions with Martian inhabitants will begin and result in the actual launching of attacks on the colonies. Theseevents will be followed by fifteen years of relative calm, finally bringing good fortune to the Earths human inhabitants intheir quest to find their actual origins. A terrestrial space expedition will penetrate into the regions of Sirius anddiscover, or rather locate there, proof of the Ur-Ur-Ur-ancestry of the human beings on Earth, who previously wereprocreated through genetic manipulations in ancient times by the Sirius "creator-overlords". This discovery will revealthat over many millennia, the terrestrials ancestors fled across long twisting paths, found the SOL system and begansettling there. Thus, humankind on Earth will eventually find its direction back to its origin --- which, of course, will notsuddenly resolve mankinds problems by any means. Of course, linked to this discovery will also be CONTACTs withvery distant ancestors of the previous "creator-overlords", as well as other intelligences from Sirius that will, by then, nolonger lead to the pursuit and slaughter of the genetically-manipulated descendants, the terrestrials. The CONTACTswill lead to a collaboration instead, resulting in the previous genetic manipulations definitive reversal. This action, inturn, will result in the birth of new descendants who will be normal and no longer be degenerate. The circle finallycloses and Man will become a true human being, in equilibrium with the negative and positive.The reversal of this previous degeneration-gene manipulation, along with the continually climbing overpopulation,precipitated even more so by the extraordinary human longevity, will result in plans for the eradication of those humansin whom the genetic reverse manipulation had not yet been performed, on Earth as well as on all other worldscolonialized by terrestrials, and space stations inhabited by them. This eradication will transpire in the same mannerpreviously proclaimed and demanded by responsible individuals a very long ago: A worldwide halt in the birthrate overa seven-year cycle. Within this framework, only parents whose degeneration was previously eradicated through geneticreverse-manipulation will be permitted to procreate. Only those individuals, therefore, will be legally entitled to sire anyoffspring. Illegal pregnancies will be assessed as the most abhorrent crime, punishable by death to the guilty parties.This concept will only come about as an inescapable law five years before the period when complete authority overplanet Earth is placed into the hands of the administrative sphere within the Sirius alliance, and enforced therefrom.Nonetheless, in these distant days ahead, Earth scientists will be ambitious; they will fulfill new objectives, make newdiscoveries, and capture chemistrys last remaining secrets. Despite the incredible knowledge that extraterrestrialintelligences will have passed on to the terrestrials, by far not every mystery about everything will have been penetratedor unraveled. Therefore, research will continue into all facet including that of astronomy, and scientists willsubsequently penetrate to the center of the Milky Way to investigate its secrets and those of the Black Hole.The Suns activity will increasingly cause more concern, as it becomes notably weaker and unable to provide sufficientenergy to supply Earth and Mars with light and warmth. In these distant, future times artificial suns will routinely orbitthe Earth at a considerable distance so as to brighten and heat its surface. This situation will not remain benign either asone can deduce from an event that will occur seventy years after capital punishment for illicit procreation becomes law,when two of these artificial suns will destructively collide with one another, inflicting severe damage.These, then, are the overall predictions for a succession of future centuries, whereby the sequence of these enumerationshas become somewhat intermixed, and only the most significant future events are mentioned here. In addition to theseevents, many other things will transpire concurrently, e.g., of a political, military, religious, scientific, evolutionary andcosmic nature; the prediction that the terrestrial social formats of states still prevalent in 1995 will be abolished andreplaced with new programs, whereby the individual no longer must personally make provisions for his or her old agethrough his personal finances, because society, or rather the federal state, will pay for it. A very inexpensive energysource will increase food supply production to the point where food can be distributed without charge. More of thisincredibly inexpensive energy will be generated than Man on Earth can utilize. The cost of living will therefore drop tonearly zero. Pension plans, for example, along with other financial support systems, will become redundant, if for noother reason than the fact that virtually no income will be required any longer for a persons livelihood. At this pointmoney will completely lose its value for these very same purposes, except for the fulfillment of personal pleasures, i.e.,for recreational and pastime activities, etc. Nevertheless, such actions will not produce solutions to every monetaryproblem to the point where money will be totally eliminated as legal tender once and for all. People from Earth will

84. continue to be caught up with their thoughts of using money in the near and more distant future; and many hundreds ofyears will be marked by its use, although two attempts to completely eliminate money will be initiated. These endeavorsare doomed, however, because Man simply does not wish to detach himself in the near future from money and wealth.For this reason, all related efforts will be undermined because gold, silver, platinum, palladium, and other valuable, stillundiscovered metals, precious stones, jewelry and other items sold illicitly, which will ultimately lead to the collapse ofthe attempts to abolish money. Money may eventually be prohibited by law in the distant future; such a development isjust as predestined to occur as the one in the near future when the breeding of animals will be abolished. Geneticists willeventually discover a method that enables plants to produce the animal protein required by human beings. Scientists willfinally realize that this process is actually feasible through genetic manipulation. This realization is to be expected verysoon, although its enactment will not occur until much later. Blame for this delay can be placed on the anti-genetic-manipulation gripers who, insanely and incomprehensibly, are against gene technology and gene manipulation. Anti-gripers efforts must be blamed, therefore, for the burden upon life for long-time mass-breeding, mass-transports andmass-tortures of billions of animals. The solutions brought about by vegetable-animal protein production and a perfectlyacceptable meat substitute could have been effected long before through gene-technology to be marketed as foodsupplies, were it not for the decades of insane anti-griping efforts that impede these actions. The blame for the sufferingof many billions of animals must be directed toward these idiotic gripers until they are ultimately forced into silence andkept quiet. Only then will the ills of mass animal breeding and all other related tortures for animals find an end.The predictions also failed to mention that scientists will soon realize that Earths atmosphere is truly not conducive toprolonging human longevity. Although mention is made in the predictions of the genetically-manipulated descendantsadaption to the Earths atmosphere, no information is given about scientists discovering the Earths atmosphere beingunsuitable for human beings, and the fact that it contributes greatly to their rapid aging process. Furthermore, nomention is made about scientific discoveries which will, supposedly, lead to the imminent production of air that is morehealthful and beneficial to the human body than before. This air will be a different yet more suitable composition andwill be available for purchase both in bottles for personal consumption and as "little life extenders". Currently theoxygen-nitrogen proportion of terrestrial air is not only unsuitable, but its oxygen content is much too low and it alsocontains a variety of dangerous gases inhaled by humans.Regarding the Earth itself, a fact not mentioned in the predictions is that, all along, the scientists were unaware that thisplanet was not expanding over the millennia through the accumulation of falling star dust and meteors, etc., but that,imperceptibly, it has been expanding internally. This means that an imperceptible expansion process is ongoing formillennia whereby, slowly but surely, the Earths internal riches are transported to the surface. Over time, this expansionprocess will accelerate in correlation with the Suns decreasing nuclear fusion rate through which all gravity fields withinthis entire solar system will change, in particular those of all the planets.In the predictions made so far, mention was made about the terrestrials discovery of time travel, and how to break intofuture and past dimensions. However, no mention was made about the discovery and locations of other dimensions, andthe revelation of untold opportunities for Man. Yet, once again, many dangers will be linked to their discoveries; somewill be of a physical nature, while others will be the result of encounters with intelligences from other dimensions. Tothis end, renewed conflicts will erupt and many events will become a reality that previously were slighted as science-fiction fantasies. Many more power struggles and revolts will take place on Earth even at times when governments nolonger reside on this planet, but will orbit in space stations surrounding it. These governments will not find a safe haventhere for long as some predictions mention that the rulers will be overthrown up there. Through faults and machinationsof scientists, an evil time will follow once again, whereupon Man will utilize the services of an animal that harbors muchnegativity, viciousness and degeneration. This condition will be revealed to Man and be provoked by the scientistsservice agreement. Consequently, the animal (or animals) will begin to attack people to a point where it/they willactually hunt terrestrials, and masses of humans will be slaughtered. The prediction, unfortunately, does not divulge anyinformation on whether the animal(s) will be introduced to Earth from the vastness of the Universe, or whether it willoriginate on the Earth itself. In any case, human beings throughout the world will be forced to defend themselvesagainst these animals. But the human populations efforts will be futile, and for this reason everyone on Earth will havelittle choice than to flee to the one continent which will be forged into a gigantic fortress. Three hundred years later,scientists will once again create a horrendous calamity, for their conceit and arrogance will push them to the pointwhere they see themselves as "God", and in their megalomania they will perceive themselves as equals to Creation andas being irreplaceable in every way. Afterward, nearly one hundred years later, a very vicious and aggressive act takesplace on Mans neighbor planet, Mars, when numerous spaceships will attack and completely annihilate the planet untileven its substance is eliminated. During this period, the Destroyer planet will one again create havoc. This ancientroaming celestial body will enter the inner solar system on a collision course with Earth as a result of the Suns rapidlydwindling nuclear activity and the subsequent total alteration of the gravity fields within the entire solar system. TheDestroyer previously caused repeated destruction in the old Lyra regions over millions of years. Only sparsely populatedby that time, the Earth will be faced with the threat of complete annihilation resulting from this destructive wanderer,and terrestrials will be incapable of safeguarding themselves against it. Because of the suddenly depleted gravity fields,now completely out of control throughout the entire solar system, the terrestrials are unable to direct the Destroyer intoanother orbit or annihilating the Destroyer. Neither alternative will benefit the Earth, for by this time it will be

85. uninhabitable because of the monumental solaric changes. As a consequence, the remaining few million terrestrials willflee, departing from the planet in hopes of finding an alternative planet elsewhere and of settling there. They get helpfrom the descendants of former terrestrials from the Sirius regions.Everything will transpire as it must: After the disastrous blunders by terrestrial scientists, terrestrials will suffer from thescientists attempts to destroy the Destroyer, and the scientists arrogance and conceit will plummet. They willcongregate around them ordinary people and flee from the threatened planet Earth. Only three years later the Destroyerwill enter the former orbit of Mars and ram into the two Martian moons, Phobos and Deimos, which had remainedintact during the planets destruction. The two moons will disintegrate and trail behind the huge roaming planet as itcontinues to race toward Earth and ultimately reaches it, but does not ram into it. Nonetheless, the near-collision willresult in a catastrophic event in which the Destroyer smashes into the Earths moon. This will cause both the Moon andthe Destroyer to shatter into a myriad of pieces, which will form a rotating belt orbiting around the Earth. The oceans,lakes and rivers will also be torn from their beds at this time, and will evaporate into the atmosphere from the ensuingimmense heat. The steam, along with gigantic portions of the atmosphere, will be wrenched into space and thendissipate while, at the same time, the Earths imperceptible expansion process over the past thousands of years becomesevident now. The Earth will heat up from its interior and the planets surface will ultimately become uninhabitable.Meanwhile, Mercury will enter a collision course with the Sun and will plunge thereon to produce a catastrophe thatsignifies the destruction of the final remaining harmony within the SOL system. For nearly 100 years afterward, the Sunwill generate gigantic eruptions and nuclear fusions once again, as well as protuberances that will extend far into space.By this time the planetary orbits will be destroyed to a point where they will no longer circle around the Sun. No longerwill it radiate nor will it become a Super-Nova. After all of this transpires, the Sun will glow and glimmer weakly andgenerate occasional gaseous explosions along with nuclear fusion activity. Even these conditions will increasinglydiminish as time goes on, and eventually all activity will cease completely, whereupon the Sun will drift through spaceas a dead, dark star, surrounded by equally dead planets. The end will come when the dead Sun, along with theaccompanying satellites that drift around it, are attracted and sucked into a Black Hole. Together they will condensewith incredible force and stagnate there until they, and other material within the Black Hole, are ejected in one massiveexplosion. This event will generate fresh gases, fine particles and other elements that will develop into new galaxies,stars, planets, moons and other forms. These developments will cover many billions of years; according to calculationsroughly 10 billion years will pass before the Sun and its planets die, exist while dead, and then are swallowed andannihilated by the aforementioned Black Hole.The predictions also provide important insight into womens future role alongside men. In the more distant future,women will fully regain their former original equal status and rights in the mens world with regard to their completeduties, assignments and tasks. A joint female-male relationship will come to exist, as it did in earliest times when menand women stood shoulder-to-shoulder, with total equality of rights as they functioned and worked together. As it wasin early times, so will it be again in the distant future, i.e., women with children shall first and foremost dedicatethemselves to their offspring by grooming and educating them, among other things, and will maintain the household.Just as they have done from ancient times, men will attend to and exert themselves for those matters and concernswhich were designated to them throughout antiquity due to their male physique, etc. Therefore, the modernproliferation by the womens liberation movements and the single-handed push by women into upper management andresponsible positions for their sole supremacy, to mention a few things, will be eliminated once and for all, in order tomake room for equality and equal rights that will hold true for both men and women. As a result, men and women willwork together jointly on all tasks and will deal with them equally. Neither one man nor one women will elevate him- orherself above the other in rank or power regarding business, administration, government, power and other situations, asis the case today.It is very important to realize, too, that many negative events will occur in the near future regarding diseases andepidemics on Earth. For this reason all humans must become very meticulous about their personal hygiene and mustavoid physical CONTACT with people of questionable health status. There should be paid great attention for harmlessdisesases and infections, because in future times these can turn into much graver and even incurable illness. The samewill hold true also for physical CONTACT with animals, including touching of any type. An additional concern will bethe intake of animal-origin food products, absorption of viruses, bacteria, etc., of animal substances such as feces,saliva, blood, hair and so forth, which can cause also fatal diseases and epidemics. For this reason alone, creatures ofevery type should not be kept within the confines of human residences, indeed, they must not be tolerated therein evenbriefly.The following facts explain the ancestry of the Pleiadians, or rather the Plejarans, and the old Lyrians: The Pleiadians, asdistant descendants of the ancient Lyrians, maintain CONTACT neither with the Sirius intelligences nor todaysdescendants of the former "creator-overlords", regardless of whether they possess positive or negative characteristics.They have no plans for such CONTACTs, not now nor in the near future. Nonetheless, their divergent paths will comefull-circle and one day they will join again, taking place, at the earliest, when the genetic manipulations are reversed.Only then will the descendants of the former "creator-overlords" be sufficiently advanced in their evolution to allow forany CONTACT between the Pleiadians and themselves. The same also holds true for Sirius intelligences who arecompletely different human races outside the Enoch (Henok) lineage; indeed, they have no hereditary link whatsoever

86. with the descendants of the former "creator-overlords". Todays Pleiadians, or rather Plejarans, and the Lyrians, alongwith the current peoples of the Enoch-Nokodemion lineage (or Nokodemion-Enoch) who reside in the DAL Universe,are all part and parcel of the human life form that is exceedingly elevated in its consciousness and spirituality. They areno longer capable of CONTACTing lesser evolved human life forms, such as Earth humans, inhabitants of the Siriusregions and many other human races on other worlds, without endangerment through the lower vibrations from theselife forms, who are less-evolved beings. Furthermore, Pleiadian/Plejaran laws prohibit them from CONTACTing theseless-evolved entities, and interfering in their internal affairs. Such actions would dangerously intrude upon the self-determined evolution of these less-evolved beings. As it is the case with any other life form, each human life form mustevolve through its own strength. Higher-evolved life forms are permitted to extend to the less-evolved beings certainrealizations and prospects only through impulses which, on one hand, cannot be recognized as such and, on the other,do not lead to opportunities that would accord greater and more extensive realizations and prospects than thosesustained by lower evolutionary levels. Based upon this justification, the Pleiadians have elected to CONTACT neitherthe descendants of the past "creator-overlords" within the Sirius regions and other locations nor the actual Siriusintelligences themselves.When the Old Lyrians ventured to Earth ages ago and commenced their activities among the terrestrials whose actualorigins were elsewhere as explained earlier several times, they selected periods when neither the positive nor negative"creator-overlords", or their distant descendants, were present in the SOL system or on Earth, respectively, after the"creator-overlords" had again vacated this region. The Old Lyrians, and later the Pleiadians/Plejarans, were alwaysvigilant, for they had no desire to encounter the "creator-overlords" or their descendants. They did not want aconfrontation since they wished to travel their own path but, additionally, they did not want to be driven into combatwith the other Enoch (Henok) lineage due to their different world view. This discrepancy in world view eventually hadled the "creator-overlords" to breed the genetically-manipulated peoples, an act of which both the Old Lyrians and theirdescendants, the Pleiadians/Plejarans, strongly disapproved. From this time onward they refrained from having anyCONTACT with Enoch-lineage inhabitants from the Sirius regions, as well as with those actual Ur-Sirius intelligenceswho were no better than the inhabitants from other locations. The Old Lyrians in the meantime had progressed in theirevolution beyond that of the inhabitants from the Sirius regions, the other Enoch lineage, and the actual Siriusintelligences. And for this reason were any CONTACTs with these groups out of the question since they would havebeen far too dangerous for their bodies, indeed, their lives. Although the Old Lyrians remained relatively aggressive,scheming and so forth, they were not deprived of simultaneous conscious and spiritual evolution, except for thosepeople who forcibly refused to adapt to the evolutionary process. These groups were forced to leave the Lyra-Vegaregions and others, whereupon they ventured into the SOL system. Among them were some benevolent and evolvedindividuals who took upon themselves the sacrifice of leaving along with the refugees, so they could continue theirteaching mission of directing the refugees onto the path of humaneness and evolution. In the course of time theysucceeded in reaching their goals, although many things repeatedly went awry. On Earth, these Old Lyrians intermingledwith the terrestrials just as the "creator-overlords" descendants from the Sirius regions had done previously. Thus thedescendants of the Old Lyrians-Vegans were also confronted with and subjected to genetic manipulation in the samemanner as all other humans on Earth. Their interactions took place in a relatively brief period, since approximately apaltry 3 thousand years later no human life forms could be found on the planet who were not heretically affected by thegenetic manipulation. This applied to the 144,210 leaders, sub-leaders, and the very positive spiritual leaders who hadvoluntarily embraced the idea of instructing the refugees, along with several millions of ordinary people, in the spiritualteachings and in other matters. For this reason it is likely that since that time no single terrestrial human life form hasexisted who does not harbor the legacy of negative and positive degeneration, although it would manifest itselfaccording to the individuals balance, whereas degenerations occur frequently in forms of both negativity andpositiveness.Although the Old Lyrians had greatly evolved by this time they nonetheless lacked obedience to the Creational-naturallaws; they often transgressed against them, therefore, and wreaked much havoc. However, this was applicable only tothose few million people who had fled in earlier times from their homeworlds. On Earth they behaved in much the samemanner, and they consequently adopted religions established by the descendants of the "creator-overlords". Theyelevated themselves to creator-gods so as to spellbind the terrestrials. The Old Lyrians therefore were neither the trueinitiators nor the founders of the Ur-religions with their god-creators and creator-gods; instead they were merely theunscrupulous exploiters of the equally unscrupulous "creator-overlords" descendants who initiated religious legends,religious fables, god fables, origin-of-the-world fables and other falsehoods. In doing so, on one hand, they wanted toconceal and allow the true origin of the SOL systems human beings from Mars, Malona and Earth to sink into obscurity--- so they would not find their way back to the Sirius regions one day ---; on the other hand, they anticipated that theirinitiated religions would create conflicts and wars among the genetically-manipulated peoples who would subsequentlyexterminate themselves. They hoped, therefore, that the human SOL system inhabitants would never rise again norwould they embark upon a return trip to their Ur-homeland.The Old Lyrians-Vegans gradually began changing their mental outlook and started to abide by the spiritual teachings,hence, the Creational-natural laws and directives, whereupon their overall evolution began to advance rapidly, and theygreatly elevated themselves spiritually. Consequently, they had to guard themselves even more and did not allow any

87. type of CONTACT whatever to occur between them and the descendants of the "creator-overlords" or with theintelligences from Sirius. After making peace with the inhabitants of their home planets, one Old Lyrian-Vegan groupreturned there, while a second faction withdrew to another dimension beyond the Pleiades constellation. Therefore, thisgroup withdrew from our dimension just as the Old Lyrians-Vegans did previously, and these people found a newhomeland beyond the Hyades star cluster, about 150 light years from Earth. A third faction left our universe, the DERNUniverse, and penetrated into its twin universe, which is called DAL Universe, where they propagated and formed agigantic federation together with many other peoples. The same situation occurred also with the Pleiadians/Plejarans,whose federation exists in a region approximately 7 billion light years in diameter and in a space-time configuration thatdeviates by a fraction of a second from our own. However, some of the federation members, or rather federationplanets, exist in our space and time configuration.****************************This information should suffice for now and no special explanations are needed. Further discussion about the actualyears would be a moot point in any event, for I consider any mention of the exact timing of these events completely outof place. An interesting item for the group, and for everyone else, may be that certain points pertaining to theextraterrestrial intelligences visits had been off-limit for discussion for several years, except for those items your people,you in particular, had already mentioned. You had already told me that I could openly speak about them upon yourwithdrawal.Ptaah: That is correct. We spoke only of those ancestors who played an important role up to the present, that is, thethree groups we previously discussed in one of our last conversations. In addition to these groups there exist still a fewother groups of extraterrestrial origin who visit Earth and are observed here relatively frequently. However, none ofthese groups maintains any form of CONTACT with terrestrials, neither of a private nor military or governmentalnature. Some visit Earth strictly for excursion or expedition purposes, while others maintain different interests; but notone of these groups has any type of CONTACT whatever as it is presented by hysterical Americans, whereby terrestrialwomen are impregnated by extraterrestrial intelligences, or where men from Earth impregnate extraterrestrial women.Furthermore, you may forget the nonsense about the massacre of animals, etc. etc. Such matters have no factual basis.Extraterrestrials will create a big flurry on Earth in the future when their interests concern other matters than excursionsor expeditions. However, we are not at liberty to speak about the whys and wherefores, and neither are you, of course,for you know about all of these future events.Billy: Naturally. --- But I still have a question: Is it not possible that some things you just mentioned may be responsiblefor claims made by Ed Walters in America, who also offers photos?Ptaah: He is a swindler and a fraud, and his photos are counterfeit. This is an established fact.Billy: Good, thanks. But why were we not allowed to mention those extraterrestrials of whom you just spoke?Ptaah: On one hand this is related to the upcoming events and the new era on Earth. We are not permitted to speakabout such things, as I have previously explained. On the other hand, unfortunately, careless leaks of this informationwould only lead to further hysteria, lies and fraud, along with deceit and charlatanry, as was the case already inAmerica, Germany, England, Japan, Sweden and other places.Billy: Yes, I know. In this regard, America especially leads the way in hysteria and idiocy.Ptaah: That is correct, but MUFON alone must not be blamed for this entire hysteria; many religious sects and, inparticular, the government itself must share in the blame. In fact, the latter hides a great deal of important proof aboutthe existence of extraterrestrial life, and the appearances on Earth by these beings, in their secret and undercover files;indeed, the government prohibits by law CONTACTs of terrestrials with extraterrestrial life forms. Another verylamentable factor is the fact that the American military constructs and tests flying objects with extreme secrecy,although many outsiders are knowledgeable about these events and even hold proof of these activities, simply becausethey were able to observe, film and photograph them at any time, day or night.Billy: And these flying objects have shapes that are unlike that of an airplane, and they possess propulsion systems andtechnological flight characteristics that traditional aircraft do not possess. But why are you speaking about these thingsnow? We were not allowed to mention them before.Ptaah: With our withdrawal the cloak of secrecy has been removed from us as well. Therefore, I am now permitted tospeak about the various so-called UFO sightings that were observed in many countries throughout the world over thepast four decades. Frequently they may be traced back to these terrestrial flying objects. They do not belong only to theAmericans but to other countries on Earth as well. The real reason why we are allowed to speak now, after our currentwithdrawal, is the fact that for some time now all of these things were open secrets in certain circles. Therefore, we arenot divulging anything that is considered a secret in the near future, as is the case with actual government and militarysecrets, in which case we have neither permission to intervene nor can we currently reveal them. At this time we areconfirming certain things and events that previously could not be considered actual secrets for quite some time.Billy: In a number of countries on Earth, flying objects are being developed that successfully resemble alien andextraterrestrial vehicles due to their strange, untraditional construction. The styles of these flying devices range from thebeamship shapes your people made known all the way to the triangular forms, among many others. It is no wonder,therefore, that observers regard these flying objects as UFOs, or rather, as spaceships or simply as extraterrestrial flyingcraft; last, but not least, also because these craft are silent or nearly silent and possess flying characteristics that are alien

88. and contrary to flight techniques known on Earth. Now you have a repetition of your explanations. A double stitchingholds up better.Ptaah: That is correct.Billy: In my 23 pages I forgot to mention also that the terrestrial beings were actually one single race during Enochs(Henok) ancient times. From this one race other races formed due to climatic and atmospheric changes, and splits thatcreated new breeds once again. These mixed among themselves, and new races were created once again. Over thecourse of time, not only did the skin color of humans change but also their outward appearance, yet always in tune withthe new surroundings, new living conditions and other influences. This, of course, resulted in genetic changes inaddition to those changes produced by the genetic manipulations. However, the changes were not significant enough forthe original and basic link not to remain evident that all humans on Earth originated from the same, single Ur-stock.Hence, when the humans from the Lyra regions and other locations interbred with the early emigrants, respectively theirdescendants nearly 190,000 years ago on Earth, the cycle was complete among people of the same stock. And then,when the peoples separated again in large spurts, and the most diverse regions of the Earth were newly inhabited,further changes in skin color, outward appearance and genes transpired again, This time, too, the Ur-breed remainedintact, and it can be genetically proven that the terrestrials originated from a single Ur-race.Ptaah: Indeed, you actually did fail to mention this in your report.Billy: Something else in this regard: I have been thinking that while redoing and correcting the PROPHECIES, wecould also incorporate the 23 pages. There are actually only one or two prophecies, the remainder consists ofpredictions. How do you feel about this?Ptaah: It would probably be appropriate for you to integrate everything together into your new book.Billy: Certain people probably are going to get into a flap over it for sure; but that does not really matter. We are usedto such things. Still, anyone who wishes to be heard must create a disturbance, and whoever wishes to create adisturbance must repeat the same things several times. Only by creating a disturbance, human beings will become awareof some person or some facts presented to them, because they will either feel personally attacked or because it bothersthem to hear the same facts two or three times. It is the only way to stimulate people into thinking, regardless ofwhether it is in a peaceful or angry way. The only important thing is the result, that is to say, the fact that one way oranother they feel attacked and, therefore, only then do they begin to ponder things and react. --- But now somethingelse: Recently I stumbled across the fact that we spoke against hatred toward strangers and other races in our smallcampaign texts, but we have never really delved into the subject or produced any separate booklets on it. In the futurewe will do so and, together with Bernadette, I have designed stickers for this subject matter. Here they are. What doyou think of them? These are already at the printers, these 3 I would like to have made up next week.Ptaah: They are very nice and express a great deal about the individual subject matter. I like them very much. I wouldbe delighted if you would let me have about three of each one --- and of those you now have as well. I would like tobegin a collection of them. Quetzal still has some Swiss money remaining from the time you purchased various items forus. I would like to give you this money as a contribution toward the printing costs of these stickers. It must be nearlyCHF 500.00.Billy: Of course -- you can have as many stickers as you wish. And the money we certainly like to have, too. I thankyou on behalf of the entire group.Ptaah: Please convey my thanks and greetings to the group members also, and to all of the groups in California,Sweden, Toronto, Japan and, of course, to all friends of the Mission and all Passive Group members as well. I also passon these thanks and greetings of behalf of my daughters Semjase and Pleja, and also Asket, Neera, Menara, Isodos,Talida, Quetzal and all the others who know you from photos and our TV broadcasts, or from those people whoencountered Core Group and Passive Group members during our visits to the Center, although these individuals rarelyor never even noticed that we were nearby. I have also been asked to convey thanks and greetings from many peoplewho know you only from hear-say.Billy: Thank you.Ptaah: It is . . . .Billy: Please, the . . . .Ptaah: This is correct. I also wanted to talk about that. But if you feel that matters really are as you just mentioned, itmay be better to keep silent on it.Billy: They are probably just as you said. Lets talk about something else: For some time now, the magazines andnewspapers have been filled with war crime recollections by the Nazis in Germany. Radio and Television also havenothing better to do than to fan the memories of these crimes with every means possible. The Jewish organizations andassociations, etc., do so especially. It is my opinion that these actions are just as abominable and criminal as the constantanti-war propaganda in form of so-called anti-war films, etc., as well as the magnified crimes of racism and torture. It ismy personal opinion which is based on my knowledge of the human-psychologic reactions, that all of those people whoshout "anti" and "contra" against torture and capital punishment, concentration camps, crime, wars in any form byshowing those gruesome and horrifying pictures shown in newspapers, magazines, as well as on TV and in the cinemasof people getting massacred, tortured and murdered, of cemeteries being violated, houses burned among other things,are doing others a great disservice. They have no clue about the human psyche and psychology. If they knew anything

89. about this, they would realize that their actions achieve exactly the opposite to what they intend because numerousmisled, erroneous-thinking individuals feel attracted to such purported anti-propaganda. These people see that idioticanti-propaganda and are then triggered toward the opposite effect, whereupon they want to act in the manner they areshown. For this reason, the neo-Nazi and right-extremist movements gain ever more ground. Unfortunately, this is apsychologic process which is really logical albeit unrecognized by those in charge and by the co-screamers of this insaneanti-propaganda. Indeed, these people lack the knowledge of human nature and the knowledge of psychology. Anti-warfilms, anti-concentration camp films, anti-drug films, anti-torture and anti-capital punishment films that depict crimes inpictures and give descriptions, and movies that present such crimes in pictures by stimulating the readers fantasy ofthese written words, achieve exactly the opposite of what they should do. Memories triggered by such moronic thingsprovoke, in many people, the desire to act in the same way as the culprits who originally performed these atrocities ---who also became insane through propaganda. Anyone wanting to speak up against these past and still prevailinghorrors, must never do so in this moronic manner. Condemnation must occur by pointing out the current existing illsand their ominous consequences for the future. Memories of past events in accordance with the idiotic motto: "We mustnever forget Auschwitz" or "We must never let the horrors of the past be forgotten", etc., are completely out of placeand dangerous, for they only prompt anew the identical evils and horrors of the past. Therefore this insanity must stop ifthe flames of neo-nazism and the extreme right radicalism are not to be fanned any further. Only by banning the anti-insanity in the above-mentioned form can healing begin. And a fight against all of these evils and harm can only becrowned with success if the means to fight are restricted to those methods that do not glorify the memories as it hasbeen the case until now. Instead, the methods must delineate them in a form that points out the damage and the harm,and reveal the subsequent consequences they will result in. This is my personal opinion, and Id like to hear yours too atthis time.Ptaah: I wholeheartedly agree with you. I need not add any further explanations except, possibly, that only trulyresponsible, clear-thinking and rational people will recognize this fact. One does not even require any psychologicaleducation; pure reason alone suffices to identify your factual explanation.Billy: Of course, if this isnt the truth! --- But tell me: In the middle of February, a severe earthquake occurred in Japanthat caused more than 5000 deaths and immense damage. It was far, far more severe than the last major tremor inCalifornia, during which a great deal of plundering took place, and people behaved as though they had never beentaught any decency and respect. This also happened in other places, in Mexico for instance, several South-Americancountries and elsewhere, where all law and order collapsed. All of this stands in direct contrast with Japan where suchthings hardly ever happened, and the people bore all hardships with admirable composure. Chaos and all other ills didnot materialize the way they did in other countries, especially in America, where appropriate demeanor would have alsobeen warranted. This appropriate demeanor was lacking as was a certain kind of culture. Indeed, Japanese organizedcrime groups even aided the population through food distribution and other things. This alone shows what true cultureand honor, what composure and respect the Japanese possess. Chivalry and friendship are not simply empty phraseswith them the way it is with many Americans who call you their friend very quickly. And yet the word has no substancefor them --- as we have so often seen over the past 20 years. Still, there are obviously also those Americans who aretrue friends and true human beings. To them friendship is a truly precious commodity. I, too, have such friends inAmerica but unfortunately they are few in number. However, they are true, honest and good friends.Ptaah: I am aware of this. The earthquake spread great suffering, misery, sadness and vast destruction throughout Japanand among the Japanese. Please convey to these people our deepest regrets and our great respect for their admirableconduct during those difficult times.Billy: Id be glad to, for I also feel a sense of high esteem and respect for them. Can any action whatever be takenagainst earthquakes?Ptaah: The rule has shown, even on every one of our worlds within the federation, that hardly anything reasonable canbe done to prevent severe quake damage once tall buildings, etc., have been constructed. For this reason we normallyonly have low, greatly reinforced buildings capable of withstanding the most severe earthquakes. Our worlds, too, liveand are shaken by earthquakes, but our construction methods for buildings and their safety against planetary jolts aredesigned accordingly.Billy: You also have houses and buildings that are not constructed from small pieces, that is, made from stone orcement blocks and so forth, since your buildings are made as single units from synthetic materials. There is not oneseam anywhere, judging from what I have seen. Furthermore, they are constructed on systems of springs or as floatingbodies.Ptaah: This is correct, but these are merely two of the methods utilized to offset any jolting.Billy: I did not claim that I knew everything. I only mentioned what I had observed during my visit. Besides, theearthquake was not the only alarming event on Earth in January. Throughout Europe, including Switzerland, monstrousstorms and floods caused incredible damage.Ptaah: This will also be the case from now on, for these disasters will increase worldwide even further, and so willstorms, tornados, typhoons, hurricanes, floods, droughts and huge wild fires everywhere that will cause immensedamage and many deaths on Earth. Earthquakes are also among these calamities that will cause yet even further damageand suffering, as will be the case also with wars and religious sectarianism, which is expected to initiate many sectarian

90. dramas. Major crime and minor criminal activities will abound throughout the world, as will political and militaryturmoil. Islamic fundamentalism will become more extreme, and diseases and epidemics will increase among theterrestrial population. Of course, these crises will not take place at constantly high levels, for these things tendsometimes to increase or to decrease; therefore, at various periods the calamities will be more numerous and sometimesless so. They will continuously increase, however. The blame for this upward trend must be placed on the terrestrials,for through the constant increases in overpopulation they compound the increase in their every ill. Yet, we must reallynot spend any more time speaking about these matters because throughout the many years of our CONTACTseverything of relevance has been discussed previously --- and in vain, unfortunately. Human beings as a whole,especially those with responsible positions in governments and the military have chosen to ignore the population figures,although you and your entire group has made every effort and expended much energy and cost to publicize thisinformation.Billy: We do have some successes to show for it, because many people have picked up on our words and passed themon, along with their efforts to begin living and behaving according to our statements and suggestions.Ptaah: This is correct, of course, but I spoke about the majority of terrestrials and the majority of the responsiblepeople. Naturally, the minority is important, for it is these people who lead in this fight with great fervor. Unfortunately,they will reap very little gratitude, even though they are ultimately responsible for laying the cornerstone for the positivechanges. In this regard you and your group are in the preeminent position.Billy: Thanks for the "flowers" (The word "flowers" in this colloquial German phrase really means "compliments").Ptaah: Now that we have withdrawn from Earth, I want to reiterate the issue, once again, that neither we Plejarans norany of the allies within our federation are maintaining any CONTACTs whatsoever with terrestrial human beings;neither in a physical nor a telepathic form. Indeed, such CONTACTs have never existed except, however, for fiveparticular individuals whose identity you already know, and who died several years ago. Not one of them everpublicized the knowledge he or she possessed. Yet, what we want to say though is that we do maintain impulseCONTACTs with terrestrial scientists and others. We shall continue these CONTACTs through appropriate devices,although the individuals involved have not nor will they ever know about the CONTACTs in the future. These impulseCONTACTs are determined by evolution and are guiding mankind toward the future, whereupon research andinventions will transpire, new knowledge will be gleaned, literary works in a futuristic form will be written, sciencefiction that will frequently be turned into motion pictures. You are the only person on Earth with whom we had and stillmaintain CONTACT with in both physical and telepathic form --- except for those individuals whom you knew andwho have since died.Billy: What about other extraterrestrial intelligences since? Do any of those maintain CONTACTs with terrestrials atthis time? I mean with private people and the like, who have no connections with governments and the military, aboutwhich you are not permitted to speak.Ptaah: This question must be answered with a definite no, for none of the three groups who are constantly orfrequently on Earth, maintains any private or religious CONTACTs with individuals on Earth, which can also beaffirmed with absolute certainty. This also applies to the many extraterrestrial visitors who come to Earth forexcursions, expeditions or whatever other reasons. The "examination" CONTACTs are excluded, because we are notspeaking about them since they are not contingent upon two-way CONTACTs.Billy: This means that no CONTACTs now exist between private citizens and extraterrestrials. And, just as you havestated, neither are there any CONTACTs of a religions nature between terrestrials and extraterrestrials. This means,then, that the stigmatized man and his benefactor, Siragusa, are nothing more than frauds, liars and cheats. Thestigmatist, Giorgio Bongiovanni, even wanted to come and bring me a very important message from the Holy Mother ofGod and the Father in Heaven himself. For nearly a week he had third parties pester us in a number of languages toarrange a meeting with me. He and his followers actually believe that his stigmata is a sign from God, while his signs,and those of all stigmatic persons, are truthfully only generated by religious-sectarian delusions and fanaticism. Thesesigns are produced through a religious and sectarian-based psychogenic effect in the identical manner as was the casewith the first famous stigmatic individual, Francis of Assisi and several hundred others.Ptaah: This is absolutely correct. From our monitoring device I know about the incident regarding the telephoneharassment by the followers of this delusional fanatic, Giorgio Bongiovanni. It seems, the religious-sectarian fanaticismknows no bounds among terrestrials.Billy: Another question regarding the Pleiades. You mentioned previously that they are still very young. Arent there anyinhabitable planets?Ptaah: No. Although there is a planetary formation around some of the Pleiadian celestial bodies, they are in as young astate as the stars themselves, which is only natural, of course; when the stars are young, the planets must also be young.However, on the few planets in the Pleiades star cluster no life exists whatever at this time, and the question remains,whether or not any life will ever develop there.Billy: Thank you. Another question: For his book Geheimsache UFO ... (Secret Matter UFO ...), Michael Hesemannused a cover photo, taken by a certain Amaury Rivera, that shows an American Air Force F-14 interceptor and a UFOover Puerto Rico. Do you know anything about this?Ptaah: Certainly. There is no doubt that trick photography was used with models suspended with fishing lines. We

91. checked into this matter as thoroughly as we did with Ed Walters, whose photos also utilized trick photography.Michael Hesemann is an enthusiastic ufologist but he is, in this respect extremely, almost irresponsibly, gullible. Heallows himself to be unusually easily tricked and deceived, and he erroneously believes that he is of extraterrestrialorigin. As our very profound investigations have shown, he is a purely Earth-created individual and this may, in part, bethe reason for his UFO enthusiasm and the fact that he is so easily deceived.Billy: Regarding the falsified photos: There have been many other authentic pictures taken in the past few years by UFOobservers. Among them, according to your own information, there are also photos taken by police and militarypersonnel.Ptaah: This is correct. A number of extraterrestrial intelligences allowed their spaceships to be sighted, filmed andphotographed on Earth over the past decades. The UFO movie footage and photographic material produced worldwide,but especially in America, South America, England and other countries, does not always show actual extraterrestrialflying objects. Instead, the photos also depict exotic aircraft that have been produced by terrestrials on Earth over thepast several decades, as well as craft that come from the terrestrial future, or those, which are known to us as bio-organic flying devices. They are so-called dimension changers, or life forms, that enter terrestrial air space from anotherdimension.Billy: Carlos Diaz, a purported CONTACTee, what do you think of him?Ptaah: You pose an illogical question, for I already explained that no human beings on Earth maintain any CONTACTswith extraterrestrial intelligences. Therefore he is a liar, fraud and cheat.Billy: I would like to ask for additional information about the following: Are you familiar with Area 51; Roswell, the1947 incident in New Mexico; a UFO crash in Aztec, New Mexico, similar to the one in Roswell, but a year later; athird crash at the Mexican border in 49 or 50; and, in addition, do Americans in Area 51 have some extraterrestrialcorpses along with one ET whom they hold captive, and who may now be alive?Ptaah: I have already stated several times that these matters fall under my pledge of secrecy because they are associatedwith government, military and national security affairs. I am not permitted, therefore, to speak about these issuesofficially, but I can speak to you in confidence -- under four eyes -- as you like to refer to it. Needless to say, it wouldindeed present a danger to you if you officially possessed such information. Let us keep things the way they are now.Billy: Thats ok, it was only a last attempt. Then back to Michael Hesemann. What do you think of him?Ptaah: He would be a very valuable individual in disseminating the truth about our entire Mission and beyond; if only hewould desist being influenced to such a great extent by lies, deceit, fraud and charlatanry, and if he were morecourageous in disseminating the genuine truth instead of so much nonsense that is presented in his books and magazine.Billy: You are expressing my opinion as well.Ptaah: Truly, he could be a person to be accorded the required trust to disseminate Mission material, if only he wouldpossess the courage to commit himself to it.Billy: I know, but, unfortunately, this essential factor does not seem to exist. What about future CONTACTs withextraterrestrials, may we speak about them now?Ptaah: Unfortunately this remains impossible. Nonetheless, I am, or rather you are, permitted to reveal that new eventswill soon occur.Billy: You mean the fact that time is fast approaching when official CONTACTs with extraterrestrials will take place?Ptaah: Of course. I have told you about them. In times to come, many things will occur and changes ensue with regardto extraterrestrial aircraft, their crews as well as terrestrial, mysterious and exotic-looking flying craft. ExtraterrestrialCONTACTs may be expected, but they will be completely different from the current CONTACTs that these manylying, deceitful and fraudulent would-be CONTACTees have portrayed them to be through their religious-sectarianabsurdities and other things. Immensely significant new discoveries are also forthcoming that will take place on Earth,on the Moon, Mars and beyond, as you have previously stated and extensively revealed in your 23-page report withoutmentioning the specific dates for particular events.Billy: It would have been wrong to name the years or the exact days and months and so forth.Ptaah: I have already stated that you acted correctly. Regarding this correctness, I would like to point out somethingthat is not particularly pleasant: After observing what has been transpiring over the past years, I have noticed that only asmall number of Core Group members have sufficient capabilities to write in a such a manner that they can producetheir own foreordained texts and books through their individual volition and ability. This is particularly grave among themale group members, excluding Guido. The situation with various female group members is much more positive. Withregard to current writings in the way of upcoming books and writings, I find the required labor-intense corrections andrevisions absolutely frightful, and this applies also to the required sentence structure to achieve the appropriate wording.Billy: Our people simply are not writers, and often they do not have the ability to write well.Ptaah: There are at least three male group members who are convinced that their literary effusions are of unique quality.Should their works be published, however, they would require complete re-editing, proof-reading [the old Germanexpression korrektiert is used here] and revising so that they would be both stylistically correct and readable.Billy: Thats a fine mess. But tell me, from where do you know the term korrektieren?Ptaah: This is a very old, long-gone term in Old German that means something is, or must be, "put right" again.Billy: I know this too, my friend, because I use this term all the time.

92. Ptaah: It is a word-merit that briefly and concisely expresses the meaning.Billy: I am pleased that I am no longer the only one who knows and uses this term. But it seems that nowadays nobodyreally knows it any more --- even in academic books one cannot find anything about it, as though it had never existed.Ptaah: It is shown in our old German language records, however.Billy: Well, this wont help me here. --- And our "great authors" will be "elated" by your words.Ptaah: It would be pointless not to speak about this fact, for the errors would never be recognized. On the other hand Iwould be lying if I praised them, and such actions are foreign to us. --- The written works produced in theaforementioned manner truly cannot be published until they have been thoroughly re-edited.Billy: And who is to do all this re-editing?Ptaah: Probably you will not find the time, although you are predestined to do it. And yet, perhaps, you should not beconsidered for this task. I would like to suggest that Mariann does it, if she is willing; but it would take up a much ofher time and would restrict her freedom. Although a few female members in the Core Group could also perform thistask, they, too, have very little spare time. Therefore, we must drop this subject for now and see what can be doneabout it in the future.Billy: Some prospects! Tell me now how far your research and tests have progressed regarding the latest travel andtransportation technology?Ptaah: Everything remains hampered by failures, and it will still take more time before all the functions performflawlessly. Some additional, unexpected problems arose again recently. Once everything is functioning without defect,we will have the capability of visiting you more often as we will not have to traverse the distances to Earth and you insuch an awkward manner; instead, we will do so without losing any time at all, among other things. Likewise, we havenot forgotten your promised trip to visit my daughter Semjase.Billy: I am happy to hear this. I am eager to find out when this will finally take place.Ptaah: As it looks now it may still need some time according to your concept --- perhaps two or three years.Billy: Man, oh man, I am already old and rickety now! --- One more question regarding terrestrial UFOs. You told methat you are not allowed to discuss them. Nonetheless, there are many people on our planet who openly speak aboutthem and can even present photographic and movie-footage evidence of these craft. Even insiders now speak openly ofthese matters and divulge secrets.Ptaah: That may be so, but they are not in my position. I must adhere to our directives that dictate I cannot speak aboutsuch matters. We are prohibited from interfering with any terrestrial matters other than those where we are in directCONTACT with you and are providing you with the information, among other things.Billy: Of course, I should have thought of this myself. --- Oh yes, what are we going to do now in future when I havequestions for which I would like an answer from you?Ptaah: We have already taken care of everything, so when something important arises we will be able to CONTACTyou telepathically. You will not have to try very hard to reach us, for the monitoring device that will remain over theCenter is adjusted and programmed to receive your telepathic impulses, which are transmitted as a signal to me atseveral times the speed of light. I will then CONTACT you. Likewise, I will get in CONTACT with you when I haveimportant information, instructions or other matters for you or the group. So, you need not struggle to call me; in otherwords, you need not try for hours if I am not available at that exact moment. A simple, elementary-type telepathic callwill suffice and be registered by the monitoring device, whose signal is continually transmitted until I receive andconfirm it. My telepathic CONTACT with you, in turn, will ensue as rapidly as possible in normal spirit telepathy.Billy: Thanks for your efforts. I will only call you when something really important turns up.Ptaah: I would be much obliged. Furthermore, please refrain from asking questions that concern the interests of groupmembers or other individuals. In the future the intent is that all of you are on your own; you must all determine, guideand handle everything by yourselves. Future questions will only be answered when they are closely or loosely related tointerests in the Mission and those generated in some form by your own interests.Billy: What about those control discs that monitor the world -- will they remain stationed around the Earth?Ptaah: All of the monitoring devices have been removed now. The only remaining one is intended for the Center. It isno larger than 7 mm [approx. 2/8th of an inch] in diameter and 3.2 mm [1/8th inch] in thickness.Billy: And that contains the entire monitoring electronics and the signal transmitter?Ptaah: Along with many other devices of which you could not even dream, as you express it. The monitoring devicealso contains the transmitter, receiver and a related picture transmission system that transmits everything at a multiple ofthe speed of light to a checkpoint near to our dimension passage at the . . . star in the Pleiades star cluster. From there itreaches us by way of a dimensional transmitter located in our own space-time configuration, hence, in our dimension.For security reasons I am unauthorized to provide any further explanations.Billy: You are probably referring to security regarding other space travelling intelligences?Ptaah: Precisely. To provide you with more detailed information would be dangerous for us.Billy: My friend, you are once again very laconic. --- You probably feel that certain Earth visitors from other worldsbeyond our solar system could obtain your information to me and then find their way into your dimension?Ptaah: Yes, that is what I am telling you. We know of at least one such group of intelligences who are capable ofentering other dimensions to the extent that they would be capable of penetrating into our dimension, which would be

93. rather unpleasant.Billy: I did not know that. Do these intelligences come to Earth, too?Ptaah: Yes, they do.Billy: Then one can understand your concerns even more. --- Are you speaking of those who . . . .Ptaah: They only visit Earth sporadically.Billy: In the Spirit Lessons I have begun an extensive project about dream interpretation. I already explained that dreamsymbols throughout the Universe possess the identical value, respectively interpretation, for all human life forms,assuming of course, that the humans on other worlds receive the same symbols as us here on Earth. This is not alwaysthe case, naturally, because many other prerequisites exists on other, extraterrestrial worlds, such as in the animalkingdom, technology, landscapes, etc., etc., which have an influence on the type of symbols. If we assume, then, that onother worlds ravens exist, too, or snakes and so forth, they would possess the same symbolic value as here on Earth.Stars, fire, water, air, volcanos and thousands of other things exist throughout the entire Universe. As dream symbols,they have the same values and interpretations as those on Earth. Symbols on Earth that are non-existent here due todifferent types of fauna, environment, technology, music, landscapes, flora, etc., but exist on other worlds, would havethe identical values on Earth or elsewhere as long as the appropriate prerequisites are given here as well. Does thisapply to other Universes also? I think that it cannot be any other way.Ptaah: Your assumptions are absolutely correct.Billy: Then I have another question regarding . . . .Billy: . . . . One never knows. So many unexpected things seem to happen all the time, and they could changeeverything.Ptaah: This is correct, of course, and we cannot say what the future will hold in this regard. But just like you, we alsohope that everything will happen as predestined.Billy: Thats easy to say, but we are really hoping for it, too. By the way --- Heidi and Bob in San Diego as well as themany group members who gather around them are always very active, diligent and successful. A true joy.Ptaah: I am well aware of the situation. Please extend to them my special greetings and high esteem, for they are trulyvery diligent and successful in their efforts for the Mission. They are a rare exception in America with regard to theirhonesty, along with their true efforts and esteem for the Mission, for you and for us. When I think of the evil schemes,fraudulent activities and exploitations perpetrated by Americans against you, I permit myself to say that the individualsin this small group around Adelheid, respectively Heidi and Bob, as well as these two themselves, belong to a veryselect group of people for whom you would have to search for a long, long time to find. How did you phrase it once ina parable: "Some very few, healthy, germinating seeds in a gigantic desert." A phrase I have since never forgotten.Billy: I did say this once. That is correct. It was a very long time ago. But it actually applies to Heidi and Bob and thesmall group gathered around them. The Toronto Group, FIGU Japan and the few people in Sweden are also doing quitewell, even though in Canada and Japan a few small snags still remain. But there is truly no comparison with Heidis andBobs group.Ptaah: One must truly show them due respect.Billy: Youve said it, my friend. I wanted to ask you still about the future meditations: If you are not here any longer,does this mean you are not participating any longer either?Ptaah: No, everything remains the same way as it has been until now. There will be no changes in this regard.Everything will continue the way it always did.Billy: Thats good, so we are not truly alone. May I ask you still something regarding the epidemics that threaten us hereon Earth?Ptaah: Present your question.Billy: You did mention that new epidemics will also manifest themselves and spread throughout the world. When willthat begin?Ptaah: The tribulation began originally with the initial epidemics when, as usual, everything was kept covered up.Billy: How could it be any different. Our glorious scientists also claim that certain diseases cannot cross over the speciesbarriers such as epidemics, for example, of scrapie, also called cattle madness or BSE, and AIDS. In both cases this hasalready transpired, in fact a long time ago. Yet, the narrow-minded, megalomanic, moronic scientists still claim that thisis impossible.Ptaah: What you say here is absolutely correct: Pathogens of animals as well as humans are very much capable ofcrossing over the species barrier, mutating, and causing the infection of other species with the same disease. Pathogenshave the ability to spread from one type of animal to other animal species and on to humans while, likewise, pathogensof human diseases have the ability to spread to animals. Due to the change from one species to another, the state of thedisease also changes. The pathogens mutate and adapt to the other life forms. These are facts that are denied by thereprehensible, criminal and irresponsible individuals in charge. On one hand they are truly megalomanic and narrow-minded, as you said, and on the other hand, they remain so restricted in their knowledge that they fail to see the genuinecorrelations, or are unable to even fathom them. --- Now, my friend Eduard, we should turn to other things, for we stillhave much to discuss.Billy: Of course --- I have no further questions.

94. THREE PLEJAREN PREDICTIONSExcerpts from Existentes Leben im Universum (Existing Life in the Universe), pp. 180-183According to predictions by the Plejaren, three large space projectiles have been situated for some time in the path ofthe SOL system and specifically in the path of Earth. It concerns three large objects which, to this point, are unknownto Earth scientists or are beyond their observations, but which should be discovered or rediscovered around the turn ofthe 80s-90s.All three objects should be located outside Plutos orbit, hence far beyond the planet Pluto. One of the large bodiesmeasures around 3.2 kilometers in diameter, another 3.5 kilometers, and the third is a "double object." All three objectshave an ancient orbit, having returned to the Earths locale over and over again, and have endangered our planet. Fromthe period of approximately October to December, 1992, two of the three larger objects will, in only about a 15-hourmargin, intersect the orbital path of Earth at a distance of approximately 3.5 million kilometers; a range which is onlyjust 12 times the Earth-Moon distance. Should the Earth be deviated (as it comes to that point in time) just about 15hours in its orbit around the sun at the appropriate days in 1992, then a collision with the large objects would beunavoidable, inevitably resulting in enormous destruction and deadly climatic changes on the Earth.Another large space projectile - a comet with the name "Swift Tuttle" - having an approximate diameter of 3.2kilometers, should come into a collision course with Earth during the years 2125-2128 and threaten the Earth duringthis time period. The exact year and month for this event unfortunately have not been mentioned by the Plejaren, yetthese figures might be calculated quite well by Earth scientists when they, as predicted, will discover the comets at thestart of the 90s.The third object concerns a small double-planetoid (two objects together), which threatened the Earth several timesbefore and which, in earlier times, had constituted a triple cometary system together with another comet; a phenomenonconsidered extremely rare in the entire universe. This phenomenon means that three comets collectively travel in anorbit, beside or behind one another, thereby forming a triplex system.The first comet of this system was several times larger in diameter measuring 11,300 meters, as declared by thePlejaren, and hurried 1.2 million kilometers ahead of the smaller ones. It follows that around 66 million years ago, thegiant entered into the direct orbit of Earth and plunged down into it, specifically in the still young and shallow Atlantic.The impact tore a crater around 200 kilometers in diameter and about 1,500 meters deep in the ocean floor. Throughthe violent energy of the impact, the comet was vaporized, as well as 120,000 cubic kilometers of water and rock fromthe ocean and the Earth mantel. Rock fragments, dust, molten rock, and immense quantities of steam were ejected intothe atmosphere, while simultaneously, primeval tidal waves as well as fire and storm waves broke out and the entireEarth shifted over. The whole planet shuddered, and new and dormant volcanos erupted and produced a veritableinferno. Within only nine months, the Earthly atmosphere was saturated in a world-encompassing form through thegigantic masses of steam and highly ejected dust and soot particles in such a way that a powerful greenhouse effectdeveloped. The temperature rapidly climbed about 27 degrees Celsius, and again cooled off to about 32 degrees Celsiuslower than the temperature prior to the impact of the comet. The planetary temperature rise and subsequenttemperature plunge was not the only aftermath of this catastrophe. The masses of steam and the dust and soot particles,which circulated in the atmosphere, grossly reduced the solar radiation and effected a global, incessant night anddarkness lasting 342 years. There arose acid rains that destroyed much on the Earth right up to the buds, stemming fromall the filth in the atmosphere.These spoken of events were the reason the dinosaurs died out on the Earth as well as all animal life that weighed morethan 36 Kilos (75 lbs.). Countless microscopic life was also destroyed in the waters and sandbanks, as well as manifoldplant life on land and in water. The acidity of the acid rains also destroyed the plankton in the seas and other waters, aswell as certain types of rocks and deposits of lime. The food chain of those creatures, that was dependent on theplankton nutritionally, was also destroyed by the death of the plankton and other diverse vegetable life-forms.The same also happened in the animal-world: Many types perished because of the eternal darkness and drop in climate,while others subsequently starved because their food-source, lower animals through which they had nourishedthemselves, had died.This, therefore, is the history of the giant comet that had in its trail back then those companions which will emergeregularly again in short intervals from the early 90s on and from which the Earth can be threatened anew, as it wasalready many times before in the last 66 million years. It frequently endangered the Earth and shrouded it in its tail hazeseveral times, causing temperature changes which often sustained a long time. Its speed amounts to about about150,000 km/h and might enter into the Earths region around the month of September, 2004, whereby a definite threatwill be present that must be taken seriously, because, as the Plejaren state, the likelihood of a collision course exists.This, however, should not be cause for a global decline in morale as much can change before the year 2004, i.e. thecomet can be pushed out of its orbit if, for example, responsible Earthlings focus their efforts in such matters. Adetonation of the comet through nuclear bombs, etc., would be possible, yet maybe the comet will be guided elsewhere,for instance, through the gravitational influence of the larger Sol system planets, and so forth.As already explained, this approaching planetoid is still unknown by astronomers and other scientists. It has a very longorbital period and, therefore, a very long frequency cycle and has not yet been registered and recorded in any historical

95. record up to this point. However, at the end of the 80s or in the beginning of the 90s, it should become discovered, afterwhich it will receive the name of "Toutatis" by Earth people, in all probability, as the Plejaren state.The danger with which these comets, meteors and planetoids can threaten the Earth does not involve a prediction thatmust irrevocably come to pass, but a probability calculation of 62%. Such a probability can naturally receive a higher orlower value through various factors based on what transpires through the course of time, thereby resulting in a rise orfall in the danger of a cometary collision with Earth. Through all kinds of cosmic influences alone, the threat of acollision can be mitigated or completely removed, or the threat can increase or come to fruition. However, this will beconfirmed in the following years, from which will emerge how everything develops concerning these comets up to theyear 2004, respectively 2125-2128 or even up to 1,000 years later.CONTACT 252[Tuesday, February 14, 1995, 11:41 p.m.]excerpts in FIGU Bulletin #2, "Two Warnings", "My Pledge to Secrecy", "Questions From Our Readers":http://www.figu.org/us/figu/bulletin/no2.htmexcerpts in FIGU Bulletin #5, "Harvard Professor Gets Flak", "Solar Systems with Planets":http://www.figu.org/us/figu/bulletin/no5.htmContact 253FIGU-BULLETIN No. 5June 1996The responsibility for all forms of publication (e.g. Internet, print etc.) of the FIGU Bulletin lies entirely on "Billy"Eduard A. Meier.HARVARD PROFESSOR GETS FLAKBARBARA MARCINIAK - "ABDUCTED BY ALIENS"American Ivy League Harvard University has initiated an investigation into activities of its resident psychiatry professorJohn Mack, who published the bestseller Abduction: Human Encounters with Aliens. The book is bulging with reportsabout purported sexual encounters between terrestrials and extraterrestrials. In his sensationalistic book, the 64-year-oldPulitzer recipient assembles and describes not only 78 cases of alleged "cosmic sex," but he also claims that no less than3.7 million US citizens of both genders were abducted by extraterrestrials at which time the abductees and theextraterrestrials engaged in numerous sexual acts.Had the suave professor declared his book a fictional action novel or the like, for this is precisely what it truly is, hiscolleagues would not have given him the flak he has since encountered. But because he leaves absolutely no doubt thathe considers all the experiences he describes as being truthful, his colleagues naturally took offence. The universityteacher hired two attorneys since his book was published, supposedly to look after his interests.Regarding his claim that 3.7 million people in America were willingly abducted by extraterrestrials and occasionally,willingly or unwillingly, abused by the aliens, our Pleiadian/Plejaran friends tell us that these statements are absurd, andthey serve only to escalate the already prevalent mass hysteria. In particular individuals with a labile psyche, peoplehaving delusions, as well as various addicts in "UFO and extraterrestrial" matters, will be influenced by these figures andstatements via the terrestrials collective sub-consciousness. This influence is especially wielded by the masses who havefallen prey to this nonsense at a faith-type level. The Pleiadians/Plejarans explain that genuine abductions of humanearthlings by extraterrestrials for the purpose of so-called examination contacts (medical exams and tests, etc.) occurrather infrequently. The reason for this lies in the fact that extraterrestrials do not visit Earth en masse but come hereonly in very small numbers, and that these few visitors do not abduct millions of people on Earth. Professor JohnMacks book is therefore an additional influence on mass stultification as is also the book by the American BarbaraMarciniak. In her delusional state she perceives herself as a trance medium, and claims -- against all better judgment --that she receives messages from the Pleiadians. During the 252nd Contact, February 14, 1995, Ptaah stated thefollowing in this regard:Ptaah: ". . . It pertains to a certain person called Barbara Marciniak who, in her delusions, perceives herself as a trancemedium, while she is, truthfully, nothing more than an obscure person and fantast (WV) of the same category as FredBell. She is engaged in shady wheeling and dealing regarding (WV) other people on Earth as well as herself bypurporting to have contacts with an energy collective from the Pleiadian star cluster. The truth is that in this clusterthere exist only very young, blue and extremely hot celestial bodies which are completely incapable of supporting anytype of life form -- be it in coarse material, semi-material or spiritual form. All claims made by this obscure person andfantast (WV) are simply her own inventions and fantasies and there is not the tiniest shred of truth in them -- except,possibly, for a few items she has plagiarized from your written material. She reproduced many contact conversationsyou and I held and, without obtaining your permission, she usually produced these documents from material which hadbeen stolen from you. Regarding the fact that there exists no intelligent or any other type of life on the Pleiades --hence, neither an energy collective nor any similar terrestrially-invented foolishness -- we have received a relatedconfirmation from the Arahat Athersata, who queried the highest of all existing high spirit levels and received a reply tothis question to which Arahat Athersata already knew the answer beforehand: namely, no intelligent energy form, letalone life form of any type, exists on the Pleiades celestial bodies. The same applies also to Venus, Saturn, Jupiter,

96. Pluto, Neptune and Uranus. With their age being only approximately 62 million years [by terrestrial standards], thePleiades are simply far too young to support life. Furthermore, the Pleiades are celestial bodies that will never bear anylife in form of an energy or material nature, since their existence will only be short-lived prior to fading and dissolvingagain into interstellar energy, from which gases and new formations will evolve one day."Here ends the excerpt from Ptaahs conversation. His statements once and for all clarify the fact that the Pleiades starcluster in our space-time configuration within the DERN Universe does not support any form of life, and that thePleiadians/Plejarans, with whom I now have been in contact for twenty years, do not come from these stars but fromanother space-time configuration in another dimension 80 light years beyond the Pleiades. Their constellation is alsocalled the Pleiades/Plejares, just as they are named here. This probably means that all of those frauds, liars and deceiversregarding purported contacts with the Pleiadians will one day claim that they, of course, were maintaining contacts withthe Pleiadians from beyond our visible Pleiades. Perhaps I have said a bit more than was needed, and from here onpeople will be more cautious now with new fraudulent claims?Thanks to Professor John Macks book, inane stories are going to spread once again the fantasy stories about the"breeding of a new hybrid race" between extraterrestrials from the constellation Zeta Reticuli and terrestrial humanbeings. Through this university professors ludicrous book, once again, fictitious stories (see FIGU Bulletin #2, May1995 - "Little Greys") are kindled that fuel the fires of fear among the believers and others. This, in turn, increases thehysteria regarding purported abductions and sexual acts by extraterrestrials that now extends into Germany and otherEuropean nations, and is slowly spreading elsewhere because of the media personnel, who publicizes claims and othermaterial of alleged abductions and sexual activities. Their activities substantiate the fact that, contrary to fanatical claimsmade by abduction believers, this type of hysteria manifests itself only when such false information is disseminated andannounced publicly.If one were to believe all the nonsense that surrounds abductions and impregnations by extraterrestrials especially inAmerica and Germany, the world would be simply crawling with hybrids. These two countries would be swarming withnewly bred children, adolescents and adults who supposedly were procreated between extraterrestrials and humanterrestrials, in particular by the "Little Greys" from the Zeta Reticuli constellation. The source of these nonsensicalsexual contacts between extraterrestrials and earthlings can be ascertained very quickly. This feeblemindednessoriginated with Elisabeth Klarer in South Africa who, contrary to better judgment, spread the lie that she had beenimpregnated by an extraterrestrial and subsequently had given birth to a son. Because she could not present this son asproof for her claim, she resorted to lying by stating that she was, of course, unable to educate and raise him on Earth inher own environment and, therefore, she was forced to leave him behind on the alien world with her own father. Fromthe time she construed and publicized this lie, sufficiently large numbers of simpletons (and there still are some inexistence today) accepted her con game as the truth.Many people claim that these hybrids, sired through sexual acts between extraterrestrials and Earth humans, are uglyand often disfigured. This is simply as nonsensical as the assertion that the hybrid births are real. Babies who are borndeformed are merely deformed and such deformations have occurred from time immemorial without influence of asexual or genetic-manipulatory nature by extraterrestrials. Anyone who believes otherwise has fallen prey to some well-orchestrated, extensive con game and nonsense. The same applies also to the alleged animal mutilations byextraterrestrials. If it were otherwise, and if these stupidly-impudent, fanatical claims were true, the media of every typewould be the first to pick up, disseminate and make the most of this sensational news. Actually, they would pounce likevultures upon such a sensation to make the most of it, and the entire world would soon hear about every detail. The factis, however, that such horror stories are, as a rule, only spread by certain gullible people who deal with UFOs,extraterrestrials, sectarianism, esoterica, parapsychology and the like -- they preoccupy themselves with those who, farfrom any reality, accept each and every feeblemindedness and nonsense tossed their way as the truth, while theoriginators and writers of such rumors and tales make themselves an immense financial profit. Apparently, the genuinetruth is not in demand, and the patrons of such trivia and nonsense only race after every incredible sensationalism basedupon the inexplicable, which countless terrestrials pursue as loyally as puppies trotting behind their master.In general, the hysteria, such as the one about alleged abductions and sexual activities by extraterrestrials, is a psychosisto which the purported abductees have succumbed. One must keep in mind, however, that many of these abductionclaims arise from inferiority complexes, reasons of the individuals own image, and factors of self-esteem and the like.Oligophrenia may frequently play a role as well, though, and individuals afflicted by it fail to realize what nonsense theyare telling others. In such cases, oligophrenia is linked with a psychosis as well.Oligophrenia (Greek) - A weakness of the intellect or, rather, feeblemindedness. This infirmity of the intellect may beinherited or acquired as the result of brain damage that generally has its roots in infancy; oligophrenia can also becaused by inherited metabolic anomalies. Depending on the severity of oligophrenia, serious disturbances of the thinkingand speaking process may manifest themselves. There are usually four degrees of differentiation: retardation, debility(slightly feebleminded), imbecility (demi-feeblemindedness) and idiocy.Psychosis (Greek) - A psychotic disorder is an affliction of the consciousness (erroneously termed "Geisteskrankheit" inGerman = disorder of the spirit, mind). Psychosis is a collective term for disorders where important psychologicalfunctions are severely disrupted. They are among the most common psychiatric disorders and must be differentiatedfrom neuroses (psychological disruptions, generally caused by undigested experiences which may be manifested also as

97. disruptions of normal body functions), personality disorders and oligophrenia. Oligophrenia and psychoses may bepresent simultaneously. Frequently, psychoses may be linked to obvious misjudgment of reality (delusion, delusionalexperiences, hallucinations, severe memory and emotional disorders as well as behavioral changes). In many cases theindividual is not aware of these manifestations and, unfortunately, often so-called experts fail to diagnose them sincepsychotic persons usually appear to be completely normal as long as they remain free from oligophrenia or otherconspicuous afflictions.It should be noted that patients afflicted with psychoses often do not experience themselves; instead, they hold adistorted view of their environment, and for this reason they have no awareness whatever of their illness during theacute stage. There exists another type of psychoses whereby the afflicted individuals have delusional experiences thatrevolve around their own person. In their delusional state, the individual misuses or simply uses them for variouspurposes (e.g., alleged rape or voluntary sexual acts by and with extraterrestrials. A new variation to this disease existsnowadays among human beings, those who knowingly or unknowingly internalize the multitude of information thatpertains to UFOs, extraterrestrials, purported contacts, abductions and the like. Patients having such psychoses react tothe information and internally produce delusions and delusional experiences).Psychoses result in disorders of the Self whereby ones own thoughts are experienced as coming from other persons orbeings, ghosts, demons, higher or lower spirit forms, as well as extraterrestrials. Manifestations of delusional outlookand delusional experiences occur that cause his entire surroundings, or parts of them, to appear threatening ordangerous to the patient. This is often linked to a misjudgment of external reality (delusion) and delusional changes inperception (hallucinations). However, todays science of psychiatry on Earth apparently has no inkling of the fact thatthe patients own body seems to physically experience some delusional episodes -- even though this type of psychosis isincreasingly spreading among individuals who, consciously or unconsciously, have assimilated genuine or falseinformation pertaining to UFOs, extraterrestrials, abductions and sexual activities by the aliens and so forth.Frequently and concurrently, behavioral disorders or changes, respectively, may occur with a psychosis which mayrange from slight and hardly noticeable to severe or bizarre behavior patterns that produce the severest disruptions ofthe affect (depressions, manias, etc.), comprehension and memory. Indeed, torturous restlessness and anxiety attacksmay be present with psychoses.Yet another factor in this scenario of alleged abductions of terrestrials by extraterrestrials, which are often combinedwith purported sexual contacts, is the following aspect, about which nothing has been said until now: Terrestrial malesare claiming they were abducted by extraterrestrials and robbed of their sperms; or else that they were forced to havesexual contacts with extraterrestrial females to breed hybrid beings (the result of such cross-breeding). Simultaneously,terrestrial females are asserting they were abducted by extraterrestrials and impregnated by them through artificialinsemination or by direct sexual contacts with these aliens. If this truly were the case, planet Earth would simply beswarming with hybrid beings. But as everyone knows this is not the case, even though fanatics who are involved withUFO and extraterrestrial matters label certain deformed infants as being hybrids of terrestrials and extraterrestrials. Ofcourse the notion prevails, and how could it be otherwise, that the hybrid progenies resulting from terrestrial males withextraterrestrial females are alive and being raised and educated by the extraterrestrials -- while the alleged,extraterrestrially impregnated females from Earth are robbed of their babies by the extraterrestrials immediately after orprior to their infants birth. The reason behind this is, supposedly, that a plan exists to breed a new hybrid human raceand that the hybrid children purportedly cannot survive on Earth and would quickly perish due to the environmentalconditions and other influences. The response to this most asinine assertion of all related claims should only be thisquestion: "Why have these alleged hybrid babies who grew within the bodies of terrestrial women not died prior to theirbirth since they were totally and exclusively living on the required type of terrestrial nutritional support?" Or could it bethat the mothers of these hybrid babies casually and lightheartedly surrender the children to the extraterrestrials so they,the babies, can live on an alien world where only pure love, harmony, wisdom and sunshine exist, instead of keepingthem among Earths human population and on a planet that is the last piece of rubbish within the Universe, as certainUFO sectarians and others choose to phrase it. Or else, they simply use South African Elisabeth Klarers trick so they donot have to provide proof for their nonsense of alleged sexual contacts with equally alleged extraterrestrials!Let it be known that there is absolutely no denying the fact that so-called examination contacts did occur wherebyextraterrestrials occasionally took human beings from Earth into their spacecraft to inspect, that is, to examine them.Such incidents, however, have been extremely rare throughout our entire past just as they are now. Therefore suchoccurrences are hardly worth mentioning. Anyone claiming anything different simply does not quite have a lucid headand is, therefore, mentally unbalanced.ROSWELL MOVIE FOOTAGEDuring the 253rd Contact on November 1, 1995, the Pleiadians/Plejarans provided the following explanation, amongother things, in reference to a question posed to Ptaah concerning the Roswell films authenticity:Billy: "How are we to judge the authenticity of the Roswell film, which allegedly depicts the autopsy of anextraterrestrial being?Florena: We could not find any evidence whatsoever that a certain Jack Barnett or Jack Barret existed or actually filmedthe footage as Ray Santilli initially identified the man. We even took the time to travel back in time to the period of thecrash in order to SCAN the actual location. Our findings were totally different from those shown in the movie.

98. Furthermore, there was no photographer or cameraman present who was filming and later allegedly absconded withseveral rolls of film. Photographs were taken and filming was indeed going on but by members of the Army and theSecret Service, and they delivered all of the related material to the appropriate offices. According to our investigations,the film is a despicable hoax that cannot be outdone in tastelessness, because the defrauders mercilessly and criminallyabused a 16-year-old girl whom they used as their model after she died of an illness that had deformed her.Unfortunately, I am not familiar with medical science, but Ptaah can give you more details when he visits you again.One of his professions is that of a doctor.Billy: Yes, I know about that. I shall wait until he returns. Our cordial thanks to you and all the others for your efforts.Tell me now, whats happening with the Pope -- does he believe in God, and does he believe everything hes preaching?Florena: Ptaah said that such a question could only come from you, and he may be right, for none of us ever had anysuspicions that this man was different from what he pretended to be. However, our investigations over the past twoweeks clearly reveal that this alleged representative of God believes neither in the existence of a God above him nor inany of the other religious nonsense he preaches. This man only believes in himself and this was the case among many ofthe earlier popes, something we brought to light via trips into the past and visits to locations of the various events. Wefound out that a small number, a mere 36 popes, believed in a God above them, while the remainder were concernedonly with their office and their position of power. Indeed, several of them totally rejected the Christian faith, a factwhich, of course, they knew quite well to conceal from others."A DECEITFUL CLAIM(a question posed on the telephone)QUESTION:"Billy, I was told that you are the only human being on Earth who has ever had contact with extraterrestrials; indeed,you allegedly claimed this yourself. Are these the facts?"RESPONSE:No, this is not the truth. In every single case it was simply mentioned that I am the only human being on Earth to everhave, and continue to have, contact with the Pleiadians/Plejarans. Hence, I never stated that other people on Earth didnot have contacts with other extraterrestrials, for example at examination contacts and the like. Permit me to emphasizehere once again that I am the only human being on Earth who has ever had, and still continues to have, genuine contactswith the Pleiadians/Plejarans - provided you ignore a handful of cases from which no official records exist, and whichwere only in telepathic form. To these contacts should be added one brief, unexpected direct encounter by anotherperson near Zahedan in Persia (now Iran), but all of these contact individuals have since died many years ago.Additionally, numerous telepathic impulse contacts also are taking place of which the terrestrial recipients do not haveany inkling at all."CRAZIES" NEVER DIE OUT(Miramar) In July 1995 almost a thousand faithful from all over the world gathered to celebrate the second day of theircongress on extraterrestrials near San Jose de Costa Rica with meditations and moralistic appeals to terrestrialhumankind. The site of this spectacle was a ranch in Miramar, where the participants attempted to make contact withextraterrestrials -- as though the latter were actually waiting to communicate with nutty terrestrials. Two of theparticipants called themselves experts in matters related to extraterrestrials, their global activities and so forth. One ofthese two participants called himself Tara Siva from Hawaii, USA. The other, a Swiss man, was too cowardly to revealhis name but he had others address him only as Martin. All participants dressed in white robes and, according to theirtestimonies, they meditated "for the benefit of mankind," in the hope that some extraterrestrials would actually bewaiting especially for them, their congress, and the opportunity to contact earthlings at this time. Through thiserroneous belief, the faithful with their screwy concept of reality also directed their audience and fellowmen toimmediately "shed the spiritual lethargy in which they are entrapped."Martin, who intentionally concealed his full name and address, stated that 80% of mankind is "completely asleep" andignorant of all phenomena pertaining to extraterrestrial life. He even presented the other participants of the congresswith instructions on how to contact the "light beings" on other planets. These instructions mainly dealt with the need tomeditate for more self-awareness.In contrast with this so-called Martin, the Peruvian Sixto Paz, who is considered one of the most credible UFOresearchers within his own circle, recommended that people only need to eat healthful, vegetarian food and to breatheappropriately; of course, linked to his suggestions is the abstention from all alcohol and tobacco (which should not berejected as erroneous). However, his claim that through observation of these guidelines he was able to travel to theJupiter moon Ganymede, where, according to his silly assertion, a colony of extraterrestrials have their homes. Withthem he has a good relationship, or so he claims. Such talk belongs within the realm of fantasy.One must acknowledge, though, that good deeds came from this experience. One was the criticism of the worldsreligions and their dogmas, etc., that hamper Mans evolution and independence. Instead of suggesting they turntowards organized religions, the participants were advised to explore their innermost selves where they would discoverthe temple each individual carries within him- or herself.A claim was also made that extraterrestrials oppose the resumption of the French nuclear bomb tests with warnings thatearthquakes would be the result.

99. SOLAR SYSTEMS WITH PLANETSDuring Contact #252 on February 14, 1995, I asked Ptaah why the Pleiadians/Plejarans live within our DERN Universein a space-time configuration which is shifted somewhat from our own space and time configuration by a mere fractionof a second. Here is his reply:Ptaah: There are relatively few extrasolar planetary systems in the DERN Universes space and time configuration - theyare rare indeed. On the other hand, in the dimension where we and all other groups of the Enoch (Henok) lineage live,numerous solar systems exist that contain planets capable of supporting great varieties of life. Even our earliestancestors travelled to these dimensions with the shifted space and time configuration in which we now live; and for thisreason, we, as well as all other Enoch [Henok in German] lineage groups, have been knowledgeable about them sincethe days of yore.Billy: What do you mean by "relatively" in regard to planet-carrying solar systems?Ptaah: Many planets exist in numerous solar systems within the space-time-configuration of the DERN Universe. If Imay say so, however, by comparison to those in our dimension, these systems are extremely spread out. This means thatthe many planet-bearing solar systems in this galaxy, the Milky Way, are very far apart from each other, while in ourdimension and galaxy countless solar systems with planets are close to one another, that is, they are very denselygrouped."This explanation tells us that in billions of galaxies within the space-time configuration of our DERN Universe, thereexist many solar systems that also have planetary systems grouped around them, although they are incredibly far apart.For this reason, there may be dozens, hundreds, even thousands of light years between two planet-bearing solarsystems. The fact that planets exist within a solar system does not necessarily indicate the existence of any type of lifeon these worlds, however, because special prerequisites, which really very few planets possess, are essential for this tohappen. In the Pleiadians/Plejarans dimension this is totally different. Under very different physical conditions there doexist a great many solar systems with planetary systems capable of supporting life. For this reason one need not searchthere for life-bearing planets as though they were needles in a haystack, which is the case in our Universe dimension,where astronomers have been looking for different planets in other solar systems for quite some time. Until recentlytheir undertakings have been in vain; but this situation changed recently when two Swiss residents discovered for thefirst time that other suns also have planets.Although we have always known that our sun is not the only star orbited by planets in our cosmos, astronomers finallyhave now discovered this fact as well. Astronomers have long suspected that planets could orbit other suns too, butonly now were their hunches undeniably confirmed. It is unlikely that life of any type exists on this recently discoveredplanet because its climate is truly hellish. Nevertheless, it is a planet that orbits a sun; a star visible at a distance of amere 42 light years from Earth, and one that any somewhat experienced amateur astronomer can even observe with thenaked eye.The recently discovered planet orbits a star not unlike our sun in the Pegasi constellation. Two Swiss astronomers,Michel Mayor and Didier Queloz, from Geneva University, made this discovery in the first half of October 1995. Thetwo scientists had always been convinced additional planets existed in space that orbited around some of the myriad ofsunlike stars in the galaxies. Since the planets successful discovery, other astronomical groups have confirmed thefindings of these two Swiss astronomers. The newly discovered planet circles around the star 51 Pegasi, which iscomparable to our SOL system and exists in the constellation with the identical name as the one that forms a hugesquare in the night sky. (For those of you who are somewhat familiar with the stars, 51 Pegasi can be identified with thenaked eye during times of good visibility toward the end of October and can certainly be spotted with binoculars.Around 9 p.m. it lies exactly due South, at a point of 63 degrees above the horizon.)According to initial announcements, the newly discovered planet has at least half of Jupiters mass and orbits its own sunin only 4.2 days. This fact alone may explain why life is incapable of existing there. The planets distance from its sun, 51Pegasi, is approximately 20 times less than that from our SOL sun to Earth (distance Earth-Sun = 1 AU = 149.6 millionkilometers or 92.9 million miles). In other words, the newly discovered planet orbits its mother-star at a distance ofroughly 7.48 million kilometers or 4.6 million miles. This small gap [MERCURY, the closest, known planet to our SOLsun is 57.9 million km or 35.9 mill. miles from SOL] signifies that the planet must simply be a raging inferno with atemperature of at least 1000° Celsius [1832° Fahrenheit].The discovery of this planet, considered a spectacular item in astronomical circles, absolutely was not a so-calledcoincidence. The two astronomers had been systematically searching the skies above the South of France, at a placecalled the "Observatoire de Haute-Provence" that possesses a telescope 2 meters (6 foot) in diameter. Here theexplorers investigated more than a hundred stars as they searched for a suspicious "wobble." Remote planets cannot beobserved directly because the luminosity of their mother star by far exceeds the planets own low gleam. However, alarge, massive planet causes the sun it is orbiting to move in a kind of wobbly, undulating manner as it circles around themutual point of gravity, the central point of both celestial bodies, respectively. And it is precisely this undulatingmovement by 51 Pegasi that gave the planet away. When the level at which the sun and the planet orbit lies within theview of a telescope, the star, in its own rotating movements, advances for some time toward Earth and then withdrawsagain. This to-and-fro movement can be measured with highly sensitive spectrographs. As 51 Pegasi moves towardEarth, its emitted light waves are slightly compressed, causing their wavelength to become shorter and the light bluer.

100. When it moves away again from the Earth, the light waves pull apart and become reddish. The planets mass can becalculated through this so-called Doppler Effect.The discovery of this planet by the two Swiss men brought to a close a lengthy race by astronomers all around theglobe. Using the most diverse methods available, scientists had for decades been searching for the first extrasolarplanets near SOL-like stars, and astronomers were led by a mutual and genuine hunting spirit. Now that the quest hasended, the search will be kept within normal parameters for other sun-like stars with planets. Of interest is the fact thatplanets have previously been found several times, but they were never in close proximity to sun-like objects; they werealways near formations such as pulsars, for example.QUESTIONS FROM OUR READERSHow do the Pleiadians/Plejarans calculate the age of Earth as well as the Milky Way, etc.?Answer: As a rule, the Pleiadians/Plejarans begin their calculations with the first formation of gaseous matter. Thisgaseous formation, however, has nothing to do with the gaseous accumulations from which celestial bodies ensue. Thegaseous matters initial formation is considered to be the moment when gaseous matter originates in its original form, aswas the case with Earth, for instance, nearly 640 billion years ago. This gaseous matter continues to form into sometype of configuration, of course, which changes into coarse material over time and then, in another transformation, turnsinto gas once again, only to change, through additional compactions, into other formations such as planets like Earth.Supposedly, this is how our planet formed into a solid planet approximately 46 billion years ago. One must refrain fromimagining a dense planet with this description, but must envision it merely as a planetary formation, which turned from agaseous into a substance-type form that rotated and was incredibly hot without yet possessing its own solid matter. Thiscame about much later, when the gases condensed to the point where they generated their own gravitation as fragmentsof rock, ice, metal and other things were attracted from space into the future planets range. Over many millions ofyears, these materials accumulated because the larger the growing planet became the more planetesimals [planetarymatter/meteorites, etc.] it attracted. This is how, five billion years ago, Planet Earth "grew" to the point where itsconsistency was solidly compacted: a planet that consisted of internally solid, coarse matter, surrounded by an outerlayer several kilometers thick. Within this outer layer, fire- and lava-spewing volcanos continued to rage, however, andyet thwarted the existence of all life. Still, over time, the planet did cool down and became more tranquil, whereupon aplanetary shift occurred that ultimately inaugurated suitable conditions from which life could develop.When mention is made, therefore, that Earth is approximately 640 billion years old it means that it is calculated from thetime when the very first gaseous matter evolved, from which Planet Earth was able to develop over a period of billionsof years. As a solid, compact material form, the Earth has existed only for approximately five billion years -- althoughfar older material has been discovered within the Earths interior.The manner in which the Pleiadians/Plejarans investigate the age of any given material is based on a masterful techniquethat involves turning any type of matter into gas and then regressing it back into its Ur-energies ("Ur" is a Germanprefix signifying earliest, most ancient, initial, primeval) to the point of its origin by way of the two components,NEGATIVE-Energy from the Transformation Belt and POSITIVE-Energy from Ur-Space. This initial energy can bedated in the same manner as any coarse matter.What is the Universal Material Belt?Answer: The Universal Material Belt is that part or belt, respectively, of the Universe where matter exists, that is to say,planets, suns, galaxies, meteors, comets, gases, the entire dark matter and other things. All of these things exist onlywithin this material belt, whereas no material whatsoever can be found in the internal and external belts (of which thereexist seven in all). In the so-called Transformation Belt those forms develop from which matter develops that laterexists in the Material Belt, hence in our visible DERN Universe. This is the only portion of the Universe we humanbeings are capable of seeing and exploring. We cannot see anything beyond it, for only total emptiness and blacknessreign there. Absolutely nothing can be observed or detected -- even with the best modern astronomical or otherextraordinary tools available to us. The inner and outer belts beyond our visible material Universe are practicallyendless, and are vast and dark if one excludes the innermost, radiant belt where the Big Bang originated approximately46 trillion years ago. The aftereffects of the Big Bang continue to linger within the adjacent belt which, looking at itfrom Earth, is roughly 1.25 x 1015 light years away at its closest proximity. Terrestrialscientists are incapable of peering and listening into these depths of space even with the most elaborate super devices.And this indicates precisely the degree of our scientists narrow-mindedness, when they claim the Universe is barely asold as the distance they can penetrate into the nearly endless space with their observation devices and contraptions.They do not have the remotest clue that the Universe extends far beyond what they envision it to be, and that it has sixadditional belts in total, which are void of any coarse material or matter.Matter itself is in constant transformation within the Material Belt and it is, therefore, subject to growth anddisintegration processes. For this reason, matter can never be or become as old as the Complete Universe. At any giventime, therefore, only young matter can be found in the Material Universe; matter that can, at best, be a mere 40 or 45billion years old -- in a solid and compact state -- while the age of the Complete Universe beyond the Material Belt,respectively our Material Universe, amounts to approximately 46 trillion years.The attempt to schematically depict the Complete Universe, is an impossible feat due to its colossal size. Additionally,

101. its spiral-egg shape complicates everything even more. Nonetheless, here is an attempt by way of a circular diagram, amodel, to illustrate an overview of what our Complete Universe looks like, which bears the name DERN Universe. Thesketched proportions do not correspond in distance with one another, of course, since this is only a schematic diagram;for more specific data regarding this material I suggest you read Guido Moosbruggers lecture, as printed in our FIGUpamphlet "Überdenkenswerte Vorträge" (Lectures to Ponder -- available only in German at this point).In Guidos illustration, belt #4 depicts our Material Universe, that is to say, the part of the Complete Universe where thegalaxies exist with suns, planets, meteors, gas clouds, comets and so forth. The Ur-Space (#3) is the belt from whichemanates the so-called background radiation that leads back to the Ur-Core (#2), the actual Ur-Layer, in whose centerlies the Central-Core (#1) that constitutes the actual Big Bang location, the Big Bang Center. Beginning in the Ur-Space, matter starts its development and then passes into the Universe Belt, hence, our Material Universe. This matterconsists of energy, however, which intermingles with other energy forms that penetrate from the Transformation Belt (#5) into our Material Universe. The energy matter from Ur-Space is POSITIVE, while the other matter from theTransformation Belt is NEGATIVE. As they join in the Material Universe, they develop into new energy forms fromwhich, ultimately, coarse matter evolves. In the Transformation Belt (#5) the fine matter energies of the Creation Belt(#6) are transformed into energy forms that already extend into the realm of material energy. This makes themabsorbable by the Transformation Belt, and they are turned into coarse energy. The Creation Belt (#6) absorbs the finestof energies from the space of the Absolute Absolutum, which is located beyond the Displacement Belt, also called RamBelt (#7), whose function it is to nudge away the walls of other universes that float within the space of the AbsoluteAbsolutum as well. The Displacement Belt also performs another function, namely that of absorbing the finest energymatters from the Absolute Absolutum sphere and passing them on into the Creational Belt. This process supplies theComplete Universe with all the indispensable energies it needs to exist. Although it created itself or, rather, was createdthrough the Ur-Idea of the previous Ur-Creation, one can see that the Complete Universe nevertheless requires externalenergies -- in this case from the Absolute Absolutum -- upon whose finest energies ultimately 1049 different forms ofCreation depend in infinite number. Regardless of the fact that the Complete Creation, Universal Consciousness, orwhatever one wishes to call the Complete Universe, is capable of supporting itself, it nonetheless requires some force,an energy, that enables the Universe to achieve it. This force or energy is provided by the Absolute Absolutum. TheAbsolute Absolutum is the only entity capable of passing on the indispensable and fundamental energies to all existingforms of creations within the entire vastness of all Creational forms, so that they, in turn, have the capability of beingable to support themselves. And yet, even the Absolute Absolutum is dependent upon an external life energy, which itdoes not draw from a higher type of Creation, but directly from what human beings call Absolute Nothing. TheAbsolute Nothing does, however, contain the fundamental, finest energies from which the Absolute Absolutum self-created itself an unfathomably long time ago.THE SIZE OF THE DERN UNIVERSE AFTER THE BIG BANGModel of the Universe: Schematic depiction of the Belts (I) (see printed edition of this bulletin)1.Central Core: radius = 3.5 light years = 1 mm (1/16th inch) on this model2.Ur-Core: width = 1 x 1014 light years = 28.6 x 106 km3.Ur-Space: width = 1 x 1014 light years = 28.6 x 106 km4.Solid-State Matter Universe Belt (includes all galaxies, planets, stars, etc.): width = 2.5 x 1015 light years =714.3 x 106 km or 25 times the width of the 3rd Belt5.Transformation Belt: width = 1 x 1055 light years = 2.857 x 1048 km or 4 times 1039 the width of the 4th Belt6.Creation Belt: width = 1.4 x 1064 light years = 4 x 1057 km = 5.6 times 1048 the width of the 4th Belt or 1.4times 109 the size of the 5th Belt7.Displacement Belt: width = 1.4 x 107 light years, which should be depicted as 4 km on this diagram modelThe average radius of our entire DERN Universe measures:Belt #(6) 1.4 x 1064 + (5) 1.0 x 1055 + (2,3,4) 2.7 x 1015 + (7) 1.4 x 107 + (1) 3.5 light years.Schematic drawing and calculations by Guido MoosbruggerBillyHEAVENLY GREETINGSWhat should one make of this bombastic heading? Some people might possibly envision a play in a theater, a Sci-Fimovie or the title of a novel. None of these is correct in this case. Instead, it is the title of an event I experienced in June1995 during my stay in California.While visiting my American friends Heidi and Bob for one week, among other things, we went on a 36-hour excursionto the sand dunes south of the Salton See. After driving in Bobs Landrover for several hours, we reached our desiredgoal late that afternoon. We cozily and contentedly settled upon the warm, flat crest of a towering sand dune. The sunpresented itself as a fiery red disc just above the horizon, and we did not have to wait very long for its setting. It was animpressive spectacle. Very slowly, darkness crept in and the sky became increasingly dotted with glittering stars. Farfrom the hustle and bustle of human habitation, a festive tranquility reigned that was only occasionally interrupted by thedistant clatter of a passing truck. With visible relief we were able to delight in the warmth of the balmy summer eveningthat had by now cooled to a pleasant temperature, after being 43°C (110°F) in the shade during the day. Lying on ourbacks we observed the splendor of the starry-night sky. The Ursae Majoris constellation was almost directly above our

102. heads, and everyone knows that this can be very valuable for verifying ones direction at night.At approximately 9:00 p.m. we suddenly discovered a light the size of a star, which travelled at moderate speed andstraight as an arrow across the sky in a north-south direction. Initially I assumed it was a terrestrial satellite, but then Ithought it might possibly be a manned spacecraft orbiting Planet Earth at an altitude of 20-40 km (12.5-25 miles). Butmy next thought was to attempt an experiment; and so I decided to wish for the flying object to please glow brightly --so-to-speak as a salute to us or the indication of a bond. No sooner had this thought entered my head when, to mysurprise, my wish became reality, which, of course, filled me with great joy!But this was just the beginning, for after only a few minutes I was given another opportunity to repeat the sameexperiment. It did not work and this second flying object did not allow itself to be enticed into reacting with any visiblesigns. In the case of a terrestrial satellite any reaction would have been completely impossible anyway.It was not long before another "moving star" passed by with approximately the same flight path, but in the oppositedirection. Of course, I tried my luck once more, eagerly supported by Heidi and Bob. At first it seemed that our effortswere totally in vain, but they were crowned with success a little while later. After several moments yet another flyingobject showed itself, moving along in roughly the same direction as the preceding three, but it did not respond to ourwish in any way. Well, we said, so be it. We were satisfied nonetheless because two of the four "moving stars" hadpositively reacted by suddenly flaring up brightly. Without any other expectations at all we continued to direct ourglances to the starry sky and did not have the slightest inkling of the surprise that was yet in store for us. While we werestill eagerly discussing the things we had just experienced, guessing around as to who might have been so kind to sendus a greeting in such a nice manner, something unexpected happened. In the Ursae Majoris constellation we discovereda fifth flying object travelling on more or less the same flight path as the other four we had observed earlier. Theamazing thing, though, was that this flying object not only made itself known without any effort on our part, but it wasalso not satisfied with merely flaring up brightly the way the others had done. Instead, the small, starlike object enlargeditself to a brightly glistening disk the size of Jupiter, only to shrink back shortly afterwards to its original size. Then theunknown object continued on its flight and eventually disappeared from our view.Naturally, we had never counted on such an impressive salute. The question remains, however, whom do we owe sucha surprising demonstration. Since we had been told that the Pleiadians/Plejarans and their confederates had withdrawnand eliminated their secret terrestrial stations, we initially thought of alien, peaceful extraterrestrial visitors - that is untilBilly explained the actual situation to us. According to his explanation, in spite of the Plejarans withdrawal, a fewunmanned Pleiadian/Plejaran telemeter disks continue to circle our globe. In addition to these, two manned Pleiadianships constantly perform their monitoring flights above Earth. With this corrective explanation all ambiguities wereresolved.Guido Moosbrugger, AustriaFIGHTER PLANE COLLIDES WITH UFOOn April 26, 1990, the Pleiadian/Plejaran Jshwish Ptaah gave the following, yet unofficial, explanation regarding afighter plane crash with a UFO. The collision took place on December 2, 1970, along the North Vietnam and Laosborder. The unfortunate accident involved U.S. Air Force Lieutenant-Colonel Anthony Shine, a 33yearold Americanfighter pilot, and occurred when Shines plane entered into the material-deflecting, protective shield of an extraterrestrialflying device from Ursan as he manoeuvered in dense clouds. The Ursans belong to the Pleiadian confederation andwere, at the time, on a monitoring flight in that region, where they were observing the war stratagems. Due to theirflying crafts material-deflection shield and their related invisibility, the Ursans presumed themselves to be in a safelocation, particularly because this material-deflection belt causes any solid or ray-like matter to deflect from it, and itsrange was effective over an area of several hundred meters. The UFO crew members noticed the fast-flying Americanfighter plane, but when the plane suddenly went into a rapid, steep climb into the clouds, it entered the deflection shieldarea and touched it with its right wing tip, which was shattered by the impact. The entire wing became deformed andrendered the planes steering capability useless. The aircraft veered sideways and ultimately crashed. The pilot ejected tosafety, assuming he had been shot at and hit by enemy ground defense. The Ursans observed Anthony Shine as hefloated to the ground by his parachute; unfortunately, he was then captured and held prisoner by the [NorthVietnamese] enemy.BillyREADER QUESTIONS REGARDING OUR NUCLEAR HERITAGEThrough the renewed nuclear bomb tests by the French (see Voice of the Aquarian Age, #97, Dec. 95, 252nd ContactReport) and the Chinese, many question have been raised regarding the tests effects upon the environment, about whichthe Contact Report presents the data. Additional questions center on nuclear development and the legacy of nuclearmisuse and other topics. I do not mind providing information on this topic, at least as far I am able to do so:Q: How many atomic bombs exist worldwide?A: Approximately 20,000.Q: Did Japan actually capitulate after the dropping of the nuclear bombs 50 years ago?A: Yes. The Americans act of dropping of atomic bombs over Hiroshima and Nagasaki forced the Japanese tosurrender. For half a century now the world has lived with the "equilibrium of terror" which means that the nuclear

103. powers have kept each other at bay with their atomic bombs and other nuclear potential, while their threats of a nuclearwar constantly lurked in the background.Q: When did the first detonation of a nuclear bomb take place?A: Several seconds before 5:30 a.m. on July 16th, 1945, on the test grounds of Alamagordo near Los Alamos, NewMexico, USA, the first nuclear bomb, a plutonium bomb, was detonated. Due to the success of this test, one participantsaid to J. Robert Oppenheimer, the scientific director of the nuclear bomb program, called "Manhattan Project": "Nowwe are all sons of bitches!"Q: How often have atomic bombs been utilized?A: Since Hiroshima and Nagasaki, no additional nuclear bombs have been utilized in warfare. This does not denote,however, they have not been in constant use for commercial purposes, particularly in Russia. Through the use of nuclearexplosions new lakes and waterways have been created in that country. In 1961, just after the erection of the BerlinWall, the world was on the brink of a nuclear war. In 1962, barely one year later, the situation became even moredramatic when the Cuban Crisis shook the world. John Fitzgerald Kennedy, the 35th President of the United States(1961-63; assassinated on November 22, 1963, in Dallas, Texas, by Lee Harvey Oswald who was murdered himself byJack Rubynstein called Ruby) forced Soviet ships, that were fully loaded with rockets and nuclear warheads and readyto make a run for Castros Cuba, to turn back and return to the Soviet Union.The Americans were the first to detonate a nuclear bomb. They were also the first to utilize this all-destructive bomb inwar, killing hundreds of thousands of people in the process without ever having any concern or remorse about it. IfAmerican generals had their way, additional nuclear bombs would have been dropped, since other high-rankingAmerican military officials wanted to criminally end the wars in Korea and Vietnam by dipping into their vast arsenal ofall-destructive, all-annihilating nuclear weaponry.Q: How many countries possess nuclear bombs today?A: At first only the Americans had nuclear-weapon capability, and they also had a monopoly on them. This did not lastfor long, however, and by 1949 the former Soviet Union was right there and held its first tests, followed in 1952 byGreat Britain, France (1960) and China (1964). Currently the two arch enemies India and Pakistan possess atomicbombs, as does Israel. Libya, Iran, Iraq and North Korea have diligently worked on nuclear bomb capability. Woe be toall mankind, every life form, indeed the entire planet, should these countries actually decide to produce nuclearweapons. Reflecting on the Islamic fundamentalist fanaticism movement, surely every rational person can foresee whatis in store for the world, humankind and all life, when these fanatics actually gain possession of such devastating,nuclear total-annihilation weapons.Q: When was the first hydrogen bomb detonated?A: Again the Americans were the first to employ this weapon when they exploded the first hydrogen bomb in 1952.Since that time, the magnitude of energy unleashed by nuclear bombs is no longer measured in kilotons but in megatonsof the conventional explosive TNT (Trinitrotoluene). One Kiloton = 1000 times = 103 of the mass-measuring unit ton;megaton = million times = 106 of the mass measuring unit ton. In 1973 there existed enough nuclear explosion potentialto provide 15 tons of TNT for each human being living on Earth.Q: What has been done until now to curb the nuclear madness?A: Basically very little has been done -- a drop in a bucket - for even today nuclear weapons are the favorite toy ofpower hungry government officials and military agencies who continue to criminally jeopardize mankind and the planet.Anyone who is inclined to consider nuclear weaponry for possible utilization, testing, or merely as a deterrent, iscontemptuous of mankind and all life forms; that person is simply criminally offensive scum and is unworthy of living.The capability of all existing nuclear bombs worldwide is now sufficiently adequate to completely destroy and annihilatethe Earth several times over through so-called "overkill." This looming danger may have finally put some sanity intopower-fanatics and individuals of authority among the nuclear powers. As a result, conferences were being held to dealwith the reduction and restriction of nuclear weaponry. Supposedly, all mid-range nuclear rockets that posed a dangerfor Europe have been scrapped -- but it is doubtful whether this is actually occurring to the fullest extent. White Russia,Kazakhstan and the Ukraine promised to destroy all atomic weapons or return them to Russia. Ultimately, this neitheroccurred to the fullest extent nor within the agreed-upon framework. In 1993, Russia and the USA agreed that allnuclear, multiple-warhead, intercontinental rockets would be destroyed. Also included in the pact was an agreementwhereby all strategic nuclear warheads would be reduced to 3000-3500 by the year 2003.Q: Currently (1995), how large is the worldwide stockpile of nuclear weaponry?A: A great effort has been put into reducing the stockpiles; alas, as previously mentioned, much more is still needed. Atthis time, the autonomous states of the former Soviet Union continue to possess more than 10.100 nuclear warheads,while the USA maintains another 8.500. China has access to 284 nuclear warheads; France to 482 and Great Britain to234. With 50 to 100 warheads, Israel is also involved in this nuclear weaponry disaster. And as though this is notenough, India followed suit with around 80 and Pakistan with 15 to 25 warheads.Q: How many nuclear tests have been held worldwide until now (1995)?A: All in all, the small and large nuclear powers have detonated 2120 nuclear warheads worldwide. Their detonation hasgenerated contamination on a global scale through nuclear bombing and tests, which have triggered earthquakes,volcanic eruptions, violent storms and so forth. But politicians, the military and the scientific community vehemently

104. deny this. According to reports by watchdog experts, the number of nuclear blasts triggered is estimated to be 936(USA), 716 (former Soviet Union), 207 (France, 44 (Great Britain), 41 (China), and 1 by India. By October 31, 1995,these figures added up to 1945 nuclear explosions. This number does not represent the true total, however. Ptaah, thePleiadian commander, stated that from the year 1945 through February 14, 1995, a total of 2.116 nuclear tests wereperformed. The fact that 3 additional tests were carried out in the Mururoa Atoll and 1 test in China between the daythis conversation took place and October 31, 1995, raises the total of tests to 2.120 -- without mentioning even thenumerous atomic bomb blasts detonated for commercial purposes.Q: What does this nuclear heritage signify for our world and for all life?A: The legacy for the world, and all life on it, is that through the nuclear contamination of vast regions on Earth, theseareas will suffer damage for countless years to come; many types of cancer and mutations among human beings as wellas in animals and plants will emerge. Furthermore, many regions have become completely useless for human habitationdue to this nuclear contamination. Additionally, several billion dollars will be required alone in the USA and the formerSoviet Union states to eradicate the damage caused by nuclear testing; of course, this fact is emphatically denied anddownplayed by America. The USA claims that it would require only several hundreds of millions of dollars to remedythe situation. In Russia alone more than 50 large regions are radioactively contaminated, a fact also denied to this dayeven though there is available proof. Today Russia affirms that the nuclear disaster of Chernobyl is the largest nuclearcatastrophe. It was caused by a fire spreading out of control in the civilian (vs. military) nuclear reactor. The fact thateight other, far greater nuclear catastrophes occurred in the former Soviet Union and resulted in the loss of numeroushuman lives since the initiation of nuclear experimentation, is kept secret to this day -- even though fourteen times moreradioactivity than Chernobyl was released into those regions due to Super-MCAs (maximum conceivable accident at anuclear power plant).BillyUFO REPORTSA computer-hacker acquaintance of mine from America picked the following UFO sightings dates and locations fromCUFONs (Computer UFO-Network, Seattle, Washington, USA -- UFO-Reporting and Information Service, SYSOP,Jim Klotz, Information Director, Dale Goudie) computer. He is offering them to me for this publication, and I shallcontinue to publish them in our FIGU Bulletins until further notice.At this point I have before me a computer-generated list of 225 UFO sighting reports that occurred between October20, 1985 and December 5, 1995, and I will be reproducing them in FIGU Bulletins under the heading UFO Reports.The source of these reports is the NATIONAL UFO REPORTING CENTER.BillyReport #1Subject: North Bergen, New Jersey, USADescription: CE 1 - lights in the night sky [CE seems to stand for "close encounter," category 1. There seem to be 5levels; level 5 = physical contact with extraterrestrials].Date: October 5, 1985Time: 8:15 p.m.CFN #: 0127 [we must assume that CFN stands for Case File Number]One witness reported sighting 4 large lights that manoeuvered around each other in the night sky. The distance betweenwitness and lights is unknown. The duration of the sighting is also unknown.Report #2Subject: Santa Monica, California, USADescription: CE 1 - lights in the night skyDate: October 14, 1985Time: 1:28 a.m.CFN #: 0128Six witnesses report having observed one large object in the west of the sky. The witnesses stated that the objectappeared to have a type of fluorescent light upon it. The distance to the object is unknown. The duration is alsounknown.Report #3Subject: Kerman, California, USADescription: CE 1 - daylight sightingDate: October 15, 1985Time: 12:13 p.m.CFN #: 0129One witness reported sighting one very large object at great altitude. The witness said that the object moved about withvery high speed. The witness said that the object looked like a large ball. He further stated that the object did not have avapor trail. The witness could not hear any sound emanating from the object. The sighting lasted about 15 to 20seconds.Report #4

105. Subject: Grand Rapids, Michigan, USADescription: CE 1 - lights in the night skyDate: October 16, 1985Time: 4:00 p.m.CFN #: 0130Two witnesses report having observed four groups of 3 lights each manoeuvering in the night sky. The witnesses saidthey could detect a deep, humming sound. The witnesses stated the objects were flying in a North-South direction,directly above their heads. The witnesses said that the duration of the sighting lasted only about 5-6 minutes.Report #5Subject: Port Orchard, Washington, USADescription: CE 1 - lights in the night skyDate: October 16, 1985Time: 1:43 a.m.CFN #: 0131One witness reported sighting two rapidly moving lights in the night sky. The witness mentioned the lights seemed to beshooting beams of light. The witness stated that the lightbeams ejected by the lights were yellow and red. The witnessfurther declared the lights moved at great speed. The sighting seemed to last about 30 seconds.Report #6Subject: Norwalk, Connecticut, USADescription: CE 1 - lights in the night skyDate: October 17, 1985Time: 8:45 p.m.CFN #: 0132Twenty witnesses observed 15 to 20 lights in an open V-formation. The lights within the formation seemed to bemoving around each other. When the formation had traversed half of the night sky, one of the lights seemed to breakaway from this V-Formation and departed with great speed. Witnesses mentioned hearing then a deep, rumbling sound.The height at which the V-Formation travelled was estimated to be very low. The witnesses said they first sighted theformation in the eastern sky. Witnesses stated that the formation travelled from West to East. The witnesses said thesighting lasted approximately 10 minutes.Contact 256The Pyramids of Gizeh and the SphinxQuestion:Is the Sphinx older than the Pyramids of Gizeh and was the Sphinx once a lion? It is also claimed, that there shouldexist several chambers and tunnels under the structure. How old was the Sphinx and was it built by Atlantis refugees ?etc.Angelique Royers/SwitzerlandI will answer this question with excerpts from the conversation at the 256th contact, of 13 May, 1996 in which thefollowing was said:Billy: I would like to ask you something regarding the pyramids, which may not be found in Egypt only, but all aroundthe world. Asket once told me that these were originally built under the supervision of ETs. In 1956, she declared, thatthe pyramids were built two times 36,650 years back (or 73,300 years back). Since then 40 years have passed, whichmeans the construction of the pyramids should have taken place 73,340 years back in time. However, our scientistsassert something completely different; they place the time of construction much later in time, about several thousandyears before the birth of Jmmanuel.Ptaah: Im familiar with this misconception and incorrect calculation. Counting back from today, the pyramids wereindeed built about 73,340 years ago, and not only the ones in Egypt, but all of them around the world. At that time,Earth was positioned at a distance of 152.5 million kilometers from the sun. The pyramids were covered with a thicklayer of limestone and mortar and, thus, higher than today. In those days the height of the pyramid of Cheops was152.5 m; one meter representing 1 million km of the distance between Earth and Sun.However, in the course of the thousands of years these outer layers have been removed, and additionally parts of thepyramid structures also. On the one hand this happened through erosion, and on the other hand through the people,who used the material for building other structures, etc. The purpose of the pyramids also changed on several occasionsthrough the course of time, and they were finally used as crypts and also as cult temples. Originally, the pyramids thatwere frequently linked with underground rooms, were built under the the supervision of human beings, who were ofextraterrestrial origin. These people came from the star picture of Orion, the reason why the formation of the Egyptianpyramids represent an image of this star picture, while the Sphinx is positioned in direction of the star picture the Leo.The inscribed hieroglyphs and the use of the pyramids as crypts etc. leads back to more recent times of beforeJmmanuel, which is about 2000-13,000 years back. The underground rooms, which belonged to all the pyramids,

106. reached considerable dimensions and formed underground villages of various sizes, in which the people got to safetyfrom terrestrial danger, or danger threatening from outer space.Ptaah/BillyIn matters concerning myself[deutsche Version]Through slanderous intrigues that lead back to the early eighties, unpleasant differences resulted in connection with LeeElders/USA, and as a consequence, a leaflet was printed in an edition of three hundred (300), and about one hundredand eighty (180) copies of it were distributed. The leaflet presented explanations that more than twenty years laterturned out to be lies and slander, and were quite consciously and calculably circulated by persons whose aim it was tooust me, ‹Billy› Eduard Albert Meier, from the position of being the virtually most important person in regard to thecontacts with the Pleiadians. The idea of these defamations was to take my place through egotistic behaviour, arroganceand overbearingness, and push me into the background. The persons concerned intended with it to take over the stage,in order to be able to nourish their self-interest in living in a selfish and inconsiderate manner, and in fact, consciouslyand thus against better understanding, the truth was transformed into lies and slander in order to reach the abominableaims. Thereby, I was badly deceived and misled, while Lee Elders was evilly and slanderously reviled and was insultedto be a fraud, liar and thief. Through the truth that in the meantime has come to light with the help of the Plejar Quetzal,the whole sad matter presents itself in the way I have described above. That signifies, that Lee Elders has greatly beenwronged, for which I publicly apologize with great respect in this way and also hope, that everyone who hadacknowledged in good faith that slanderous matter, will accept it as a lie and slander and correct the image of LeeElders to see it again in the right light. In order to reach all the wrongly informed ones, and above all, to publiclyvindicate Lee Elders, I choose to do this in this way through the channel of this bulletin that is circulated in my nameand in FIGUs name worldwide in the Internet.There is to be explained also, that Lee Elders has never taken a stand and defended himself against the slanderousaccusations and has patiently endured everything over a time of more than twenty years, and in spite of wrongfuldifferences in regard to FIGU and my person, he continued to be a good and dear friend and thus, I express mysincerest thanks to him. Would I have not asked Quetzal some time ago, to finally get to the bottom of this wholematter, then this issue would have probably never been cleared up, and the differences would have continued to existlifelong, and would have caused discord. Therefore, I thank also Quetzal in this way through the bulletin for hisimmeasurable assistance, but I also thank Ptaah who strengthened me in my effort, to publicly submit this unpleasantissue as it is presented here to the world, in order to end the defamation and slander towards Lee Elders - and tovindicate him.‹Billy› Eduard Albert Meier357th Contact; April 26, 2004; 23 minutes past midnightBilly Thank you for your effort to check. But may I ask you now if you have already found out something regarding thematter that I asked you about a fairly long time ago? It simply does not leave my mind, therefore, I asked ChristianFrehner to send an email to the address I am looking to make contact with.Quetzal You speak very carefully about it, dear friend. I guess you do not want to speak publicly about it at least at thistime, and not mention any names, do you? Ill keep that in mind. Now the fact is, that by wrong actions and wronginformation of some persons very well known to you, differences, slander and almost conflict have developed, wherebydefamation and slander also penetrated right up to the core group members. Unfortunately at that time, we have letourselves in on defamation by way of assuming that these would be true. That again rests upon our kind view that thepersons concerned, as I will call the fallible ones who have done wrong, would have had a clear and in-depth insight ofall of the decisive matters that had turned up. However, regrettably we let ourselves be deceived by statements of theaforementioned persons, as you know this was still very often the case at that time. Later, when through you we hadbeen set right, and did not let ourselves anymore become mixed up in specific machinations of the destructive powers,we determined not to get involved in any sort of clarifications, because far too often we let ourselves be deceived bywrong words and thoughts of the fallible ones who spoke and thought different to what the truth represented. Becausewe were not able to understand lies, as this was unknown and foreign to us, we unfortunately interpreted all wrong andfalse words and thoughts as truth and reality, and in fact, for so long until you set us right. However, up to that point intime, years went by and only since 1999 do we possess the strenuously acquired ability to critically analyse the wordsand thoughts of human beings, consequently, we dont consider simply everything that is thought and spoken as truth.But that we were able to learn and develop abilities in this way, this alone is entirely thanks to you, my friend. And onlythrough this acquired ability was it possible for me to look after the matter you have asked me to clarify. So I found outthat you had been wrongly informed in several matters connected with your concern, whereby seemingly confusion andunclarity developed that resulted in differences between you and the other party. I was naturally aware that you did notwant this to happen and were always looking for a way to dissolve these differences, wherefore you have now askedChristian to pursue a path, after I could give you the necessary information about who had caused discord and quarrel.Of course, the persons concerned will vehemently dispute and deny it, for they are highly opinionated of themselves and

107. domineering, which makes reason and understanding impossible. All of this I have found out only through my recentexaminations, when according to your recommended guidelines, I followed my intuition whereby I had a frighteningunderstanding in this respect - we have let ourselves be deceived to a great extent by the aforementioned persons andaccepted their thoughts and words to be the truth, although they were wrong, overbearing, domineering and arrogant.We shall never again allow ourselves to be deceived by such occurrences. Your trust, for your part, was miserably anddisgracefully abused in order to insert a wedge between yourself and the party opposite you, as self-interest, arroganceand the know-all and opinionated pigheadedness of the fallible and incorrect persons, in regard to your position, did notallow them to not be in the first place, and not occupy the first seat. You have often spoken with me and also withPtaah about it, and you have always felt very sorry and did not understand that these differences had developed, in spiteof wrong information and wrong advice that were given to you. And for us all it is of great need, as it is also for you, tosettle the differences that have arisen through lies and fraud and to request settlement and leniency. Just like you, we donot want anything to be left incorrect, but want everything to be clarified and express our thanks to the other party forunderstanding and leniency. It is very much to be regretted that everything resulted in this way, and that we alsoparticipated and asked you to act according to the false words of the person advising you.Would we have attached more attention at the time to your words and thoughts, we would have asked for your advicethen already, and carried out the analyses according to your advice. We failed to do that, unfortunately, and thats whywe feel greatly indebted to you, but greatly indebted to the other party as well, with whom you are trying to get incontact with through Christian for some time. May your efforts be successful, for it would not only be pleasing for you,for the core group members and the other party, but it would be a help as well in overcoming an unpleasant matter andwould also be pleasant for us.Billy So nothing new has come about. But you know Quetzal, I am guilty as well, and in respect to my trust I shouldhave been more critical and checked everything, and not have agreed to it unseen. I have been taught a lesson, and nowcheck everything precisely before I agree.Quetzal No, there is no new result, yet what I could find out, should be sufficient. It is extensive and points into thedirection of all what has happened regarding the matter. But the fault is also ours. We have let it happen that our trustwas abused. Besides, we would not listen and believe, that words and thoughts of human beings of Earth do not have tobe identical with the truth, and therefore can be lies.Billy You are probably right in that it should suffice, consequently nothing more shall be done but to try and right thismatter. In addition I believe, when the conflict is settled, at least the names of the other party, with which the unpleasantdifferences exist should be publicly mentioned in our contact reports in order for them to be rehabilitated.Quetzal That is absolutely right and is also my view. Ptaah as well agrees, for I have told him of this matter today.Billy Good, in respect to this matter everything is now clear to all of us - then I have to inform only the core groupmembers when it is time, though I do not want to mention the names of the fallible persons - in order to maintain peace.I am hopeful that everything will be put right, for I regard the other side as good friends, and respect them as reasonableand understanding human beings who do not harbour unforgiving thoughts.Quetzal You will be right in the end. That is how Ptaah and I see it. Simply put, it is quite regrettable that suchunpleasant matters could arise. In fact, we have not reckoned with such in this form, because we were too, what do youcall that, blue-eyed, meaning naïve, in respect to honesty of certain human beings who have gathered round you. If wewould have listened to you earlier, a lot of trouble and harm could have been avoided, and furthermore, we could havereached better and extensive knowledge and understanding in this respect.358th Contact; May 6, 2004; 3:51 p.m. and 10:58 p.m.Billy So I have hit the nail on the head. Right, then maybe I will hit the nails head, and I believe it is time to mention thename of the person, of whom I have spoken of with Quetzal on April 26th. Regarding this person, I would like to settlethe differences, which have existed for years and developed through information that became falsified. We had a contacton April 26th, at 23 minutes p.m., when we had a talk about my concern, and now you can see this fax that I havereceived hours later, at 7:51 p.m. Naturally, I was very pleased about it, and hope that now everything will be set rightagain. Last weekend, I dictated a letter to Christian Frehner to further the progress regarding the matter, in order toeradicate the misunderstanding and the differences. Here, please, read the fax...Ptaah (Is reading the fax that is written in the English language) … It is very pleasing, and I think that you arepermitted to speak publicly about this unpleasant matter.Billy I had this very thought as well. I will publicly take up the matter in a bulletin, and I will explain everything in theform of a vindication. To add Quetzals explanation will be probably right, thus the matter will also be settled from yourside. All of it together will be published in the Internet, so that all wrongly and misinformed persons can read it. What isyour opinion about it?Ptaah Your decision seems to be the right one. It is entirely in keeping with your openness and honesty.Billy Here then, if you dont mind, I will say now what I have to say. Should you want to correct or assist with givingadvice here or there, I would be grateful. What do you think of that?Ptaah I will be pleased, to attend to your wish.

108. Billy Here is the following that I intend to write under the heading:Vindication of Lee EldersIn 1994 a leaflet under my name ‹Billy› Eduard Albert Meier, Semjase-Silver-Star-Center, CH-8495 HinterschmidrütiZH/Switzerland was printed and has been distributed ever since in a circulation of about 180 pieces. In this leaflet, LeeElders is wrongly described to be a fraud, thief and a liar.This happened as a result of awfully incorrect information that only now, at this present time and through the describedclarification of the Plejarens has been proven to be lies and slander.Through these findings by clarification of the Plejarens, it could be shown that I, ‹Billy› Eduard Albert Meier, had beenmisled and lied to in matters of Lee Elders through several persons and their perpetually egotistic presumptuousness,their arrogance, perpetual insistence of knowing better, slander and defamation, as well as through their desire to playnumber one and be ahead of me and therefore be the most important persons themselves. Unfortunately no human beingis invulnerable to happenings of this kind - I am also not invulnerable, unfortunately.Regrettably, I put my whole trust in the fallible persons, as they were able to foist proof and pieces of evidence on methat referred to a real fault or proof of guilt of Lee Elders, yet these ‹proofs› turned out to be completely false anduntrue.Thus, with my assumptions and with the leaflet against Lee Elders, I committed a wrong, and therefore I sincerelyapologize in all honesty to Lee Elders and banish the existing differences between him, my person and the FIGU into thepast.It needs to be said, that the aforementioned leaflet was not drawn up by me, but by one of the persons who believed tobe capable of taking over the position next to me, or even my position itself, by lying, slander and providing falseinformation.Once more, dear Lee Elders, from my side as well as from the FIGUs side, and out of a deeply felt need and necessity, Ivery much apologize for the differences in the past and the abuses caused by the leaflet, etc. For those who led medown the wrong path and who are today, fortunately, no longer part of the FIGU core group, I can regrettably notapologize.‹Billy› Eduard Albert MeierThat is what I think I will have to do. What do you think about it, my friend - do you have anything to add?Ptaah In my opinion, your words said it all, as well as all the explanatory words of Quetzal during your last contact.However, I will add from our side our sincere wish to apologize to Lee Elders, and we would like you to convey this tohim. We also have fallaciously been deceived and led astray through the falseness and untruths of the fallible persons.Billy I am glad that you believe my words to be sufficient, and I have said everything, that there is to say.Ptaah You have found good words, dear friend Eduard. More is not really needed. But now I have to go. Goodbye.Beyond Great UFO Photos: An Inquiry Into The Billy Meier Caseby Michael HornThe Billy Meier UFO case and the controversy that has swirled around has been well known for more than twodecades. The case is at least as famous for all the efforts to debunk it as for the amazing photographs that have been theprimary target of such attacks. If all that made the Meier case unique were the photos, let alone the film footage, metalsamples and sound recordings, the case could remain fodder for those invested, for whatever reasons, in feeding off thecontroversy.However, another less well known aspect to the case which in and of itself is quite remarkable, when combined with thetotality of the other evidence, makes the case absolutely unique and worthy of serious consideration. Information wasgiven to Meier by his alleged Pleiadian visitors, and published by him over 20 years ago, "which" has proven to be trueand accurate by independent scientific sources with the highest levels of credibility. Such proof is all the morecompelling since there is no evidence whatsoever that any of those scientific sources had any knowledge of Meiersinformation, or that their work "would" validate the contents thereof.I wish to first acknowledge my own bias and also present a little background as to my involvement with this material.When I saw the book *UFO...Contact From The Pleiades, Volume 1" in 1979 after it first hit the bookstores in LosAngeles, I was fascinated by the apparent authenticity, high quality and clarity of the photos. I was likewise fascinatedby the purported existence of highly advanced space-traveling humans and the quotations attributed to them.There was also a strange sense of familiarity with the material that resonated back to early childhood memories, orperhaps daydreams. I do not know if this was because of the influence of the space hero TV shows I grew up with inthe late 40s and 50s, past lives, future lives, cellular memories or simply very wishful thinking. I loved that book and itinspired me.In 1986, I was in Sedona, Arizona, with a delightful group of women on a kind of New Age field trip. While havinglunch in a little cafe with one of the ladies, I noticed the only other customer in the place dining alone, and invited himto join us. Ralph was a former IRS agent who, as it turned out, was also very fascinated with UFOs. As our lively lunchand otherworldly discussion were coming to a close, he invited me to contact him at his Malibu, California, home whenI returned to the city.It turned out that not only did Ralph have the famous *Contact from the Pleiades. . .Volume 1" he also had "...Volume2 and the "Contact Notes," an 1800-plus page copy of a document the existence of which was previously unknown to

109. me.The "Contact Notes" purported to be the verbatim transcript of the conversations Meier had had with his allegedPleiadian(1) visitors. The translation was in somewhat fractured English by way of Swiss-German, with each contactdated, each sentence numbered, a challenging but totally engrossing read. Ralph, whose last name was "Amagran" (orsimilar, its been over 12 years) was a great aficionado of the case and generously loaned me the whole transcript.We became friends and occasionally spent evenings outside his home in the hills overlooking the Pacific Ocean,scanning the star-studded sky for UFOs. We probably spent more time getting excited by the distant approach ofincoming Cessna"s" and seagulls than any two people ever have, before or since. Its a toss-up as to who had the biggestimagination at the time, but Ralph may have finally edged me out. Hes since changed his name to Alex Collier anddeclared himself to be a long time Andromedan contactee. Apparently the Andromedans told him an awful lot of theexact same stuff that the Pleiadians told Meier, which hes suddenly remembered. What a coincidence!Now, let us at least temporarily abandon the primitive state of mind I call Cargo Cult Consciousness, a reference to theNew Guinea islanders who, having built vine replicas of the mysterious gods (airplanes) they saw flying overhead, thenworshipped them. Weve spent too much time chasing and worshipping lights in the sky (like the two idiots mentionedabove) and pondering dubious abduction scenarios (here come the letters!) and too little exploring the significance ofnot being either alone in the universe or the most advanced beings in it.There is no way to prove that the Billy Meier UFO photos, or any other ones, are either genuine or fakes if you firmlybelieve each respective opposite to be the case. When the first photos in discussion were taken in 1975, very few peoplehad access to the then very expensive equipment necessary to determine their authenticity. Still, that equipment was farmore sophisticated than the technology available then, to even the average Swiss farmer, to effectively fake suchphotos. This was all the more true for the equipment used to analyze the films, metal samples and sound recordingsMeier submitted.Nowadays, not only is the equipment necessary for such evaluations even better, it is far more accessible as, indeed, isthe equipment necessary to produce highly convincing fake photos. As a matter of fact, equipment available at yourlocal computer store can probably be used to alter a genuine UFO photo enough to make it appear as a fake. This is onereason why I am less impressed with the critics of the Meier case who can now "prove" that any photos are fakes.Unfortunately or otherwise, because of ever-improving technology, from here on all UFO photos may be dismissed asfakes.Im sure by now you would agree that real cases require not only pictures, but also other evidence and substantialcontent, if theyre to be taken seriously. In order to compare cases (apples-to-apples) one "should also" get all the hardevidence ready from any other case of choice. This should include the professional/scientific evaluation of the metal (orother) samples and the sound recordings, as well as the film (or even video) footage, so that we can see how itcompares with Meiers. Let us assume for a moment that there are real UFO photos, perhaps Meiers, or Ed Walters,Carlos Diaz, whomevers--take your pick. Once we accept that, what is the next important issue to consider? Forstarters: whos flying them, where do they come from, what do they know, what do they want, etc.? The Meier caseoffers answers to these questions, which we will want to compare with those provided in other UFO case(s), but farmore importantly it presents specific, accurate information found in no other case to my knowledge. I am referring tothe information I alluded to in the second paragraph of this article. That information is contained in the "ContactNotes," the document which contains the essence of the Meier/Pleiadian message.So just what is it that sets Meier, this politically incorrect, one-armed, well-armed (.357 magnum), bearded, pro-environmentalist, pro-genetic engineering, anti-Greenpeace, anti-vegetarian, anti-religious, anti-pacifist, conservative,prophesying, meditating farmer and his material, apart from all other purported or self-proclaimed contactees, channels,etc. and their information?Making The CaseLets start with a reference to his seventh recorded contact with Semjase (his female Pleiadian ET contact) on February25, 1975 (sentences 17-43) as well as his 34th recorded contact on Sept. 14, 1975 (sentences 887-932) and 35thcontact on September 16, 1975 (sentences 907-921). During these contacts Meier was informed of the dangers facinghumankind from the consequences of the human-caused damage to the ozone layer. Acknowledging that terrestrialscientists already knew that emissions from internal combustion engines and gases from spray cans were amongcontributing factors, Semjase emphasized that of even greater concern was the (at that time unknown to us) damagefrom the atmospheric atomic testing of the 1940s, 1950s and 1960s as well as bromine gases.She told Meier that the explosions of the atomic devices released certain "elementary radiations" that, while ourscientists didnt even have a means of detecting, were rending holes in the ozone. This was allowing deadly UV rays topass through, killing off microorganisms in the upper atmosphere as well as microorganisms in the seas (plankton), withwhich they were in symbiotic relationship. Meier was told that this would ultimately lead to problems with the foodchain as well as genetic mutations. Semjase said that bromine gases were also contributing to the destruction and, alongwith her warnings about these contributing factors, also provided figures on the increased percentage of damage to theozone layer (6+ percent).Meier was encouraged by her to contact a Prof. Michael McElroy of Harvard University with this information, which hedid but received no acknowledgment or reply. He also disseminated copies to scientists, governments and foreign

110. embassies in Switzerland, receiving only one response, a thank-you from the West Germans. Again, all this was in 1975when no one else seemed to be publicly discussing these contributing factors, certainly no one-, two- or three-armedfarmers (Swiss, American or otherwise), or politicians, professors, scientists, meteorologists, contactees or channelsthat Ive ever heard of.The first public mention, which I offer as the first example of corroborating information from the scientific community,was found in the following article is from the Santa Monica, California *Evening Outlook" newspaper, dated Nov. 29,1988, 13 years after Meiers conversation with Semjase, headlined: ATOM BOMB TESTING TIED TO NUCLEARDEPLETIONThe next example is from an article in the Los Angeles Times February 24, 1992:Ozone Hole Damages Food ChainSemjase also warned Meier that our extraction of petroleum and natural gas from the Earth, and damming of waters,(45th contact February 25, 1976; sentences 60-63), was a major contributing factor to the increase of earthquakes andvolcanic activity, much of which we would be experiencing later towards the end of the century. Well, wouldnt youknow it, some wise guy professor at Stanford (hes probably the one who helped Billy fake several hundred UFOphotos, films, metal samples, sound recordings, etc., in his spare time) comes out with the following:The Good Life-Independent Journal Newspapers Week of June 21 thru June 27, 1990Earthquakes, Oil Inter-actThere also was a scientific report aired on National Public Radio, around 1991 or so, during which the "discovery" ofthe connection between bromine gases and the ozone damage was announced. The report made mention that brominegases were used extensively in wood treatment, especially woods prepared for export to Japan, fumigation and also foragricultural applications. Bromine gases are now well recognized as damaging to the ozone layer.The above-mentioned examples bear serious consideration, unless, of course, all one wants to do is go back and argueabout whether the photos Meier took are "real." Set aside all the hard evidence for a moment if you wish, the hundredsof photos (only a small few of which have ever been well scrutinized), the films, the metal samples and the soundrecordings. Please explain the above information ending up in the remaining hand of a . . . farmer . . . with a sixth gradeeducation, living in the hilly countryside 50 miles outside of Zurich, Switzerland, some 13-17 years before it was firstpublicly announced, published and attributed to the aforementioned reputable scientific sources.Perhaps we should compare it to the information from one of the other "real" UFO contact cases, or some channeledinformation, or maybe the information from some of the brilliant debunkers. Actually, before going any further, maybewe should stop here until we have a real good explanation for these questions:How do you successfully hoax information, in scientific areas outside of your expertise (as a farmer), that will becorroborated in the future by reputable sources? Will the argument now become: We dont know how he did it but itsunfair, and highly irresponsible"," to make your critics look stupid in the process.There was other information of a scientific nature given to Meier that pertained to the temperatures, topography andterrain on Venus, percentages of different gases in the Venusian atmosphere, speed and direction of winds, etc. Thiscould arguably have been obtained from other sources, it could also be inaccurate, though I am unaware of anydebunking of it to date. Then there are the figures he was given on the age of the Earth and the universe, both so muchgreater than what terrestrial science recognizes as to make the point irrelevant for discussion. As well, the Pleiadiansgave him their chronologies for global ice ages and other subjects that we cannot yet evaluate as to their accuracy. Theyalso included a lot of information about the origin of some of the planetary bodies in our solar system and about cometswith great destructive potential, such as the one that the Pleiadians say caused the Great Flood nearly 11,0000 yearsago.Stuff You Cant Prove--YetWhile were at it, lets touch upon some other areas of information contained in the "Contact Notes" and other Meierpapers that, if nothing else, provide food for thought and, again, a chance for us to compare to material in the othercases. As they come to mind, then, in no particular order:The Man-Monkey Connection: Semjase confirmed Meiers presumption that the Darwinian model of humansdescending from monkeys was nonsense. She added that the monkeys were actually the result of a "coupling" betweenearly existing humans (degenerated descendants of earlier extraterrestrials) and another animal. Semjase said that the"intermediate mutations, partly human being/partly monkey," are known to us as "Africanus," "Peking Man" and"Neanderthals." She claimed that, as of 1975, descendants of four different kinds of these mutations existed and arewhat we call "Yeti." "(Seventh Contact February 25,1975 Sentences 117-136)"Abortion: Meier asked if the Pleiadians allowed abortion, and Semjase answered that they did, with natural substances,only up until the third week because that was when they knew that the human spirit was present. Because they had thescientific ability to know that with certainty, they considered an abortion after that time to be murder. Imagine if weknew when the (as yet unrecognized or debated) human spirit was present, wouldnt that put an end to the polarizingpro-/anti-abortion conflict? Or would we still figure out a way to war with each other over it?Origins of Humans on Earth: Meier was told that human history actually goes back billions of years with origins in the

111. Lyran and Sirian star systems. Many Earth humans are descendants of highly technologically advanced but warlikehumans who, long ago and far away, explored the deep reaches of space. They colonized, they plundered, and in somecases such as here, they genetically upgraded the existing primitive human "stock." In other cases, humans brought herehad been deliberately genetically engineered to be aggressive fighters for more advanced races in the Sirian system withdeliberately genetically limited life spans of less than 100 years.So limited, Meier was told, as to protect the much longer lived "creator gods" from being overthrown through anuprising. Ultimately that genetic manipulation, which they call the true "original sin" was spread to every terrestrialhuman inhabitant, and conditions us to this day. They say that our scientists are within reach of finding, and reversing,this limiting aging gene. Meier was told that we will regain the multi-hundred year life spans in the near future. Muchmore about this, and other matters, can be found in the three-part "251st Contact "on Meiers website (www.figu.ch).Atlantis: According to the Pleiadians, not only was there a continent of Atlantis, but also a continent of Mu with whomthe Atlanteans co-existed until inevitable human conflicts interfered. They claim that the sudden destruction of Atlantiscame about in a brief but violent war that also destroyed Mu. Meier was told that scientists from Mu actually mounted apropulsion system on a chunk of asteroid and, on a suicide mission, piloted it down towards Atlantis. Apparently asudden devastating attack from Atlantis had killed all the inhabitants who couldnt flee in time and virtually melted thesurface of the land of Mu. However, as the asteroid entered the Earths atmosphere above Atlantis at very high speed, itbegan to break into many pieces which attained tremendous temperatures due to the friction of entry.These huge, hot chunks rained down upon the continent, hitting it with such force as to crack the earths crust in manyplaces, causing the Atlantean land mass to sink into the ocean, amid great quakes and eruptions. Bizarre as this maysound, satellite photographs have revealed huge indentations, as if made from the impact of giant rocks, off the coast ofthe eastern seaboard of the U.S. in an area rumored to have been part of the lost continent. In a talk in Los Angeles in1996, space scientist David Adair spoke of mounting engines on asteroids as a means of diverting their trajectories.History repeating itself?The Pyramids: Built by advanced extraterrestrial intelligences, the true date of the pyramids according to the Pleiadiansis over 70,000 years. As scientists have been pushing the date of the Sphinx back, perhaps well also see reconsiderationof the age of the pyramids.Crop Circles: Strangely enough, in a conversation from 1994, Meier and another contact named Ptaah dismiss theauthenticity of the crop circles, and attribute them all to hoaxers. This seemed quite ridiculous to me, as the sheerintricacy, complexity and large number of crop circles appearing in sparsely populated areas in a variety of countrieseliminates the likelihood of that kind of conspiracy, let alone the immense coordinated skills necessary to fabricate mostof them. It should be pointed out that the photographs of the famous "landing tracks" of the Pleiadian ships presentedthe first close-up look at the "technology" of the crop circles. Semjase told Meier that the landing tracks were createdby their beamships anti-gravitational fields which swirled the grasses down without breaking them.It seems to me that "somebody" must have said to themselves, "Hey, lets use this technology to create deliberatepatterns for the Earthlings to contemplate. We can incorporate different mathematical and symbolic messages and at thesame time demonstrate how to use tremendous power creatively without killing anything!" I could be wrong, but it isironic that Meier--himself having suffered such abuse from accusations of being a hoaxer--should be so adamant aboutthe crop circles being hoaxed!For many, another troublesome area of his material is his and the Pleiadians insistence on his being virtually the *onlyauthentic contactee in the world. All others are regarded as cheats, liars, frauds, charlatans, profiteers, etc. I cant proveit either way, though I feel that the Ummo, Itibi-Ra, Carlos Diaz and William Hermann cases seem authentic. Somewould add Whitley Strieber, perhaps Robert Morningsky and others. Not so, according to Meier.Overpopulation: Emphasized over and over in the material are warnings about the numbers of humans on our planet.We are informed and reminded of the tremendous damage we do to our environment and our ourselves by notdrastically reducing and then maintaining a manageable population. The point is developed and expanded upon inthought-provoking ways. It involves illegal immigration, mass exoduses and enormous problems that lead to wars, foodshortages and other dreadful consequences. The culpability of the religions is clearly pointed out.Capital Punishment: The barbarism and shortsightedness of "killing the body" is juxtaposed with the solutionchampioned by Meier and the Pleiadians: Permanent, lifelong removal and exile of killers from society. The case is madethat our bloodthirsty lusting for vengeance is spiritually inappropriate, as real isolation accomplishes the goal ofprotecting society while giving the spirit of the offender time to suffer the loss of freedom, perhaps to contemplate andfeel remorse as well.The Pleiadians say that inflicting death on the killer eliminates the opportunity for the spirit to develop in itsunderstanding while alive and, as they believe in reincarnation, is actually worse for society as the reincarnating killermay repeat murderous tendencies.The Zetas: Semjase told Meier that the beings that abducted Betty and Barney Hill were from Zeta Reticulum. Shedescribed them as highly advanced human types with a scientific agenda and no malice intended towards humankind.Remember, Meier was hearing about, and publishing, this in the mid-1970s, before the Grays were getting much press(good or bad) elsewhere.

112. The above represents but a very small sampling of the different areas of information contained in Meiers material. Nowthat he has a website, you can go and check out the material for yourself. I highly recommend the three-part 251stContact that deals with human history, genetic engineering, etc. Apparently Meier has irritated a lot of people; hes hada lot of potshots taken at him, figuratively and literally, some 17 actual assassination attempts reported to date.Lee and Britt Elders and Wendelle Stevens, aficionados and commercial representatives of the Meier material, werewith Billy sitting on his porch one day when Billys head suddenly jerked awkwardly to one side as a rifle bullet hit thewall where his head had been a millisecond before. Clearly it wasnt possible for Billy to have deliberately reacted thatfast, leading to the possibility that he was afforded some form of protection against assassination, at least for a time.How many "professional" channels, contactees and publicity seekers would still be in business if they had to deal withthis level of harassment?So why all the gunfire directed at a guy whos faking UFO photos? Could it have anything to do with the almost endlesscriticism of organized religion that peppers the pages of his booklets, tracts, newsletters, publications and "ContactNotes?" Its not only Meier but also Semjase and her father, Ptaah, a Pleiadian leader, who lambaste all the terrestrialreligions. Actually, theyre pretty much equal opportunity offenders, with something bad to say about virtually everygroup on the planet, with second helpings for the lowly and contemptuous Americans.Whats It All About, Ralphie?To say that the Meier case is about UFOs is as accurate as saying the Columbus case was about the Nina, the Pinta andthe Santa Maria. They were only the ships that brought the elements of immense change to the New World. Thetremendous emphasis that Meier and the Pleiadians place on spiritual reality and development could well be the *raisondetre for this whole matter.For those whove never been exposed to the philosophy the Pleiadians espouse Ill attempt a condensed version basedon my current level of understanding. (For the most direct and accurate understanding refer to Meiers material.) ThePleiadians say that our term, God, actually refers to the various technologically advanced extraterrestrial human beingsthat came here eons ago.These beings represented themselves to the far more primitive Earth humans as the Creator, or Creators, of all things,like the Biblical God. This has been touched upon in other works by von Daniken, Sitchin and others, but not to thehighly detailed extent of the Pleaidian chronologies.The CreationThe Pleiadians use the term "the Creation" to refer to the all-pervading spiritual energy and intelligence which they sayis the living body of this universe (they also say there are literally billions of universes.) The Creation is the all-sustainingforce of life that permeates, and is permeated by, all things. Nothing exists that is not created and sustained by it. It is alllove, wisdom, logic, knowledge, understanding and compassion and more.The Creation has no chosen people and no "only begotten son;" it bestows no special dispensation or obligation uponanyone and no intermediaries are necessary for us to direct our attention to it. It doesnt take sides in wars, politicalelections or football games, and has never, ever demanded the blood of any person be shed, for any reason, in its name.Its laws are immutable and we are meant to learn and live by them in a process of ever-greater evolution.Within each human being is an element or piece of the Creation, the human spirit, whose purpose, through countlessmillions of incarnations, is to evolve to a high spiritual state of ultimate reabsorption and co-creation with the Creationitself. We are encouraged to see the Creation in all things and to perceive its existence through the observation of natureas well.Immanuel: Last, but certainly not least in this sampling, and probably the main reason Meier looks like a walking bulls-eye to a bunch of folks, is his self-proclaimed connection to Immanuel, which entails a revolutionary alternative toChristian history . Meier and the Pleiadians claim that the man known to us as Jesus Christ was never known by thatname during his lifetime, a lifetime that did not, despite crucifixion, end on the cross. The man was named Immanueland he was indeed conceived by Mary with the help of Gabriel, a Pleiadian stationed on Earth at the time, for thepurpose of bringing the true Creational teachings to humans who had been spiritually led astray. Immanuel is said tohave lived to be over 100 and ultimately died and was buried near Srinegar, India. Interestingly, there is corroborationfrom other sources, including a book by a German author unknown to Meier that tells a similar story and showsphotographs of the tomb. Carved into the tomb are the feet of a person who had once been crucified.A red flag for many is Meiers apparent claim that his spirit and Immanuels, as well as that of Enoch, Elijah, Isaiah,Jeremiah and Mohammed, are one and the same, and that he therefore has incarnated many times in the past as aprophet. This is certainly the last straw for many and provides the ultimate opportunity to throw the whole case out.Meier is not a prophet who profits greatly from his labors. Clearly, many others have done much better financially as aresult of his reported experiences than he has. Where would the arch skeptics and other poor critics be without him?Why has this man, who for nearly a quarter of a century has been at the center of the greatest UFO controversy inhistory, not capitalized on this and taken it all the way to the bank? He probably has a Swiss bank account--he is Swiss,after all- -but I mean a *real Swiss bank account. Lee Elders once told me that he was with him when Steven Spielberg(speaking of real bank accounts) called Billy and asked how he made those neat UFO films. According to Lee, Billy toldSpielberg, in his inimitable Swiss-English, "Well, when the ships come I point my camera and press the button."

113. Of course, such an apocryphal story is unprovable. Yet the resources necessary to create all the evidence, the money,the manpower, the sheer immensity of the undertaking seem to far exceed the capabilities of the known participants.Still . . . Lets face it. Everybody knows at least one half-educated, barely self-supporting one-armed farmer, thousandsof miles from Hollywood, who dabbles with beyond-studio-quality special effects, sophisticated futuristic metallurgicalalloys and irreproducible sound effects, publishes volumes on environmental and atmospheric sciences, convolutedhuman genealogies, social sciences, genetic engineering, human-machine hybrids, hyper-space travel, time travel,tachyon and light emitting beam-drive propulsion systems, sacrilegious claims and lofty spiritual information . . . inbetween milking cows.Jesting aside, the one certain thing in the Meier case is that the main emphasis of the Pleiadian message is spiritualdevelopment, truth, individual responsibility, environmental responsibility and population control. It is loaded withwarning signs and predictions of the dire consequences of irresponsible human behavior. It seems to have several built-in safety valves, like the Immanuel connection, that seem to function to prevent us from having to believe it. It isntabout worshipping UFOs, space brothers, ascended masters, saints, saviors, blessed virgins or charismatic leaders.The Four PossibilitiesHere are the only possibilities in this case: What Meier is telling us is either, all, mostly, partly or not at all true. There itis. I can truthfully tell you that no body of work Ive encountered has had as much of an effect on me as this case--and Idont agree with, or even believe, all of it. I do believe UFO interested people owe it to themselves to find out what thecase is about for themselves.QuestionsDont believe the skeptics and the debunkers, and dont believe those with a bias towards the case like me, but *do askyourself a couple of questions, among them:What if there is a case whose purpose is not simply to provide opportunities to debate UFO photos, but actually toinform and assist humanity without directly interfering with its evolutionary development? Will we have missed anopportunity to explore, with openness and curiosity, the possibility that theres at least one group of slightly moreadvanced beings out there who may know more about lifes mysteries, and us, than we know ourselves? Or will weinsist on proving that we have cornered the market on acquisitiveness, ignorance, egotism and arrogance, fighting todominate each other, destroying our home and trying to "get somewhere," while we float through space on ourcosmically barely significant little piece of lint?*Authors note: I assume that the reader has some knowledge of the facts, as well as the controversy surrounding, thiscase. I refer to the other evidence, the film, metal samples and sound recordings, because they were evaluatedscientifically with the best available technology at the time. The 8mm film footage, where the ship is seen to disappearwithin one frame (1/25th of a second) and later reappear within one frame (1/25th of a second) was analyzed by NipponTelevision. They found no evidence of hoaxing, but the way the ships moved in one sequence or another bothered somepeople because it didnt fit their expectations. The late Marcel Vogel, at the time a scientist at IBM in Switzerland,evaluated the metal samples. The sound recordings were evaluated at two sound labs, one in Hollywood, California, theother at the Groton Naval Undersea Base in Connecticut. They were deemed in all cases to be not duplicable with thetechnology available to any of the examiners in any of the facilities at the time. The results were published and, in thecase of the metal samples, a videotape was made which is available from Genesis III. Also, I wish to emphasize that theabove article conveys my personal understanding of the material contained in this case, and may or may not coincidecompletely with the precise body of information the Pleiadians purportedly transmitted to Eduard "Billy" Meier. Formore information on all aspects of the Billy Meier case, go to www.figu.ch .(1) Now referred to by Meier as Plejarans or Pleiadians/Plejarans for reason of identifying the authenticity ofinformation that purports to be from the same sources as Meiers.*Michael Horn is the co-producer of "The Pleiadian Connection" videotape, the associate producer of "TechnicalRemote Viewing Home Study Course," composer of "Spaceship On The White House Lawn," "The Ballad of Roswell"and other irreverent New Age songs.Human being of the Earth, listen...Human being of the Earth, listen: Times and times follow endlessly upon each other and become eons, eternity andALL-GREAT-TIME. All of these never have any similarity in themselves and with each other, as always and in eachduration of time, as well as in each blink of an eye they differ, are contrary, opposed and of a different kind. All havetheir own cause and bring about their own effect totally according to the Creational Law of causality that determinesthat each cause brings about a definite effect and therefore, each effect is based on a definite cause through whicheverything is always rounded in itself and the circle closes.The legitimacy of causality has its validity as well in universal consciousness as also in all material and immaterial formsof the universe; for the dry land and water, for the winds and air, the fire and gases and also for all life that walks,swims, crawls and flies. Integrated therein as well is the earthen world and the human being who lives therein, as alsothe times that pass over the planet change everything, and the human being as all other life-forms becomes and passesaway.Times change and new times appear and old times disappear because progress never stands still and therefore constantlydemands tribute to speed up renewal, progress and evolution. The human being especially shapes the forms that result

114. and fulfil themselves and take place in all chapters of time. These are the forms created out of life, environment,evolution and humaneness, the forms of love, sympathy, of peace, freedom and harmony as well as joy, happiness andharmoniousness. But these are also the forms of hate, war, murder, joylessness, bondage, imbalance, insensibility as wellas disharmony, destruction and annihilation. So there are times of peace in which happiness, love, freedom, peace andsplendour blossom and in which the sky radiates in full beauty and there are times in which murder and manslaughter,war and all ugliness as well as atrocities cry up to a flaming sky.Times of peace and times of war are both determined by the will and the power of the human being. When freedomblooms then life and earth flourish; when there is war however, life is murdered. Thousands of innocent human beingsfull of fear and terror, full of hardship and misery have to die while that which was created by them will be destroyedand annihilated. Through heavy bombardments the planet itself cries out in terrible pain during which, through the faultof the power-hungry and the irresponsible the whole of nature is stirred up and the earth will almost be torn apart,gigantic storms rampage over the earth and annihilating wild waters flood the land and even bring mountains to cave in.Catastrophes and evil take their toll and a thousand deaths create sadness, misery, want and poverty. Parents lose theirchildren and children lose their parents. Friends and other loved ones are torn apart and die horrible deaths while allpossessions of others are destroyed in such a way that rebuilding can never again take place. Flaming infernos arecreated through war and other terror in which next of kin and loved ones die gruesome deaths and are annihilatedforever because the power-hungry, racists, religious fanatics, sectarians, insane and lunatics wave their deadly sceptreand their insane world-view-philosophy chokes every wish of love, peace, freedom and harmony as well as humanenessin its roots. They do not let any striving for a harmonious, free and a peaceful life together emerge, because their willand greed for power as well as their insanity is stronger and only programmed to kill, destroy, annihilate, enslave,conquer and aimed at absolute control. The will of the peace loving, the reasonable and of those with a positive attitudewho accept life in its endless abundance and harmony who try to respect and protect life will be crushed and killed byhate and those greedy for power and profit who hold the blood-stained rudder scrupulously in their hands and stop atnothing to reach their aim.Human being of the earth, listen: Never forget to smile and never forget humaneness as well as striving for love, peace,wisdom, freedom and harmony, may the times of darkness and of insanity be ever so gloomy and cruel. Nurture thegood, worthy and the respectful at all times and as often as opportunity is given to you even when you are thrown intothe depths of darkness. Always create joy in yourself should even sadness befall you. Find delight in life, nature and theuniverse. Enjoy the stars, the moon and the sun as it rises from the horizon high into the blue sky and brightens a newday. Human being of the earth, give yourself the love you deserve and love your fellow-men as well as all other forms oflife, honour the earth as your home and respect the ground and soil on which you stand and walk. Always be yourself,remember your humanness and never forget your name, your essence, your virtues and also your honour and dignity.Always be yourself in each situation and conscious to be a human being and that you are one-of-a-kind, a uniqueindividuality and personality with own ideas, opinions, thoughts and feelings that in their kind exist only with you, inyou, and only once in the whole universe. Therefore make sure that you always are yourself and live a life embedded intruth to enable yourself to strive for the higher and therefore also help your world, the earth persecuted and tormentedby human beings, that love, peace, freedom and harmony shall finally be on earth and among human beings. Make it so,that on the burned and destroyed earth a green sprout and progress breaks through the surface through which man, andthe whole planet and all life can find a new beginning. Never forget to be thankful to Creation that you are allowed tobe alive and to fulfil this life in relation to evolution with reverence and dignity.On earth there exist many different peoples and ethnic groups as they do on other inhabited planets in the universe,whereas all differentiate with one another to a great extent and consequently demonstrate cultures that are oftencompletely different and unknown to one another. They have fundamentally different religions, sects and philosophiesand accordingly also no comparable world-view-philosophies, customs, practices, mentalities and standards of living.Especially very great differences are to be found in part in the contents of religions and philosophies, while in someother points more or less similar values appear. Therefore, religions, philosophies, mentalities, world-view-philosophiesand in certain ways definite values or non-values correspond with each other while others drastically contradict. But thisdoes not necessarily mean that there exist as many views and opinions as religions, sects, philosophies and other world-view-philosophies, because in fact there are billions of views and opinions, namely to such an extent as there are singlehuman beings i.e. single personalities. Thus, not only each follower and disciple of a religion, sect, philosophy or otherworld-view-philosophy obeys not only the given teaching eagerly but also follows his own direction which is the resultof a personal view and opinion as well as out of inherent character, personality, inherent virtues, expectations, cravings,needs, hopes and desires etc. A somewhat partly sensible human being lets himself be guided just so far by religious,sectarian, philosophical or other teachings of world-view-philosophies that he only uses and extracts that which isvaluable and related to reality as well as that which is possible to understand, while the already confused and prejudicedis already partially in bondage and permeates the actual reality with un-understandable, unrealistic and purely religious-related beliefs. While it is still possible to talk and discuss everything in a somewhat sensible and reasonable mannerwith a still halfway reasonable follower, i.e. believer of the above mentioned teachings, it is not possible anymore with aperson in bondage to a teaching and religious belief. And this means in regard to the latter that two human beingscannot find common ground anymore in friendship, love, respect and honesty anymore and also cannot understand each

115. other, as two different views and opinions are given. That means, such human beings do not shake hands, do not greeteach other and do not help each other anymore, do not know each other and can only be enemies and even then, if theywould be the last two people on earth. In the end this leads inevitably to the preference to die rather than to accept anexplanation or help from the other. To shoot, to hang, to drown, to slay, to blow up, to roast in the fire or to boil in hotoil etc, is the device. All this especially then when human beings fanatically become enslaved to foreign or nativeteachings and defend them to the last drop of blood without any consideration for their own or any other life asfanaticism not only destroys the last bit of reason - if any was there - but also the respect for any life. Namely, fanaticismis far more than enthusiasm; as this concept in Latin defines it as truly founded in an uncontrollable blind andpassionate eagerness and in inconsiderate intoxication of delusion that knows no limits and with boiling blood andhatred, without hesitation and recklessness in the worst case stops at nothing. Fanaticism does not stop at one humanbeing because through false teachings of religious, sectarian or philosophical or other teachings related to world-view-philosophies it spreads out fast like an epidemic and is able to hit each unstable human being adhering to any falseteaching. Once a human being is infected with a false doctrine, the step to fanaticism is not far anymore because onlytoo eagerly the believer clings to a belief and scorns at reality whereby it is only a question of time that he falls intofanaticism. Once a human being has been seized by it, he works on his fellow-men to make them dependent and in thisway fanaticism is transmitted to others in a short time. In this way a fanatic human being not only infects many morefanatics; he downright breeds them. So more and more fanaticism flares up and becomes a blazing fire that igniteshuman beings and destroys all reason and all humaneness as well as all clear thinking and feeling, choking all tolerancein its roots. Fanaticism like a blazing sword of death is swung by illusion, fervour and hate and destroys intellect as wellas reason. Led by human beings and swung, it rushes there where something opposes fanaticism and murders, kills anddestroys whatever falls into its flaming edge. This sword of death led by fanaticism cannot order itself to stop and is notable to change its direction and momentum, if not the fanatic holding it, is governed by reason and lets reason triumph.Unfortunately, on earth, there are many people who are not only caught in a certain belief, but also in an enslavingfanaticism. In blind rage and hatred, in uncontrolled and thoughtless intoxicated illusion they work themselves up to abloodthirsty frenzy and fight recklessly and insensibly for their own or indoctrinated religious, sectarian, philosophicalor other world-view-philosophical ideas or ideals with the only thought to destroy all that which is in contradiction totheir own ideas or their insane teachings which they have dedicated themselves to with body and soul. These peopleonly see and know their own illusion and therefore do not respect their own life or the life of their fellow-men, that theysimply wipe out by following their course of insanity to which they come through their own false ideas or by accepting ahumanly degrading insane teaching of a religious, sectarian, philosophical, or political kind and thoughtlessly drift alongthis insane course. When they attack, their terror spares nothing and only pain, suffering, blood, death, sadness anddestruction are found on all roads and lanes and in all meadows, fields, churches, temples, mosques and synagogues.Everywhere you go you only meet fanaticism and terror, and where these rule, you do not find any joy, love, harmony,happiness, freedom and peace and anything alive anymore.Whoever has seen war and ever has ended up in one or been caught-up in one, or has ever met the murderous criminalsand has had to fight for his life and has met fanatics and experienced their terror in one form or other, knows howpossessed, brutal, mean, degenerated, reckless, bloodthirsty, sick and fiendish man can really be when he loses hisreason and degenerates into thoughtless and uncontrolled killing, murder, destruction and annihilation. Even the regularsoldier degenerates into a beast when he has tasted blood and he cannot control his thoughts, feelings, ideas andemotions. Whoever has any idea in reality of all of this not only from television, radio, or newspaper, gives way to rageand anger but also to pain and sadness; and whoever has experienced all this in reality, mourns over all the people whohave lost their lives and he mourns over the world, that has to carry all of the misery and hardship and in consequenceof destruction and devastation perishes himself. He who has experienced all this, is saddened that all the peoples of theearth cannot live in peace, love, freedom and harmony with each other, and are not willing to solve their problems withlogic, reason, and thought, but always only with wicked naked violence.Human being of the earth, listen: There is only one way into the future, and only one way to a free harmonious andpeaceful life and that is the way of reason and love. Man has to look at himself and delve within himself to find reason,truth, and the love for himself and for his neighbour, fellow man and for life. Thus he has to look within himself andstart to understand that everything is subject to a continuous becoming and passing away and that nothing lasts foreverbut is perishable and everything that crawls and flies, everything that walks and swims and everything that is builtincluding man himself. Nothing material lasts forever, and that has to be reckoned with. Therefore it has to beunderstood, that life has to be used to strive for the higher and also to reach this goal, but not to attain profit, riches,power and control and not to degenerate to fanaticism and to bring war, revolution and terror and a thousand deaths tothe world and the human being. The human being has to learn to create peace and freedom and take the rudder out ofthe hands of the tyrants, despots, fanatics, anarchists and terrorists and break their bloody might but this should not takeplace with more or other tyranny and terror, fanaticism and despotism. Should this happen however, then countlessinnocent people will be murdered, buildings, palaces and whole cities will be demolished while whole irreplaceablecountry sides, forests, lakes, rivers and streams and even the untouched rest of the destroyed earth will be erased andvaporized in seconds through nuclear bombs and rockets. The murdering of innocent people becomes even more viciousand immense through anti-terror and other war, as well as anti-tyranny, anti- fanaticism and anti-despotism while the

116. destruction and devastation becomes even more immeasurable and the nature of this planet is forced into a catastrophe.The mourning, the sadness and the pain of the people become immeasurable and the tears of those who can still cry,flood the destroyed land and gather in rivers, streams and lakes that make the oceans swell.Human being of the earth, listen: All the evil of war, terror and fanaticism, the tyranny and despotism etc. releases fear,suffering, misery, pain and grief in the human being and through all of this slowly but surely heartache develops forbeing helpless in respect to misery and killing. This feeling of helplessness starts to grow unnoticed and builds up thefirst part in the foundation of revenge and hatred against all of those who indulge in humanly degrading crimes. Thisfoundation is nurtured by tears of sadness and rage growing on the soil of helplessness and unmanageable wrath. Soonthe fruits of revenge and hatred ripen and thoughts and feelings become blurred and intoxicated in which the desire forrevenge, hatred and vengeance becomes stronger and finally reason and mind is victoriously overcome. And now ithappens that victims themselves become terrorists, fanatics, avengers and blood lusty and are obsessed to kill and cryfor death and destruction. They convert from victims to avengers and retaliate with equal or far worse means. Theirreason has fallen into darkness and their sole striving is aimed to punish, kill and annihilate those responsible for theirpain, suffering and grief once and forever. Their senses clouded, they have become the seeing blind and the hearing deafand therefore they become the same murderers as their tormentors, driven by the might of their thoughts of revenge,hatred and retaliation and similar feelings that are equally forceful, pitiless, deadly, merciless, tyrannical, terrorist,despotic and fanatic like the guilty who have brought misery, pain, distress, sorrow, destruction and death. Exactly inthis way the circle closes as evil force practiced again produces germs of evil force whereby renewed evil force doesgrow. Former victims who suffered cruel force thereby themselves become the mighty and powerful, the killers,murderers and destroyers who are not able to control their thoughts, feelings and emotions and indulge in revenge,hatred and vengeance. The law of causality is fulfilled in the most evil way - cause and effect - out of perpetrated forcenew force develops, out of perpetrated killing new killing develops and out of senseless destruction and annihilationnew destruction and annihilation develops. Human being of the Earth, listen: If on all levels of human interactions allevil brooding, scheming and action-taking will not soon disappear out of your thoughts, feelings and emotions, then youwill bring far more evil to the whole of mankind and to the planet than this has happened in all variations ofdegeneration, wickedness and corruption for millennia. Will you not change your wrong thoughts and feelings as well asall your brooding, scheming and action-taking soon, then by your violence, lack of common sense and irresponsibility,the foundation of the Earth will quake and be shaken and enormously vast catastrophes will be brought about in a nottoo distant future. If destruction and annihilation through killing, hatred, war and terror continue to be executed in themethods of old, the existence of all humanity of Earth will be endangered. When the power-hungry as well as themilitary and terrorists send their killing, pillaging and burning armies against each other to lead senseless and bloody,annihilating and destroying wars, the sky will be set afire as the earth itself, whereby none of the fighters know whykilling and death have really to be spread and why they, the combatants, die. They will just as little know that, as theyalso do not know the meaning and reason, why they live at all; and this has been so since times of old. In truth they aresimply unstable and fanatical followers lacking reason and logic. Simultaneously they are also the henchmen and vassalsof the greedy for power and the highest in command as also of dictators, terrorists, leaders of sects, the mighty ofreligions and despots etc., through whom they are seduced by force, lies, deceit and empty promises to commit murder,killings and to destroy. Their lies and promises are many and start with promises for great money, power and wealth, upto promises for eternal life in paradise and to be at the side of the respective imaginative god, responsible at that time.Human being of the Earth listen: Free yourself of all this insanity, of these lies, empty promises, of all violence and of alldeceit. Apply your own reason, your own thoughts and feelings, your intellect and your own logic, even when this maynot be extensive. Understand responsibility and do your duty in regard to it as a creature of CREATION, as a humanbeing and being, who should have reverence and dignity. Order to stop all wars, all killing and murder, likewise stopdestruction and annihilation as also machinations of fallible mighty powers who by their will and insanity breed wars andterror of all kind and realize them, whereby other irresponsible, fanatics and the instable and the insane will beencouraged to devote themselves to anarchism, acts of terror with terrible consequences, and to rid themselves of allhumaneness and to murder countless human beings. Fanatic terrorists of highest standing are not only to be found in therungs of the dictators and fanatic religionists and sectarians, but also in the rungs of the mighty of presidency in certainstates who call themselves free, peaceful and just, but in truth are as unfree, unpeaceful and as unjust and even practicecapital punishment in their own land as is the case with terrible dictators and blood-lusty terrorists.Human being of the Earth, listen: Act according to your true reason and responsibility and never let it be that insanitydetermines your thoughts and feelings as well as your actions. Be human and live in such a way that you and your beingare honoured. Meet life with dignity and awe and never kill without reason, only in self-defence. Do not kill indegeneration as it happens through vengeance and hatred, retaliation and jealousy as also for craving for profit, war andother terrorism. Defend yourself and your loved ones and neighbours as also all of your possessions but do not killwhen other means are at your disposal, as your reason and your word. Learn therefore to defend yourself by word andreason, with forced non-violence, and only then use justifiable force in a human and appropriate form when no otherpossibility exists. Learn to be consequent in your decisions, as also in your actions, yet the result of the action has toagree with the given situation and therefore accommodate it and be just. You should always only go as far as thesituation and protection of life demands. In this way fight for your right, your life, your freedom and your peace. Live

117. your life in accord with your inner sense and the laws and commandments of CREATION. You also should not fight foryour right, peace, freedom as well as your views, opinions and attitudes at the expense of others, especially of theinnocent. Never forget that you are not the only human being on earth but that billions exist besides you whose rights,freedom and peace have to be equally guaranteed as in your own case. To behold respect and dignity of life is acondition to be unbiased in your actions in righteousness, correctness and honesty. Consider that as you act you needroom to breathe and grant the same to your fellow-men. Are you not able to breathe yourself or are your fellow-mennot able to breathe anymore because of your actions, uneasiness develops, calling forth fear as well as aggression whichcauses fear for life and the maintaining of life. Be careful therefore and conscious of responsibility in your action andaccording to what is right. Allow your fellow-men their belief whatever their belief may be. Each human being shallbelieve whatever he wants or has to believe, and you should never take the liberty to value your belief or knowledgehigher than the belief or knowledge of others. Do not withhold your views and opinion, defend these in a pleasantmanner, so it does not overpower those views of your fellow-men as they have an equal right to express their viewsbecause their word has to be heard as well and all have the right to be heard. Do what you have to do but always belaw-abiding and know that all wrong and each crime asks for its tribute of punishment, in whatever form. Act always asan honest and upright human being. Be a human being among human beings and live in a community of love, peace,freedom and harmony to be strong in life and strong in caring for the Earth and its nature with all forms of life becausemany dangers able to destroy everything lurk there, whereby the human being himself is the greatest danger when hesubmits to the wrong, force, murder, killing, war and terrorism, senseless destruction and annihilation. Human being ofthe Earth, listen: Life in all forms is too precious that it can be allowed to be stepped upon and to be thrown into thegutter.SSSC HinterschmidruetiSeptember 14, 2002, 2:23 AMBillyCONTACT FROM THE PLEIADESWendelle C. Stevens Lt. Col., USAF (Ret)(Photographs removed in this text-only version)CHAPTER 1Asket and the DALsMy Preliminary Investigation Report on this case, pub-lished in 1982, began with the commencement of the face-to-facecontacts with Semjase and her team of Pleiadians operating from a great mother-ship, and Meier s photos of thePleiadian ships. That was the case we were studying at the time.That, however, was not the beginning of Eduard Meiers contacts with extraterrestrials nor was it the first time he hadseen and photographed unidentified flying objects in the skies of Earth. His first sightings of this phenomena beganwhen he was a small boy of 5 with his father when they lived in Bulach on the German border. That happened on 2 June1942. It was only a sighting, but he knew then that this whole thing was different, though he was unaware at that youngage that he had accepted an "arrangement" before his birth. His was a chosen destiny of contacts which was to give himno peace in this life.From then on he could often see "traveling stars" when he looked up, mostly at night but sometimes in daylight too. Hedistinguished these from the others because these were sometimes larger and sometimes smaller, and these stars madeabrupt turns, flew zig-zag patterns, and they sometimes just stopped in space. Remember there were no satellites inthose days.Then in late Autumn of the same year, Meier saw a bigger ball-shaped flying object traveling at slow speed.It slowed more and began to slowly descend. Gently it came down, its metallic spherical shape clearly visible. Then, allof a sudden, it just disappeared without making any noise.The sightings became more frequent until he began to hear a voice in his head and saw pictures. In November that sameyear, shortly before his 6th birthday, he saw a pear-shaped object suddenly drop from the sky, and settle gently on themeadow grass in a woods near their home town of Bulach. An old man took him into the ship and high above Earth,then brought him back to the same meadow and let him out. The ship then shot up vertically at high speed until out ofsight.More sightings and communications continued until his 7th birthday on 3 February 1944, when the voice became morepersonal and told him to work hard from now on as he would be given knowledge in this manner. The speaker identifiedhimself as SFATh, the old man who had taken him aboard the pear-shaped machine earlier. Six months later, in thesummer of 1944, Sfath returned in the silver pear-shaped flying object and picked him up again for a four hour sessionon his destiny and that of his world in his lifetime. A helmet appliance with many wire leads attached was used for thisinculcation process. He was able to see and hear overwhelming things and was imparted a great deal of knowledge andtold of events to come, much of which he did not understand at the time. Meier was returned to the pick-up site and theship disappeared straight up at high speed until it was out of sight. (Dette er noe mer detaljert beskrevet, og også pånorsk i "jordens fjernhistorie i et nytt lys" under Rune Øverbys base under "galactic server".)Only a few hours after that experience a new voice be-gan to speak to him telepathically. This one was young, strong,and full of energy. It was female and told Meier he could call her ASKET, and that she would be his contact now.Asketcommunicated with him regularly from then on, and imparted more phenomenal knowledge, and then guided his destiny

118. to give him certain experiences in the next few years to temper him for what was to come. It was she who made itpossible for him to travel his world, and it was she who led him into and through his trials and many tests to give himthe experiences he would need.Asket told Meier that her origin was in what she called the DAL Universe, incredibly a counterpart Universe to this ofour reality. She said that our universe existed because of hers and hers because of ours. We were related in some waybecause the two separate Universes had a common origin, and that each existed because of the other, and if one ceasedto exist, the other would likewise cease to be. There were other universes involved also which further complicated thesituation. An oversimplification would be to consider one an anti-matter counterpart of the other.This concept is not entirely unheard of, and has been treated extensively in science fiction. Even orthodox science isrecently discovering anti-matter and opposite realities. Fritjoff Capra discussed the scientific basis for these opposingrealities extensively in his TAO OF PHYSICS, and showed that matter equations simply do not work out withouttaking into account the opposite or anti-matter aspect. The Feinman diagrams used to explain particle reactions in highenergy physics demonstrate this process well, and they are found to be completely reversible. When matter isthroretically annihilated in an acceleration chamber, some of it is only changed into its opposite aspect and disappearsfrom our reality into that other. Balance is maintained by an exchange of energy in the form of heat or light.After a UFO experience many years ago, Anthony Seratites, a Dow Chemical engineer, was suddenly awakened to anew concept of matter and energy, being shown, way back then, that there is no ultimate particle in physics as it wasbeing taught, that what appears to be protons, electrons, gluons, muons, quarks, neutrinos, etc., and all their invisible tous anti-particles, are nothing more than photon quanta organized in different ways. The photon quanta are not visibleuntil they become organized into something, and they can just as easily become organized into an anti-something fromour point of view. He visualized a photon quanta as part of a wave. It had vector and curvature, curl, or spin. Hediscovered that the vector could be reversed by simply inverting the curve, or the curve could be reversed by turning itover at 90 degrees to the other axis. In either case, its accumulation into matter was the same but now opposite or anti-matter.Seratites diagram of an electron alone had some 228 parts. He spent years developing his concepts and dia-grarimedmany atoms in a book titled THE STRUCTTAL NATURE OF MATTER, and then went on to diagram more atomsand some molecules in another volume called THE UNIVERSAL FIElD LAW and THE UNIVERSAL LAW OFCREATION OF MASS / ENERGY. both by Anthony D. Seratites. What he learned was that matter can be instantlyconverted to anti-matter by simply inverting the quanta, which changes its direction of spin, and that they mutually repeleach other and do not seek to cancel out. The anti-matter world is no more rare than the matter world, as they are oneand the same in different aspect. There is as much antimatter as there is matter and they balance.Seratites is best known as the inventor of Seran-wrap, the thinnest, lightest, strongest, and mostvapor resistant of allfilms up to that time, and it was a product of his new ideas about chemistry coming out of his new physics. He maysomeday be recognized as the father of the renaissance in physics.He was not alone in these new concepts though.Wilbert B. Smith, B.A, M.A., former head of the Canadian Department of Transports Project Magnet, entertainedsimilar ideas as he developed what he called his Quadrature Concept, which was published after his death in 1962 underthe title THE NEW SCIENCE, authored by him. He too found that there is no ultimate physical particle; that all is theresult of awareness within the creative consciousness. Simply awareness in the Tempic Field of the CreativeConsciousness produces vector and curl. That vector and curl is equivalent to a photon quantum, which is the result ofawareness impinging on the Tempic Field of the All. Simultaneous with the action of vector and curl comes the reactionof vector and curl energies in the opposite directions, resulting in opposite manifestation maintaining the balance in theall. The ultimate result in the physical world is observed as matter and antimatter. He also concluded that nothing morethan awareness impinging on the Tempic Field of the All Consciousness was the actual first cause, and the origin of thephoton and ultimately matter. Matter is nothing else than the final stages of thought manifest, with energy someplace inbetween.Wilbert B. Smith became a UFO contactee in 1954 and carried on extensive dialogues with the extraterrestrial friendsvisiting him. It was from these dialogues that he evolved his Quadrature Concept to explain the then unknowns inphysics, and came up with ideas very similar to those of Seratites but expressed in different terms, in which the anti-matter reality was the essential balancing part.Then in 1960, before Asket picked Meier up in Switzerland, a South African electrician, Edward F. White, began tohave contact with extraterrestrials who told him they came from an anti-matter or counterpart universe. When theylearned to navigate the polarity barrier between the two universes, they were amazed to discover our life and existence,similar to theirs, in opposite reality, and over time established contact across the barrier and learned to navigate andexplore their antimatter counterpart -- our phenomenal universe. They also learned to communicate across the barrierand maintained contact with the Earth man by electro-magnetic means, which they carried on for over 25 years. Duringthat time, over 1,000 hours of verbal dialogue was recorded on audio tape and preserved. These experiences arereported in a 305 page illustrated book titled UFO CONTACT FROM PLANET KOLDAS, A Cosmic Dialogue,authored by Carl van Vlierden.But Eduard Meier knew nothing of this at the time of his contacts with the DALs who claimed a counterpart universeorigin. All he knew was that Asket was telling him that her DAL Universe was the opposite of ours, and that her people

119. had learned to navigate what she called the "Time Barrier" -- time in this sense being the kind of vibrations or kind ofreality in which they normally existed. She explained that her native counterpart was much like ours, but that theheavens and luminaries were all different, however they were of the same cumulative mass and energy. Once theylearned to safely cross the barrier between the two universes - Which co-exist in time and space--they learned tonavigate and explore ours as well as theirs and they learned much and con-stantly transmitted information to their homeSystem.The DALs discovered the Pleiadians before Earth and learned to get along with and to work compatibly with them, whowere already freely traveling in space. The DALs shared their technology with the Pleiadians which then allowedcreatures of our universe to visit the DAL Universe in Pleiadian ships. The DALs discovered Earth through thePleiadians and their interests here. Sfath was a Pleiadian who handed Meiler over to Asket for de-velopment andpreparation for a future Pleiadian plan. The DALs had an active Earth project going on at that time. Meier was pickedback up in a Pleiadian mission in January 1975 with the renewed overt contact with him some time after the last of hispreparation by Asket. We reported those developments in the Preliminary Re-port of Investigation. In that report weby-passed the earlier preparation by Asket in order to concentrate on the Pleiadian contacts themselves, a step we havebeen criticized for since.It has now become necessary to retreat and fill in some of the background preceding that first meeting with Semjase inthe meadow in Switzerland. Here we are speaking only of the contacts with the Pleiadians in this present lifetime.CHAPTER 2Asket Influences Meiers PreparationUpon establishing telepathic contact with Meier, Asket took over his education and preparation where Sfath had leftoff. It was she who led him through a series of adventures designed to toughen him for the adversity to come. It wasshe who led him through Africa and the experiences in the French Foreign legion, the Desert Caravans, the slavers,revolutionaries and bootleggers; into the hands of the pirates of the Arabian Sea, and across the Indian Ocean as a sailorwith the freighters to the sub-continent of India. It was Asket who by subtle influence guided Meier through most of thereligions of Europe, Africa and Asia, joining them one by one in turn in his own search for a belief system acceptable tohim.Unknown to Meier consciously then was Askets subsequent statements to him, also later confirmed by Semjase in thePleiadian contacts, that he was once an IHWH, a Pleiadian expeditionary to Earth, with one of the several earlieroccupations of this planet by ancestors of the Pleiadians. He at that earlier time enjoyed his superior status and theobedience of and exploitation of the primitive Earth humans.His activities at that earlier time brought him subsequently into Earth incarnation as one of the Terrestrial primitivesexperiencing the oppressed side of the exploitation, but in his soul he knew the other side as well, even in those ancientdays, and he inspired rebellion against the oppressors and a movement toward awareness of The Creation as theunderlying source of being for all (within which even the IHWH had their limits).He became a leader of this silent rebellion, and his name then is recognized today as one of the prophets of the OldTestament. He incarnated again later as another to continue the work, and even again after that, more than once, for thesame purpose, including his present "Mission", now an Earth man.He was often guided in his activities, over the centuries. by those seeking to help the Pleiadians correct their mistakes,which in present time took the form of the DAL extradimensionals, and Asket in person.This is why in Askets preparation program (for this mission) he was led through all of the worlds great religions, oneafter another, to learn them thoroughly, and also another reason why he was led away from formal education at a youngage -- to reduce the contamination of concepts by the orthodox Earth level of knowledge and beliefs. He was severelytested, physically and mentally, to toughen him for the trials of this mission.He actually experienced most of the principal Earth religions today, from the inside, all of which, according to hisinformation, are descended from the less than benevolent Pleiadian extraterrestrials of that ancient past.This is one reason for Meiers harsh challenges to the fundamentalist beliefs, much of which we have edited out of ourversion of the Pleiadian Contact Notes, but which may be read in their original German language by those so interested.We are pretty sure that this information will not be well received, because the entrenched orthodox beliefs are still here,though now being exploited by Earth men for their own gain. Knowing this and revealing it has become a great dangerto our contactee and many of those associated with him.Because of these previous contacts with the DAL extradimensionals and his awakened awareness, Eduard Meier wasnot entirely surprised when the contacts with Semjase and her team - reformed IHWHs - began, although it came earlierthan expected.This is also another reason, and the real one, why these contacts could not be expanded to include just any other Earthhumans, or be transferred to somebody else. There are however, others, like Eduard Meier, who are here doing similarthings for similar reasons, but their missions are equally impossible to transfer to another.Eduard Meier has been given adequate proof of the validity of all these things, but he is not permitted to use it topersuade any other human being against his own will. Meiers primary instrument of validity is the collection of certainphotographs of the extraterrestrial spacecraft which will never be duplicated. We may add here that there arephotographs which have also been prepared as an "escape", if and when that should become necessary. We are not

120. permitted to point them out as it violates the freedom of choice rule within the free will aspects of each individual. It isfor this same reason that all positive and indisputable proof has been witheld by the extraterrestrials themselves, andwhen anything that might become provable came into the hands of Meier, it was taken by the Pleiadians, thus you are allentirely free to choose without the coercive influence of positive evidence. That was also the reason behind ourinstructions from the Pleiadians not to try to rebut any kinds of charges made against this case by antagonists. They areentitled to their preferred judge-ments in their own free will. This may not be for them, and that is OK. Meier also hasfreedom of choice in how he treats this whole thing. He is not bound in any way and may get out any time by an act ofwill, but, they warn, if he does, it is forever... a step that he hesitates to take because so much of his past is bound up inthis.When as a child, Meier had watched the high "traveling stars" zig-zag and stop in the sky, and turn colors, he knewwhat they were, but he didnt know consciously."I desperately wanted to know the strange objects, the high flying spaceships from somewhere, but this remained ariddle; from where did I know them? It was becoming evident that I really had seen these objects already, many timesbefore, somewhere, on a huge aerodrome, where hundreds of such machines of many different types, forms and sizeswere standing, but I just couldnt remember where this had been, and what are the connections?" he wrote in his firstnotes."Have I perhaps been located, in an earlier life, on another planet, and have I lived a special life there? Have I seen theseships there and brought the memory into my present life? Has something remained in my spirit as a memory, which Ihave called up in my present existence? I do feel very strongly that I am a stranger in this world called Earth. I am astranger here although I know the good Earth well, for many times I pass landscapes or scenes where I suddenly knowwhat lies over the hill, what the scene looks like, and what age-old ruins exist there. I often can tell with certainty whatthe land behind the next mountain looks like, or how the shore of the sea runs, without having ever been there in thislifetime. With many people this recognition also occurs, and I know them and their most secret thoughts, without everhaving seen them before in this life. I have also learned to see into the future, and to recognize the danger of describingmatters seen there which then later come to pass. So I have learned to keep silence about this like I keep many othermatters."I call myself a creature of The Creation, a creation of The Creation, as this represents as well every other form of life. Ido also recognize myself as a wanderer through space and time, and true to word, I am a wanderer through worldspace, time and also lifetimes. This I know with a secure feeling. I know that I am like that, everywhere only a stranger,as is a traveler, which after the performance of a certain mission, moves on and does his duty in the next place. In this,neither space nor time, nor the concerned world and a particular life dominate, because I travel through them as amissionary, and only to complete the mission is of importance for me and of great meaning."After two years of simple observations, on my seventh birthday, on 3 February 1944, I suddenly heard a soft voicesounding inside my consciousness, ordering me to learn very intently, and to collect the knowledge to be transmitted inthis fashion. I did not completely trust this inner voice, fearing it the voice of delusion, but it always tried to calm me. Iwent to the priest, who listened to my whole story when I told him all. That wise man smiled and revealed that I neednot fear be-cause he was well informed on all these matters. Then he educated me thoroughly in certain matters, for thiswas to demand that I keep strict silence, because these things were not recognized as a part of his profession, for hehimself still had a mission, to work here as a priest, to slowly inform the people of the truth of their religion, which wasa difficult undertaking, because the people in my native village were especially Cod-fearing and superstitious. PriestZimmermann explained to me that this voice was a communications means that could be used over unlimited distancesand knew no obstacles.The explanations of priest Zimmermann really helped me,. although he gave me a blow when he said my life was goingto be very hard, rich in privation and full of needs, which has come true up to now. With his explanations I conqueredmy worries and troubled myself to expand the at first one-sided contacts. I put questions and began to receive answers,and so recognized priest Zimmermann having been correct in his observations.These telepathic contacts were with a creature who now called himself SFATH, who initiated me into vast know-ledge.Now I became isolated from my environment. I even allowed more intrigues to come upon me, and I became the stoogefor every evil that happened in our village. But I did not care about that, and only smiled silently within myself whenthey offered lies against me and I had to suffer for them. I often was given such blows that I could neither sit nor stand.I was declared un-educatable, and was placed in different asylums with no success, because in fact nobody wanted toput up with a strange boy like me, or I simply felt the call of freedom and escaped. I even made life-threatening escapesfrom secure asylums and for weeks strolled in the mountains and forests, living on wild fruit, berries, birds eggs, grassesand roots. My bed was the naked ground, and my roof the firmament, whether it snowed or rained. This gave meunconquerable inner strength. When anywhere a robbery or a theft happened, the Police automatically seized me andaccused me of the deeds I had never committed. I knew what to expect and kept silence, allowing them to accomplishtheir unjustified reproaches. I even signed Police reports accusing me of offenses I had not done.The consequence was that they sent me to a psychiatrist for mental evaluation, because I had mentioned spiritualmatters to the police and had told someone else about human beings on other stars. Why, I do not know. I only knowthat I had to do so, whether I wanted to or not. In a special department of the psychiatric clinic at Rheinau, I was placed

121. in maximum security, with everything locked and secured. Even the windows were of bullet proof glass with steelgrates on the outside. After one month, I made a special key out of a piece of wood and a woolen carpet, by which Iopened a window in a toilet on the 2nd floor. Outside, the walls were flat as glass, and seven meters below was theconcrete yard. I simply could stay no longer, and I jumped into the depths, severely injuring my right foot, which I wassure I had now broken. Though in pain, which nearly drove me crazy, I pulled myself over the yard and then climbedover a high fence, crossed a big field, and hid in a forest two kilometers away. There I heard the search groups and thebarking dogs. I hurried through the forest and suddenly fell down a slope. Ahead of me I heard water gurgling and crepttowards it; the Rhine River. I jumped into the water and swam down the frigid river because, who would look for me inthe water at 23:00 at night in the cold of November? I swam several kilometers downstream and then, with greatdifficulty, climbed out on land."I nourished myself on wild plants, and limped for days toward the French border, always through fields and forests toavoid capture. In France I reported myself in to the Foreign legion, and also got help and medical treatment for my foot,which was swelled and dark blue. It was badly sprained and had contusions and fissures in the bones."So I finally landed in Algeria and learned a new discipline and many other things. After some time I tired of this anddecided to leave. Secretly I counseled with others, and also with an old Lieutenant of the legion, who, as a point ofinterest, was well mannered and kind to me. He wanted to dissuade me from this plan and said that the escape couldonly succeed for extraordinarily tough legionnaires, and this meant a grownman. And among the legionnairesthemselves the talk was, that anyone escaping, who succeeded in flight, would be a hero, and that alone would take areal man, because such a person would literally go through seven hells. At first I let myself be frightened by that andtold everyone that such circumstances would keep me from trying to escape. But then I prepared myself secretly for it,and one night disappeared. More than two and a half months I was on the way, often nearer death than life, and notonly experienced seven hells, but many more besides. However I was free of the legion."Altogether I spent four and a half years in prisons and asylums before I disappeared for 12 years into foreign countries.The time in prisons and asylums was not useless, I must confess, because I learned more of spiritual matters during thistime than I ever would have in my homeland with complete freedom. So I see that nothing was in vain for I onlygathered experiences for myself."And now the new voice which had taken over after Sfath said that "she" could be called "Asket" and would be my newcompanion. Through her, over the years, I learned many things and gained phenomenal knowledge. And by her, I wasguided for the first time out into the world, the distant world, which I later would travel for many long years, to exploremany matters, and to inquire into many things. But there should first pass some years until the time would come for this.Until 1956 I was educated by Asket, especially in spiritual lessons. this was completely apart from the religions knownto me, in which I had involved myself over the years, even to secretly visiting special schools to become a priest. In thisrespect Asket ordered me to dedicate myself besides the Christian religions to all the other different religions as well andto explore them for the sake of study. So I first joined the different sects, one after another, changed from Protestantismto Catholicism, became a Buddhist, a Hindu, Jew, Moslem, etc., which took very many years and found its end in June1969.Until this time, besides the study of religions, to which I often belonged in order to explore them to their deepestdepths, and the uninterrupted lessons, there were many other matters. I of course also had to care for my livelihood, andhad thus to work according to the opportunities available. In the 12 long years of traveling, I exercised many verydifferent professions, including medicine man, veterinarian, street planner, smuggler (an "honorable" profession in West-Pakistan, where goods are carried through the Himalayas from Russia to China), as ships painter, blasting leader,teacher of the German language, and a State assignment (when on 3 August 1965 in Iskendeniw, Turkey, I wasinvolved in a bus accident in which I lost my left arm). On the 25th of December 1965, I met my wife in Greece, towhom I became engaged on the 25th of January 1966, then not yet accepted by her parents, for which we eloped on 25February 1966, and married on 25 March 1966, in Corinthos after many troubles with the Police, and searching actions,and threats by her family, etc."My personal acquaintance with Asket had begun ten years earlier, on 3 February 1956. Many things have happenedsince that date, possibly because this day is my birthday, and things have often been transmitted to me then (especiallywith Sfath). So it was in the early morning hours of that date (3 February 1965), around two oclock in the morning,when I was in my homeland, in Switzerland, near Hinwil when I was asked by Askets voice, to proceed to a certainlocation,where then I would be sent for. Many questions occupied me as I proceeded, and suddenly I found myself atthe place designated, before I was conscious of my progress. All had gone very quickly, as almost before I arrived, abright light shot down from the sky and touched down near me. Following a gentle urge, I went towards it, andsuddenly was carried through an opening, like with the pear-like ship of Sfath. Then the opening closed itself and veryastonishing events began to take place.All of this dialogue was written down with the help of Asket. She was able, with the help of some apparatus, to repeatlong ago conversations word-for-word quite accurately, thus in recording these reports I am able to repeat correctlyevery word and sentence spoken. The marvelous equipment used by Asket is able to not only recover every word, butalso thought impulses behind those words as well.CHAPTER 3

122. Aboard the DAL SpacecraftIt was Meier 5 eighteenth close-up observation of extraterrestrial spacecraft when at 02:00 in the early morning hoursof 3 February 1965, he was summoned to a place which had only shortly before that been made known to himtelepathically. It was severely cold when he left his residence and started that walk in the dark to a favorite place of hiswhere he had often gone alone for many hours. Just sixteen days before that he had been told that this would be theplace for the contact on the day, a time then still to be fixed, and it was now conf irmed as the contact point. Thoughclattering cold, he began to sweat as he climbed briskly up a little hill to the agreed upon site.He had barely arrived when he saw, shooting down from the sky, a brilliantly luminous flying object which immediatelylanded near him on the hard frozen ground. The bright light went out and he could see a matt-silvery disc-shaped objectwhich stood majestically on its three landing spheres and seemed to wait for him.Following a brief telepathic instruction, and a gentle urging, he went toward the ship, and was immediately lifted into itthrough an opening, by some force, as there was no elevator nor any other means of entrance, something like he hadexperienced with the old man in the pear-shaped ship when he was a small boy. But the inside equipment was basicallydifferent from the ship of Sfath. There was only one seat in it, and there was nobody else. He was alone. He thought thisship must be remotely controlled, so he sat down into the single but very comfortable seat. As he was getting settled, apowerful change took place. The bright light coming from everywhere inside the ship suddenly went out, and then hefelt like he was sitting in free space. He could see nothing of the ship and its equipment, and when he raised his handbefore his eyes he couldnt see it either.Then it started to move upwards in the night sky. It slowly floated at low level toward the nearby village, where ithovered barely two meters above the house his parents were living in, and just remained hanging in the air, as Asket 5voice sounded in his head again and gave him some information about his further life and that of his family sleepingthere below him, and that of his own family in years to come. He had just married a Greek girl that same year. Then thestill invisible ship began to move eastwards, and increasing its speed, shot up into the night sky without Meier feelingany discomfort. Meier later said, "There was no doubt that I was in space, very high above the Earth, which I saw onlyas a bluewhite-greenish sphere, but not actually a sphere - only. part of a sphere, because now it looked like the Moonwhen it is half full. I saw the dim contours on the surface as they faded into the darkened part. This was in 1965 beforeour own first Earth deep space mission.Then his vision was blurred, momentarily, and just as suddenly became visible again, and he could again see everythingin the bright light of the inside of the ship. Then the entrance door opened and he looked out, and was surprised to seethat completely unnoticed by him the small ship had landed. He got up to step put, and found that he softly "floated"down to the ground and landed on hard, dry soil. It was much warmer, and in the weak night light he thought theground landscape looked to be of a reddish color, and the soil was more sandy, while in the surroundings nearby massesof sandy rocks rose in elevation. The landscape looked familiar as he leaned on one of the big rocks. It was warm.When he touched the rock material, he suddenly knew he was in Jordan. As he puzzled about that, a light fell from thesky like a stone. Bright and large as the Moon he saw it falling, growing bigger. Then suddenly it stopped and simplyhovered quietly about a hundred meters above the ground, without even slowing before the dead stop. The luminousobject hung in the air for a moment, then slowly settled to the ground and gently landed. The shiny metallic silent objectilluminated the surroundings like day.He watched and waited for something to happen. Time passed and nothing changed. So he sat down on a rock andwaited, for nearly a half hour, until at last something moved. Then a figure appeared from behind the ship and came upto within a few yards of him, as slowly the luminous radiance of the ship dimmed down and then went out. But in avery short moment it lighted up again, and its light began to spread like a dawn. In the weak illumination of that dawnlight he could make out the figure of a person, a female - Asket - he knew.She walked confidently up to him and greeted him in a way that was familiar and known to him but he could not figureout why. She seemed strangely familiar. When he asked about this, she only smiled and suggested he consider otherlifetimes before this. Her dress seemed familiar also, though it was much different from that of Sfath. She wore a foot-length pleated gown of a peculiar silver-white color, girdled at the waist. Her long blond hair fell to her shoulders. Sheinvited Meier to join her in her ship, which he did, and that ship sped up into the sky and like the remote controlledshuttle craft also seemed to become invisible. The shuttle craft was left in the labyrinth of rocks below, invisible tohuman eyes. Meier saw the early light of dawn on an ocean, and he thought it must be the Mediterranean, which provedto be correct. The ship sank down to the ground where he could see the big pointed structures he knew to be thepyramids of Egypt. The dive velocity suddenly stopped without Meier feeling anything, and then the sinking became agentle floating down to the desert sand.They touched down a few meters to one side of the Sphinx near a small beduin camp where Arab-dressed people werebeginning to break camp. They didnt seem to notice the landing of the ship, which puzzled Meier, as he did not see howthey could be missed. As the ship stopped, Asket fastened a small device to Meiers belt so they would remain invisibleafter they left the field of the ship. They could see each other and the ship, and they could see the other people perfectly,but they and the ship remained invisible to others.After showing Meier something of interest there, they returned and reentered the ship and it shot rapidly up into the skyas before. The ship rushed back and landed at the same waste mountains of Jordan, where they had left the small remote

123. controlled shuttle, where Asket took time and explained many things, about his life and his education, and his finallytaking over his mission.In Meiers more recent incarnation history he has been an Arab, though up to then he had not discovered this. When hedoes, these scenes will be recalled and then he will know the reason for his strange familiarity with the country.Amongthe many things discussed there aboard Askets ship parked in the Jordanian mountains was a resume" of some of theinformation imparted to Meier up to now and a concise putting together of this and more background information toreveal all: of this in better perspective to help Meier to understand the mission that was about to begin. In her ownwords this is what she told Meier at that time, reminding him of a transmission in 1956:Asket: - The Creation is the basic foundation of life and all existence. In the force of The Creation, we fulfill ourmission, which is not only of cosmic, but all-universal importance, because The Creation IS the life, and The CreationIS the existence. To fulfill our missions we must neutralize the structure of our space/time, and of yours in therespective universes, to achieve harmonic transfer without damage to ships and universes. Our homeworld is in theDAL Universe, in the system of - in a for you Earthlings - strange system of just as strange a universe, of whichthere areseveral around your own familiar universe. but of these (other) universes lie in other planes of time and withincompletely unfamiliar to you space/dimensions... Our Universe is a parallel to yours, and it lies, reckoned from yourtime, in an equal plane. The difference between our and your time is only a very little. The cause of our coming intoyour Cosmos originated in earlier time... in the urge to exploration of our race.Enabled by technical developments, one Universes barrier was penetrated, from ours to yours, which admitted entrancefor us into your time. Since then we explore the widths of your Universe, and some centuries ago we discovered thissunsystem, and by that, your world.... In-our explorations, besides finding this world, we also found the ancienthomeworld of those then responsible for the human life on this world, because the human being of this Earth did notoriginate here. me is a descendent of those who originally came from that location which you call the "Ring nebula" (inthe constellation Lyra). There is the real ancient home of the earth human race. The descendents of those Earthlyancestors are no longer populating the regions of space and systems around the "Ring nebula" today, but live on world-bodies of those sunsystems which you call "The Seven Sisters" or the "Pleiades". They are the far descendants of youractual ancestral forefathers.But about all these matters shall you, counting from today, within some twenty Earth years, become initiated by thedescendants of your ancestors themselves, when you are mature enough to stand the new ex-planations andrecognitions. Until then you are obliged to learn much, and develop your wisdom to fulfill your heavy mission. You arepro vided as already many others in earlier times before you. In this re spect you were already before your birth placedunder the control of a certain one who had to protect and guide and teach you... Such a life is difficult, because theconcerned one has very much to learn...It is an obligation to all higher developed creatures, to assist less developed forms in a helpful manner of responsiblemeasure, to influence the evolution in given measure. This duty is an obligation of all creatures of all universes, becauseit is a Creational Law. As we are here, from a strange to you universe, to us also is here obliged the duty, in suited time,to make official contact with any developing forms of life. We have recognized in this, your universe, many thingswhich are in need of change. Especially on this world, things are moving on a very dangerous course. The mankind ofEarth has come into an age of knowledge and development disturbed by many factors which enslave and exploit him.The thirst for power.... has always, and always will lead to wars and bloodshed, by which innumerable lives are lost. Allof your developments and inventions are turned into death-bringing and senseless weapons. You have forced thecornerstones of life into dangerous means of mass destruction. And already, within a short time the earth human willhurry out of his atmosphere in manned missiles. Soon will also be the time when he will walk on the Earth satellite, yourmoon, and speak great deceiving words of peace and love. They are only words of infatuation, because the minds ofthose Earth humans strive only for invincible might and world power. Their words are only intrigues to deceive the realpeaceful forms of life and force their into bondage. Your religions and politics of Earth cooperate in these concernstogether, and do not shrink from any deception to accomplish their power hungry goals.Earth man has advanced his evolution, but only in technical and material sciences. His spiritual evolution has beensuppressed by worldly materiality... The Earth human has become able to destroy his world in an atomic explosion,which would bring very dangerous conse quences for the whole system. Already, one time, a similar catastrophyoccurred in this sunsystem, when a second populated by mankind planet, of this system, was destroyed. By theunreasonability of the then living there mankind, the planet was exploded into thousands of greater and smaller pieces,and destroyed. As a sister planet of Earth, she circled round the sun in that place, where now the planet Mars orbits, andthe pieces now circle as the asteroid belt. The name of that planet was "Malon" which has changed little in translation.In German it is known as "Milona" and in English as "Maldek".To prevent further madness like this, is exactly the duty of the more advanced races...An atomic destruction of thisEarth could destroy your whole sun- system and push (the planets) out into the cosmos as extremely dangerousmissiles. These could again destroy further sun-systems and produce cosmic catastrophe. Even neighboring universescould be affected. Besides this, the sun-system moves in space in such a way that the catastrophe could spread to othersystems in a form of chain reaction in your cosmos. A similar event is already known.This world was destroyed by the ancestors of your human race which brought religion to your people. A loss of Earth

124. could distort the structure of space and time and produce great damage. So it is our objective to prevent thiseventuality, and together with many other creatures of other worlds of this universe to control the Earth and attempt tocontain the already conjured mischief by Earth scientists, and head this off. THAT IS OUR MISSION! We are forced tointerfere in the machinations of religions and politics for power, and to force leading personalities to reduce theirintrigues. The list of leading personalities who will be murdered is long, but we are not able to change that. The guilt isof the Earth being itself, and it alone. We do not want any death and any murder, but we do want peace in this and allother universes.This may demand that we coerce the leading forces of Earth to peace, as they generate against themselves deadlyenemies, for which reason many good men will die, and which we unfortunately cannot prevent. If our mission shouldfail this could be a great catastrophe... But we have good expectations and have prepared you since birth forparticipation. It will be your mission, to initiate the Earth mankind into this truth, to bring the way of real peace andlove. The time will hurry, because in the point of time when you will come to attention, already other dangerous thingswill be on the move, which rise from the struggles for power.Be conscious that when I give you per-mission to speak out after important events, you will then be in danger for yourlife, because you will reveal secret things. The initiators of these intrigues will try to deprive you of your life and seek tokill you, because you reveal their secrets. So take care and do always exercise the greatest caution. Do keep all thesecircumstances to yourself, and never try to circumvent this order. So listen care fully now to my words, and rememberthe important facts, thus you can observe the events and by this verify the truths of my prophesies...The unavoidable events of the future will come to pass with absolute certainty, just like the events of the past, to whichI want to ex-plain, that the events of the future have already been set in motion in the past by the murder of JosephStalin by poison on the 5th of March 1953, in Russia, by order of internal elements. The reason for the murder bypoisoning, was the kind attention of Stalin to the Zionists, which in the following two decades will change into enmityagainst Zionism. For these reasons the next-following great-man in Russia, Nikita Sergejewitsch Chruschetschov, willbe forced to be dis-missed in 1964, to give the last form to the justified enmity against Zionism. In the time ofChruschetschov will be elected a new President in America..., but to be murdered in 1963 by secret order of theAmerican security service, the CIA....A second political murder will follow the first, only five years later, when by thesame order-givers, a new President candidate will be killed the same way...Also the Holy Office in Rome will be afflicted by the worldwide religious and political intrigues. As with Stalin, thesame very fast vanishing from the body poison will be used to murder, in the year 1962, Pope John XXIII, who willthen have occupied his office only a very short time.Still his successor, Pope Paul VI, will be switched off in the same manner, by cardinalian machinations in cooperationwith Zionist ex-tremists, who have already smithed their murderous schemes. Also in Greece, the States first man, KingPaul I will die the same poison death in 1964, like those already mentioned. His successor, Constantinos, will threeyears later be exiled as an exploiter of the nation, by a revolutionary military regime. Also Egypt will not be spared, forin the middle of the 70s a dictatorial statesman by the name of Abd el Gamal Nasser will be deprived of his life bypoison in the same manner as before him, his friend, too, the Emir of Kuwait, will die in 1965 by poison, by the hand ofhis own relatives. Also at the hand of his own relative will in 1975, die the King of Saudi Arabia, King Feisal, who willbe shot to death. These are coming events of the next 20 years. Keep them very carefully, and do not speak of themuntil permission is given. In these prophesies you will recognize many religions playing into one another, and thecoming events not only of political character, but of religious-political nature...Consider, in these matters, we have not come to interfere in the religions and political concerns of Earth, or to lead theEarth human beings. These matters oblige to you in later times, and to your followers, who will then be able to spreadthe truth. We also have not come to have close contacts with Earth men, or to advance her in evolution by greatamount. We are only here to fulfill our mission of preventing the catastrophe... For further matters, such as helpingevolution, etc., other forms of life in your own universe are responsible.These have already been controlling the Earth for thousands of years, and also keep in limits those spacetravelling raceswho have evil intentions toward Earth humans When you are ready to perform your mission, you will still have to learnvery much more; you have to see the truth and acknowledge it, and this means for you great study in many things. Youhave to learn to find the truth by yourself, and to evaluate what you find, by which your future life will be very heavyand full of need. You often will desire not to live, and to rest in the kingdom of death. But do consider at such times,that you have to perform your obligations as any other form of life, and are not allowed to shirk your mission...But to help you, you shall be granted certain things... our technologies permit many things for us, and by this as well,journeys into the past and into the future. So these possibilities may be used to show you matters of great meaning, soyou can see the truth in them for yourself, which will be important to you. It is decided to take you into the past, tooffer you there an opportunity to examine the facts...These are the matters which I came to explain to you today.That was in effect a recapitulation of a telepathic transmission received in the course of deep meditation by Meier, fromAsket, on 3 February 1956. He lost that set of notes in his travels, and it was re-transmitted to him in the form of"automatic writing" at Mehrauli, India on 1 September 1964. He is now being reminded of those transmissions, and atthe same time getting this confirmation that those telepathic receptions were more real than his imagination. Time has

125. passed and some of these prophesied events had already taken place.Looking back over that statement, it is possible for us to form some observations:1. loss of a planet might possibly upset the equilibrium of our solar system and allow it to break up, like a wheel out ofbalance at high revolution. Their concern is heightened by what they say is an example already witnessed in ourUniverse.2. The mission laid on Eduard Meier is a small mission within the greater self-appointed mission of protection of ourneighboring worlds and systems from the catastrophe of our folly. There are several reasons for this at this time, andalso for Meier being selected to perform the mission. There is good reason for the Pleiadian extraterrestrials being theones to carry out this phase of activity now -- because the DALs have a limitation on time (they had to leave by the endof 1974) presumably due to other cosmic conditions that affect them. Some good reasons for these participants in thisdrama are:a. The ancestors of the Pleiadians (and consequently ours too), are the ones who perpetrated the othersimilarcatastrophe mentioned, and thus they have a direct responsibility to stop, or prevent, this new possibility now.b. It was they who brought the madness that allowed this aberration here on Earth, as the power hungry IHWHs, whoset up their early religious feudalism in order to control and enslave the indigenous survivor remnants of their ownearlier ancestry here.C. Meier is told that he was one of the IHWHs then, as were Semjase, Ptaah, Quetzal and others here now.3. Before they left this sector of space, the DALs had arranged for the Pleiadians (having a direct responsibility in theseproblems) to take over where they left off. They had helped the Pleiadians to achieve me technologies to better carryout their responsibilities.But they were still aboard Askets ship parked there in the Jordanian mountains. The silent remote-controlled shuttle-craft stood dark and silent nearby. Being already very late, Meier was exhausted, and leaned back in the comfortableseat, which now turned into a couch, as Asket suggested he get some sleep. She relaxed into the other seat alsoconverted into a couche, which Meier barely noticed before he sank into a deep sleep.It was daylight when he awoke and saw that Asket had "conjured" from somewhere things to eat and drink. "We satcomfortably at a desk-like formation which had been pulled out of the ships wall, and enjoyed a solid meal. What I waseating and drinking I was not able to define, yet it was very tasty, though fully unknown to me. The drink was a bityellow-white and somehow thick fluid, and would have been some juice of an unknown fruit. Also the meal seemed tohave been prepared from fruits, as well as from some vegetables too. The taste was very strange to me, still everythingseemed somehow familiar once more. But all was excellent and tasted marvelous to me. After the breakfast, Asketbrought from somewhere, a great vessel of cool, clear water, which we took outside of the ship and put on the groundnearby. Like little children, we splashed with the delightful wetness and cleansed ourselves with it."They remained there until that evening, spending most of the time inside of the ship where Asket continued thediscussions, and told Meier a very many new things. They were already not seeming so strange anymore, but Meier wasastonished that he accustomed himself to all this in such a short time. He seemed to already have known Asket forthousands of years, she seemed so familiar. And for the ship and its details, it had become so familiar in that short timethat he didnt wonder about it anymore.In response to a question about aiding Earth sciences on great technical problems, Asket replied that if any creatureshould achieve advanced knowledge too early in its development, it may not use such knowledge wisely, andunavoidable and irresistable catastrophes could result, such as the situation we now find ourselves in, having discoveredsecrets of atomic science that we are not mature enough to control. She said such knowledge was "betrayed" when weturned it to destructive purposes in the form of the atomic bombs. She said that once in possession of this dangerousand destructive weapon, it is only a short step until its utilization in a repetition of earlier events which impregnatedEarths atmosphere with deadly clouds which since then have injured all of nature, and produced catastrophic climacticchanges all around the world.She said that the human beings of this Earth are at a stage of development where every increase in knowledge isdangerous because of present Earth mans insane and unbridled thirst for power, that this is degenerate and contrary tonature, that if Earth humanity is to be helped, it is only possible when he gives up his power mad delusions. A completechange in thinking is of necessity before he can be allowed access to more advanced information. As long as he does notget rid of his egotism, and does not learn the truths, so long help cannot be given him from beyond Earth.Throughout the day of the 4th of February the discussions continued until night fell. Then Asket said good-bye, as theywere standing outside her ship, and Meier turned and went into the small shuttle craft still parked there, which hadbrought him here two days ago, and the start-up process began as before. He was quickly returned and set down in thesame place from which he had departed, that memorable earlier night. He floated down out of the ship, and was barely afew steps away, when it slowly rose up into the air, and then, like a flash shot up into the dark sky and disappearedgoing straight. up and out of sight.After that, Meier wrote: "Askets explanations and details took a long time, and also many other matters werementioned and explained, about which I must still keep strictest silence. Even If I wanted to change this, I would not beable, because first, I have given a promise and second, all is now protected by a security block so that, even if I wantedto, I would not be able to speak. I do not know the kind of security block, as it is only known to me, that I am not able

126. to speak, even by will, without permission. I only know that this security block was generated by Asket, using somekind of peculiar apparatus. I must confess that Askets explanations at first seemed unreal, and I thought I might bedreaming. I always expected to wake up and get back into reality again, but the longer Askets explanations lasted, themore I became convinced that everything was already reality and that I was not suffering from any dream. I pinched myearlobes severely, and burned a cigarette into my left hand and felt the pain. Several times I squeezed Askets hand, andpressed it strongly, and I heard her cryout, and felt her opposite pressure. Itriedother things, but everything seemed tobe true reality, and that I was not dreaming."Three days passed, and on 7 February Meier was again directed to a new meeting with Asket. He says, "It had justbecome really dark, when I heard a soft whirring, as if near the rotor blade of a helicopter, near the end of its rotation.Then near me a dark object sank down and landed in the field. Uninvited I walked towards it, and suddenly saw a slimfigure appear It was Asket, who now called to me. We let ourselves be lifted together into the ship, and already we satin the comfortable seats. I did not feel the slightest motion when the ship climbed up and swiftly shot up into the nightsky. Only on the different viewing screens I saw the starting maneuver and the fast flight away. Otherwise nothing newhappened.The ship became neither transparent nor did it shine. It just remained as it was, solid, tangible, and very stable. Duringthe flight no word was spoken and Asket occupied herself calmly with the various control apparatus. Then I saw on theviewing screen, deep below us, visible mountain contours, towards which we seemed to rush down. Without feeling anydiscomfort, the ship stopped quite suddenly out of its rushing speed, and it just remained hanging in the air for someminutes. Then it slowly started to move again, and floated softly down to Earth, like a feather. Meier continued hisexplanation: "When we let ourselves be transported out of the ship, I noticed that we were again at the same location,where only a few days before we had met. Contrary to Europe the weather was very mild here. High in the heavensthousands of stars flashed and different voices of the night could be heard. I felt secure and glad to be here. SlowlyAsket and I wandered through the rocky wilderness, and then sat down on a big flat stone. Here Asket began to speakfor some time:"Asket:: "The time has now (1956) come for you to experience many things, which for you, and others some later, willbe useful in the search for truth. I have told you of the possibility of time travel into the past or the future. According toour technology, we have the ability to undertake such journeys, and to bring them now into use for the benefit of yourmission. As it is decided, you will travel back with me into different time epochs, to be able to examine the truth ofevents in their places and locations of occurrence, and to see that your traditions and the affirmations of your ownhistory are incorrect, and actually agree with the true events only on rare occasions... You have been informed about thecourse of your life, which will be troublesome and difficult... but the time of your lessons has not yet finished, because itwill last another 20 years, which you will experience as heavy times of enormous hardship. Though up to now it hasbeen difficult, it will become still more so in the future.But, be yourself conscious of the necessity of having to finish these educations, as just for your task. The next years willb ring you into prison, and into war services outside of your homeland. You will have to acquit all stations of a fightingman to know and understand all very thoroughly. For if you are to undertake the matter, you can only do so havingexperienced everything by yourself. Likewise it will also be with some passions, in which you will indulge. As well,heavy body pain will not be spared you, nor psychic pain. You will think that you have lived in hell, but by that you willlearn to understand the heaven. Already now I want to tell you that within less than 10 years, you will have to pass the,until then hardest emanation of your life. Yet this examination in your fate will be necessary to collect muchunderstanding.I know your distant future, for I have penetrated it, that many evil things will befall you. A great change will come overyour body, thus, suddenly you will start to lead a completely new life. For this moment now, it will sound very hard foryou, but so it must indeed be - and we are not able to change your fate, because this is not within our power... It will begood for you to prepare yourself for the coming event, and to meet the facts with a clear head. For only you are able todo that, and I want to explain what is coming... The further occurrences of your own future are the following, but whichyou shall not tell anybody... (future events mentioned)... Further events will be that in a short time before the loss ofyour arm in Persia, you will find a new identification in the name of "Billy". The name has meaning in it that will weighheavily on you...Your provided name "Billy" will become known worldwide...Until then, you will be completely on your own, andduring this time you will get no further instructions or lessons from us. This is the last and most difficult lesson you willhave to overcome alone. The struggle for truth will be difficult, be-cause you will have to confront the opposition of theUFO groups - being strongly established within their beliefs. You will be hated worldwide, and your life will bethreatened... But nevertheless, do work fast and precisely to fulfill your mission, as the time runs fast and the death ofyour body cannot be delayed... (He was then told when and how he will die, which he is not allowed to reveal.)Concerning this contact with Asket on 8 February 1956, Meier wrote:"The process of the transmission in time-travel took about 10 minutes, while the actual jump-over lasted only a fractionof a second to go from one time to another. The what and how of the technique was never explained by Asket. At thebeginning of a transmission, something astonishing occurred in that the whole surroundings of the ship grew slowly dimto exist no more. (Dette fenomen er nærmere beskrevet i en særartikkel på nettbasen som dette stoff ligger på).

127. I noticed the same process within myself as well, and in the moment of "leap" , it was suddenly replaced by somethingelse... Asket guided into different time epochs, both back into the past and into the future. I saw and experienced manyevents there which can never be agreed to by historians and scientists of other branches. I had to recognize that manyscientific theses of our time are just that, theses alone, and are far from the real truth, especially respecting many eventsand occurrences in the past. And I also saw that many natural scientific events were completely different from whatsome of our scientists advocate... The different time travels are not allowed to be closer reported, because they hidedeep truths in themselves which must remain forever hidden. Asket has permitted that a quite certain event may bereported, being of important consequence to what is happening today... On 11 February 1956, still on a continuation ofthe pick-up on 8 February, during a time-trip to Death Valley in California, Asket had this to say:Asket: You wonder about very many things that I tell you. Your assumption is not correct, as the horse was notbrought from Europe to Asia. Just the opposite is correct; all horses of this world were created on this continent (NorthAmerica), which you call America. This continent was until around 50,000 years back in your chronology, in habited byhuman beings, by Universe travelers and their descendants. As usual in this world, they quarreled with one another anddestroyed themselves and the others. They invented an atomic bomb and exploded it in a flash war. The effect wascataclysmic and it depopulated this whole continent, and different sorts of animals as well; such as the horse, werecompletely eradicated. As far as I know, you called this sort of horse of that time the "hipparion". Even today, after50,000 years, you still call certain regions of this continent in the same manner as they were once called in those othertimes. The names were carried forward to present time, as well as some evidences of that un reasonably insane andbarbarous time still exist. The one who wants to see these can examine and make judgments about them for himself.These are the places of ancient cities, which many thousands of years ago stood on those sites, and which in atomichells were melted down into glass-like masses.The best preserved proofs have become a curiosity in your time, because the Earthman does not know their origin. Wellknown are those in this respect still under the name "Death Valley", which also is still connected with other events ofthe present tine. The "Fire Valley" near the city of Las Vegas is another witness to the past and timeless atomic insanityof the Earth human being.Atomic war is not new to this modern generation of humanity. The dangerous atomic sciences have been discoveredand employed on Earth before, and never yet has Earthman failed to destroy himself and his entire civilization, even on aworldwide scale along with him. It has never assisted humanity to newer and loftier goals!Some other sites of waste residue left by prehistoric atomic blasts may be found in Monument Valley, Arizona, theBakaa Valley in lebanon, the West Australian Desert, and northwest of Cuenca, Ecuador, and there are more...Meier says: "Asket furnished many other explanations, but which I am not permitted to tell. They deal, withoutexception with events of the past which will not have full meaning until the future. How those events are connected toand influence the future was explained.."This time travel visit to sites of earlier atomic devastation in conflicts that wiped out entire cities is of special interest toour society in this modern age, and of particular interest to some of the investigators in this case, because we havepersonal knowledge of and have handled evidence of the ruins of such a blast of stupendous magnitude on the easternslopes of the Andes a few dozen miles northeast of Cuenca, Ecuador. The best estimate of time of that event that wehave been able to obtain, based on specimens of the vitrified waste material brought back in 1972, was that the pumiceblock was subjected to such heat that it turned it to glass somewhere between 6,000 up to 12,000 years ago. We thenundertook a search for supporting evidence and found a good deal.Meier was told that the destruction of Sodom and Gomorra was from a similar blast, and we may observe that some ofthe purification rites described in the Old Testament sound very much like radiation decontamination, and radiationeffects and their treatment today.The RAMAYAMA, an epic poem of ancient India, variously dated from 500 B.C. to as far back as 3,000 B.C., is acollection of historical legend narrated by the Indian Sage, Narada, to the court historian Valmiki. These are the "Pearlsof Wisdom" which inspire certain Indian sects today. It describes, among other things, Rama, son of Desaratha, King ofAyodha, in Northern India, as dueling with Ravana in celestial cars, fighting in the sky, and of destroying Ravana inLanka (a former continent in the Indian Ocean, the remains of which are now known as Ceylon) with (atomic) missiles.Ramas father, King Desaratha, was said to have "sprung from an ancient star race", descendents of the "Kings of theStars", space beings, who ruled India then. These celestial cars where"circular in shape, golden in color and radiant tolook up-on," and where"drawn by steeds like the solar ray". After the death of his wife, Sita, Rama lived alone and heldsecret conferences with a "heavenly Messenger", like the biblical prophets meeting the Lord. Years later, Rama leftAyodha in a celestial car and entered Heaven. (Here we have another direct assumption into heaven in the manner ofour own biblical Elija.)Ramachandra Dikshitar, in his WAR IN ANCIENT INDIA, McMillan, London 1945, translates theSamaranganasutradhara by King Bhojadena, eleventh century, as saying that there whereflying machines which couldattack visible and invisible objects, ascending, cruising thousands of miles in all directions in the atmosphere, and evenmounting to the stellar regions (deep space).The Bishma Parva, on page 44, describes the conflict between Arjuna and Bhisma, where it states that the enemyinvoked a celestial weapon "resembling fire in effulgence and energy".

128. The Mahabarata, one of the oldest books in the world, describing the Bharat war in Northern India, paints a picture of agreat and noble civilization destroyed in an 18 day war. In one battle, reported in the Samsaptakabadha Parva (page58), the craft are described as being circular in form and capable of "forward, backward and diverse other motions..."James Churchward, in THE CHILDREN OF MU, referring to millenniums-old records, claims this war was foughtabout 20,000 B.C.) Chandra Roy, in his translations from the Bishma Parva, described the Brahma-Danda (BrahmasRod), as infinitely more powerful than even Indras Bolt. The latter can strike only once but the former can even strikewhole countries and entire races from generation to generation! This sounds very much like a radiation weapon to us.The Mahabarata also describes the flying vehicles used by the invincible Celestials, as the Vimana, a double-decked,circular craft with a dome having portholes. It flew with the "speed of the wind" and gave forth a "melodious sound". Itcould "stop and remain motionless in the sky" and it "soared above the clouds". From altitude the "ocean looked like asmall pot of water." The vimanas were employed for sport as well as for travel and warfare, where they used the"Samhara", a missile that crippled, and the "Moha", a weapon that produced a state of paralysis.The Bodha Parva, on page 97, mentions the Vaishnava weapon which conferred invisibility, and was able to destroy inall worlds. Page 383 refers to a "race-annihilating missile, "...Bhisma .. hurled a missile .. .that crushed, 0 King, thysoldiers in battle. And it seemed to fill... the whole Earth with a loud noise. And blazing forth in splendor, that fiercemissile inspired thy sons with fear. Beholding that missile... with lightning flashes coursing towards them, thy warriorsfled uttering frightful cries, and at the unbelievable.. .many men fell where they stood, and many car-warriors also fellfrom their cars. They fought and died for their Gods.The Drona Parva, on page 677, describes the Agneya weapon... "Blazing with smokeless fire on all sides, showers offlaming debris, darkened sky all around, inauspicious winds began to blow, clouds roared, scorching heat by the energyof the weapon, water boiled, and warriors fell like trees in a forest fire, huge elephants fell all around. Thousands of carsfell down on all sides (air vehicles crashing) destroying everything." And both sides fought in the name of their ownrespective "Gods".Yes, there is indeed considerable confirmation of Askets story of earlier atomic wars fought here onEarth when she took Meier to one of those sites in an earlier time to show him what we have planned for ourselves, andshe carefully pointed out that these terrible weapons have never been produced and not used.Eduard Meiers Mission is connected to this in the sense that these war energies have always been inspired or connectedin some way to the advanced extraterrestrials who came here and set themselves up as Gods, Kings of Wisdom,IHWHs, Sons of God, or other similar positions, and exploited the greed and avarice of indigenous Earth men seekingto serve them for the valuable rewards available. From these incentives spring emotional cults and political controlsystems out of which have evolved religions again, the emotional impetus to action.There would be less incentive to fight for somebody else and give ones life so freely if each side was not blessing theirtroops and promising then instant salvation if they lose their lives in these noble efforts. Whether both sides can beequally as noble at the same time raises some questions, especially since they are all referring to the same God. This alsobrings into question the Spiritual nature of Earthman, and why does he not progress himself out of these dangerouspatterns of repetition...Which is exactly what Meier sees his Mission to be - to break the stranglehold on Spirit andreturn to natural Creational Law as a way of life on Earth too.If you feel threatened by all this and dont like the implications of what is here indicated, join the crowd. You still havean advantage no longer available to us. You may lay this report aside and forget it forever. We no longer enjoy thatluxury, for we have seen too much and experienced too much in this affair over the last 8 years to deny our own senses.We know that something is going on beyond the control of the mortal man, Eduard Meier, but we do not know enoughto conclusively establish anything, or to control it, or even to fully comprehend it at this time.We do not advocate the beliefs indicated, nor can we deny them. We simply do not know whether the activity isbenevolent or malevolent. That, we suppose, depends upon the point of view of each individual.That something unusualis going on is no longer in doubt, but we can not delimit it nor even adequately describe it, and we can offer nosolutions to the dilemma. Many mysteries here remain unexplained, and unexplainable to our understanding.One thingwe can be fairly sure of, and that is, that given enough time, the truth will come out and be recognized for what it is. Wehope we live to see that day.THE MISSIONWe have come to a point we had long sought to avoid. Our simple farmer, with only a 6th grade formal education mustnow be revealed as a carefully selected and uniquely trained student of religious philosophy, and trained through actualexperience by those who say they are responsible for the origin of the various world belief systems; extraterrestrials,who say that their ancestors introduced and fostered these belief systems to establish and maintain control overprimitive and uninformed Earth humanity.This man was, according to the extraterrestrials themselves, selected before birth, and was guided in his earlydevelopment and educated by them in their own way, and was led on a personal guided tour for 12 years, through allthe great religions and many others, learning them from the inside out by becoming an active participant in each in turn.His extensive special training possibly qualifies him as well as anyone to criticize, at least more so than any student ofonly one, two or four of these major religions. Not biased by any theological methodology or by training or profession,he was uniquely able to study them without beclouding commit-ment and was shown their failings, and where thedifferent beliefs came from and why, in order to evaluate to his own satisfaction.

129. He was then reduced to a state of non-dependency on any belief system for his own survival and forced to live by hisown wits (åndfullhet), and strength alone to show him where his help really came from. Then he was reduced a state ofhaving nothing, and nothing to lose; and was thus given the tool with which to start his mission in the form of the UFOcontacts and some evidence difficult, if not im-possible to refute(motbevise), but not overwhelmingly persuasive to thepoint of removing freedom of choice for each individual person.There are facts and there are "plants" in this case, forcing each to discriminate for himself every step of the way, therebyachieving the desired objective of his mission itself; that of freeing man from the bondage of dogma and urging him toknow what he believes and why.He seeks to persuade Earthman to take a new look at his belief system and know why he chooses to believe a certainway, and to seek alternatives if he does not like what he sees. This is the thrust of evolution itself, which is the sum ofall the individual paths through growth, knowledge, and acceptance of and by each individual in his personal andseparate "Universe".This mission has been frequently mentioned, and is often referred to in the dialogues. Meier knows what it is and hasbeen very thoroughly briefed on it, but is not allowed to divulge it completely to any other Earth humans. We see itshighly polarizing effects, because it arouses emotional responses both ways. Some see it as a final revelation of the longbeclouded truths of secular beliefs, which really are binding to its adherents, threatening to transgressors, and punitiveto disbelievers. They see the ideas advocated here as the first step in releasing them from fundamentalist dogmas thatrequire belief on faith alone and discourage legitimate questioning on the whys and wherefores of the belief.Others see it as the very work of the threatened Anti-Christ to tempt believers away from the security of their religions,no matter how demanding they are. Those are often held in fear, fear of the consequences of their not toeing the mark.Those are rabid in their efforts to destroy any free thinking in this respect, and they are a danger to themselves and toothers as we have personally seen in examining this case.From what we have discovered in the extensive investigations we have carried out, we deduce at least the followingimportant elements of the MISSION:I. To break the bondage over Earth humans by the self-proclaimed "Gods" and "Sons of God" (The Pleiadian IHWHs)in all mythologies and religions of the last some 70,000 years of our ancient past. (Our contactee is told that he was oneof them then.)2. To expose Politics as an outgrowth of early religions, and to show that it should be recognized for the tool ofenslavement that it really is. He is to expose this wherever possible. This of course now, in addition to anti-Religionist,makes him too antiCapitalist, anti-Communist, anti-Socialist, anti-Fascist and anti-political... No lack of enemies indeed.3. To show religions as the father of politics, and fundament-alism as the greater tool of enslavement by the ancientvisitors to this planet. To show religions as the institution for pre-serving this enslavement, primarily through fear,ignorance and intimidation(trusler), all strong motive forces indeed. Those are to be exposed for what they are.4. To proclaim The Creation, impersonal and infinite, as the true source of all life and being, with which we all areinmost intimate contact every moment of existence, and which is the sun of all its infinite parts. It is in All, and All is It.With the benefit of hindsight, it is now possible to see more clearly what Meiers mission was supposed to be. It, likeseveral other contacts by various human ETs from the Pleiades star group, was characterized by references to ourcommon heritage with them, references to our and their ancient history, and references to the evolution of Earthsreligions and politics, outgrowths of the same intent.It appears that these several contacts, in different places around the world, began their most recent phase in the mid-70s, with rapidly developing contact events and trips aboard the extraterrestrial spacecraft by the Earth contactees.Those contacts went on for years and each involved scores of witnesses and hundreds of pages of notes and dialogue ineach, and each mutually unknown to each other. This is strong testimony for origin outside of either of the knowngroups involved.The basic message was that it is time for Earthman to change -- to break his bondage to his religiousand political institutions and dogma, and the ever proliferating creation of more and more laws, all of which serve tofurther hold him in even greater slavery than he has ever known. He has imprisoned himself in his institutionalized fearsof confinement, death, everlasting hell, and of his own fellow man, and in this fear he has the wealth and beauty of hisworld, deliberately planning his own suicide and the destruction of his entire world!The message is, "We dont have to do this. It is all our own choice. We can change it any time WE want... And nobodyis ever coming from anywhere to relieve us of this responsibility." A most enlightening message indeed!Then in the beginning of the 80s, another self-professed entity from the Pleiades came to attention in Washington State,dictating the most profound and moving messages to crowds of hundreds of people. This one also described our ancientand Biblical histories, and proclaimed Earth man s relationship to All. The message here is for Earth man to wake upand see what he is doing to himself; to be aware that he, and only he, can change his destiny, and that he can doovernight.On page 90 of VOYAGE TO THE NEW WORLD this communicator is quoted as saying, "You have brothers, Entity,in your Pleiades, a most divine constellation. You are a divine creature. Your knowingness was absolute when you werea babe. It has been limited to the point of struggling to survive in this life without the virtue of knowingness." He simplyadvocates knowing what we have forgotten.This is not a welcome message to world fundamentalist and bureaucratic systems, which exist to bind and control the

130. masses of people for the benefit of those few controllers. The danger is that the masses realize the truth of the messageand refuse to accept the bondage any longer -- and find that they are really free after all...We have now served our purpose in this plan, for which we also, in a way, were selected. The other side of the coin isthe wave of religious fundamentalism sweeping the lands. It is paradoxical that the religious fundamentalists, eachpreaching peace and brotherhood, and each blessing their great armies marching off to kill in the name of "their God",are the ones destined, now as always, to bring great bloodshed upon this world, and even its ultimate destruction!Salvation is not in unison, but in the unity of each individual doing what he knows is right from within.[One should not attempt to understand this MISSION without at least reviewing some of the religious philosophy withanother bias, such as:I AND THE FATHER ARE ONE, The Edonite SocietyTHE BOOKS OF ENOCH, The Oxford PressOHASPE, 3ohn B. Newbrough, Amherst PressPRE-ADAMITE MAN,P.B. RandolphTHE BIBLE REVISITED, Roland SmytheISIS UNVEILED, H.P. BlavatskyROSICRUCIAN COSMOCONCEPTION, Max HeindelVOYAGE TO THE NEW WORLD, Ramtha, MasterworksRAMTHA,SovereigntyRAMTHA SELECT TEACHINwS, Vol. I, SovereigntyMARTINUS COSMOLOGY (COPENHAGEN,DK)And there are a great many other references of a similar nature, all available in most public librariesCHAPTER 4Hand-off to the PleiadiansAfter silence and almost total absence of contact with extraterrestrial entities for nearly 10 years, they suddenly andsomewhat unexpectedly returned when Semjase of the Pleiadian expeditionary team to this locality made her firstrendezvous with Meier in a spot pre-selected by them to which Meier was directed by inspiration. That contact was aface-to-face meeting in a wooded meadow in a forest preserve near Hinwil, where the ETcosmonaut held a lengthyconversation articulated in excellent German in Meiers familiar dialect. That meeting took place in mid-afternoon, inbroad daylight, on 28 January 1975.(gjengitt på svensk i kontaktreferatene som finnes på denne nettbase, og også pånorsk i "jordens fjernhistorie i et nytt lys" under Rune Øverbys base under "galactic server".)After that contact, Eduard (Billy) Meier sat down to write what he could remember of the remarkable exchange andthen discovered that it was coming through to him rapidly, including the whole dialogue, word for word, just as thoughhe had recorded it. Later he found that the dialogue was in fact recorded by the extraterrestrials, and was beingmechanically/telepathically played back to him from a computer-like device aboard the ship, and he was receiving it in aform of automatic-writing. The writing came faster that he could normally write.Later, after Meier had been loaned a manuel typewriter of considerable age and well used, the Pleiadians asked toborrow it for examination, and Billy took it to them on the next contact. They brought it back to him a few days later,and then Meier found that when he sat down to hunt-and-peck out his notes, the message came through almost asrapidly as the writing, on this old typewriter, working it with only one finger on his single hand, in a kind of automatictyping -- again transmitted from the computer aboard the ship. The Pleiadians had re-programmed it to transmit adifferent way.Still later, after an anonymous donor had given him an IBM Selectronic electric typewriter, the transmission of the noteswas shifted to it in the same way, and Meier was able to receive the transmissions at a rate of over 60 words a minute,with one finger, under mechano/telepathic control from the ship. We have recordings of this "automatic-typing".As the level of imparted information increased in sensitivity, the ETs began informing Meier of certain things he couldreveal to no other Earthman, things that he now needed to know for his own understanding only. Then he discoveredthat some of the dialogue was being left out of the text in the automatic re-transmission. When he questioned this, thePleiadians told him that they were witholding some of the sensitive information for his own good. What he did notremember could not be compromised. That resulted in one of Meiers first serious arguments with the ETs and hefinally obtained a concession from them in this respect.In these meetings with the extraterrestrials there was a variety of exchange. There were discourses, occasional humor,discussions, arguments and agreements. There were even some outright threats by one and then the other but thecontacts were generally cooperative in nature and continued for a long time.(s.60)Those initial contacts with the Pleiadian team developed rapidly, averaging five per month for the first six months.Meier was given background information on Earth and our Solar System; and the humanity in evolution on Earth at thistime. He was told that we are a product of repeated occupations of this planet by space-traveling humans, and that we,the Europeans in particular, are descended directly from their Pleiadian ancestors, who (they say) have come here andgone away again many times over, always leaving some of their number behind.Much of that narrative information is difficult for us to accept, because their scenario goes back some 70,000 years totheir last major return here resulting in their occupation of our planet. Our recorded history only goes back a tenth ofthat time. Even more incredibly, they told Meier that in those days they also occupied two more planets in this SolarSystem, the same way. Their descendants on one of those planets has already destroyed their world and all life on it, aswe are planning to do here now, they say, one of their primary concerns with us at this time.Our history narrated bythem describes some shifting of planetary positions in this solar system as orbital balances were upset, including thatcaused by the destruction of the one planet, which also produced catastrophic devastation of other neighboring planets.Some of this early contact information was extensively described in our Preliminary Report of Investigation and will not

131. be repeated here, (også på norsk i "jordens fjernhistorie i et nytt lys" under Rune Øverbys base under "galactic server")-but there are other matters not pertinent to the presentation at that time that have now became of interest and will beoffered here as we observe Meiers preparation for a big trip coming soon.The "Swiss" Plejadians have described their ancient ancestry, and consequiently ours, as originating (before thePlejades) in a far sun-system in a star group near what we now know as the Ring Nebula of Lyra, for which we havecalled them Lyrians in the same manner as we refer to the human beings from what we call the Pleiades.These early Lyrians in their numerous migrations in their great Space Arks went to many other star systems and foundsuitable habitations, and put down colonies, such of which flourished and eventually launched their own space travelers.Once these later generation great space arks mastered the technology of harvesting all the energy and matterrequirements they desired directly from light, which is universal throughout all space, they became completely self-independent of all other support and never needed to rely on any other planetary body again. Many of those, havingproduced their social ideal of envirorionmental living and habitat system aboard the great ships, never wanted to "goback into the planetary nest" stage, only to eventually be forced out again. we cruise space as perpetual explorers,building new ships and new habitats as desired, all perfectly controlled, exactly as their society prefers. There aremillions of these great space arks inhabited by humans cruising this Galaxy alone. Some of them put colonies ofadventurers on a new planets surface to explore and report back to the mother-ship, and some of those colonists whohave lived on that surface long enough to have missed the utopian living in space, and who have spent much of theirlives on that planet, choose to remain -- and thus another planet becomes inhabited. The new planet is explored anduniquely developed, according to its physical nature, and a new human society evolves. Such is the history of our Earthand our own humanity. This cycle of events proceeds ceaselessly throughout this and other Galaxies. And this is onereason we find so many space visitors to Earth. Contrary to popular belief, there are uncounted millions of freelytravelling civilizations in space, and many find their way here.In another discussion on technology, Meier was told that matter is nothing more than energy slowed down intocrystallization, and that energy is light slowed down into manifestation. When he asked where the light came from hewas told "thought", the Universal Mind, the Divine fiat, the collective thinking of all spirit... endlessly.In the second contact on 3 February 1975, they discussed other me contactees and activities by other extraterrestrialcosmonauts visiting Earth. And during the third on 8 February they discussed the reasons for the Pleiadians being hereand why they do not make mass con-tact or contacts with prominent people. A fourth contact on 15 February, late atnight, described how the cosmonauts learn to speak other languages, as well as discus-sing how they make the trip fromthe Pleiades to Earth in such short relative times, and described some of the methods of propulsion used. And theywarned that as our society begins to travel in space, we must be aware that anyone carrying a club will always meetanother with one bigger still.In the fifth contact, the next day, Semjase described the devastation caused by a destroyer comet, and the origin of ourMoon, in a scenario reminiscent of the Velikovsky hypothesis. The ancient history of the early Pleiadian ancestors inanother home sun system was also described and how they came to travel to the Pleiades. A much earlier migration tothis solar system is also described and how and why it failed.The one third survivors of the Pleiadian ancestors original planet, after its devastation, evolved a new technology, anddesigned and built the great-spacer evacuation arks in just 900 years, and began to launch them everywhere for manyhundreds of years more. The ETs visiting Switzerland are the descendants of one of those space arks which occupiedone of the three planets engineered for human habitation, in one of the sun-systems in what we call the Pleiades today.They have experienced great gains and great losses many times over since that time. In a very real sense, we aredescendants of their earliest colonists attempting to settle in this solar system, together with an assortment of aboriginesand human exiles from a number of places.In the sixth contact on 23 February, the discussion centered around the relationship between the physical and spirituallives. The seventh, only two days later, on 25 February, took place in the late afternoon. Meier was alertedtelepathically, which was then confirmed in the usual way at that time in a manner consisting of ten short rings on histelephone, an impossible ring because there are not enough signal cams on the bell ringing device in those telephones toproduce such a ring. This form of confirmation was used to verify the communications for a time in the earlier contacts.Meier responded and proceeded to the indicated site at the appointed time. He had no wait this time as the contact wasthere expecting him. The initial dialogue went as follows:Meier: Today you called me yourself. Evidently you have something to tell me of importance, Semjase?Semjase:As you say, but you must keep silent about it:..................Meier: Okay, Semjase, I will do as you want - and keep silence.........Semjase: So I want to tell you something now, that surely will delight you: Within a short time I will get a newbeemship, which then you will also be allowed to photograph from near by, to get rather good pictures. In my presentship, regrettably, the automatic radiators are built-in, which means up to 100 meters, 90 to be more exact, woulddestroy your film. The radiation, as said, is not harmful to living creatures, yet, as said, it would affect your films.Meier: marvelous, I am delighted about this. Am I also allowed then, to capture the inside equipment on the film andundertake a flight with you, which you have promised me?

132. Semjase: You can fly with me when the time for this comes, but I am not to allow you to make even one single pictureof the inside of the beamship. perhaps at a later time, which I have not yet decided. Also at another time, you may beallowed to take a photo of me, but this is not open for discussion, because certain reasons do not allow this.Meier: All right, Semjase, I do not want to urge you. It is sufficient for me when you tell me it may be possible sometime. You also do not need to tell me the reasons, as they are surely of importance, and perhaps you are not allowed totell.- They are important, thats right. Yet you err, I would be allowed to tell them to you alone, but you are not allowed totell any others, thus you would have to hide it inside you.Meier- I do understand, and so you should not tell me the reason.Semjase:You are doing well. But now I must ask you not to forget my orderMeier- certainly not, how could I? But, do you already want to go?Semjase: No, I only repeated asking it because it is very importent. I really have time today, and that more thenanything else.Meier- This pleases me so we can talk calmly...Semjase - I am delighted as well, as it is comforting to speak with a human being like you. You have a character in yourbeing very sympathetic for me, a peculiar manner. Also your often extreme way of thinking and your philosophy attractme.Meier- Are you making me a proposal (forslag) of marriage, Semjase !Semjase (laughing loudly) Thats it; we would make a nice couple!Meier- we needs to have ideas, Semjase .Semjase You surely do not lack these, nor as well your peculiar humor.Meier- Unfortunately my humor often is taken in earnest.The conversation then turned to a discussion of Priest M. Rashid, a Greek Orthodox Pastor of a small Catholic churchin Jerusalem at the time the Pleiadians were using him as their contactee in that part of the world. He was also known toAsket and the DALs.After that, Meier produced his list of questions provided him by the group of friends to whom he was confiding thesecontacts. The questions discussed the races of mankind on Earth, extraterrestrial bases on Earth and the activities of thevisitors, etc. Part of this discussion pertained to a future photographic event and anticipated photographs that may notbe immediately released. Those pictures were successfully taken on 27 February 1975 near Jacobsberg-Allenberg atabout 10:00 in the morning and again at 16:00 in the afternoon. Another flight demonstration of four spacecrafttogether was offered, to take place at the time of departure of an old style spacecraft being returned to the home planet.The dialogue concerning this went as follows:Semjase: tomorrow I receive my new beamship which I have already announced to you earlier. For the last three dayswe have had four beam ships stationed in your country. we have decided to show you these four ships one time, forwhich after two days, at 10:00, you should go to, where we will offer you a demonstration flight, which you mayphotograph. I will not make contact with you .... Regrettably, I will not have much time, because I will still have to dosomething for a mission I must perform. Thus there is not time for a contact. To become more acquainted with my ship,I will perform a further journey in the afternoon, and I leave it up to you where I can meet you again for a flight contact,where you may take pictures again.Meier- It will be suited for me at...... at 16:00, because I will be at this place then. Is this allright for you?Semjase: Surely. I will be there at this time, at 16:00 of the 27th of February. About my old ship, I still want to explainthat it is already some hundreds of years old, and of the older type. Those older ships were built on a waveprinciple,which was used for control of stability, which now these types are being eliminated. In this respect also, my old one willbe taken home on your 3rd of March, by one of our pilots, and in the company of a second, smaller ship, of the explorerclass. If you want to, then I can agree that you may also photograph them as they start on their journey.Meier- Of course I would like that, Semjase, could they perhaps come to....... ?***The schedules were observed and Meier did in fact get color photographs of all four of the ships together in the sky ona graceful fly-by as the two ships were about to depart on their trip home.There is a lesson in punctuality here, and we, to our chagrin, received our own lesson in punctuality from theextraterrestrials. This happened when we were there in Switzerland with a film team to begin shooting a documentarymovie on this case. We had hoped all during the negotiations on this movie to be able to persuade the extraterrestrialsto put in an appearance on camera for the movie, and had made requests to them but got no answers, however we alsohad not received any denial.During our many days on site, during the course of the years of investigations, we had learned that everything dependedon "conditions". Things did happen while we were there, but never on request. So we came to infer that, if we got therewith the right team, with the right attitudes and the right motives, at the right time, something might happen.We already had indications that we had the right team, and now we were there and ready to go. We had been to thefarm and had introduced everybody around, and the technicians had examined the sites and conditions, and firstshooting was decided for the next morning at O8:OO. Everybody was awakened and breakfasted on time, and the

133. equipment was loaded into the vehicles and ready to depart on time to make our established schedule. Just as we wereabout to pull out of the hotel parking area, a big truck pulled in and stopped, blocking the only exit out of the loadingarea. We patiently waited for it to finish its business and leave so we could get going. Finally it departed and we left thehotel for the farm, getting there some 40 minutes late!As we pulled into the yard, we were met by Eva and some of the others working in the garden there, and asked why wewere late - as three Pleiadian ships had flown over at low level at about ten minutes after 08:00, and we had only missedthem by a few minutes! Had we been on schedule, there would have been our opening scene for the movie. We neverhad another opportunity after that. Thinking back, our situation at the hotel was not unmanageable. We could havelocated the driver of the truck and urged him to move it so we could get out of there, but we took the easy course,trying not to make waves in a host country who didnt really want us there anyway.The flight demonstrations took place two days later on the 27th, and again on the 3rd of March as planned, and Meierwas ready and got his photographs. when the four-ship formation arrived, it consisted of the old 7-meterReconnaissance ship being retired, its new 7-meter replacement, and two of the smaller Explorer craft which wereprimarily remote-control vehicles, but they could carry one occupant who could also operate it manually if desired.One of these pictures of the four-ship formation came into the hands of Official UFO during the time Bernie OConnorwas editor and the magazine still enjoyed its reputation for reliability. It was printed on the cover in full color with nocaption information or data of any kind identifying it. Here then is the data for that cover picture on about issue numberten.A whole roll of color photographs of the four-ship flight demonstration was taken that day, but it was very difficult forMeier to get all four of the ships in the film frame at the same time. He succeeded in getting more of the pictures withthree together than with four, and in many of them one or another of the several ships was cut-off in the edge of thepicture field.When one of the ships flew very slowly close-by overhead, Meier could see at an angle up through and between thelower central cone and the surrounding under ringflange, and could see a blinding white light like an arc welding flare. Itwent all around the circle seen as a gap between the understructure parts, and he noticed a difference in the amount ofthis gap at different times and under different flight conditions. This feature was never explained to him.(Picture/bilde: 27 Feruauy 1975, 16:00, Jacobsberg-Allenberg. Semjases demonstrates her new type ship for Meier scamera. On a very close approach overhead, Meier could see a brilliant white light between the central cone anw thesurrounding ring flange. It is visible in this picture here.)Meier wanted to proceed with more questions on his list but Semjase suggested that it may take too long to providesuitable answers in the time available on this occasion. In winding up that face-to-face conversation with the Earth man,Semjase said:Semjase; For today this has to be sufficient, because me obligations are calling me again. regretfully, I also have to tellyou, of not being able to came here for the next 24 days. because I have to perform a journey to......... Please dont tellthe place. There I have a certain mission one has given me.Meier- what a pity, Semjase , can I still give you then one or two More questions, when I will not see you for so long?Semjase - Yes. Simply ask. for there is sufficient time.Meier- Thank you. Until now, you have not told me where you stay when you are not holding conversation with me.can you give me some details about this?Semjase- Partly I can inform you about that, which means to you alone. I can tell you this but you may not publish all.We have our bases on Earth, as well as on many other planets, where we always can stay. Such a base we also keep inthis land, Switzerland; high up in the mountains at........ I have there me main place of stay when I am on Earth. But wealso have some other important stations, which are scattered over the whole world. But they are all so built that itwould be impossible to find them when one doesnt know them exactly. But I am often on the go and perform duties ondifferent worlds. I also go often for visits to me home planet, and so I often do stay in the Pleiades.Meier- can we later speak More thoroughly about this?Semjase - of course, but much of this will be for your ears only.Meier- nevertheless I am anxious. The time will become long for me.[It may now be revealed that Semjases anticipated trip had to do with some operations involving the small beings fromwhat we call Reticulum, a constellation seen in our southern sky. This note was recorded in early 1975. I did not haveaccess to these contact notes until 1979. But in late 197B, Bill Herrmann of Charleston began to observe strange flyingobjects in the local skies, and in early 1979 he was involuntarily abducted aboard one of the flying objects observed, andthose occupants of that disc-shaped space-ship told him they were from a planet in what we called Reticulum. I becameinvolved in the investigation of the Charleston contacts in early 1979, before I had any idea that the Swiss notescontained such references, and did not find out until the end of that year. Imagine my surprise to find such a connectionbetween two separate UFO cases, and both of them still going on. Bill Herrmann was taken aboard the Reticulianspacecraft two more times before I finished writing up the first volume of those contact notes in a work titled UFOCONTACT FROM RETICULUM, privately published in 1981.]The eighth contact, which took place in mid-afternoon on 18 march 1975, occurred earlier than expected becauseSemjase had returned from her mission two days earlier than planned, and summoned Meier to this contact almost

134. immediately after her return. He greeted her and anxiously opened the conversation with his unfinished list of questions,now greatly expanded.Meier- today I have a lot of questions, when you allow.Semjase - If there are not too many.Semjase- if there are not too manyMeier- I dont know; my first concerns the matter/rough-material stuff. what actually is it?Semjase - matter is a sizable idea. It is a solid form of energy, being sizable.Meier- That is evident, but how does it originate?Semjase - The principle is very easy, but I am not allowed to tell it. but it is such, that all energy can be changed intosolid matter. It is also necessary, to bundle the concerned energy securely and to concentrate it highly, thus it may beconverted into solid matter. By this, the elementary building blocks of the solid components of matter are generated;neutron, proton and electron. From those then form the atoms and the variety of chemical compounds, which then intheir different aggregation states form the solid outer manifestation, which is known to your scientists. Solid energy aswell as the original energy are of the same value in each direction. This means, origin energy is absolutely matter, asorigin matter is absolutely energy as well. This means that, without exception, everything in the Universe consists ofmatter or energy. Both terms, energy and matter, represent basically one and the same, but precisely in their separateforms: finematerial and coarse-material. Coarse-material is matter; finematerial is energy.Meier- well, allright, but this doesnt explain my question . I namely want to know how matter rises originally.Semjase - From out of basic energy, of course.Meier- You render too less precise. I think, that before the basic energy, there must be something else. Because, fromwhat I know, always two individual units, belonging together, result in a unit again.....Semjase - You are tireless, and you give me a predicament.Meier - I dont intend to.Semjase - okay now, I shall explain all for you, as far as I shall be allowed, though you seem to know more in thisrespect, then we know about you: matter is the embodiment of idea. As energy, the matter is finmaterial; and as matter,just highly concentrated and condensed. one can generate both kinds by apparatus, which you already do in differentways. Normally they are generated quite naturally, that is by spiritual forces, which is preceded by idea. The basicsource for this is The Creation, a vast spiritual reservoir, a factor, which again embodies the original energy. From itrises idea. The force of Spirit then (which and who again embodies energy) condenses and concentrates the idea tofinematerial energy, which then by still higher concentration becomes coarsematerial, or matter .......Meier- Then in fact, the whole Universe is, inside and out, only of finematerial and coarsematerial energy (which is)compressed and concentrated idea?Semjase - Certainly.Meier- But then, what is this vast spiritual formation, the factor of The Creation?Semjase - It consists of idea, condensed in itself towards itself to originate spiritual energy. We as well do not knowmuch more about this.[RAMTHA, another being who claims his origin in the Pleiades offers a similar description on page 203 of VOYAGETO THE NEW WORLD, where he says: "We have a kinship with the Sun for the first embodiments of our bodies islight. In bringing forth that which is termed a Round of Creation or creating that which is called the modular mass, itwas very necessary, in order, to have a source that the mass could come from. In the natural order of things, light isborn of thought. Thought is the eminent all Isness of all that is. Light is its second principle. In order to give birth tomass we must first have light, and we must have enough of it that the light can bring forth and concentrate and lower itsSelf that it can produce the mass...To break thought into mass you must lower it. And the lowering of its energy shall turn (thought into) light, and thelight of its energy shall turn to a thicker hue of blue and from blue into gross matter and from gross matter into theobject. That is the way all things work. Now, your Mother-Sun (is a) great source of Isness but the core, entity, is purethought."]Considering the many hundreds of pages of Ramtha dialogue which has already demonstrated the accuracy of hisstatements, it is difficult to pick this one out as any possible misstatement of fact or inadequacy of knowledge.Theconversation then turned to molecular biology and the action of the genes with respect to hereditary factors, and Meierhad asked if knowledge, or simply intelligence could be inherited, and received the amazing reply that it could beinoculated!Here is Semjases answer to that question:This is by nothing connected with the gene, because intelligence is a result of spiritual evolution. Spiritual thinking andits resultant spiritual knowledge, wisdom, and intelligence, are pure factors of spirit, but which also precipitate organicresults - in the brain, which consists of acid substances. These acids become the carriers of spiritual wisdom andintelligence in solid form, while the spirit still hides in itself that same essential knowledge, as fine material factors. Also,as the coarse-material form of life, every-thing is two dimensionally oriented, in consequence of which the pure spiritualor finematerial forms of life are as well existing in the coarsematerial form.In this case then, this means, wisdom and intelligence exist in spiritual-energetical as well as coarse-material form, asorganic acid. This enables wisdom and intelligence to become transplanted in coarsematerial form. This means, too, that

135. these acids can be taken from a brain and be planted into another brain. By such, whole races of creatures can then bebrought to a selected level of wisdom, knowledge and intelligence, without each separate being having to pass throughthe different evolution periods. By this, even a new spirit form (which Earth humans may in error call insane or idiotic)may be given a more highly developed form of knowledge and life.But in this direction your scientists have been working for some time and have achieved some success - even thoughthis is not known to the broad public. Thus, intelligence and wisdom is by no means genetically produced, because theyare alone transmitted and carried forward by the ensouling body spirit. Because of this, an intellectual or very wisehuman being may bear descendants which Earthmen would call in-some or idiotic; also the reverse of spiritually andintellectually deficient humans bearing descendants of great spiritual and intellectual development. This is really onlyconnected with how far the body inhabiting spirit itself is developed. If wisdom and intelligence were gene-conditioned,then a new spirit would never find a habitation (body), while the already existing form of life would degenerate and dieout, because they were spiritualized too rapidly. This is because higher developed life is always being created, and thusfor new spirits, no life and development opportunities would exist.****In response to another request to bring others into these contacts with him, Semjase sharply replied:Semjase - Have I expressed myself too little clearly? I told you already several times that this will not be possible underany circumstances. me have elected you alone, where we also remain. nothing can be changed. It is known to me someof your friends only want to contact me because they doubt your information and want proof. They dont even acceptyour photos, because they are captured by distrust... They consider themselves to be realistic, which is not true. Theirrecognition of reality is not based on knowledge... They believe that only what they can see with their own eyes can bereal, wherein they do not consider that they could be deceived by their own seeing.Evidence then is only valid if founded on knowledge and recognition, which means only hard spiritual work enables realreasoning, but never only seeing. me gave you the chance to collect photographic material so you could confirm yourdetails in respect to the existence of our beamships ships with pictures. And although you have many good photos,some do not believe you. me the contrary, they demand still further proofs in the way that we should break our owngood principles and take up contacts as well with those other Earth humans. This we will not do and will deviate in nomanner from our cbjectives. me still dont want, and are not allowed, to coerce to convince Earth humans of the truth.We are only allowed to do what lies in reach of our objectives, and for this we have selected you, and you shouldspread the knowledge according to your best estimation. How you do this is up to you, for you are a free form of life.Explain to your friends that we are not willing to grant them their demands for a contact with them. It is absolutelyimpossible to concede this; in every respect.For the coming while you also should not take further pictures of my beamship, because the ones you have are fullysufficient. I gave you enough chance to get good photos, which become only doubted. Thus it shall suffice for the time,for it is neither our nor your mission, to remove from doubters and criticizers their spirit-obstructing activities. Themission lies in quite other fields, as you well know.Meier- This doesnt sound very kind, Semjase , and it also disappoints me that I should not take further pictures. Duringyour absence I have bought me a filmcamera, because I wanted to get a movie of your ship.Semjase - Your disappointment pities me, but the status should remain. Still, I will admit your using the filmcamera, thatyou may be allowed to film my ship. But you are prohibited from doing this up close, and also you may not get me onyour film. But I will give you a short demonstration of my ship.Meier- Thank you. I could not film from near anyway, else the camera be destroyed. You had said earlier I couldphotograph your new ship up close. As you know I tried this last contact, which failed because my camera, so to speak"exploded" in my hands and fell, and the light measuring instrument and searcher were broken. I had to send it forexpensive repair.Semjase - Did this really happen? I am sorry, and I will make it up. That was not meant....In the ninth contact which took place on Friday, the 21st of March 1975 in late afternoon, the discussion turned to thepurpose of these contacts at this time and the ETs view of present Earth humanity.Semjase says: We are neither guardians of Earth beings nor God-sent angels or similar. Many persons suggest we arewatching over Earth and her beings and would control their fates. This is not true, because we only perform a self-selected mission which has nothing to do with supervising or regulating Earth fates. Thus it is wrong to expose us assuperterrestrial messengers and guardians. If we were such, we would regulate openly. So this is not true, because theEarth human goes his own evolutionary way. Surely, he is barbarous, and also impetuous in his research, and oftenunscrupulous. But barbarism is peculiar to many creatures, for it is natural conditioning and suited, thus life is assured.In this I speak of natural barbarism which is not degenerative. Such is also the character of More developed beings thanEarth man and first ends at higher levels of spiritual development... It is not suited for the Earth being to be degradedfor this...he is a descendent of wild ancestors and has to go the way of his evolution. This leads through misery and troublestoward cognition and knowledge. But this takes toughness and a certain barbarism, without which no inclination for anew better future takes place. At first a certain barbarism inspires research and development, because in this is strengthto overcome confinements which obstruct progress ....... Earthman may recognize that he would not become liberated

136. from sickness if life was not cut short by it, inspiring analysis of the sickness germs and the search for protective means.The risk life for exploratory purposes is necessary barbarism (which may be tolerated).Yet all kinds of evolution is barbaric, because that generates the necessary strength. A great danger is of scientistsutilizing the power of their knowledge to beat their less developed fellow creatures into slavery and exploitation. Fromthis they should be prevented, as well as their technical achievements which only serve for destruction. It is not in anybest interest, their setting themselves up as Gods, and by this trans mitting the same mistakes their forefathers alreadydid. These influences we want to prevent. Still we want to encourage certain cognitions and show certain ways. Andwhen we interfere in certain matters, that is only so that Earth beings would not commit the same errors for which ourforefathers so painfully suffered."Further on in the ninth contact, Semjase continues a chronology of Pleiadian recent history begun in the fifth contact,where she described their migration to the star group we call the Pleiades. She resumes now with one of their earlierarrivals in our solar system and on Earth. This history, though clearly beyond all documented records, is not entirelyimplausible and may even shed some light on other ancient accounts of early history of our humanity. Other phenomenalworks such as OHASPE by John Newbrough and ISIS UNVEILED by Helena P. Blavatsky have described some ofthis in varying degree before but perhaps not as succinctly.(Denne følgende beretning er noe mer detaljert beskrevet, og også på norsk i "jordens fjernhistorie i et nytt lys" underRune Øverbys base under "galactic server", og også i de svenske kontaktreferater med Semjase på samme nett-adresse)Semjase - At our fifth contact, we ended the history of (our) mankind wheresome 50,000 years ago in Earthchronology, our homeworlds found peace and liberty. Shortly before this time, 70,000 human beings fled (the Pleiades)under the leadershipof Pelegon. In spacecraft which they took by force, they fled through the cosmos and settled hereon Earth. Under Pelegon were 200 subleaders, scientists, competent in special fields of knowledge. By these, andothers, Pelegon was unanimously acknowledged as "King of Wisdom" (IHWH/God) and regarded as such. In thecourse of milleniums, they constructed great cities and inhabited all the continents of Earth. Regrettably, this went wellfor only a narrow 10,000 years, until desires for power and control prevailed once more, and a deadly war raged overall the Earth. Without exception, all was destroyed, and only a few thousand human beings survived (on Earth) whileothers fled once more into the cosmos and settled on faraway worlds.For 7,000 years, none returned to Earth, and the humans left behind degenerated and became completely wild. Thendescendents of those who had settled on faraway worlds returned. They were again under the leadership of an IHWH,under whose command they built on Atlantis and Mu. They built huge cities on each of the two separate continents. Forthousands of years they lived in friendship and peace, until a few scientists were again overcome by the old thirst formight and power, and tried to seize the government. But having tired of wars, the nations rose against them, and theyoccupied spaceships and fled into cosmic space; that being some 15,000 years ago in Earth chronology. For twomilleniums, they and their descendants lived in a neighboring solar system. Two millenniums during which they hadbecome very evil and only maintained order under strictest control. By mutation and their sciences, they extend theirlifespans to some thousands of years.Overcome by their thirst for power, they left their world about 13,000 years ago and returned to Earth Their highestleader was the scientist "ARUS", who was also called "The Barbarian"...Like the IHWH 40,000 years before, he also had 200 leaders and subleaders, who were competent in special fields ofsciences. In two groups, they settled the high north and the present Florida of North America, while they continuouslyattacked Atlantis and Mu in wars. In only a few millenniums after their occupation of Earth bases, they succeeded indestroying the civilizations of Atlantis and Mu. The few survivors went into servitude, while many great scientists wereable to flee, and return to their homeworlds in the Pleiades.But centuries before this point in time, the intruders boasted of their conquest of Earth, and the IHwh ARUS led asevere and bloody regime. Still his subleaders assumed for themselves many things and became More and moreindependent. Within only three decades they had gone far in their own decisionmaking, even though they feared thepunishments of the IHWH ARUS. They advocated a codex, to under all circumstances maintain their own race pure andnot allow it to fall to mutations away from themselves. In a forbidden manner and secretly, they went out and caughtwild Earth creatures and mutations who were distant descendants of former human beings from cosmic space. Wild andbeautiful female beings were tamed and mated with by the leaders who called themselves "Sons of Heaven". Each,according to his own race, created mutated beings, completely new forms of life, who were of dwarf-like stature,gigantic, or animal-like. Semjasa, the highest of the subleaders, mated with an EVA, a female being, who was stillmostly human-like and also rather beautiful (in feature and form). The descendent of this act was of male sex and ahuman being of good form. Semjasa called him "Adam", which was a word meaning "Earth human being". A similarbreeding produced a female, and in later years they were mated to each other. Meanwhile, others similar had beenproduced, who forced groups and tribes. From these, present Earth mankind developed.IHWH me angered by those activities, seized his subleaders when he could catch then and killed or exiled them. In timehe changed his mind and recognized a new power he could exercise over the Earth beings. With newly appointedsubleaders and guard-angels, he brought three human races under his control. These were the ancestors of those whotoday are known as "Indians"; then the (fair-sknnned) inhabitants who had settled around the Black Sea; and the thirdwere the Gypsies along the south of the Mediterranean Sea, who were called Hebrews. Through his guard-angels,

137. IHWH ARUS subjugated those races and forced them under his control. As the highest ruler over them, he allowedhimself to become venerated and adored. He allowed them to venerate him above Creation itself, and his subleaders asassistant creators. He imposed harsh and severe laws demanding blood of the guilty.His son JEHAV who took over his dominion was little better, for he too as IHWH demanded only blood and deathfrom the three enslaved races. The later descendants of these "Gods" became more humane and developed a degree ofspirituality. Their spiritual evolution changed their minds and they decided to leave the development of the Earth beingsto their natural course, and retired to their homeworld, so they left the earth and returned as peaceful creatures to thePleiades, where their own mankind had reached advanced states.United, we live together today and are an allied population in peace and liberty. This is the essential, that is importantfor Earth beings to know.......*****This was a stupendous statement, and not altogether unsupported. There is evidence of other great deadly wars foughton Earth, even using atomic weapons in our far distant past, and almost inconceivably beyond our present age ofscience, which is actually less than 200 years old. The Takauti Documents of Japan, which predate all other recordsthere, and all records in the western world, going back 24,000 years in unbroken history (the foundation of Shinto),support these claims of earlier man-made atomic devastation of this world. The Takauti Documents, on which theancient Shinto Teachings and the old Kojiki history are based, describe a great worldwide atomic war in that distantpast, and even contain maps showing the locations of each of the atomic blasts, and the cities destroyed.The symbol on those old maps which marks the sites of the blasts is a mushroom-shaped cloud. The Hindu Mahabharatadescribes still another great world atomic war that occurred about 8,000 years ago, which wiped out whole nations andvast armies and left total and complete devastation. It was to some of these sites that Asket took Meier in a trip into thepast, to show him with his own eyes what man has done to himself. Is it possible that the Pleiadians now visitingSwitzerland feel that they have vested interests here coming over from their own belligerent and often chaotic past, andperceiving yet another atomic devastation by the scientists new ascendancy, a legto us from their own history, now seekto head it off if possible?In the last of that contact, Meier was chastised for not getting this word out before it may be too late, and he objectedthat he was not a suitable one to do this, for which he was further rebuked(irettesatt) and then offered some help in anattempt to make it easier for him.The Pleiadians had indicated to Meier that they could influence phenomena and could control events; They gave usadequate and convincing evidence of these capabilities on a number of occasions during our 8 years of investigations inthis case.One time in Europe on our way to see Meier, we were picked up and taken to an interview with what we took to be asenior intelligence officer of a certain national government. During that interview a multiple-secured safe was openedand we were shown an object. Inside of that safe at that time, on a top shelf, laying flat, was a plain powder-blue folderwith an enclosure clip, and a signature sheet was fastened to the front. That folder was never touched or moved as wecrouched in front of the opened safe. After viewing and inspecting the new object of interest, it was returned to a baginside and the safe was carefully closed and locked, and the piece of furniture disguising it was returned to its normalappearance.That interview lasted several hours, and then we were taken back to our hotel, which was kept locked and also guardedby a watchman - and our rooms were also kept securely locked, and we were on a secure top floor.We got back around 12:30 (after mid-night), and sat in Lee and Brits (also investigators on the Meier-case) room forabout a half hour talking as Lee emptied his pockets and put his wallet, passport and money on the top of a lowwardrobe chest right there be-side the bed. There was nothing up there at the time but what he removed from hispockets. It would have been impossible to have missed anything else on there.We finally turned in for the night, and Lee and Brit locked their door and went to bed. At 06:30 next morning, I, havinggotten up early, went to Elders door to get him up for an early breakfast, and knocked. The door was still locked andLee got up and got his key and unlocked it and let me in while he got dressed.When Lee reached for his wallet and money on the wardrobe, he discovered for the first time, that they were coveredover by the big blue folder from the safe of the night before, lying just as it had been in the safe!!! Brit was awakened byour excitement and observed that blue folder also. Nobody had gotten up and unlocked the door since going to bed thenight before.There had been no callers, and the mysterious folder on the wardrobe was only a few feet from thesleepers.Leaving Brit to guard the folder and get dressed, Lee and I went down to a lower level, to a phone, and called theofficer. He was dumbfounded upon hearing of the blue folder, and held the line open while he went to the safe andchecked.Sure enough -- the sensitive blue folder was in fact missing from the safe. He asked us not to touch it, and saidhe would be right over. He arrived in minutes, with a bodyguard, and removed the folder after insisting on ourassurances that we had not looked in it, and asking us to promise not to release this fact for a safe time, which we havedone. He was persistent in wanting to know how we had done this, and wasnt quite satisfied with our answer that wedid not do it.But this was just one of several such incidents that made believers out of us and maybe him too. At the be-ginning of

138. that meeting with that same gentleman, in a special suite in the Grosvenor Hotel in London, the residence of severalmovie stars, and facing Hyde Park, a similar phenomenal event took place that made us begin to wonder who was reallyin control of what was going on.There had been a build-up to this meeting, with some previous contacts, so we knew where we were going and why. Atthe beginning of that first interview, we had been received and escorted into the suite used by that gentleman as anoffice. After that we were taken to a "secure room" for our discussion, and were just taking our seats. The room was alarge one, like a living room, longer than wide, with a picture window on one side and a long sofa on the opposite. Tothe right of the long sofa was another door with a big desk inside, more chairs and filing cabinets along one wall. In thecorner to the right, in front of the long sofa was an executive chair, a big overstuffed chair of black leather with fatarms. At each arm was a side-table with a phone on it, white on one side and a red phone on the other. The other seat inthe room was a smaller sofa at right angles to the long sofa and also facing the executive chair. The only other piece offurniture there was a large coffee table in front of the long sofa. I took a seat on the far right end of the long sofa, andLee and Brit took the smaller sofa. We were both facing the big executive seat and were invited to sit down, which wethen did.As soon as we were seated, and before any conversation was started, the white phone rang 10 short rings! I was joltedwith surprise and I quickly looked at Lee and Brit, who were also looking surprised. Our interviewer had picked up thephone and was trying to get an answer, but apparently there was nobody on the line. Recovering, I asked the gentlemanif his phone ever rang like that before. He said it was a strange ring allright, as he was still trying to get an answer onthe other end of the line, but now it clearly seemed to be dead.I suggested somebody playing tricks, and he said he could find out, and dialed the operator and asked what happened tothe call that just came through; he seemed to have been cut off, he said. "No call?... No light on the switchboard?...Could anybody call in on this line without going through the switchboard?... The board would light up and show it... Nolights for this room?... No calls into the switchboard in the last five minutes?... Thank You." He cleared his throat andturned to start the conversation again, when the red phone rang 10 short rings! He grabbed the phone and quicklyanswered it as though he would catch the caller this time. Again no answer.This time there was no mistaking the ring. Our interviewer said, "I cant believe this! Ill get to the bottom of it rightnow. This is a direct line right to Telephone Central. It bypasses the switchboard downstairs me woes through no otheroperators. It is a secure line and only especially cleared people can use it."He hung the phone up, and then picked it up again and dialed the Telephone Central operator. "You did not call?... Nocalls to this number?... But the phone rang!... You did not ring it?... Nobody else can ring it?... No calls camethrough?... This is very strange... I thank you..." Needless to say, our attention was not very well concentrated on therest of that interview.Then when we inadvertently "sanitized" our trail and lost the agents he had assigned to us, noteven knowing we had done it, he must have wondered indeed.These situations were only a few of more than a dozen such, of different kinds, which clearly demonstrated to us, withno shadow of a doubt, that the Pleiadians were aware of everything we were doing, as well as everything anybody elsewas doing that may pertain to them in any way. they alone knew who all the players were. We were able to identify onlya few incidentally. The total amount of effort by all must have been spectacular. We already had suspicions of thedegree of involvement by others, mostly covert, and could easily see why and how Meier had lost so much of hismaterial.This broad interest was confirmed when a different agent of another country called Lee and made an appointment tomeet him in a certain small restaurant. Lee decided to keep the appointment to see what this man might want. He wassurprised to hear the man offer to exchange some of the information we had missed because of its disappearance fromMeiers control, for copies of some of the material we got to first which they had missed in their collection efforts. Wemade a point of not documenting this background maneuvering because we were trying to concentrate on the facts ofthe extraterrestrial contacts as the phenomenon under study rather than who else might be interested, which had alreadyproved dangerous and we didnt want any more if that.There is no doubt in our minds that some very unusual agency, capable of some remarkable feats of magic wasinvolved, and whatever it was, it had to do with our own investigation of the Pleiades contacts in Switzerland.The tenth contact in the afternoon of 26 March 1975, consisted of a long discourse on the nature of Spirit, the Godwithin, and its relationship with the All of CREATION, the fact that the Spirit in man is the creator of its own destinyand mans contact with deity.This whole discourse sounded remarkably like the Ramtha Dialogues, considering the fact that, although thecommunicators in both cases said they originated in the Pleiades, they communicated to entirely different groups ofpeople, in different places, at different times; all unknown to each other. They both described a non-personified Creationconsciousness that ensouls all, and in which all has its being. The Creation consciousness is the sum of all its parts, andeach part has equal access to the All. In effect we are all coCreators within The Creation, and each has its own directcontact with its Godself within. In that sense each is master of his own destiny and constantly creates his future as heprogresses. The future of all is the collective of all the individual futures as they balance out.In the eleventh contact on 15 April 1975, again in mid-afternoon, Meier is criticized once more for moving too slowly ingetting his mission, for which he has been so carefully prepared over such a long time, into motion. He is advised that

139. he needs support and that he should get his friends more involved and organize them into a group effort. when hecomplains of a lack of resources for such undertakings, he is reminded how they saved his life in the desert of Africawhen he was totally without resources, that his training included helping him to find resources where they were scarce.After more discussion, Meier remebered something and asked Semjase about a new sighting observed from his home:Meier- what was it the evening of the 20th of March, at 19:30 hours? My children and my wife had called me to thewindow, because they saw, within only about a kilometer of distance, an object of reddish or yellowish colors, flyingfrom north to south. Several neighbors had seen this from the street too and wondered about it.Semjase: This was none of us either, but the event is known to me. It treats of a beeeship of a race known to us, from aneighboring system to our home planets. It treats of peace-minded beings, who for the sake of expedition, travelthrough space and to other worlds. Especially the Earth interests them, and so their shining beamships are frequentlyseen. Their technoligies are not yet as developed as Ours, and the creatures are as well rather unconcerned whether theyare seen or not.Meier - what sort of beings or characters are they?Semjase - They are human forms, and what is more important, is that they are peaceminded and in contact with us,which unfortunately can not be said about all who cross through the Universe.The twelfth contact occurred at 15:11 in the afternoon of 20 April 1975, only a half hour after a photo demonstration.Meier had taken pictures of some friends at this site a little earlier in the day, and now in the excitement of another flightdemonstration and trying to get as many photos as possible, it appears that he had inadvertently re-loaded the film withthe pictures of the people on it into his camera and shot photos of the spacecraft on top of the others in what appears tobe a series of double exposures. When Meier got the developed slides back and had them printed, he was sure that thePleiadians had posed their ship over the heads of the people, but in a computer we were able to separate the twopictures into their separate parts and they look to be double exposures. If they were double exposures, the film framesmatched together quite closely, which seems to be something very difficult to do, if not purely by accident. Semjaseasked for the slides for study and did not bring them back. She criticized Meier for trying to get people and thespacecraft in the same picture though, saying that such photos may not be good for certain of those concerned.Meier had brought small boxes and padding as he had been instructed to do, and Semjase gave him some extraterrestrialmineral specimens she had promised, telling him what each was so he could make]me notes to later identify thespecimens. While they were doing this, Meier observed that the Pleiades is a so-called open star-cluster in Taurus, andasked how many stars they had there in that group. Semjase answered, "Some 254."Meier came back to the landing site the following day to examine the tracks, and noticed that an army team wassearching the same area and taking samples. They had the landing place marked on their map. He pretended not to beinvolved and got on his mo-ped and rode away.The thirteenth contact at 17:20 in the afternoon of 25 April 1975, was a short one.Semjase - The time today is, by regret, very scarce, thus we can only discuss the most important (things). For the first, Ibring back the loaned book, about which I dont need to express myself more. I refer to the judgment which I havegiven you in my last contact. me views have not changed.Meier - I will convey your answer to me friend, and in his name I also thank you for your trouble.Semjase - It is not worth mentioning, and on the other hand, I am very delighted that your friend wanted my judgmentof this book. If all of your friends were as reasonable, confident and friendly, as he, then everything would run betterwith your mission. I am delighted about your other two friends, though they are some ponderous in cbjective. Thismatter is only their thinking, which they first have to educate toward new objectives and new recognitions. Still I canassure them of finding their endeavors, their perceptive faculties and their will being remarkable. About the otherpersons in the group I already have spoken in our last meeting, and I do not want to came to that again. The decision isdone in this respect, by which it is sufficient. But their whole mind is not well for our undertaking, so I have wonderedwhether I should destroy the film, which you exposed on Sunday morning of the 20th, at 10:00, in which they werephotographed... I have de cided to destroy the film as was me Your closer friends should not be disappointed for that,as in the tomorrow day, I want to give you one more chance, during the afternoon, to photograph further pic tures. Ihave but to dettle the destination, no disturbing factors there being allowed, such as the mentioned persons represent...Meier - Of course I observe your decision, Semjase, though I pity the destruction of the film. That you offer one morechance for such photographing makes it acceptable again. What now still interests me is another matter. More andthere I can observe UFOs, which, according to their forms, do not belong to you. In most cases the objects are but sovery far away, that one can not see more details, or even photo graph them, which doing would be very interesting forcomparison. Can I do anything in this respect, to get sometime a chance for photo graphing? The second questionconcerns the crystals you have brought me. my friend F.L. - was delighted with the green malachite stones. He nowasks you whether you could bring him a still greater piece of this same sort of mineral?Semjase - I regard it very interesting that you pass over the destruction of the film so easily, which is just not yourcharacter, because I know very well how much you can become excited if anything does not run as you desire. Youpose a riddle in this respect. But you also honor me, that you simply accept my decision.Concerning the strange UFO that you want to expose for a comparison, I myself can do nothing, unfortunately. Youwell might influence them with your thought, concentrated on their flight and light mission, but not in a way that you

140. could command them to come near enough to capture them on film. From my side I have only a possibility to do so. SoI will do this if I have a chance, and call you.Of course I would like to bring a piece of the malachite stone to your friend F. L. But this should not become a habit, asI have agreed in general, bringing stones and crystals, when they are destined for your collections purpose or for theselling of them. But for your three closest friends I will make an exception. However they will have to be patient,because it will be some weeks before I can provide such things again.In respect to your lectures concerning our mission (about needing more photos), we have conciliated. So I can tell youthe decision, that we agree to your making still some dozens of diaphotos of my ship; this contrary to my formerdecision. we come to that from the opinion, that a certain number of pictures of this kind are useful for the matter andare worth it... Nevertheless, we want to limit the pictures to an amount of 100, which surely will be enough......Editors comment: There is no little confusion over the pictures taken at Ravensbuhl at 10:00 in the morning on 20 Aprilwhen Meier snapped a number of pictures of several group members standing upon-a rise and looking out over thevalley. A little after 14:30 that same afternoon he snapped color photographs of a flight demonstration of the spacecraftin the same general vicinity. When he got the slides back from developing, he was surprised to discover many frameswith an image of the spacecraft above the heads of the group of friends. At that point he was sure that the Pleiadiws hadactually been in those pictures but invisible to him and the group. In small slide form they looked pretty much like Meiermight be right. The first direct printing from slides to prints was on the lighter side and they still looked pretty much thesame. In a later denser printing it became possible to see two separate horizon lines. When these prints were introducedinto a good computer it was possible to separate the images into their two separate pictures.We can only conclude that Meier is mistaken here and had lost count on the film frames he had exposed at 10:00 andconfused some frames with those exposed at 14:40 in the afternoon without witnesses.It is entirely possible that Semjase destroyed some of the film with the error pictures, as she said, because at that timeMr. Meier did not have the best of control over his photos and films. He may have had a partial roll of pictures of thepeople from the morning photos in his camera at the end of the morning picture-taking session and rolled it back intothe film cartridge when he removed the film from his camera. Putting it with his unused film to be finished later, he mayhave, in the excitement of his hurried snapshots of the flight demonstration that afternoon, unknowingly loaded it intothe camera and started again with frame number one, forgetting that he had some pictures already on the beginning ofthe film, or even possibly thinking he had a fresh roll with no used frames, and simply shot the whole roll over again.; orhe may have knowingly loaded it again with the intention of advancing the film past the earlier exposures, with thepeople, to new frames, and then just forgot to do so, either of which would have double-exposed that first frame and allsubsequent pictures up to the first unexposed frame, after which the UFO pictures would have continued without thepeople below it. This is just about what I saw when I looked at this series before some losses there.In this case, the double exposures would have to be the first frames on the roll, and all with the lower edge numbers.Unfortunately nearly all of the original diapositives have been lost, and we have been unable to locate those originals forpossible verification.Of course we are only guessing here, because we simply do not know, and Mr. Meier is no longer certain, but does notaccept our double-exposure argument, preferring his own understanding.Continuing now the talk between Semjase and Meier:Meier- I am delightfully surprised, Semjase, thanks very much.Semjase - Your thanks are not necessary.Nevertheless, I am delighted. But now still one question : does there exist the possibility........Semjase - Regretfully, I must interrupt you. As I have said, my time is very limited today...Meier- I only have a very short question .Semjase - If so, please ask.Meier- Is there the possibility that you could bring from your home planet, or from any other worlds, some pictures anytime, or that I can give you my camera, by which then you get pictures?Semjase - This I have to deny, unfortunately, because such would go too far. Besides the crystals and stones, we haveto limit ourselves to the things of the Earth.Thank you, Semjase, this suffices for me. But I have just now remembered, having been on the 21st of April, the dayafter our last meeting, again at Ravensbuhl, having observed militaries there searching the whole environment. Have younoticed anything of this matter?Semjase - This is a further question ; but I know nothing of that event. It might well be possible, someone havingobserved the departure of my ship and having announced this to the authorities or to the Army, which now and thenhappens, unfortunately,after which a search is performed. This happens when we are not careful enough or when lesscareful strange ships appear and even land. As you know, we do take pre cautions in every respect to prevent suchoccurrences. Though all caution is not enough, because often there are observing eyes where we do not assume them tobe, even at so late a time of the night. This may unfortunately then lead to unpleasant incidents, especially when we flyseveral times to the concerned place or have to touch down there. especially authorities and the Army feel themselvesmenaced in their power, when they are informed of sightings and landings of beamships (which are beyond their abilityto control), although we are not interested in upsetting or menacing their primitive force, as this mission is obligated

141. alone to Earth human beings.Though they are very much interested in our ships, and carry out research and examinations, the authorities and theArmy deny these facts very strongly. All in-formation in this respect, concerning spaceships, sightings, touchdowns,etc., are much denied by them, as well as their highly secret researches and examinations of beamship landing places,etc. So do not worry about the military you have met at Ravensbuhl, because their investigations are secret anyway, andthey hide themselves behind untruths about what they do. They will contest in every respect, your observations, even ifyou demonstrated with photographs, which matter could be dangerous for you, as you know already from your ownexperience. So do not worry about the machinations of the Army, as this could otherwise become dangerous for ourmatter...*****The fourteenth contact at 14:00 on 29 April 1975, was called by Meier, where the crystals were discussed, and acriticism of some archaic laws still on the books took place, with an observation that most man made laws were outsideof human dignity and beyond reason. The discussion then turned to group members until Semjase interrupted with awarning that a vehicle was approaching, a tractor, and that she must leave immediately to avoid arousing suspicion. Shedeparted immediately...The fifteenth contact only two days later, on 1 May of 1975, at 15:57, was urgently called by Semjase and the openingconversation was as follows:Semjase - I have called you so urgently, because I have to talk to you about very important things. So listen verycarefully so that no mis-understanding should arise.Meier- Just speak, Semjase. As usual, I am all ears while you talk.I can at least catch my breath, for you have hunted methrough very much landscape, --up hill, down hill, through thorns and water puddles, I had to run. why havent youcalled me to the Kanton Wallis? (A very distant county.)Semjase - (Laughing) I well could have commanded you still farther away, but didnt think it necessary. It was importantto order you here, because we are fully undisturbed, while in the surroundings closer to your home today, many humansare taking excursions.**Semjase explained some events observed and sought to redress some misjudgment on her part.Semjase - I have to confess to having made some mistakes, which have brought me to wrong conclusions. Yet I dontwant to exclude that you can came in the same way to wrong decisions, as I. At all ends we are human beings, evenwhen come from different stars and spiritual positions, being fundamentally like-minded creatures who have to go theway of their own evolution. This then does not exclude my making mis-takes, which I ask your friends andacquaintances to understand. me really are not creatures of perfection as some would like to label us. If such thingshappen under me, then I do call than, because it would make no sense for me to hide or contest them. Such would onlywork to me own disadvantage.now I want to explain about the help which I promised to your group, in which I willhave to ask you to evaluate such assistance as well as other...no persons not being group members should be initiated into these things. To all of those, I suggest you keep silenceabout some things. So I want to direct, in your interest, that you hand over to certain persons, contact reports andphotos, but no photo negatives, films or diapositives. You also should hand over crystals and minerals only to membersof the group, or to other secure persons, but never to strangers to your group.You may perform film and slide lectures, but be careful of the lecture materials. There exist those who would like toseize possession of the material at your disposal, and who even do not neglect intrigues for this purpose. In this be verycautious, for we cannot interfere if you should cause difficulties for yourself.******After a short discussion of image projections and related phenomena, and a description of an experiment she offered todemonstrate at another time, she brought this meeting to a close.Semjase - but now again the time has came that we have to say good-bye, but I myself will call you again after a shortwhile, because there are other matters to be cleared.Meier - But call me then to china, or Chiahuahua, as those places arenearer than this place.Semjase - may it also be the South - or north pole?Meier- As you desire, Semjase, only there it is a bit cold, which I dont like much.The sixteenth contact came only two more days later --in the form of a "thought transmission", in which the ET visitorconfessed some inattention on their and Meiers part during a recent photo demonstration, when she was concentratingon positioning the ship, and he was overly concerned with the operation of the camera, thus escaping the detection ofboth, some people who observed the demonstration and the filming, and became astonished by the performance. Someof these followed Meier, still being unnoticed by him, and made inquiries about him. Three of these undertook steps toexpose Meiers activities in certain places, one of these being the place where the spacecraft circled a weatherpine forcomparison purposes during the filming. They had decided to eliminate that tree, which was one of the reasons for thiscontact, and the ET warned that they must be more careful in the future in such matters, one of the reasons for pickingthe remote contact sites. She cautioned that the landing places must remain secret, which must also be understood bythe group around Meier.

142. The seventeenth contact was another face-to-face meeting at 02:48 AM on 9 me 1975. Meier waited a long time at theappointed contact point, and was about to give up.Meier- You let me wait a very long time here for this contact!Semjase - This has came about because of our in attentiveness, and be cause of your film and photographic labors.Different problems have arisen. We had to regulate and neutralize them first. To prevent further such events, we havesettled an order; that for the next while you ought not to make any more photographs or films. On the other hand thematerial you have is sufficient for you.Meier - I regret that, but you seem to be dramatizing the matter, which is a strange view of you for me.Semjase - The whole matter is much more earnest than you sewn to assume. Not without purpose I had to eliminateforms of life... Such concerns, under the laws of our race, admit such eliminations only in case of emergency. And inthat case, such emergency was ahead, though it may not appear that way to you. But this you will understand, if youknow now, that the military you watched was indeed active there on the 21st of April because of my beamship. This wehave verified besides other concerns. Your fears and assumptions were correct. But still many other things haveoccurred in this respect, thus we had to spend much time these last few days removing these difficulties. We needed tofind out all those humans from out of the crowds, who had reached dangerous cognitions of our activities. In all ofthese we were forced to eliminate their memories in this respect to avoid harm of any kind. me know, that theconfusions and troubles have been serious, and I dramatize them in no way. me also understand that, for some while Ican not allow any more photographs, films, etc. -- and this by longer sight. Instead, I will allow you to capture otherthings onto your films. But there is still some time and you have to be patient...***Semjase then answered a number of Meiers questions to a point where Meier felt he had to bring the meeting to a closeand get home. An interesting sidelight on that is offered in the closing exchange of dialogue.***Meier- I understand completely, and I am well satisfied with what you gave. But for today this may be sufficient,because I have to go home again into my bed.Semjase - I regret having to tear you out of your sleep, and you must be still tired because (of it)?Meier - of course I am, and besides I am freezing, as in spite of the warm days, the nights are still cold. But the realcause is my wife, as I left without waking and informing her. If she suddenly wakes and I am not there, then she will beafraid. Thus I have to go home again and lay in the bed like nothing has happened.The eighteenth contact on 15 May 1975, beginning right at 21:34 in the evening offered a most profound discussion ofthe nature of Spirit, and underscored the need for Meiers "Mission" now. It is considered so important that the wholeopening discourse is reported here.Semjase - Before today we were discussing other things, but today I want to continue with the discussion of Spirit... Aperson may react to the word or the designation "creation" in different ways, as though it were some thing apart, andbeautiful or good. Such is not exactly the case. Such characterizations as "omnipresent", "all-powerful", "all-knowing"are valid characterizations of the (very) nature of the Creation. Millions of religious humans do not understand the truenature of the creation. Wherever they speak of it, they tend to personify It as a God being (which is then itself aseparation from the Creation), and they confuse the idea of The Creation. So it is very important to know as much aspossible about the character and the nature of The Creation, for when the word is understood properly, it buoys theinner mind and connects it to its source as soon as the word is heard.[In another context, The Creation was described as the sum of all that is manifest and unmanifest (the matter realmbeing only a very small part), and that all that IS is THE CREATION experiencing its polarization, which produces thecreated and its experience, all of which continuously adds to the total experience of the Creation for further applicationin that which is created. In other words, IT is in us and works through us and we are IT. There is no separatepersonification indicated except as some part chooses to represent itself as such, which any part can do within its ownlevel of concept.]The experience reveals The Creation as unlimited beauty, harmony, wisdom, knowledge, and truth enduring endlessly.whenever a human perceives a thing of beauty, a flower, an animal, clouds, water, landscape, music, color, etc., heconsiders it in connection with the limitless grandeur of The Creation itself. when a human recognizes and realizes this,then he knows that this recognition springs from limit-less cognition, which itself is The Creation. Wherever life moves,even inside the tiniest creatures, like a microbe, he sees the limit-less Creation.The Creation is inside of every human being (and every other creature and thing), being a fraction of that manifestationitself. Once this thoght has penetrated deeply inside a person and he can experience it, he loses all fear and doubt. Whenhe knows his contact with the all-knowing, almighty, Creation, he enjoys peace and tranquillity. reflection on this givesthe name "Creation" great meaning. The more one meditates in this reality, the more his intelligence is illuminated, andthe More powerful his personality becomes, and his whole life and labor is blessed. The Creation rises in hisconsciousness and he senses peace, strength, knowledge, wisdom, delight and hope. He can over-came obstacles, andachieve his objectives, and suddenly has no more need for purely material things. One must learn a spiritual-intellectualmanner of thinking, and recognize its validity until the first successes are achieved.But the way does not stop here, because further exploration, research and development, and further recognition leads to

143. the limitless endurance of time. Everything may happen in the course of time to prevent one from achieving hisobjectives, but the spiritualized person knows no limits and does not allow himself to be stopped short of his goals byany events of the future. For him the future always exists in the present, wherefrom he becomes determined to doeverything here and now to obtain the highest spiritual state of consciousness, and he does not fear the future, for thefuture is now just as present as the present itself. When the spiritualized being sees others before him, he sees thecreational in them.......the conversation continues:Meier- What you are saying sounds so understandable and logical. If only humans could comprehend it.Semjase - So they will, but this will not happen tomorrow. You and your group are only laying the basic stones for anavalanche which will start much later...More discussion of the nature of Spirit, and even of prayer took place, and then the dialogue took a new and unusualtack.Semjase - But now I have a question for you: You explained that you would develop our matter, about which I stillhave seen nothing. Have you failed in this respect?Meier- I dont want to call it exactly that, to have failed, as in our last discussion too many things came up, and I stillcould not speak thoroughly about the matter, but by the end of this month everything should be in right position. In thisrespect I already improved the pre-work which I still have to transmit to the others.Semjase - Then I am calmed, for I wanted to know this matter being regulated before I leave for some time, and will bein contact with you by thought-transmission only.Meier- You mentioned this before. what are you doing that is so important?Semjase - This is destined for your ears onlyMeier- That is very interesting, and now I understand your secrecy.[The reference was to some activities being carried out by some other extraterrestrial beings from a planet in aconstellation our astronomers call RETICULUM.]Semjase - It is well that way, because there is much connected with it. But now I have a proposal for your group, beforeI do go away for a longer time, to turn their attention once more to my ship. At a given time, which for certain reasons Ido not want to announce in advance, I will again give your group the chance to see my beamship. regarding this, I haveagain chosen a time of night, because, in the darkness, everything can be better observed. I will demonstrate for themthe possibilities of the different energies, which in the darkness can be well seen for their light effects. Some kinds ofenergy I can only use high in the atmosphere, to avoid deadly effects on Earth forms of life. Nevertheless, this will be anunforgettable show for your groupmembers observing the demonstration, as well as for any other casual observersbecause I will exercise no protective means against sight. You are requested to take necessary action to observeprotection needed, as well as to be sure that no others besides yourself came closer to my ship than 910 meters, becausethey could be harmed. You, I will protect and screen in this respect so that you suffer no harm.At this action, it would be of much meaning and worth for yourself and your group, and for our whole mission too, ifyou would take with you some uninitiated observers who work with publication organs and in offices having decisiveinfluences. But take care that these per-sons be suited for our matter, and not be detractors seeking to disrupt. Inconsequence be very careful. Select those persons carefully. But dont initiate them by any means into how and why ofthe under-taking, but only explain it as dealing with an interesting matter which they will witness. Arrange for thesepersons according to written clarification, because this will be of importance (later).Meier- You suddenly go very far, Semjase, as I consider that hitherto you were very eager to protect yourself and yourship at every circumstance.Semjase - it will be an unique onetime demonstration which I will not repeat again. But this demonstration has becomenecessary to underpin your whole coming work for your group. We dont want to give your group only reports andobjectives, but as well to help them to be of service to you when such is demanded, suitable, and necessary in our view.Meier- Thats but really, nevertheless, very much; in fact more than I ever expected.Semjase - I know, but now to other matters, being destined for you and me alone ...................***Much of this restricted information was never intended for other than Meier, and was only imparted to him for his ownbetter understanding of the mission. Those parts of these messages may never be released.This contact initiated another spectacular first in the annals of the contemporary UFO phenomenon. These extra-terrestrials had this time not only announced their appearance in advance, but they now invited the observers to bringoutside witnesses, and even information media people, to witness a demonstration to be put on by the UFOnauts.Others of Meiers group of friends witnessed such demonstrations also earlier and later, such as Herr JacobusBertschinger with Meier on 14 March 1976; Hans Schutzbach on 23 April 1976; and Wolfgang Witzer on 6 June 1976,all reported in the Preliminary Investigation Report on this case.On Saturday, 12 June 1976 another whole group, again including some outsiders, with four 35mm still cameras and one8mrn movie camera, observed and photographed, together and simultaneously, from different vantage points, an evenmore astounding flight demonstration put on by the extraterrestrials. This is reported also, with samples of thephotographs, in the reference indicated.

144. This has never been heard of before, or since, and the flight demonstrations were such, at all altitudes and all parts ofthe sky, that pyrotechnics was completely out of the question. There was no way one man, or even a team of men,without real spacecraft, could have staged the displays witnessed.It was during an earlier demonstration for Meier and his group, on 3 April 1976, that they were pursued by unwelcomeobservers with direction-finding equipment on top of their cars. They had located Meier in the woods (evidentlythrough an informer or by "bugging" his bike) and were closing in on him when Semjase warned of their approach andwhere they were. Meier was forced to take a different route out of the forest and crashed into a ditch on his Moped,fracturing a rib and dislocating his shoulder in addition to abrasions and mud all over him.Semjase, before departing from the scene of the demonstration (which included five ships that night), arrived with asmall apparatus that she applied to Meiers rib area. When she did this he felt an electrical sensation and the rib washealed. She said, because she had not brought the right instrument, she could not do much for his shoulder or histwisted foot. After that treatment, and some distraction of the pursuers by the extraterres-trials, Meier made his way outof the forest by another route and arrived home alone, muddy, wet, and bruised, but not seriously injured.Thenineteenth contact at 14:09 on 16 May 1975 was a "thought transmission" in which Semjase gave Meier a run-down onF.O. who was trying to contact him. He then decided not to be available.¨The twentieth contact was called by Meier to get some answers for himself. It took place on 20 May 1975.Meier- I tried different ways in the last few days to make contact with you, but failed completely. I have some importantpersonal concerns which I wanted to discuss with you.Semjase - I have recognized your attempts, but for sertain reasons I did not arrange myself for them. You have first tocame to certain understandings yourselfMeier- Exactly about that do I want to talk to you. First, I had a strangeexperience after our last contact, just a few hours later. Besides my closest friend I have mentioned this to nobody,because I first want to be clear about this, and because of this I want to ask you whether you have intrigued anything inrespect to my strange experience. I do not know what I should think of it.Semjase - You are very cautious, and scarcely express yourself. So you evidently want to know what child of truth Iam?Meier- You are wise.Semjase - Also you honor me. It may indeed be traced back to me, if this answer suffices.Meier- It suffices as far as my assumption, but I want you to "let the cat out of the bag".Semjase - You likely mean that I should give you more information. This you shall get: our High council has consideredyou mature enough for contact with a higher form of spirit which has passed beyond the rebirth and reincarnation(cycles). Because of this we have informed the creature of that spiritual dimension and sphere, who has staredcommunication with you... Thus try for high concentration and a faculty of acceptance, to fulfill the task. It will bedifficult and time consuming.Meier- You have fun with me, because from where shall I take all this time to dedicate myself to still more such kinds ofthings? I do also have to care for the livelihood of my family. How shall I do this then?Semjase - This problem is known to me, and also I know that your added work will consume much time, many monthsand years even...Meier- But I wont be able to survive that long. How else shall I live and still be able to take care of my family?Semjase - The time will be difficult for you and your family, but it will be worthwhile time. You want to bring yourfellow creatures help and show them the truth, in consequence of which you also take need and misery a short timeupon yourself. No goals are achieved without troubles and sacrifices. Remember the real prophets of the past and whatthey accepted. They as well were not spared.Meier- You have me under delusion me your confounded logic. On the other hand you evidently imagine that all is veryeasy for me. But I am not living in any heaven, just simply on the Earth.....Semjase - It will not be as hard as that, so dont get excited.Meier- You can talk easily, for you are not in need of chasing for the money.Semjase - dont worry, for I know that all will not become as bad as you at this moment assume.Meier- Thats of nonsense and gossip use for me, but there likely is little else for me, than to just scoop out this soup.Semjase - I know that you are reasonable, because the welfare of your fellow creatures is established inside of you.Meier- This view will likely as well be your logic when I get worked up as a deed body for fertilizer, yes?Semjase - You make harsh and peculiar jokes...When pressed for a name, the new communicator said it could be called Arahat Athersata. It now began to take up agood deal of the little time Meier had left over from necessary pursuits and Meier was becoming disenchanted andwanted out. He had tried and it was just not going to work. He called for a meeting, and the twenty-first contact tookplace at 02:06 AM on the 27th of may 1975.Meier- There has just been a demand of me, to see you and talk to You. At home I am still working and find no calm.The whole day I did not get away from the typewriter, writing the message Arahat Athersata gave me. my wife laiddown for sleeping one hour ago, and so I can leave undisturbed. I have reflected very thoroughly about what you havetold me, but I dont find a way out, or how I can manage it all. Everything is consuming too much time; the contactswith you, then the contact reports which you later transmit to me again; all the tasks and demands which I perform for

145. you, and now still the writing of the messages from Arahat Athersata. All this together is simply very much, and I canno longer earn the livelihood for my family and myself... I already told you once, I live here on the material Earth, andnot simply someplace in the heaven. You evidently imagine it all too easy in respect to our life, which here depends onfinancial means, still!Semjase - Surely, I see your hesitations and problems, but all the matters are nevertheless too important to be menacedby sorrows of that kind. Perhaps you are causing yourself too many problems in this respect, for you will find goodfriends who will assist you in this. On the other hand, the spreading of truth always has been connected with problems,which should be evident to you. Do once remember all the truth announcers of former times, who had to overcomesimilar problems... But why are you expressing thoughts in this direction?Meier- why?... I consider that a peculiar question from you. Doesnt it occur to you that I do have to feed my family andkeep it alive? I can not simply let my wife and children go hungry, and there are other things coming together, creatingeach month new problems. There are running costs for the house, telephone, electricity, insurance, etc...Semjase - I hadnt considered all this, because such problems are some strange to us. Under these conditions it is betterif we defer at least some things for a while, and continue them in later years.Meier - That is well and fine, Semjase , but you are not considering that I grow older and will not live eternally as amiserable little Earth human.The discussion then turned to the possibility of the ETs bringing Meier crystals to sell to raise money, and the nature ofradiations stored in crystals.If this sounds like a pitch for money now, we must remember that when Meier was making this complaint to theUFOnauts, nobody was reading these notes, and he was in fact in dire straits. We have tried to put ourselves in hisshoes at that time. He was working as a night watchman when this started, and then very soon the UFOnauts took upso much of his time, both day and night, that he lost his job. Up to this point he had had 21 contacts for record, severalnot for record, and 9 photographic events, all in under four months time, and these events took place in many differentplaces, some very remote, difficult, and time consuming to get to on his Mo-ped. His friends and acquaintances were bynow taking up nearly every day and the evenings too, trying to follow what was going on, and he has had to write downhundreds of pages of notes during the same time.He has had the expenses of filming and developing a large number of pictures, supplies to keep going, the extraexpenses of visitors using up what little resource he had, and the expense of always running all over the place to deliverand pick up film and for processing, meeting the extraterrestrials and carrying out various errands given him, and stillkeep his friends from be-coming impatient and angry with him. We have came to agree that his objections were welljustified.In the twenty-second contact on 28 May75, Meier offered an objection to the form of the contact notes and wanted toimprove on them in the future.Meier- I want to discuss something which actually we should have discussed a long time ago. After our contacts, youtransmit to me our conversations as only the defined point. You are transmitting to me only the main conversation,while you never send with it the final words, the leaving, the actual private matters, and the welcome as well. Thegreetings, leavings and purely private things might not be important for the humans and this mission, but we havediscussed some things which might be of interest to my fellow creatures. Here I mean those concerns which do not fallinto my obligation of silence. Can you not change this?Semjase - If this is your desire, then of course I can, but I did not want to trouble you with too much work. Someprivate mission discussed things do not really belong in the reports, and some parts can not be revealed at all. But Icould transmit the other matters as well.Meier- I must agree, and I will readily take up the additional work for me.Semjase - As you want it; in these concerns I like to accord to your wishes.Meier- - Thank you, Semjase. can you explain to me once now, why your thought-transmissions at a later point in time,always appear stereo- typed inside me, and why no repeats of any words or sentences appear? In your transmissions Ioften have very great troubles with the writing, as you just simply keep dictating, and do never repeat even one singleword. Your report transmissions reach into my consciousness, as we have done the conversation.[Witnesses who have observed the reception of these transmissions report that the writing comes very rapidly anduninterruptedly in a steady cadence, right through to the end of the message.]Then followed a serious argument about the withholding of certain information, and Semjases suggestion that someinformation might have to be erased from Meiers mind. He became irate (rasende)and threatened to break off allcontacts with them forever if they tried such a thing. A compromise was eventually reached. This was reported in detailin the Preliminary Report.The twenty-third contact on 3 June 1975 was primarily a discussion of law and punishment with an explanation thatnatural law was everlasting, but that institutional law and associated punishments were as changeable as the times itself,and only half valid for their own period. As a humanity advances, the forms of punishment become more humane.****Meier - Fantastic. But our mankind in Earth is still too disunited and too corrupt for such a form.Semjase - I already told you so.

146. Meier- But during your explanation I had a quite fantastic thought. Could it be that in ancient times, our Earth as well,has served as an exile planet?Yes, surely, your assumption is correct. In very ancient times different fallible creatures were exiled from differentworlds in this Universe to your Earth, as well as from our race also.....They then discussed kinds of love and interpersonal relationships between beings of different grades of intelligence andspiritual develownent, and Semjase mentioned, as she did once before, that intelligence could be developed artificially,and likewise the spiritual nature of beings.Meier- ... Still another question, Semjase. How great by number is your mankind?Semjase - I can only answer you this question when I explain that we are connected to an alliance which extends itselffar into the cosmos. To this alliance belong different solar systems, and the total amount of inhabitants, of the humankind of life, amounts to close to 127 billion. (milliarder).There are still innumerable other intelligent forms of life of non-human character and standard, besides forms of human beings who are unknown to us or with whom we simply are inno communication.In the twenty-fourth contact on 7 June 1975, Semjase launched into a monograph on the nature on knowledge andwisdom in evolution.Semjase: But I have still another matter which I want to announce to you... All truth and knowledge has remainedtransmitted and is preserved up to the present epoch, though it may be forgotten, disregarded and lost by the Earthhuman.And as truth, knowledge, wisdom, and love, and all power of the spirit are unchangeable and constant, and thesame in the present, this all must be conceived there and continue up. In other words, truth, knowledge, wisdom, love,etc., must simply be now brought together again. What you call, by an old for you language, the backward-relating"religion", should, for this case, and what has to be done, by the same old language be called "Rel-e-geon".This means that all has to be brought together again, which is, to be considered rel-e-geously, but not re-lig-iously. Inconsequence, the already existing materials should be newly assembled, to lead into the future. After the relegeon mustbegin the way of evolution, which has a two- fold meaning. You know one meaning of evolution as development andunfolding in the sense of something already existing but still concealed that must develop, which in a spiritual sensemeans must rise from the subconscious towards the conscious. The second meaning of this term has been lost to you fora long time, namely, that something not yet existing is explored, developed and unfolded and becomes. And because thismeaning of evolution was lost, man lives under the false impression that evolving material already exists to be unfoldedand developed. The indwelling Spirit has stored only those matters and things which it collected in the course of itsmaterial existence in material bodies and lives. This, according to your understanding, is very much, but in truth is verylittle.During innumerable further lives, the Spirit must explore further, must search, and must find; thus he must assemblefurther knowledge, recognitions and experiences, which then establish themselves in him as faculties. Because the Spiritcontinues after the material death of the body, and exists within spheres of living of "other worlds", it works upon theachieved results of the other lives, and fixes these results inside it in what you call "the subconscious". Upon taking upthe human form of life again, the obtained knowledge and faculty is anchored in the subconscious. and must evolveslowly in the human form of life to help in new lessons and recognitions toward developing conscious talents.....Meier- Then I still want to give you another question. what is the situation with Mars and Venus and other planets?Semjase - There are really existing forms of life there, but they are of other values completely than the Earth beingassumes. But, as you speak of Mars, during the last days, I have been there and I found something nice. I have broughtit here with me for you. ----- - It is a larger piece of Ruby in Zoisite matrix. I have worked on it only gently whileloosening it out (gives ruby to Meier).Meier- Many thanks, Semjase, this is fantastically pretty.Semjase - Surely, but keep it for yourself alone. The next I have here is one piece of my homeworld, which a friend hasbrought along. It is the piece according to the wish of your friend, which you can give to him.Meier- Again, many thanks, Semjase. Certainly he will be delighted... Could you just, for my own collection, bringalong still a piece of Malachite and an Emerald?Semjase - Surely, but I wont bring the Emerald in pure form, as well as no other things of precious values. The reasonslie within your materialistic form of world.[The ETs had given Meier a diamond crystal once before to sell to get some needed money, and it got him intoconsiderable trouble with the authorities because he had no registration or bill of sale to show how he came to have it inhis possession.]Meier- I already understand, but nevertheless I am thankful to you. But now I must say that I should leave, for my wayhome is very long, and at 12:00 oclock I necessarily must be home...The twenty-fifth contact took place at 01:46 AM on 16 June 1975. Meier was first advised that because of recent newdevelopments the demonstration would have to be mod-ified some, but that the ETs still would not screen the ship fromthe sight of others. Meier was also advised to get attention so that he could inform the public of an urgent matter thatneeded attention. That matter pertained to the progressive destruction of our ozone belt "which continues to deterioratemore and more." They advised him to prepare an flyer and send it to all the newspapers and information media, and tocry out this menacing danger from the rooftops. He was also to advise that the atomic danger had increased manyfold.

147. Meier - You can talk so easily, Semjase, as first I get rebuked that everything I write on paper is too harsh. In the otherhand, always the silly question arises, why you should not assist us financially... Indeed, I sometimes could cry andweep, for I consider such things confoundedly unreasonable. I have at times considered simply throwing everythingaway, and go doing some normal daily work. For first, I am then away from my financial sorrows, and for second I donot have to answer unlogical questions.....Semjase - The execution of your task is within your own consideration. If you want to retreat, then this would beunfortunate; on the other hand we dont tie you by force and coercion, and you are free to decide. Consider, however,that only a very few Earth humans have similar opportunity, and many of these lack the courage to reveal the mattersopenly. As a human being it is your duty to tell what you know and to help your fellow creatures this way. You didknow from the beginning that it would be difficult, and that others would not just stand by for helping you. Inconsequence, I consider that you think somehow too easily and too early about ending our concerns... I have......Meier- You really talk easily .......Semjase - Please let me speak until the end. I see your being angry, because the success with help is not as great as youexpected. There is no need for your anger... Your fellow creatures have to learn first. In your help I thus want toexplain that you should once more deliberate it all very thoroughly and calmly, before taking a negative decision. Youhave the very troublesome preparation work for those who will come after your time. Consider all very thoroughly untilyou arrive at a decision, rising not alone from rage... To the illogical questions concerning financial help, they shouldconsider that we have no means of currency as used on Earth. Even if we wanted, we could not satisfy your financialmeans, which you call "money"... Fortune plays, etc., will never serve, for these are extraordinarily evil...A third important point is that we do not allow ourselves to be provoked by your speeches and questions, because thisEarth is your home, not ours... and as far as we are here and want to help the Earth human, within his development,then this corresponds to an obligation which we have imposed upon ourselves and is not a "must". Our mission is avoluntary self obligation. This is from our side, to which is added your side, that the earth being must trouble himselfand must contribute his own money also... The Earth human must take upon himself a certain obligation and bearcertain things for himself. It is wrong of him to take out help and assistance without contributing something therefore. Ifthe Earth human acts according to the principle that taking is better than giving, then he will not release himself from hismalicious egoism. And the Earthman is egotistical, one and enemas, thus EXPLOITATION (utnyttelse/rovdrift) iswritten in capital letters on your world.Meier- That is confoundedly clear, Semjase. I still have some further questions. I want....Semjase - By regret I can not accept them, for I still have to perform some things. You can ask your questions nexttime...Meier- Of course. As you wish. Can you tell me at least, a little better point in time for the now diminisheddemonstration?Semjase - I have told you already, that I can not do that because of certain reasons, and I do not want to tell thesereasons more clearly. It will be at that point in time when I have to go away for some time.[In a restricted part of an earlier contact Meier was given a detailed description of the damage to the ozone layersurrounding our Earth as a result of our technological age. This was reported in detail beginning on page 56 of thePreliminary Report of Investigation. But, though the contact report was restricted at the time, Meier was urged to bringthe matter to the attention of a Professor Michael McElroy of Harvard University in the United States who, thePleiadians said, "is among the foremost researchers on this subject." They further said, "because this message and otherswill be very important for the survival of all life forms on Earth..."So Meier is now being urged more directly to get attention so that his announcement of this danger will not escapenotice. And this is one reason for ETs bold move to demonstrate their ships in front of other witnesses. That messagewas so important that we have decided to repeat it here."For many tens of years we have been studying all phases of your world. The ceaseless change goes on, and too thereare very dangerous developments. For many years a dangerous change has been taking place in your stratosphere thathas a deadly portent for all earthly life. An increasing decay in the ozone belt of the stratosphere is being caused by thecontinuous production of ozone destroying chemical substances that rise as gas into the stratosphere and damage theozone belt. Especially destructive is the brom gas that rises into the ionosphere and slowly disintegrates it. Up to nowthe average loss is 6.38 percent.That is a percentage loss that for all life forms is damaging and beginning to cause mutations. This percentage wasreached in a time of 60 years only. Especially there are the brom gas substances that slowly destroy the ozone belt as Ihave mentioned. Because of that, more and more ultraviolet rays from the Sun come into the Earth atmosphere. Theywill affect all life forms. In over 20 different areas the ozone belt is already dangerous. In 3 different areas there is adanger that it will break up completely in a few tens of years if the production and release of the destructive factors isnot arrested. If this is not done by some means, holes will be opened in the protective shield and the unshieldedultraviolet rays will break into your atmosphere and produce slow and tortuous death for all life. Everything enteringthe unshielded area from the hole will be destroyed.""Release of the destructive chemical substances comes mainly from explosion motors and from material destroyingprocesses of all kinds, like atom splitting and other processes like that. They have been produced in great mass since

148. 1945 throughout the whole world, and every kind of life is being given a changing kick. Destructive chemicalgasses arealso being released from things of daily life because each aerosol spray can releases brom gas and other chemicals. Theyrise into the stratosphere and slowly but systematically destroy it.""Researchers and scientists in several countries are discovering this destructive loss of the ozone belt caused bychemicals, especially the brom (gasses), but now, in their unaccountable delusion for power, are turning (thisknowledge) to war technical use. Just recently they are preparing to build rocket bodies to carry these destructive bromsubstances high into the stratosphere to be exploded (there), following which very gigantic holes will be rent in theozone belt letting unfiltered ultraviolet rays into the atmosphere. Such a hole can close up again only very slowly andthis process will take many hundreds of years after these activities are discontinued. Also to be considered is the factthat the ozone belt wanders as it circulates. A hole in the protective ozone layer will not only affect a particular area,but in its wandering will affect a very wide area. Your scientists are aware of this situation but the populationat large isnot.""The duty of your group is to bring this to the attention of governments and scientists and make them aware of thedangers and the need for control. It is in the interest of all humanity and all life on Earth that there be agreementsbetween all countries to stop this deadly insanity. In this respect I refer you to Michael McElroy of Harvard Universityin the United States, who is among the foremost researchers on this subject."](the english texts from the book continues under.)Først en kommentar på norsk av R.Ø:Pleiade-kontaktene forklarte senere at det i atomare prosesser fra kjernekraftverk og prøvesprengninger, skapesutstrømning av ekstremt negativt ladede mikropartikler som ikke lar seg innkapsle i betong eller stålmantler. Atomforskerne har enda ikke oppdaget dem! De er av mikroskopisk størrelse, langt under elektronets nivå, og jordiske atom-forskerene aner intet om deres eksistens. Disse mikropartikler går direkte gjennom kapslingene, og pga. den negativeladning, frastøtes de bakken og går ut i ionosfæren. De frastøtes likeledes sollys-partiklenes ladning slik at de oppsamlesprimært ved polene hvor solinnstrålingen er minst sterk. Og der reagerer de med de normalt positivt ladede ioner, ogskaper en meget negativ plasma. Denne forsvinner ikke - men vokser som en kreftsvulst! Dette er den egentlige ogviktigste årsak til ozonhullene, klodens oppvarming og de derav følgende abnorme værmønstere, jfr. de Pleiadiskekontakter!Allerede i 1975 kom altså disse romfolk med disse klare advarsler, og de meget store konsekvenser det ville få ettertusenårsskiftet, om dette ikke ble stoppet. Først nesten 12 år senere ble dette med ozonhullene bekreftet av satellitt-målinger gjort av TOMS sonden sist i -86, og fenomenet begynte da så smått å bli belyst i media.Pleiaderne advarte videre med de sekundære virkninger av dette, som bl.a. gjaldt økning av jordens rotasjonshastighet;dette først nesten ikke merkbart, men med akselererende virkning. Jordbanen ville deretter raskt kunne endres, meduoverskuelige virkninger som følge! De påpekte også at den forøkte oppvarmingen som virkning av den intensivertesolinnstråling, ville resultere i heving av jordens indre trykk, som igjen ville øke aktiviteten av vulkaner og jordskjelvradikalt. I dag - mer enn 20 år i ettertid - er dette kjensgjerninger man kan lese ut av konkrete målinger! Uten atekspertene direkte vet hvorfor.Noe er idagsist på 90-tallet - skjedd med å redusere de rent kjemiske utslipp, bl.a. KFK-gasser, og man prøver åbegrense utslipp fra karbonbasert forbrenning, redusere bilbruk, osv. Men de atomare utslipp fortsetter som før, for herhandler man i uvitenhetens navn. Og i den grad disse her refererte advarsler er kommet de ansvarlige for øre, blir de velenkelt ignorert. For ut fra myndighetenes syn (les viten) eksisterer selvsagt ikke mennesker på høyere utviklede kloder irommet, og påståtte advarsler herfra blir sikkert hånlig utledd som overtro fra fantaster. Ikke desto mindre kan disseadvarsler fra -75 etterkontrolleres nå i ettertid, for hvordan kunne Meier komme med disse påstander som 10 år senereble vitenskapelig bekreftet, hvis han ikke hadde reelle kontakter med vesener som virkelig hadde innsyn og overblikk.Og selv om da man slett ikke tror på kosmiske intelligenser som har omsorg for "brødre og søstre" på Jorden, bør manstudere disse advarsler før det er for sent. For i mellomtiden stiger klodens febertemperatur faretruende......****Eduard Meier made copies of that message and sent one to Michael McElroy at the address provided by those Elvisitors. He never heard from McElroy, but his letter never came back either. He also sent copies to the SecretaryGeneral of the United Nations, and to various Departments of his own government and to various local newspapers.None of them ever responded to any attempts at follow-up.In response to subsequent questions by Meier, the ETs added the following information: The industrial gasses mostconcerned are heavy and rise slowly, some taking years to reach the ozone layer. They pick up one or more ions fromthe ozone belt and, changing chemistry as well as weight. slowly fall back to the surface, carrying the ions with them.This had gone on since the beginning of our industrial age, but has been increasing on a sine scale with our rapid rate ofindustrialization, and the further contamination by vehicles of all kinds and most disastrously jet aircraft.This was announced to Meier in early 1975, and back then they said that they measured over 6% loss present, notcounting the dangerous gasses already rising, some of which would take years to get there. They estimated that if wewere able to stop ALL contamination at that time, the rising gasses could deplete the ionosphere by another 10% ormore, enough to produce mutations in all living things!We did not stop. We did not even pay any attention to the warning. Consider now the following information extracted

149. from Science News, Vol. 129, No. 9, 1986:"Ozone, the atmospheric chemical that shields earth life from harmful ultraviolet radiation, has had a volatile politicaland scientific history. Battles have been waged over the extent to which chloroflourocarbons (CFCs) and otherchemicals injected into the atmosphere, primarily by human endeavors, attack the cosmic layer (SN: 9/14/B5, p165).Predictions of the resultant ozone depletion occurring globally in the next century have ranged from 3 to 18 percent asscientists work to unravel the mind-boggling complexity of atmospheric chemistry (SN:4/12/82, p244).""But as researchers have pored over the data in search of very subtle annual changes in global ozone chemistry, theyhave failed to notice that the South Poles ozone concentration during October has dropped much more drastically -- by40 percent since the mid-1970s.""Scientists now know that an "ozone hole" looms over the entire continent of Antarctica every October and has beengetting more severe every year.""This effect was "totally unexpected", says atmospheric scientist Richard Stolarski of the NASA Goddard Space FlightCenter inGreenbelt, Maryland. The big question now, he stresses, is whether the effect is a forewarning of a significantchange in global ozone, or simply an isolated scientific curiosity.""The chemistry of the ozone layer worldwide is also plagued by uncertainties. But as the recent NASA reportconcludes, researchers now have compelling observational evidence that trace gasses other than CGCs - such asmethane, nitrous oxide and carbon monoxide - are increasing on a global scale (SN: 5/18/85, p308). And scientists nowrealize that the trace gasses affecting ozone chemistry are the same as those that contribute to or alter the greenhousewarming of the planet; the two problems are intimately coupled."***"The report, to which 150 scientists from 11 nations contributed, concludes: Given what we know about the ozone andtrace-gas-climate problems, we should recognize that we are conducting one giant experiment on a global scale byincreasing the concentrations of trace gasses in the atmosphere without knowing the environmental consequences."That report was accompanied by a sequence of six color maps made by the Total Ozone Mapping Spectraneter(TOMS) on the polar-orbiting Nimbus-7 Satellite launched by NASA in 1978 (three years after the Pleiadian warning).They clearly show a six-fold increase in the size of the ozone hole at the South Pole from 1979 through 1984. If this isnot cause for alarm, nothing is...[But that is not all the harm being done. If we need confirmation, we need only turn to an article, "The Dark Side of theSun", on page 6O of NEWSWEEK for June 9, 1986, where they show that melanoma (skin cancer) has increasedtenfold since 1930 (early in the industrialization of this planet). Since 1930, the lifetime incidence of this form of skincancer has gone from 1 in every 1,500 people to 1 in every 150, the tenfold increase, and mostly in the last 10 years.STOP PRESSBefore returning to our original "ET-texts", we suddenly find it necessary to suspend progress and continue with thesubject of ozone depletion, because only two months after the Newsweek article, this subject has become of evengreater importance. It now turns out that the scientists who were calling the shots were so surprised and so unsure oftheir own findings that they watered them down considerably before releasing them, and now they have confirmed theworst. The hole in the ozone layer is bigger than the United States! The following feature article appeared in the meREPUBLIC of Phoenix, for Sunday, the 10th of August 1986, beginning on page AA1. Please note the names of thescientists involved.SCIENTISTS AIM TO FIND CAUSE OF OZONE HOLEBy James Gleick, New York Times"Atmospheric scientists are struggling to explain one of the strangest mysteries ever to confront them: a widening andpotentially dangerous hole in the ozone layer over the South Pole."Putting forward a series of theories, and unsatisfied by all of them, the scientists are making final preparations for arare research expedition that will fly into the dead of the Antarctic winter next week."At the same time, biologists are reporting heightened concern over the possible dangers to human beings and ocean lifefrom even small increases in ultraviolet radiation, which the ozone layer blocks."Concern has intensified steadily since last fall, when scientists were stunned by satellite data showing the magnitude ofthe hole, which appears each September and October. The depletion is many times worse than has been predicted overthe last 15 years amid concern over the global effects on ozone of manmade gasses, such as fluorocarbons."By flying four teams with advanced instrumentation into the American base at McMurdo Sound, ordinarily closed totraffic in winter except for maintenance flights, the scientists hope to distinguish two extreme possibilities."The hole could be a transient climate phenomenon that will go away by itself. Or it could be caused by manmadepollution, in which case it could continue to widen, reaching populated areas of South America, Australia and southernAfrica, and appear at the North Pole as well."Its like rolling dice," said Michael B.Elroy of Harvard Universitys Center for Earth and Planetary Physics. "Thebigmoney question is: If whats happening in Antarctica is likely to be a foretaste of what might happen in the northernregion."The mystery has renewed worldwide interest in the ozone issue, which began in 1971 with fears over gasses releasedby supersonic jets and spray cans. the United States banned fluorocarbons in spray cans in 1978, and a few European

150. countries followed suit, but global production for uses ranging from airconditioners to foam has continued to grow."All the predictions assumed that such gasses in the stratosphere would result in a steady, gradual, global depletion ofozone. Now scientists find themselves forced to confront a sudden, highly localized hemorrhaging effect of ozone thatnone of their calculations predicted. Instead of declining a few percent over decades, the Antarctic ozone has plunged40 percent since 1979."On the one hand, its very exhilarating and challenging, and on the other - scary because its hard to place your betswith any confidence," said Ralph J. Cicerone of the National Center for Atmospheric Research."Ozone is an unstable form of oxygen with molecules of three atoms instead of two. In the upper atmosphere, it formsand breaks down continuously in chemical processes that have proved sensitive to the presence of other rare gasses"TheAntarctic hole appears 8 to 10 miles up, at the end of winter as the spring sun rises briefly over the horizon. By the endof November, the ozone levels recover. Each year, though, the hole has expanded. In 1985, it reached a size equivalentto the United States."When the ozone is thin, the ultraviolet radiation reaching the ground in Antarctica would produce a tan (brunfarge)even in the low, pale October sun, a level that over populated areas would sharply increase the incidence of skincancer."The initial report of the hole by British scientists in March 1985 caused little excitement, partially because theBritish team in Antarctica was not well-known among atmospheric scientists."But later last year, scientists at the National Aeronautics and Space Administration produced satellite data confirmingthe British findings and showing how big the hole was, NASA scientists found that the depletion of ozone was so severethat the computer analyzing the data had been suppressing it, having been programmed to assume that deviations soextreme must be errors. The scientists had to go back and reprocess the data going back to 1979."Just as an earthquake precedes volcanic eruptions, this could be a signal of something worse," said Mark Schoeberl, aNASA scientist at the Goddard Space Flight Center in Greenbelt, Md. "It could be the leading edge of something Moredetrimental. It could expand outward to more-populated areas. We just dont know right now.""As the Antarctic expedition prepares for departure, new theories are emerging, all speculative and none convincing.Some use chains of chemical reactions to link the hole to the gradual depletion already observed. others explain the holein terms of cyclical atmospheric processes that have no relation to manmade gasses."The atmosphere high over the Antarctic is the coldest place on Earth, 15 to 20 degrees colder than over the NorthPole. The difference comes from asymmetries in the flow of the atmosphere weather systems."Some climate expertsthink a change in the ordinary dynamic motions of waves and the cyclones in the upper atmosphere might cause thehole. For example, an upwelling of air over the pole could push aside the layer of the stratosphere with the most ozone,replacing it with lawozone air from lower altitudes."Such an explanation implies that the hole may have come and gone in the past, before it could be measured. Even so,to be convincing, such an explanation needs to answer the question: why now? "One theory ties the hole to volcanicparticles that have built up in the polar atmosphere. The particles could be heated by the sun, causing the upwelling.Another theory suggests that the dynamics could be affected by a change in solar activity."Jerry Mahlman, director of the Geophysical Fluid Dynamics Laboratory in Princeton, N.J., is one of those who favor adynamical explanation, although he thinks all of the existing theories suffer from a level of evidence "somewherebetween minuscule and nonexistent." The hole points to shortcomings in the existing computer "models" used to makepredictions about the Earths climate, he said, but it does not necessarily confirm the worst ozone warnings of the lastdecade."You could say, Aha! Weve found the great smoking gun, - Mahlman said. "But the chemistry does not reallymatch up. So far, theres a lot of wishful hand waving."He has bet a Chinese lunch that ozone levels will rise again thisyear."On the other hand, Elroy of Harvard favors a chemical explanation and he put one forward last month in the Britishjournal nature. The manmade gasses that break down ozone include, most prominently, chlorine, formerly released byspray cans and now by a host of industrial processes. McElroys theory relies on another element as well: bromine, amuch rarer gas used in specialized fire-extinguishing equipment. "In the sequence of chemical reactions he proposes,little bromine produces large ozone depletion. If this theory is correct, policy-makers might find that strictly controllingbromine would be more effective than controlling chlorine."All of the theories make specific predictions about the polar atmosphere that should be testable - hence the Antarcticexpedition, announced by the National Science Foundation."You know how much excitement this is causing in scientific circles and industry and government," said Cicerone of theNational Center for Atmospheric Research. "But so far, the only people who are sure of themselves are not convincingtheir colleagues. most of these theories will bite the dust.""Thirteen researchers will join the 130 people spending the winter at the McMurdo base. They will launch a series of 33balloons with high-atmosphere measuring instruments. And they will use an assortment of advanced groundinstruments, including various spectrometers, caw able of detecting the minute quantities of various chemicalbyproducts whose existence is predicted by the various theories. The spectra meters measuer the scattered wavelengthsof sunlight and moonlight, in effect, letting the sun and moon) interrogate the atmosphere."The scientists come from the State University of New York at Stony Brook, the University of Wyoming, NASAs JetPropulsion Laboratory in Pasadena, Calif., and the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administrationss Aeronarw

151. Laboratory in Boulder, Cob."This is one of the most challenging things we1ve ever come across in atmospheric chemistry." said Susan Soloman ofthe Aeronomy Laboratory, tean leader of the expedition. "whatever the source is, we need to understand it because thisis a change in the ozone thats of abw solutely unprecedented proportions. Weve just never seen anything like whatwere experiencing in the Antarctic.""Her own theory, also put forward in NATURE, is chemical, relying on some complicated interactions of chlorine andsunlight.MEANWHILE biologists have been stepping up research since the 1970s on how ultraviolet light affects livingorganisms. The most recent re sults, reported at a conference lastmonth In Washington, carry imphcations for plankton,crops and people. "It is well known that ultraviolet light causes skin cancer in humans. The wavelengths screened byozone happen to be precisely the wavelengths absorbed by 1w. when the radiation is absorbed, it turns to heat,whichcan damage cells.less understood, but long suspected, is that organisms living near the ocean surface may be killed in minutes byincreased ultraviolet light, and that farm crops can be harmed. Scientists have been testing these effects in experimentswith lamps intensified in the short wavelengths, like the sunlamps used in tanning salons, and with lasers tuned toprecise frequencies.[When the message on the depletion of the ionosphere was originally transmitted to Eduard Meier by by theextraterrestrials, he was told to transmit it directly to Professor Michael B. McElroy at Harvard, and the ETs providedthe postal address. The letter was sent.]A most sobering situation here indeed. Either one of these drastic changes in the Earths environment holds greatdangers for all living things on this planet. This was all predictable, and was caused by man himself, and when we failedto realize our danger and ignored what we were doing to ourselves, benevolent extraterrestrial beings took it uponthemselves to warn us -- a warning that has gone unheeded to the point that the damage is done and the dangers arenow irreversible! If this is not cause for alarm, nothing is...Remember we were warned back in early 1975, and were given figures and rates then by extraterrestrial observers atthat time.The twenty-sixth contact on 18 June 1975 took place at the very early hour of 04:11 AM, where an interesting bit ofinformation was developed. Semjase opened the conversation this time:Semjase - regretfully a longer conversation is not possible for me now, because I am obligated for a special task. Thusin the coming time I will not be able to came into contact with you as often. Please under-stand that we have to spaceout contacts more in time.Meier - Are you still going away?Semjase - As I have been ordered, but I am not leaving your solar system...Meier -What about this moment with the demonstration?Semjase - This does not deal with me longer trip, before which I want to exercise the demonstration.Meier - I see. I thought that we were finally at this point.Semjase - The time for that does not press, as I still have a lot to do before this. my new task is taking me only to someplanets of your system, and to your satellite, the moon. This is in connection with something that has happened sinceour last meeting....[Since this material was received by us and translated for publication here, we have become involved in the investigationand publication of a very profound and extensive UFO case involving some extraterrestrial beings who seem to have anoperating base on our Moon that is set up about every two years and is manned and used actively for something like sixmonths, and then they leave and are gone for around eighteen months before they come back again. This timing wouldfit a retrogressed cycle of the events we have been able to observe up to now. (See UFO ABDUCTION ATMIRASSOL, by Dr. Walter K. Buhler - This Publisher.)]In a discussion about a space project, Meier inquired if the ETs had ever interfered in such projects, and received astartling reply.Semjase - Surely, but not we alone. We have followed the whole development, and also influenced it is certainmeasures. on the other hand we have had to trouble ourselves for eliminations in different cases, or to help projects fail.Meier- That sounds like you have sometimes interfered in matters....... Semjase - Surely, If you want to consider it so.Meier- I want to tell it that way... There is something not fully evident for me, because you just now made a strangecomment, that you are not the only ones who are keeping their eyes and ears open in these concerns, and haveinterfered. Are you concealing something from me? And this not only now. For some time I have noticed your having asecret ahead of me, where it always seemed like you were waiting for my question.Semjase - cant you imagine what it is?Meier - Im having me assumptions here.Semjase - Then tell it.Meier- Im not stupid, as later it will sound from the other side like I had made a fool of myself.Semjase - Your sudden fear is unknown for you. It does not fit.

152. Meier- All right, you got me. You know very well fear is no stranger to me, and that you are taking unfair advantage..Semjase - surely...... but I had to be unfair.Meier- well, it deals with the following: Already for some time I have assumed that besides yourselves are still otherextraterrestrials hunting along in our world, but having different wishes and hopes, each according to his own. Thesecreatures could be strange to your race, at least some of them while others might rise from your race itself.Semjase -Yes, surely, but speak on...Meier- I can imagine that not all of the extraterrestrials, who interfere in concerns here on Earth, have the best ofintentions for us, but where it is not evident to is why you allow them to continue.....Semjase - Because each form of life is justified in its own existence and thinks and acts according to its own characterand form..... we are not allowed to interfere if not necessary for survival, thus we are only allowed to be active in theway of teaching. But go on speaking.Meier- that explains your behavior, and I see it as logical...- so I start from the assumption that certain strange to youforms of life from the widths of the Universe are hunting along on our Earth and in the cosmic space, and possiblytrying to influence other forms of life in different ways. on the other hand, I also assume, that there are one or severalgroups of descendants of your ancient race who have not yet returned to you, and in consequence still live according tothe ancient forms and still influence many forms of life, as well as the Earth humans according to that factum, andappear as messengers of a me. It is evident to me that concerning this you have not told me the whole truth, as we havetalked about these things several times before this.Semjase- I have never told you anything but the truth.Meier- Then let me explain it another way. About this whole matter you have told me only half the truth, and only halfexplained that.Semjase - Your explanation is true.Meier- Very kind of you. But why havent you told me all?Semjase - The time has not been mature for that. In your assumption you are right, because there are other creatures inEarth space, than ours alone. There are as well some splinter groups of our own ancient race who came here as well asvisiting other worlds, and they still live according to older ways. They try to influence life forms, especially Earthhumans, according to their manner. As their ancestors appeared like Gods, so also do some of these...Concerning the above, Meier further explained for our benefit that there is an important doctrine for peace and survivalwithin The Creation. No single creature is given primitive dominance, or paramount authority, over any other (thoughEarth man chooses to elect himself to this position), and they all exist equally within the vast Creation. Wheneveranyone arrogates superiority to himself and sets out to carry a stick, or sets himself up as an authority, he must be awarethat there is always another with a bigger stick. Each creature within The Creation goes its own way in evolution and isallowed free reign unless and until it becomes dangerous and a menace to any other. One does not interfere withanother without just cause. Thus many different UFO entities may come and go without specific interference as long asthey observe the natural law of The Creation.Meier explained that there are always backsliders and imperfections in every evolution that get stuck at certain levels fora time, and are then passed up by the more progressive, -- but they too will, in time, catch up again. However, we doalso have some human races evolved beyond us, but behind the Pleiadians, and some of them are Pleiadian laggards hereobserving and some even attempting to impose their will on Earth humans. These are allowed their freedom to evolve,like all others, so long as they do not become a direct danger to life and being. Such, according to the Pleiadians, are theIHWH-descendants still coming here from their present refuge planets.On Wednesday 25 June 1975, at 14:37 in mid-afternoon the twenty-seventh contact took place. Meier was chastised forbeing late.Semjase Today you are not in a hurry,... I bad to call for you several times.[Meier was getting a little tired of the constant demands on his time, energy and resources, and was beginning to feellike he had seen enough of the extraterrestrial woman and the spacecraft. He was being criticized by his friends for notproducing more and for not getting them into the contacts too, or at least where they could see more; and he was beingcriticized by the extraterrestrials for not meeting their objectives more rapidly, and for failing to turn his friends into amore active support group. The newness of these exotic contacts had worn off, and he was really in no hurry to rush offto another call --always long distances away over difficult and trying routes, and usually in bad weather or very late atnight, and sometimes both, though this one was coming in mid-afternoon. He was baby-sitting the children at the timeand when his wife returned he did respond, taking his camera and riding off on his Mo-ped; and he finally arrived at thesite of the contact -- not really expecting them to be there after so long a time, and not particularly careing whether theywere or not.]Meier- By regret, I couldnt simply go away, for my wife was not at home, so I had to watch the children.Semjase - Because of that I had to call you for longer than an hour. Today I have a surprise for you.Semjase said they were there with three beamships and that she had permission to take him on a first trip with them.This was reported in the Preliminary Investigation Report. She had provided an empty seat in her ship and took Meieraboard. He was able to photograph the other two ships as they started their departure on this unforgettable occasion.For greater events, Semjase has frequently arrived with additional protective craft which remain screened from sight.

153. For the3 April night demonstration when Meier was injured she had four protective craft which remained invisible tosight. It was because of this that she was able to safely land and treat Meiers broken rib. Incidentally, she told him atthat time that he had two other ribs that had been previously broken, which had not healed straight. Checking backlater, he discovered that he may have broken ribs in something else, but having no opportunity to treat them at the time,allowed them to heal by themselves.This completely unexpected and mind-blowing change of events turned Meier around again and he began to take moreserious, and even avid, interest in these Pleiadian cosmonauts and their objectives. He began to rouse his friends toactivity and purged the doubters from inner group privileges. He began to take the tightened inner group more closelyinto his confidence, and as they be-came active helpers he was allowed to share some inside information with them, thuswas formed the inner core of those who began to surround him. Soon of these were even singled out by name and giveninformation, and sometimes even objects, to let them know that they were accepted by the extraterrestrials, and also tokeep their personal interest up.The twenty-eighth contact was by "thought transmission" with no face-toface meeting to be re-communicated forrecord. The reception process was the same however as for that of the contact notes. In this process, however it isdone, there is an interaction between the communicator and the receiver, and the transmission can be interrupted as in aconversation, and questions may be asked, with immediate answers provided. The reception is by"automatic" writing ortyping at high speed without pauses or interruptions until the end of the thought being communicated at the time.That communicated, received on Friday, 27 June 1975, at 10:47 in the morning, introduced another Pleiadian, a malewho Meier was told he could call Quetzal. This ET man was described as the supervisor of the Pleiadian Earth-basehigh in the Alps near the Italian and French borders, not far from Mont. Blanc. A number of Pleiadian humans andoccasionally intelligent beings from other space-traveling races are especially conditioned to live on the surface of ourplanet there. They operate an array of monitoring equipment.Among other things, Quetzal laid down some rules about the contact notes which clearly we have been unable tofollow. We are therefore in violation of their rules and are in fact forbidden to publish these contact notes. It is easy tosee that we can not abide by their rules on publication of these notes as we would be legally vulnerable in a number ofways. We have had to purge names and certain data to be safe and thereby are also guilty of publishing these notes outof context, which was also prohibited. We have done so anyway, as we have done, at risk of being deprived of allfurther information. Had we not done this you would know little of the Pleiadian contacts in Switzerland. But here iswhat Quetzal said:Quetzal - .. A further point must be made in respect to the contact notes: As we have seen, you finally troubleyourselves for the finishing of the contact notes for release. Here a factor comes to our attention which is not ourintention, as we have discussed in this respect formerly and very thoroughly. According to the view of some of yourmembers, the reports should be elaborated and spread only partly, leaving all personal concerns, etc., out (of thefinished version). With that we cannot agree from our side. Our decision continues, in consequence that the reports shallbe published according to the fixed words, letter by letter, exactly as it is at hand.By that are as well included all personal affairs, which in consequence then are not to be left out. The reports are onlyworthy and complete when they are revealed word by word, and contain all the facts. This is an objective based on verythorough deliberations and logic. All personal and other matters, which are not mentioned in the reports, are notadmitted and should not be published, as these since the beginning were spared from the reports. All the present contactreports contain exactly the matters to be offered and explained to Earth humankind. We can not accept any deletion ofany facts, explanations, information or other parts of the conversations. In this respect, all must be included, even ifcertain matters are undelightful for some persons. But this not only concerns some of your members, but as wellourselves because we still make unrecognized mistakes .......We expect now, a recognition of the mentioned mistakes and their removal. It is not very delightful for us if we have toconstantly trouble ourselves in this respect. Once we give an explanation or an order, then it should be enough. Itshould never happen that matters have to be repeated several times and discussed. In this respect we also have orderedSemjase to omit in the future any kinds of repetitions of a once explained factor. For what has once been explained anddiscussed needs no further explanations. This is not only time consuming but illogical and superfluous. By no means dowe try to exercise dictatorial measures or to force our will or our knowledge on any Earth beings. We only haveundertaken a self-imposed mission to transmit lessons of truth and some other things. Those who want to accept andacknowledge this may do so by their own decision, and one who wants to refuse may also do that. The acknowledgingones must be aware that quite defined principles are necessary to preserve order, thus special objectives and orders mustbe observed, as well as not omitting certain assistance expected of me...The group members around Meier had sensibly decided to edit and leave out sensitive comments and all directreferences to personalities mentioned in the notes, be-fore any release outside the group. Quetzals position is that they,the Pleiadians, have already purged what they think should be left out, before the contact notes were transmitted, andthat they do not need purging any more.Some of those comments are damaging to certain personalities, and even libelous under our laws, and so we have hadto take exception to Quetzals demand, and have edited and deleted as we considered appropriate.

154. The twenty-ninth contact took place on Monday, 7 May 1975, at 10:37 in the morning, and this was another of theface-to-face meetings. The first part of the discussion pertained to the Karl Veits visit.(German Ufo- investigator).In an earlier contact Meier had asked for and been given the names of several recognized UFO contactees whom thePleiadians thought were deceivers. During the Veit visit he mentioned these deceivers in good faith to Karl, trusting theallegations (påstander)of the ETs. Some of them happened to be contactees whom Herr Veit was quite convinced werelegitimately real (as a matter of fact we do agree with Karl on some of them). Now Meier has decided to confront thePleiadians over this inatter.Meier - ....on that I wanted to ask you a question too. The Vs. are convinced that some of the names you mentioned asdeceivers, are not guilty of such deceit. What do you say to that?Semjase - We have recorded your hours-long discussions, and am informed about them quite thoroughly. But I alsoexplained before, that you would have a very troublesome position. This has came true as you do know. Thistroublesome position will continue for you in the future as well......... The more we have looked in different places, themore we find certain things against you in progress, and intrigues are being built up against you. From different quartersyou have been for some time watched very thoroughly and very tightly controlled, while already some wicked-mindedelements are also plotting intrigues against you... In consequence, be very careful in every respect.Evil tongues are accusing you of espionage for foreign powers, while others are accusing you of deceit, by which theyseek to prevent you from spreading the truth. These elements on the one side belong to religious circles, and on theother to a still secret organization desiring to suppress what you say. Certain lines in this respect are running to differentsecret alliances and confederations, as well as to officials and the military, and to certain individuals who feel menaced(truet)by what you say. Certain other elements are working against you, because, if you are proven right they could beaccused of deceit.....Meier - You give me a fantastic outlook, Semjase. But actually I have calculated with things like that.Semjase - You had to, because you do know these things from earlier times......[As we got into this UFO investigation, we, the investigators, came under tight investigation by somebody else, andbegan to notice many strange and unbelievable things happening. Our telephones were tapped. Our mail was interceptedand we were followed. Total strangers made appointments with us, or simply intercepted us, and warned us to back off.We were picked up by special agents and questioned. We were stopped in different countries enroute to and fromSwitzerland, and were interrogated (avhørt)and sometimes given instructions by one service, and then again differentlyby another, leading us to believe they were not in contact with each other. Every time we visited the Meier farm -- wenoticed that a military strong-point was set up on the hill overlooking the Meier house, with a clear view right downinto the family living room. We received threats by mail and by telephone, and were occasionally intimidated in person.Whenever we went to one or another of the contact sites or photo sites where the UFO pictures were taken, we sawlow-flying reconnaissance spotter-craft pass over our heads, and we even photographed some of them. It was quiteobvious that we were the ones being watched.]Meier continued to press his advantage.You mentioned something in the last meeting. You told me that I could once came with you to the Pleiades.Semjase - Surely, but this will only be a short part of a larger trip, because the aim, seen from Earth, is many light yearsdistance.Meier- me dear - that is fantastic. I only wanted to take photographs there. By regret, the last pictures have nearly allbeen ... about the travel to Saturn. Either they were overexposed, or the film was just black.Semjase - This, unfortunately, had to be expected, because you may need for such cases, special equipment.Meier- nevertheless, I will try again on the next trip. If just some pictures would be successful for me, even half way,then I am content.Semjase - Besides this, there is a chance that we will take you up with us again on the next meeting, for a further specialflight. More we also want to see whether you are able to make certain pictures, for we have produced in this aim aspecial apparatus.Meier- what shall I photograph?Semjase - You will recognize this soon enough, but now my time is over again, for I still have to carry out differentduties.On Tuesday, 15 July 1975, at 09:46 AM one of the by now becoming familiar "thought transmissions", the thirtiethcontact was received. This contact advised Meier of and instructed him to prepare for a longer absence for thisproposed trip.Semjase - I have received your different thoughts but could not respond (immediately) as my present task occupies mevery much. And as I now take up contact with you today it will be, for certain reasons, for only a short time. Prepareyourself to be ready in the early morning hours of the 17th of me which is within two days. At a given time I will callyou then, and take you from a suited location. You should equip yourself with sufficient film material, as this will be ofsome importance. Prepare yourself further to be absent for a longer time, because you will undertake.......a furtherflight, which is not possible even to many spacetravelling creatures.Within this Universe are few forms of life able to overcome such great distances, because this is only possible throughhyperspace. Where this has been made possible by advanced technical developments, the Universe offers no limits. Also

155. space and time are no longer barriers, and so as well, the barrier between universes can be negotiated. As you knowfrom former times, so also are known timejourneys for certain forms of lifeMeier- Do you know these things?Semjase - Surely, as Asket is well known to me. But, please do not interrupt me, because my time for this contact isvery short; we will not be able to accomplish the coming travel in my small ship, as for such trips it is unsuited. .. .meshall go over to a great-spacefitted ship. So prepare for altogether at least 30 hours of (your) time (to be absent),because with this ship we will travel far outside the star formations known to..... More also you should have anopportunity to make some pictures..., and possibly to view, from a distance, the ancient home planet of our humanraces. Today it presents a peculiar sight, originating in the destruction of a great star. The destruction took place a verylong time ago... Because of its unlike shape, this formation is called "IHWH-HATA" - This name means, translated intoyour language, "Eye-of-God"... According to your astronanical catalogs you find this "Eye-of-God" within the stars of"Lyra", and you call it "The Ring nebula of Lyra", or "H-57". These are the concerns I had to report today. If now youstill have a question, then I have a short time to answer.Meier- I feel myself placed into a kingdom of fantasy, Semjase, but tell me, where in the sky or heaven can I find this ","Eye-of-God"?Semjase - to do this you need a bigger telescope.[Semjase later explained that their ancestors, and ours, descended from the refugees from that great sun-system, someof whom fled to the Pleiades and other places in their escape from destruction.]Meier- A pity - In respect to the planned journey, I still have one question: when I count the distance in kilometers,what is the number?Semjase - It exceeds all your mathematical possibilities of calculation manyfold. Telling the number, which I could giveyou.. but only in my terms, would in consequence be absurd.....Meier- but then a few hours will not be sufficient.Semjase - You forget about the negation of time and space by hyperspace.Meier - dear me, then this will become just a short trip to the end of the Universe, a travel into eternity, so to speak?Semjase - Your thoughts are wrong, for we dont reach an end of the universe, for such an end does not exist.......[Apparently time and space as we understand them in our material universe are physical properties of our materialcontinuum, which may be bypassed by raising the vibrations of the field, within a protective field, to a frequency abovethe physical-chemical realm, where the laws and properties of the material world no longer constrain matter and all inthe field responds to the new laws simultaneously, such as for spirit.]The big day, the thirty-first contact, was on Thursday 17 July 1975, when the Pleiadians picked Meier up at a verycarefully selected location at 10:14 AM. For this 31st contact with the extraterrestrials in less than six months, EduardJ. Meier had made his plans as required, allowing for an absence of over 30 hours. He got up early and completed hispreparations. He loaded his bike and waited for the signal. When it came and the rendezvous point was identified, he bidfarewell to his family and started out for the remote and very inaccessible location, so difficult to negotiate even with hisMoped that it would certainly discourage followers.Arriving at the signified location, he unloaded the equipment he would carry and carefully hid his vehicle againstaccidental discovery. Shortly after this, the spacecraft arrived, and he was greeted by the now quite familiarextraterrestrial woman. He looked at his watch. It was 10:14 and he was immediately taken into the ship along with hisequipment brought for the trip. They rose into the ship in a beam of energy and it took right off on the greatest event inMeiers entire life.After that trip he was brought back to the same spot, retrieved his Moped, still undisturbed, and rode all the way homein wonder and contemplation. He was totally exhausted and went right to bed and slept. After resting from the strain ofall the excitement, Meier got up, washed his face, and went out and settled himself at his desk in the little shed toreceive the transmission.Suddenly he was "tuned in" and the transmission was received as before, rapidly, continuously, with no repeats, and nostopping for corrections, in one long un-interrupted run until the first transmission was complete. He had filled scores ofpages. Then he was allowed to rest for a day, and another segment came through the same way. This was repeated anumber of times until the full account had been received and documented there on paper.Some of this contact has already been reported in the Preliminary Investigation Report. More will be reported in agreater presentation of the Pleiadian Messages at a future time. For our purpose now we shall abstract from the reportsa little more of the time aboard the GreatSpacer mother-ship.CHAPTER 5Aboard the Mother-ShipThe first part of the spectacular interplanetary space trip was summarized in 12 pages of chapter 7 of the PreliminaryInvestigation Report, and will not be repeated here. It may be well, however, to briefly summarize that coverage, andmake a few corrections to the information available to us at that time.We had recorded several descriptions covering various parts of the trip but did not actually have all the contact notes in

156. our possession and translated at that time.Those notes, obtained and translated later, showed that upon receiving confirmation of the trip for that morning, and thelocation of the rendezvous site, Meier set out, driving his already loaded Mo-ped, being telepathically guided over lesscrowded route sections, and he arrived on scene at about 09:30. me the time he had unloaded his bike and had safelyhidden it from accidental discovery, it was after 10:00. He readied his equipment for quick pick-up as he waited, and thespacecraft showed up a few minutes after that and he was taken aboard. He turned and took pictures of his departurebefore the iris-like opening in the bottom of the ship was closed. They had brought a special camera screen.The first part of that trip was to Venus to check on something, where Meier took more photos. Here we find that whatMeier always took for "windows" were now described as multi-purpose sensors. They were sometimes transparent butthey changed colors and clarity of their transparency under different conditions, sometimes even becoming even opaque.For that reason, the ..... themselves relied primarily on their 3-D viewing screens for sight. It was a special adaptation ofthis technology within a portable unit that had the illumination adjustment and viewing controls on it, including zoomand viewing frequency control. This unit was similar to the ships normal viewing screens which picked up a much widerrange of frequencies than our visual range, but this device had been modified to step them down to our visual range, sothat Meiers camera could record them in our sight frequencies in the colors we can sense. This also must have given theextraterrestrials control over all that Meier saw and photographed off the imaging screen of this device.They penetrated the Venus cloud layer and broke out underneath at what Semjase said was about 40 kilometers. Therewas clear visibility underneath and Meier could see the surface of the planet very clearly and described a crateredsurface with a medium high range of mountains to the right and a wide plain to the left. He said he saw no mountains inthe polar area. Surprisingly, the Astronomy magazine for August 1976 described almost the same thing from soundingslater made by space probes. (these magazine-pictures arrived more than one year after Meiers trip.)The spacecraft approached Mercury and Meier took a picture of it through the viewing instrument. After that theychecked on something on one of the satellites of Saturn and returned to Earth in time to observe the Apollo-Soyuzspace docking that day at about 16:30 by Meiers watch.Again, Meier shot pictures of the space docking, using the same special viewing screen provided. In the ships screensMeier could see other spacecraft in the vicinity there which did not show up on his special screen. when he asked aboutthis, the ET(Semjase ) said that those other craft were surrounded by energy fields and could only be picked up onspecial scanners, which his device did not have access to.After that they proceeded to the "Gross-Rama" (Great Spacer) mother-ship in distant space. It was a huge pyramidalcraft with a great central sphere 10.6 miles(ca.17km) in diameter, with three auxiliary spheres nearly 4 miles in diametereach arranged in a triangle, on extended legs to one side of the central sphere. One was an agricultural module, one wasa basic materials generator, and the third was a technological manufacturing facility which produced all the finishedconsumer goods required by the community and equipment. The central sphere was the living center for 144,000people.I must confess that when the 144,000 figure was given to me initially, I was told that it was a rounded figure. Itsounded too mystical to me at the time, so I rounded it to "143,000 inhabitants" in my Preliminary Investigation Report.That was a mistake on my part and I take full responsibility for my error. Actually, as the population is not static, itcould as easily have been up to 145,000 also, and still been as accurate as the given 144,000 figure. What if the basefigure is correct, and what if that is the real source of the mystical figure quoted in the Christian Bible?The hangar deck alone, in the lower levels of the big mother-ship, covered square miles of area, and Meier sawhundreds, perhaps even thousands, an uncountable number of ships of many sizes and types in there. When he askedwhat they did with so many ships, he was told that they may have as many as 500 out on missions at a given time, in oursolar system and elsewhere. Clearly, this was a stupendous operation.They were taken in a transport vehicle inside of that Great-Spacer to a control center where Meier was introduced toSemjases father, Ptaah, who did not speak the German language and used a translating device to communicate withMeier. Ptaah said the Great-Spacer was already moving toward their "transmit position", and showed Herr Meier someof the control instruments.That is where we left off in the preliminary report.And now Meier is seated in his little lean-to den, and has made himself ready for reception:Semjase- Today is your great day.Meier- After all you have told me I feel the same way.Semjase - You had to think about what would be expected. But now I must explain for this time, that you will have tokeep silence about certain concerns. At a later time I will be able to allow you to tell about the experience. For that, Iwill leave out of the transmission of the report certain things of which you may not speak. But come now, first we makea journey through your solar system.(We go to the ship and are lifted up inside by the transport beam, and only a few seconds after this the ship floats uphigh and I shoot from about 50 meters height some dia-pictures of the environment of the departure point. I take thepictures partly from straight above, and partly from the side. I can take these pictures still through the entrance hatch aswe climb very slowly higher. After shooting the pictures, Semjase closes the hatch, and within seconds the ship rushesup to several kilometers height without my noticing any pressure or any other change. Everything is just like I was

157. standing on solid ground on the Earth. Different sudden alternations of the course produced no bodily effect, though Ican see through the "windows" aboard that at different times we shoot along in the craziest movements, like a greatpendulum.)It was from those transmissions and subsequent discussions that we abstracted the part of this trip published in ourpreliminary report.As soon as the trip got under way Meier busied himself examining in detail the special device the ETs had provided forhis photographing efforts. "This viewingscreen looks to me like clear glass, through which everything outside can beobserved. Only I see that this whole viewing screen is very finely scanned [sharpened image), similar to [laser) scannedphotographs. The size of the screen was about 50cm by 50cm, while the color-radiation device is installed inside theside of it and recessed, and thus I could not examine its inner workings. Besides this device, there were many mostdifferent apparatus of all kinds all around the cockpit room, installed within a circular control console and in the walls.These strange appearing apparatus, which I had already seen on the first flight, quite evidently serve for the guiding andcontrolling of the beamship, while evidently so serving as well for exploration devices, distance meters, radiation controlmeans and other things, and play an important role [in the operation of the flight machine].All of the viewing and picture display screens differ basically from all other known to me apparatus of the samecharacter, of Earth origin. All of the forms, symbols and figures in these screens were displayed in beautiful and oftenfantastic colors and arrays, and were displayed in depth, contrary to the known to me Earth display or picture screens,which in practice are only able to show displays of signs and pictures by fore ground [flat 2dimensional, no depth]images, while these screens here showed everything in vivid 3-dimensional effect, like they were materially real, and notonly generated by impulses...) We must remember that this was all taking place in 1975, before we had multi-colorliquid crystal displays and 3-dimensional television.Meiers first impressions of the huge mother-ship including their approach and entrance into it through an opened port,the fantastically large parking bay and the many hundreds of other ships seen, some being worked by partmechanical/part organic humanlike creatures evidently used in labor operations, the transparent metal walls, the floatingshuttle transport cars used inside the huge sphere, etc., were all described in the preliminary report, up through theintroduction to Semjases father. They are now enroute to the "transmit position", which Ptaah says will take about 30minutes of our time.Ptaah and Semjase turn themselves to the instruments at a horse-shoe shaped formation. Small light bodies illuminateand a dark picture screen comes alive. Strange forms and symbols appear on it. Other imaging displays are active. ThenMeier hears a tone, a very soft and soothing singing of metal. He looked up at the transparent cupola and saw the scenewash away in a whitish milky veil. This only lasted a very short moment, and suddenly he could see stars again. He feltgreat tranquillity inside him. Then he heard Semjases voice, and wondered about this as Ptaah had asked for silence. Hewondered if something had gone wrong to delay the "transmission"? It had already been accwlished for the firsthyperleap of a number that they would undertake in the next few hours.Before the Great-Spacer reached its transmit position, Semjase had sent one of the robotoid creatures back to herbeamship in the hangar bay to bring the special imaging device to the control room for Meier to use in an effort to takepictures outside the ship. we now turned to him here and suggested he try.Semjase - If you want, you can try some photographs here, but whether they will succeed I can not estimate. By regretwe do not know whether Earth cameras can take pictures through the cupola. But this we will know after you havedeveloped your films. If you like, we can use the equipment brought from my beamship.Meier - - I will be thankful for the instrument, Semjase, for with that it certainly will succeed. But what is the matter? Isthere no success with the transmission?...Semjase - Havent you noticed?Meier- I have, but I cant explain......Semjase - Then you need only look out the cupola into space; now what do you see there?Meier- Girl, there are completely other formations of stars than I know from Earth. of course I know only a few bysight, but I see none that I can recognize. why is that?Semjase - we have made the first hyperleap.Meier- This --- man alive, dear, from that!... where are we now then?Semjase - You are around 500 light-years from your homeworld....... There - look there above, that formation of starsthere, that is our homeworld, these are the Pleiades. We are only 211 million kilometers from the nearest star.Unfortunately we cannot arrive closer, because we need a safe distance to be able to transmit again. Perhaps you cansucceed nevertheless in getting some pictures with the apparatus, which has already been brought.(Coming from somewhere, an android appears, bringing the photographic device. Very cleverly it assembles it inside aframe and places it in order. Suddenly the thing speaks to me, and once More I am flattered although I understand not aword. Semjase quickly enlightens me).Semjase - It wishes you a good success.Meier- But that is impossible. can this thing think and act independently? That would be crazy!Ptaah - - But nevertheless it does.Semjase - Its whole bodily construction is halforganic, and its brain chemical.

158. Ptaah - It is real, and highly developed. You will understand this better after a short time when it is More normal (foryou). It is only the newness that makes it strange. But take care now about the photos, because the next leap is beingprepared...(I follow the suggestion and hope the pictures come out I keep thinking about Ptaahs words. He is correct, as thestrange phenomena of the transparent metal in the space capsules, and the same with the hangar walls, and now thedome here in the control center, already do not seem so strange. The same with the photographic apparatus, and theviewing screens, and the whole control center and instruments. Ptaah is right. It is only a matter of familiarity.)Ptaah - You are in thoughts my friend. watch the stars - in nine seconds we start the next jump.Meier asked about a symbolform of writing or recording that he observed aboard the ship, and asked how old it wasand where did it originate?Semjase - That is easy to explain: these letters, we are using here, are only 11,000 years old, and we had taken themover, at that time from our ancestors, who lived on Earth. Our older letters and script form was much more complex,while this here now is much easier.This scriptform was developed by different of our scientists on Earth who used for apattern, the seen from the Earth star formations. They connected certain star pictures by lines, and the result evolvedinto these forms. As our script consists of small circles and lines, the circles represent stars and the lines just connectthem.[This is a surprising statement because a similar description was given to New Englander John B. Newbrough in aremarkable way by "auto-matic writing" in a session at 02:00 in the morning, in the dark, in the basement of his home,in 1881, in which he was given this symbolform, and was told that it was the predecessor of all written forms on Earthtoday, and was derived by the Magi from observations of the star formations in the sky. He was also given at that time,a table of the existing languages derived from this form. This was said to be the ancient writing of the Gods, and wasused as sacred writing by the Magi. This symbolform was used in making magic talismans in the distant past, and in thesigns of the great alchemists (the first scientists) of history. It was also said to be the secret Holy Writing of KingSoloman, recognized today as the father of certain mystic sects, and it is still used in secret rites in some societies.Newbrough published his "transmissions" in an old American work titled OHASPE, first printed in 1882.]Meier- Thats interesting, and your explanation suffices for me in that. This script is no more known on the Earth.Semjase - It has only been forgotten, but was in use many centuries ago, during which it was often changed in detail.Still, some few scripts of Earth humans today are simply altered forms of these shapes that have been made into letters,which trace back to our old symbols.Meier- This is astonishing. Then the script on Earth was not developed by Earth men themselves?Semjase - If you speak of the Earthbound forefathers of your human races, and not of the heavenly ancestors, then youare correct. It was first brought by the Sons of Heaven, who were the ones responsible for the re-mergence of Earthhumans from savagery(villskap).They were getting ready for the next hyperleap, a big one, and Meier wished he could record the sensations of the eventso he could write them down in detail later.Semjase - Thats not difficult. The booths, which you can see there, beside the picture screens, are equipped with allnecessary means, to store up feelings and thoughts. The thought impulses received are stored in a special computer andcan later, as may be desired, be repeated word for word from the recording. The helmet, shapable and adaptable in size,which you see there, is equipped with very fine sondes and is as well covered by a special, finemeshed net of sondeswhich pick up every kind of energy and transforms it into impulses, which are then transmitted to the computer wherethey are registered and stored. The energy of thoughts and feelings is measured in very high values and can be receivedonly through those instruments. The energies of feelings and thoughts exist only in very high frequency-fields, orhyperwfrequencies. To now be able to register your thoughts and feelings, it is necessary for you to place yourself intothe chair and lay the head under the helmet cap, which than will adapt itself automatically to your head.Meier- Thats all I have to do?Semjase - no, that is not all. But now place yourself in the booth. The great journey starts in 23 seconds.Meier- At your service Miss general.(As Semjase explained to me, I quickly sit down inside one of those three booths, in the extremely comfortable chair. Assoon as I have seated myself, the peculiar helmet moves over my head and sinks down silently. It is big enough that itcloses around my whole head, and only leaves my face open, thus I can see and watch everything. But the helmet is nottouching my head; only lying close around it, keeping about one and a half centimeters distance to the skull, as I can seewhen I placed my forefinger between the helmet and my heed. now I am tense and expectant, for I wonder what isgoing to happen. Ptaah and Semjase manipulate the apparatus ......)That hyperleap over, Meier asks where they are now, as he recognizes nothing familiar outside.(more information of what he experienced in the hyperspace are installed here on Norwegian language, and the Englishbook continues afterwards.)PLEIADERNES TEKNISKE METODE TIL OPPLEVELSE AV ENHET OG LYKKE - "KOSMISK ENHET"I det tyske kontakt-hefte "Semjase - berichte, block 2" - side 283 beskrives en høyteknisk metode - hyperroms-sprang -som denne sivilisasjon har utviklet for å reise i universet utenfor tidsdimensjonen. Slik forflytter de - dematerialisert -

159. både skip og mannskap på et frekvensplan som tilsynelatende ligger over de grov- og finmaterielle plan. Men samtidigopplever de reisende på skipet, hvis frekvens altså heves utenfor materiens frekvensplan - å få opplevelser somtilsynelatende er helt parallelle til mange beskrivelser av såkalte "KOSMISKE OPPLEVELSER". Mange har beskrevetkjærlighets/ekstase-opplevelser som sterkt minner om det som senere her skal gjengis som en "kunstig" metode. F.eks.har Martinus beskrevet sin åndelige innvielse i boken "omkring min misjons fødsel", og andre har beskrevet noetilsvarende fra sine "nær-døden" opplevelser.Denne metode med hyperroms-sprang brukes av Pleiaderne for å lage "egenopplevde demonstrasjoner" av atmenneskets ånd eller vesen ikke er kroppen, eller i kroppen, sansene eller hjernen - men at selve livet befinner seg på etplan over stoffets verden. At hvert enkelt vesen slik får egenoppleve udødeligheten.En slik tidløs kosmisk opplevelse fikk Meier oppleve i forbindelse med en reise med et av deres kjempestore romskipden 17.juli 1975, og vi går inn i en innledende samtale mellom Meier og Semjase.Semjase: "Om få minutter vil vi gjøre et spring på 7 minutter i "evigheten" eller i "nulltid". Følelsene og opplevelseneder, er helt annerledes enn i normal eksistens i det materielle liv. Av den årsak er det ikke mulig å motta dine tanker ogfølelser med riktig konsentrasjon. Som følge av dette vil verken jeg eller min far, eller noen av oss - senere kunne gjentadine følelser og tanker, slik at du kunne skrive dem ned."Meier: "Selvsagt er jeg interessert i å kunne huske mine følelser og tanker".Semjase: "Men du må vite at din egen evne til å huske ikke er så høyt utviklet at du kunne gjenta ord for ord fra minnet.Dette gjelder forøvrig også for oss, og derfor har vi utviklet teknisk utstyr til å kunne gjengi ordrette uttalelser.(kommentar: dette er på linje med Martinus analyser av hukommelses-evnens minst utviklede stadium i denutviklingssone han kaller "det riktige menneskerike" - som disse Pleiadere tydeligvis tilhører).Meier: "Jeg forstår - hvakan du da foreslå? Naturligvis er jeg interessert i å skrive ned alt i detaljer".Semjase: "Det er ikke vanskelig. Boksen som du ser der ved siden av skjærmen, er utstyrt med det nødvendige utstyr tilå kunne registrere tanker og følelser. Tankeimpulsene mottas og lagres i en spesiell komputer , og kan senere omønskelig fremkalles ord for ord. Hjelmen som er regulerbar - er forsynt med et nett av spesielle sonder, som tar opp alletanke-energier, som ligger i området for hyper(rom)-frekvensen. For nå å kunne registrere dine tanker og følelser, er detnødvendig at du setter deg i denne stolen, og setter hodet under denne hjelmhette, som automatisk tilpasser seg ditthode".Så forteller Meier videre om sine følelser og opplevelser mens dette hyperromsspranget i den de-materialiserte tilstandforetas, i et utdrag fra denne kosmiske beretning:"Som Semjase forklarte for meg, satte jeg meg ned i en av de tre meget komfortable stoler. Straks kom lydløst hjelmenover mitt hode. Den var stor nok til at den omsluttet mitt hode, men dekket ikke ansiktet slik at jeg godt kunne se. Menhjelmen berørte ikke hodet - den lå bare så nær at den var ca. 1,5 cm far skallen, som jeg kunne fastslå ved å legge minpekefinger mellom hjelmen og hodet. Nå er jeg spent og forventningsfull, for jeg lurer på hva som vil skje. Ptaah ogSemjase håndterer apparaturen, og nå ser jeg igjen - (de hadde på samme reise gjort flere hyperromssprang, men da utenå bruke denne "hjelmen") - hvordan den fantastiske stjernehimmel forandres. I en brøkdel av et sekund, er de ikke merenn en hvit melkeaktig masse, en skinnende masse - som jeg tidligere har sett under de andre hyperromssprang.Så er plutselig alt borte og det er kun mørke. Men allerede i neste øyeblikk er alt sammensmeltet i en gylden farge, ognå er alt som sølv. Men - min kjære - dette strålende lys - i strålende, skinnende glans. Alt er sammensmeltet i glitrendelys. Det er sterkere enn alle solene i Universet....å kjære deg, dette glitrende lys virker ikke allikevel smertefullt å stirreinn i. Å menneske - dette må være evigheten....men se, det finnes intet annet enn evigheten. Levende menneske - hvorpraktfullt. Det levende menneske - det er praktfullt! Evighet og vidunderlighet er ett og det samme. Hvorfor skiller jegdet da? Hvorfor setter jeg evigheten inn i perioder av tid? Tiden eksisterer ikke, og evigheten er praktfull! Menneske -hva er dette?Denne ro, denne fryd - hva er den da - hvordan kommer jeg til den? Kjærlighet, å denne dype omgivende kjærlighet!Intet finnes annet enn kjærlighet: praktfullt. Å ja, jeg er, og er dog ikke. Alt er så dypt, og fullt av kjærlighet. Naturligviser jeg evigheten, og jeg er i evigheten. Hvordan kunne jeg glemme dette? Dette glitrende lys, denne herlighet, dennekjærlighet er i alt. Å ja, jeg er et menneske, hvordan kan jeg glemme det? Jeg er bare en gjest i evigheten - og dissekjærlighetsfylte stemmer som roper etter meg, men hvorfra kommer de? Jeg ser intet, bare glitrende godtgjørende lys.Hvem kaller på meg? Jeg ser intet; jeg er overhodet intet mer. Jeg ser ikke meg selv - jeg er evigheten i evigheten. Menhvordan er det - jeg ser ikke med mine øyne - men allikevel ser jeg. Og jeg hører ikke med mine ører, men allikevelhører jeg.Ja, kjærligheten, hvor mektig den er, hvor veldig, uendelig og herlig. Alt er kjærlighet og herlighet, hvorfor forstår ikkemenneskene det? Og ja, men det kan dog ikke være, jeg er ikke bare et menneske - jeg er evigheten. Dette lys, disseglitrende lys, hvor dyp en kjærlighet, ro og fred det dog er! Å- nå forstår jeg - jeg ser og hører intett - men jeg føler! Jegføler, fornemmer og lever! Hvor skjønn er denne fryd - jeg er dog intett menneske, men evigheten. Interessant - jeg følerhørselen, jeg trenger ikke ørene mer, jeg ser og trenger ikke øynene mer. Hvor er jeg da, og hvorfor er det slik? Å ja -evigheten, nå forstår jeg....jeg er altså evigheten.....hvorfor glemmer jeg at jeg er et menneske som dveler i evigheten.Hvorfor fant jeg ikke (før) noen sammenhenger? Hvorfor kan jeg først nå tenke klart? Tenke? Jeg fornemmer dog, - jegføler. Hvorfor er det mulig - og hvorfra kommer disse stemmer.............Alt dette lys, dette herlige glitrende lys - ropene kommer fra dette lys. Er det evighetens rop? Og hvor vanskelig det er å

160. tenke at jeg bare er en gjest i evigheten - at jeg er et menneske.... Jeg vil her bli - aldri vil jeg mer tilbake. Her er væren(das sein) - den virkelige væren. Hvordan kan jeg være her som et menneske? Jeg er dog intet menneske. Nå vet jeg hvajeg er. Jeg er jeg - jeg er væren. Hvordan kunne jeg tro at jeg bare var et menneske? Hvordan kunne jeg bare føle at jegvar fremmed her, og måtte tilbake til den materielle verden? Jeg er dog her og tilhører her. Sikkert er mitt materielle livdødt, og lenge har vært død. Men hvor lenge har jeg vært her?(Husk opplevelsen her er absolutt tidløs - noe vi naturlignok vanskelig kan forestille oss). Hele fortiden er som drømmer - dødsdrømmer. ........om overgangen formes riktig, omangsten legges vekk for det ukjente.Eller var dog alt virkelig?(altså tenker han om denne vår verden her er virkelig) Nei, det er ikke slik, for det er jo nå jeger evigheten, og fornemmer det!. Døden er bare mellomrom, mellomstasjoner for livet og væren. Død? Den ervillfarende, den finnes overhodet ikke - men hvordan vet jeg det - hvem har sagt meg det? Å jo, jeg fornemmer det fradisse hemmelighetsfulle rop fra de herlige glitrende lys av kjærlighet - fra evigheten selv. Dog - er jeg ikke selvevigheten?Å, naturligvis - derfor kan jeg forstå ropene. Hvorfor bekymrer jeg meg da for det materielle liv og mellomstasjoner?Jeg forstår det ikke - det berører meg overhodet ikke. Jeg er nå VÆREN, og har alt bak meg. Endelig er jeg VÆREN,endelig er jeg meg!.......evigheten e r eksistensen, og overvåker hendelsene i det uvirkelige - i den materielle livsform".Ja, slik fortsetter det"side opp og ned" med Meiers beskrivelser av sine opplevelser i denne ikke-fysiske tilstand av ren bevissthet. Ettersomalle hans tanker og føleleser ble "innspilt", kunne han i ettertid gi en slik detaljert beskrivelse av sine ubeskriveligeerfaringer. Men etterhvert er oppholdet i evigheten over:".....hvorfor går du? Å - lyset forsvakes. Hvor går du? Jeg er igjen jeg - nei, nei - det må ikke skje; jeg vil ikke tilbake.Nei, nei - jeg tilhører her, jeg vet - jeg tenker igjen, jeg føler ikke mer. Å - jeg forstår - Lyset - det glitrende erallerede.......nei, nei, jeg vil ikke. La meg....hvorfor rister du i meg?Som ihjelslått ligger jeg igjen i stolen i kabinen, og stirrer fremfor meg - jeg vil og kan ikke forstå at jeg er her. Jeg vil joikke tilbake hit - jeg vil bli "der oppe". Ikke her blant sorger, problemer og nød. Å denne elendighet - denne tristevirkelighet i det materielle liv - jeg kunne hyle, hvordan er jeg kommet tilbake?Hva gjør du her Semjase?"Semjase: "Forstår du det ikke? Vi har nådd målet, vi har gjort et hypersprang, men forsinket re-materialisasjonen i syvminutter, for å muliggjøre at du kunne trenge inn i det tidløse. Vi var alle i det tidløse, men vi kunne ikke forbli der,fordi vi alle må gå den trinnvise evolusjonen. Jeg vet svært vel, hvor smertefullt det føles (å komme tilbake), men vi haralle opplevd det samme. Men vi har vennet oss til det, og vet at vi ikke kan bli der under noen omstendigheter - før vihar passert alle bevissthetstrinn. En lavere utviklet bevissthetsform ville uten tvil ved tilbakekomsten falle inn i vansinn.Jeg er lei for at du nå føler et slikt elende i deg, som man kan lese i ansiktet ditt. Men du vil overvinne det, fordi du eristand til å tenke realistisk".Noe senere spør Meier hvorfor han tilsynelatende har hatt så mange tanker under syvminutters-oppholdet undrer"nulltiden" i denne "storenhet"? Og hvordan han hadde tenkt langt mer enn det kunne være mulig under dette.Semjase: "Du har ikke tenkt mer, men bare følt og fornemmet. I nulltiden, i det tidløse, eksisterer kun følelser istorenheten. Du var ikke mer deg selv, men en liten del av det hele - storenheten. Og i denne var fornemmelsene trengtinn i deg.****(back to the orginal english text):Semjase - / Ptaah - have reached our goal.Meier- Better explain to me now, just what are we actually going to do here? Semjase has said to me that she wouldhave to execute here a special task?Semjase - Just let yourself be surprised my dear friend. After about ten minutes you will understand all, and surely, aswell, will be delighted.Meier - : well - as I see it, we are moving through space, only in front of us I see a star, which is getting bigger andbigger, and far behind that, I can see five small blue points. what kind of a star is that, and what are the blue points?Ptaah - That is Caltos, the last point in this space. Being two times as large as your home system, it has a greaterluminosity. The blue points visible beyond are also stars, They are self-radiant blue stars which generate very intenselight. You may not be able to see with the naked eye, but there are not five of those, but eleven stars. If you want, youmay of course take pictures of them.Meier- Yes, I will, and get the pictures directly through the cupola. Ill alternate a little, taking some through yourdevice and than I will just take pictures through the cupola. That way I can later see which photographs come outbetter. I wonder which will ......(cont. Under)here - inserted comment:[CALTOS, this remote and insignificant small system, as solar systems go, offers us some measure of comparisonbetween our own solar system and that of the homeworld of Semjase. Caltos is twice the size of our system and has 11Sub-Suns (big planets as our Jupiter), each with a system of cold body satellites or planets. Semjases home planetsparent sun, the dim violet companion to Taygeta as seen from Earth, is about the size and mass of our sun and 24 times

161. as bright.Our solar system had four of what the Pleiadians call "sub-suns", Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus and Neptune, for its size.Caltos, twice as big, has eleven sub-suns. Thus it is not unusual for a solar body about these sizes to have sub-sunsystems with their own cold body or satellite systems. By simple analogy, it is entirely possible for Semjases planetsparent sun to have a number of sub-suns; and her home planet Erra, with other cold bodies, orbits one of the sub-suns -one of three inhabited planets there known to Semjases group.If ours has allowed development of rational intelligence and a technological race like our comparatively primitive one --how much more likely that such a one could be coming here from the Pleiades or anywhere else.If we grant the pan-systemic theory of migration of species advocated by some schools of UFO philosophy we certainlyfind abundant evidence of it in the literature on UFO contacts in recent years.Those Pleiadians visiting Switzerland have told their contactee that that is exactly how some of our Earth humanity gothere in the first place. And they told him in the next moment that those same ancestors of ours, and of themselves aswell, went to many other places in our visible universe, settled, and produced new societies with new technologies,some of which are also freely traveling in space -- some of those even finding their way to our solar system here!No wonder our great mythologies in all societies on all continents of this planet feature Pleiadian visitors, among others,so prominently in their lore.There are however, a great many others as well. Some of them, like the beings from Reticulum, have been repeatedlymentioned by the visitors who claim they come from the Pleiades. And there are a great many more, perhaps evenunknown to the Pleiadians visiting here.It comes as no surprise then, that Caltos, another small sun like ours, has a number of sub-suns and planets in its solarsystem. What does seem surprising is that Caltos was pointed out as one similar solar system having no rationalcreatures evolving on its planets at this time, as though that were a noteworthy point to remember for some reason.Perhaps rational life is more widespread than we ever imagined up to now.]cont. Conversation between Meier and Semjase/ Ptaah - :Ptaah - That is up to you. You may do as you prefer.Meier- Thanks... But what about the blue stars over there, how big are they, and is there any life on them?Ptaah - They are no bigger than your homeworld, although this kind of star is normally five to six times as big... Theyare as inhospitable and hostile to life, as the great planets of your solar system, such as Jupiter, Saturn, and Uranus. Thegravity alone makes life very rarely possible on these stars, and not even any spiritual forms of life are at home on them.and in the few exceptions, the existing creatures are very small, not exceeding a height or size of 70cm. The gravity ofsuch stars would damage them if they were larger. But of course, this is different for each such star or planet, while theatmosphere itself plays no role, because different forms of life are accommodated to having different atmospheres. So,not all creatures breathe oxygen like ourselves and Earth humans.Meier - But it is said, that very great planets or stars may be inhabited, too, by accordingly greater forms of life, if thereis life at all on them?Ptaah - So it happens only in certain well defined circumstances.About this the science of Earth is in error. If life soexisted on your planets Jupiter, Saturn and Uranus, then the forms of life would have to be semi-material only(eteric),and very small. This is not the case that greatness fosters greatness. For this special case, greatness can only beconquered by smallness, but only if of extraordinarily stable form. On your planets Jupiter, Saturn and Uranus, greatforms of life would never be able to survive... But as you know, no such creatures are at home on these planets, neithermaterial nor spiritual.Meier- I was told about this matter, and also was shown at the place and location myself, where I also noticed that thesecalled planets are not really planets. I may appear stupid when I ask a question about the stars, but I have been show thedifference between stars and planets, and surely this will be of interest to other human beings too. Will you thus explainthe difference between stars and planets?Ptaah - That is not difficult, and easily explained; planets are cosmic bodies which have practically no light of their own,and which get their light by a conversion of their suns radiations falling on them. Stars are cosmic bodies which havetheir me force of radiation, and which generates light from their own radiations. Both are inhabitable by creatures ofsorts; stars as well as planets, if atmospherics and other circumstances permit it.Meier - - I see, and what about thesuns? Are they perhaps only on the outside solar formations, while inside may exist inhabitable planets?Ptaah - How made you come by this question?Meier- oh, I have read in books about these matters. A man by the name of Jacob Lorber, has written decades or evencenturies ago, some about such things. me, moreover, has also written about Saturn and other planets, which withSemjase, I have now seen for myself, when Semjase brought me to these planets, and I was able to explore them withher help.Ptaah - I understand, unfortunately, there exist on Earth many humans who write such kinds of books and otherliterature. As you can see, these are the products of fantasy. Also the fantasy interpretation with respect to livability ofyour sun... as no sun is like such statements.Meier- Yes. Okay, I thought so...***

162. It was at this point that the Pleiadian ship effected a rendezvous with another Great Space mother-ship of the DALUniverse, where meetings were held between the two societies, and where Meier, to his great surprise, was able to meetAsket again, after ten years. That was his surprise... He went over to the DAL ship with Semjase in her small craft, andthey were taken inside. He was almost overcome with excitement and emotion. He thought, "Man alive! There shestands! There stands Asket and she smiles. I - I me cant speak. A confounded block is in my throat... Now Asket walkstoward me - wordless and smiling, and now she touches my hand, squeezes it and draws me toward her... Dear me, isthis real, I am not dreaming... Oh girl..."Asket - - You really are not dreaming. Be very welcome with us. It is a delight and honor to greet you here. I see that achange has happened. I am sorry.Meier- You mean my arm?Asket - - YesMeier - do know that I have already accommodated myself to it, long ago, and I cant even imagine any more, a life withtwo arms for me. I have forgotten that.Asket - - If you say so, then it must be. But me dont you wear a helping device?Meier- on Earth, unfortunately, these things are still very primitive.Asket - - I could have a device produced for you, which would fully sub stitute for your arm. A half organic apparatus.Meier- many thanks, Asket, that is really very kind of you. But do believe me, on the one hand I can no more imaginemyself a life with two arms, and on the other hand, I know very well, that I have not just lost my arm without purposeand sense. The accident and the loss had to be. By that event I have learned immensely much, and will further on learnstill more.Asket - - These thoughts are worthy of you. I just thought that a help in certain ways would be of service to you.Meier- I really thank you very much, Asket, But I do not want it. You know that such an apparatus would also conjureup many Earth troubles. We have many others there who have also lost legs and arms, who would then desire suchmeans, and against whom it would be unfair for me to conceal such from them. To this moreover is added the problem,that many of those humans, if they had such helping devices, would again become unappreciative(uforstående) forms oflife. You know, things being as they are, that the human being falls again into materialism, if only he me well-up again.On the other hand, scientists and governments would discover the matter, and this could lead to catastrophe. If I hadsuch a semi-organic apparatus or prosthesis, then for sure I could not conceal it for long. The consequences would bethat they would take ii away from me to examine and study very thoroughly, and if it was semi-organic, than a way forunderstanding and duplicating the details may not take long, from which scientists could than produce robots andsimilar things. (In our present society) these would be used for evil war-connected purposes, possibly catastrophic forearth. As enticing as your offer is, Asket, just for those reasons I could not accept it.Asket - - Those are unselfish words, dear friend, and you are right in them too. I allowed myself to be guided by mycompassion.......There was considerable discussion of plans and missions and a number of other things, and the transmission Meierreceived in that first "sitting" after his return filled scores of pages. We have only been able to abstract c little here,disconnected parts that seemed to be of special interest to casual students of this phenomenon, or that might answersome of the scores of questions so often raised about this case. The whole thing is highly exotic and difficult to believeunder any circumstance.[Almost immediately after returning from the big trip with his exposed rolls of film, Meier took them to his regularcommercial photo processing company to be developed. Meier and the group waited anxiously. They all wanted to seethe spectacular pictures. Finally the slides and prints were ready for pick-up, which took a lot of money for the numberof rolls of film exposed and the small number of people to pay for them. The group thought they now had the photoproofs they wanted. The films were sent for and when the packages arrived and were opened, they all were crushed tosee that every picture made using the "special viewing screen", with both Meiers camera and the second similar oneused by Semjase, were grossly overexposed and light to the point of losing nearly all the image in the pictures.They were so bad that they were not even reproducible. The other pictures taken aboard the ships, without using thedevice, had wavy flashes of color shot through them, and were also distorted and all but useless as well... Most werealso overexposed, evidently due to the properties of the light aboard. (....dersom de ikke var bevisst manipulert med avetterretningsfolk, som beviselig kontrollerte alt filmateriale som kom til fra Meier via den lokale fotohandler. Detteomtales et annet sted i boken, under den omfattende delen om film- og billedanalysene - som ikke er medtatt her. På ettidspunkt fikk han film tilbake som direkte var kopiert speilvendt - og dette beviser at han ikke fikk tilbakeorginalfilmen, men kun kopier av sine filmer. Og vedrørende bildene tatt i moderskipet, kan man også spekulere på omnevnte overvåknings / etterretningsfolk ikke nettopp beholdt de evt. gode bilder som var fremkommet her, og returnerteovereksponerte kopier av filmene tilbake. Dette ville være en enkel jobb for fotoeksperter).Another problem was also noted now that the pictures were back, the 49mm, slightly wider than normal angle of spreadof the lens on Meiers camera was too wide to get close-up shots of the images in the special viwing screen, and evenworse with the smaller normal viewing screens, without getting the edges of the screen in the picture also, and he hadproblems with the focus. The disappointment was disheartening, and Meier was forced to resort to collecting otherimages to illustrate what he was trying to describe, including observatory pictures of some of the stellar wonders. Some

163. of these were mounted in the picture albums by his friends (who kept them up), and eventually became confused byothers as the pictures from the trip. In fact that is what we were once told by somebody there also, which we knew wasnot true, because those views are only possible from the point in space occupied by the Earth, and even then throughspecial hydrogen and other filters not available for small cameras.Meier communicated his disappointment to Semjase, who later picked up the diapositives for their scientists to study tosee what could be done to improve the effort. Those were never brought back to Meier.Another problem was the one experienced before, with the disappearance of spacecraft photos. Here again, most of thephotos made aboard the mother-ship, not using the special screen, were "lost" in the processing line of handling, fromlaboratory back to Meier, and he never saw them. Those would have been the best ones. Some frames came backcompletely black. Only the few pictures that were on other rolls together with pictures through the special viewingdevice ever came back to Meier.Very little of the photographic efforts aboard the Great-Spacer survive today, and whatdoes is of little value for analysis.The transmission of the trip notes was resumed in the thirty-second contact at 14:16 on 8 September 1975, as aThought Transmission Contact called by Meier to settle some problems he was having with the notes on the big trip.Semjase was busy and unable to engage in any very long contact and asked Meier to hold off until the next day whenshe would have more time. The contact was re-opened on 9 September 1975. The discussion concerned a number ofmatters which Meier was not allowed to reveal to any other people. He was advised of a series of events that wouldtranspire, involving him and also others of our world. The reason for secrecy was to avoid influencing the events andthus the course of evolutionary patterns already cast. He was given the information so as to be able to measure ourposition in "event time" which is not the same as clock time.These notes also reviewed a discussion of religions and the real spiritual nature of Earth humans at this position in time.A discussion of parallel worlds in both super- and sub-ordered dimensions and their effect on our world normal to us atthis time was also reviewed for the notes. A discussion of efforts by Earth powers to create ships similar to those of theextra-terrestrials observed in our skies was also reviewed.The thirty-third contact on Friday 12 September 1975, was the first face-to-face meeting since the extended trip, and ittook place at 10:57 in the morning after urgent calls by Meier for a contact.Semjase - Yesterday you tried several times to call me. Unfortunately, I could not respond, because there were somevery important things to do which could not be postponed(utsettes).Meier- This I found out, as you just warded me off. what had you to do that was so important? I as well had somethingimportant, appearing so for me. Namely, on the night of Wednesday the 10th of September, at 20:45 hours, south, westof Hinwil, we saw a very great orangered color (luminous) (flying) abject. Seen from my house, it was about 1.20 to1.40 meters (apparent size) in diameter, and without any doubt it was a spherical formation. After a few minutes theobject disappeared in a black and evidently artificial cloud. At 21:45 I could see the object again in the southeast. Thelight of the object was this time very intense, and the sky had a very peculiar violet-red-blue color. Enough light wasgenerated that I could film the object while it jumped around like a jack-o-lantern. Then it suddenly sank down verysteep in the area near Bachtelberg, and there it simply hung in the air. This also I was able to film.Then it shot off like a missile towards the east, returned again rapidly to very close, and started to pulse a very in-tenselight. The peculiar color of the sky faded, and than the object jumped around again like crazy. soon I was able to film it,while it disappeared from my viewer frame. twice more I got it in the camera field and filmed it again. I only hope thefilm comes out well, which I will tell you when it is developed.what I am wondering is this; was this object a beamship? was it one of yours? why did you demonstrate so openly (overtown) if it was one of yours, because it could be seen as well by others? Or was it a strange object? Add why do yousuddenly fly around here with such big ships when you told me that the great ones would only come here in anemergency? The object would have to be at least 600 to 700 meters in diameter, if I have estimated the distance fromme to the ship right, which was at the farthest about 20 kilometers.Last night I saw the object again at 21:00, when it hung very far away in the air, near the mountain we call the "". Thismountain is, seen from my house, in the Southwest direction. what about this object, and why do you just swoop alonghere in the environment with it?Semjase - It was just concerning this. We were so much occupied by the object seen by you, that I could not speak withyou, and had to tell you to wait. The yesterday and before yesterday object was the same, which you had already seen inthe evening of 20 April, and photographed. That was not a beamship, as we say, but a "small-spacer" type. Also, it doesnot belong to us, but to rather unkind intelligences. They are very interested in our work. And for some time they havebeen interested in you, for they want to kidnap you. These intelligences intend to bring Earth and Earthmen under theircontrol. For this they do not shrink from kidnapping. It is one of the groups who operate through Earth religions andfind success in this.The conversation then turned to events in the Bermuda Triangle and the reports of strange things happening there.Semjase observed that some of the strange events had a natural origin, but acknowledged that not all were reallynatural.Her biggest concern though, was our unnatural employment of atomic energy and its dangers to all life here. Theseextraterrestrials are not the only ones to express such concerns, however, and the damage to our ionosphere by

164. chlorofluorocarbons pales in comparison to that caused by radiation energies from atomic explosions.AND FROM ANOTHER SOURCE (not from Meier)There are other more serious conditions produced by man which are having an even greater destructive effect on ourionosphere, which may already be irreparably out of control.A UFO contactee in Minnesota, who also is told by his entirely human extraterrestrial visitors that they are coming fromwhat we call the Pleiades, who has been visited by them since his first abduction in 1958, has carried on extensivedialogues on scientific and technical subjects so profound that he had to enroll in college physics courses to learnenough to grasp what they were trying to explain to him.They told him that our toying with the atom was our greatest danger, and worse, our scientists had no knowledge of thedangers they were introducing in our world.At those extraterrestrials suggestion, he produced a monograph on "Nuclear Energy vs. Planet Earth", and sought tobring it to the attention of science circles and open minds wherever he could. And to give this emphasis, they ETs toldhim in advance what our survey team sent to the South Pole to study the recently discovered hole in the ionosphereover the Antarctic would find.This monograph was written in August 1986, as a team was being prepared for the expedition to Antarctica to try tofind out what is causing the hole discovered by the IRAS satellite in 1979 and growing.A copy of that monograph is reproduced following this page for your review. We have also included a copy of the lettertransmitting this monograph to us so you can see for yourself that we received out copy weeks after the first ones weresent out.What astounded us, was the earlier evidence that the Pleiadians visiting Switzerland had explained the same destructiveeffect of our atomic explosions to Meier in 1978. In an uncirculated dialogue on the dangers of our atomic sciences inthe hands of people who did not know enough about what they were doing to be safe, they cautioned that we mayalready have gone too far and signed our suicide note!They explained, in effect, that the radiation particles produced b our fission and fusion reactions are only the grossresult of the dis arrangement in mass, but that far more serious is the permanent an ever growing imbalance in the stillundiscovered particles and force in the deranged ("forvirrede") atom and its effect on its neighbors; constantly growingin matter -- "like a cancer"!For what Meier was told in this respect, refer back to the notes on his 35th contact presented here on page 148 andsubsequent. As was expected, the team sent to the south pole came to no conclusions, an even more important, ourpredicted holes at the north pole were also discovered by the TOMS satellite late in 1986!****Further on - the extraterrestrials suggestion, of the contactees produced monograph on "Nuclear Energy vs. PlanetEarth":Nuclear energy and PLANET EARTHNuclear fission and fusion as employed today for energy production and military uses are killing this planet, and no onein the scientific comm-unity has any idea why its dying or how to save it. The reason for this is simple - they do notunderstand atomic structure, solar structure, or the complete dynamics of falling bodies. Physics textbooks erroneouslydeclare our sun to be, in effect, a nuclear reactor. It is not. Because the scientific community feels confident that nuclearpower is a part of nature they, as a body, have ceased to consider the possibility that perhaps they do not have all of theanswers. Due to this arrogance, they are not even looking at nuclear technologies as possible causes of the damage wesee occurring to our ionosphere, and if they do not look they will not see. Our planet is very sick and is weakeningdaily. It has reached a point where Earths own mechanisms can no longer heal the wounds as quickly as theyre beinginflicted. In other words, we have reached a point of no return in that if nuclear fission and fusion are not abandonedand salvage operations begun immediately, the ionosphere will continue its rapid disintegration until life on Earth ceasesto exist.In this paper we will attempt to explain in brief what is happening and why, but most particularly we aim to warn thereader of what the future holds if this insanity is not stopped - and soon.!!!Our emphasis must be on predictions because frankly, the tests and results upon which we base our theory break manycurrently accepted "laws" of physics, and so will be rejected out of hand by many of those who have spent their livesproperly memorizing those laws. To prove we are credible and do indeed know what were talking about we musttherefore predict what the scientific community has not predicted and can never explain using current physical law. Onlyin this way can we impress the reader with the truth of what we say, and gain allies in our effort to halt these deadlytechnologies before its t late. So then, to begin....THE PROCESS OF NUCLEAR FISSIONDuring the process of nuclear fission and fusion an atom is forced open a electrons escape. Science and industry assureus that this process is safe, because even though our knowledge of atomic structure is incomplete, any unforeseendamaging effects are prevented by the massive steel and concrete containment vessels. They are correct insofar ascontaining electrons is concerned, but what they have yet to realize is there exists much smaller particles of mass andenergy which pass easily through the containment walls, and which strip off particles from the containment vesselsthemselves as they pass through. This results in an unforeseen and rapid decay of the containment structure itself -

165. weakening it greatly within a decade - which in turn allows even larger particles (still smaller than an electron) toescape. Obviously, the problem quickly becomes progressive.These minute particles released from an atom are negative in respect to planet earth. This means that these particles willbe repelled from earths surface to the outer regions of the ionosphere. Of course these particles are yet more negativein value than solar energy, and are also repelled from the energy emitted from the sun. Because these very negativeparticles are repelled from solar energy, they move around the earth, staying on the dark side of the planet in order toavoid direct contact with solar energy. These very negative particles tend to settle in" at any location which remains indarkness for substantial periods of time. For a part of the year this area is at the Southern Polar region (Antarctica).Accumulating at the South Pole, these particles assemble themselves with the normally positive ions of the ionosphere,which results in the production of an extremely negative plasma.As the South Pole again begins to face toward the sun (Sept.-Oct.) this highly negative plasma is repelled, and now hasnowhere to go but to Earth.This results in a hole in the ionosphere in the South Pole region. Because of the massive amounts of these very negativeparticles being released, the hole in the ionosphere will be found to have increased dramatically in size in 1986, possiblyas far as the 600 paralell line.If the phenomena is monitored, it will be noticed that the hole will develop a 24 hour oscillation, and that the oscillationwill always be away from the suns light. This again is due to the fact that these very negative particles, now assembledinto a very negative plasma, will be repelled from solar energy.As the South Pole faces toward the sun, the North Pole lies in darkness. Therefore, the negative, unassembled particlesin the upper atmosphere will tend to "settle in" near the North Pole, and will assemble with positive ion there. Whenonce again the North Pole faces toward the sun, the resulting negative plasma will be forced to the surface of Earth.Our calculations indicate that in the early months of 1987, a hole in the ionosphere will be found to have appeared overthe North Pole.Some of the results of this disruption of the ionosphere will have immediate effects. For instance, as great shells of thisnegative plasma are pushed into existing shells of plasma, very adverse and abnormal weather conditions will beexperienced world wide. In areas where the ionosphere is thicker, there will be an over filtering of solar energy, causinga reduction of sunlight available on earth and a subsequent increase in rainfall. In areas where the ionosphere hasthinned, expect severe heat waves and drought conditions. Also, iron deposits attract these negative particles of massand energy, and so areas with large deposits of iron can expect drastic changes in their weather cycles. A less immediateeffect of this attraction to iron deposits will be that life forms in these areas will experience genetic changes, and analarming increase in birth defects will be seen in these areas. Likewise, incidents of cancer and other diseases related toa breakdown in immune system activities will be noted.As the destruction of the ionosphere continues, more drastic effects will be observed. For example, as these undetectedparticles of mass and energy are accepted at the poles (and elsewhere) they will undoubtedly result in an increase in theenergy exchange of our planet. This will cause an increase in the rotation rate of the Earth. At first this increase will beconsidered a negligible factor, but the increase will be progressive, and will eventually result in the earth changing itsorbit. The elliptic will increase, and the Earth will begin its drift away from the sun.The increase in energy exchange will also wheat" up the interior of our planet, resulting in great internal pressure. Thispressure will be released in the form of great earthquakes and increasingly greater volcanic actions. The end result ofthese actions will be great continental shifts, and areas lying along existing fault lines will be at great risk. This increasein energy exchange will also cause a warming of the earths surface, and the polar ice caps will begin to melt. Coastlineareas will begin to disappear.Much more could be said, but this outline of events will give the reader a fair idea of why we say the situation on Earthis critical. To date the focus of the anti-nuclear movement has been to eliminate bombs and testing, control radioactivewastes, etc. Few people have considered that perhaps the splitting of atoms in and of itself is anti-nature. Unless it isstopped and decontamination procedures initiated, our future is bleak. The problems will not go away by themselves.Humankind has done the damage, and now we must repair it. The technology now exists which will provide the tools,but our group cannot do it alone. We seek allies!!CHAPTER 6Other Atmospheric PlanetsAfter the meetings with the DALs, and the exchange of equipment, the Pleiadian ship made a number of hyperleap tripsto various locations, and sometimes things of interest were pointed out to Meier. One of those areas of special interestto us is the variety of other atmospheric planets mentioned and their apparent frequency in the widths of thecosmos.The thirty-fourth contact was a face-to-facemeeting on Sunday, 14 September 1975. It began at 13:43 afterbeing called by Meier to get some answers. He wanted to identify the writer of an anonymous letter. Semjase went intoher ship, interrogated some equipment devices, and gave him the identification he sought.They discussed the Bermuda Triangle at great length in this meeting, and then the me insisted on transmitting more ofthe report on the long trip. That meeting broke up with an arrangement to transmit more trip report in the very nearfuture.It was two days later, on the 16th of September that all things were in order to resume the Thought Transmission on the

166. big trip.[Here we run into a problem on distances that we cannot at this time resolve, and so we shall leave these distances outof our presentation altogether.First of all, the ETs do not measure distance in terms of light-years because that is our unique creation. They say thespeed of light is neither constant nor does it travel in a straight line (except over very small distances) -- being speededup and slowed down, and bent every which way by magnetic fields of force, which are everywhere. They do not findTime fixed either, as we perceive it, nor linear in the full sense of the word. Therefore a light-year is a fictitious andmeaningless misnomer (gal benevnelse)created by us. It is like trying to measure the distance between stars with angleworms.We calculate the age of Creation to be 12 billion to 20 billion (milliarder)years, depending on who you consult andwhen. It was only a few years ago that it was thought by the same sciences to be about four billion (still a lot of years)old, but only a few hundred years ago, those same sciences said our sun was the center of the Universe and that it wascreated in six days only a few thousand years before that. Have we reached the ultimate answer yet?When we asked about distances of trillions and quadrillions of lightyears, we were laughed at by scientists. Thereapparently is no such thing to them. We never got to decisions -- which has been mentioned in the contact notes.The lightyear is an arbitrary unit of measure, and while useful for one kind of measure is useless for another. We canmeasure a book very usefully in inches (the width of a thumb to primitive man), but it is a useless value for measuringthe width of our local Galaxy. Perhaps lightyear is just as useless when we go beyond our familiar realms.These terms, weak as they are for our purpose here, are all values for our known physical universe and may not apply atall in another realm or universe, such as might be postulated for "hyperspace".Thus, we are in no position to accurately judge the figures given. For this reason we will omit such references now andsimply report the observations.]A Hyperleap is completed and conditions stabilize.Ptaah - we are much farther from Earth than before... This is the galaxy of "ASAP", and there in front of you, you seethe world of "Desom". It is inhabited by human creatures which, according to your history, would be somethingequivalent to your Middle Ages. They live in greater villages, which are similar to those you have in your orientalregions. A second race on this world does not live in solid houses. It is nomadic and builds huts from plants and bushes.You will be able to see this world from close-up, for Semjase will bring you there in her beamship. But look firsttowards this giant sun there in front. It has already declined in force, and will die away after some millenniums. Themoon, which you see there, is about four times as large as the Earth moon. After some 3,200 years, it will rush into thatgiant sun, because the three comic bodies work slowly towards one another.Meier- And what will happen to the human beings?Semjase - By then they will have developed a useful for them technology, by which they will then have the possibility ofescaping from their world.Meier- And if this does not happen?Semjase - It could be. If this were prevented by something, then help from outside would be brought in. This is anobligation under cosmic law.Meier- That is reassuring(beroligende). But how is it now? can we talk to the human beings down there?Ptaah - This, by regret, will be impossible, nor on any of the worlds which we will visit in the next few hours. It iseverywhere there suited, that we not be recognized, thus we have to hide ourselves with our protective screens. We areonly allowed to be seen, where the concerned evolution allows this...The trip to the surface lasted only a few minutes and then they returned to the Great-Spacer where Ptaah was alreadypreparing for the next hyperleap. Again it was made in a short time.Ptaah - here we are... in the Galaxy of "Nepon". what you see here is the system of "Lesa". You see there the three bigformations. The two over there, which stand close together, are two sister planets of immense size. The little farther inthe distance still great formation is the giant moon of the sister worlds. It is nearly 520 times greater than the Earth.Meier- Fantastic!Semjase - That is absolutely normal. Only for the Earth human being and other non-spacetravelling races do theseconcerns seem to be monstrous and fantastic, as you call it. Your scientists can not imagine such giant worlds, even intheir boldest .... The truth surpasses their ability to conceive.Meier- I dont doubt what you say.Semjase - come now - on these worlds also, we will undertake a short flight. (one of the "lesa" worlds is inhabited byhuman forms of life.)After the next hyperleap...:Ptaah - This, here above us is an oxygen-world in similar size to your Earth. Also the atmosphere has similar values,while the surface of the planet offers only a certain similarity to your wastes, and in many respects is more similar to theplanet "Venus" from your system. We are still in the system "Lesa" which is very extensive and must be crossed inhyperleaps. The planet has quite primitive plant and animal life, but was in earlier times more populated. A cosmic eventdestroyed all and reduced it to stone for millions of years. For some millenniums now, the conditions are changing againand new life is developing itself. As you are able to see from here, there are different colors shining. These are waste,

167. water and forest-regions. These desert-like landscapes consist partly of massive rock, mountains, and very fried andbrittle stones which slowly fall to sand again, and then, in the course of time, will change into earth. The mountainsthemselves are no taller than 2,000 meters, and they then, in the course of time, will change into earth. The mountainsthemselves are no taller than2000 meters, and they look very similar to the mountains of your Venus. But you will seethis for yourself when you are there with Semjase .......Again the excursion took only a short time, and they returned and reboarded the mother-ship. Several more of the nowbecoming familiar hyperleaps were made, and the great variety and divergence of Creation boggled Meiers mind.Thethirty-fifth contact took place at 19:14 on Tuesday the 16th of September - 75, during which Meier queried:Meier- I am interested if there exists in the Universe, other worlds and creatures, who accord to Earth levels now?Ptaah- Many parallels can be found. Thus also worlds are in existence which are very similar to Earth, and on which are livingalso human forms in nearly the same development state as the Earthman enjoys. Such a world can be found in theGalaxy "Aratom", in the system "Neb", and the world is called "Kartag".Meier - This I do consider interesting, yet with these details I can do nothing. It is "all a Spanish village" to me.Ptaah - Kartag is a world where the human beings war against one another. Their time is one of the use of atomicsciences.Meier- and why is this not prevented by you?Ptaah - It is not at our disposal to interfere there, because that system is under the control of a highly developed form oflife, which troubles itself for the prevention of catastrophe. Kartagian life is at an important point of change in theirevolution, and near the end of their atomic age. They still destroy one another with atom bombs, but this will not lastfor long. They will agree with the controlling intelligences.Meier- Then they are some further developed than the Earth human?Ptaah - That is correct. They walk their last steps of unreason.Meier- That is pleasing.Ptaah - Certainly, but still they have to go the way of their evolution, and interferences into this from outside areadvised in few cases.Meier- Does this mean, by this non-interference of more advanced beings who have means at their disposal, thatthousandsof forms of life will be killed - in this case human forms?Ptaah - Yes, that is it, certainly. Interference can only be performed if recognizable catastrophe of great extraplanetaryextent announce themselves.(but all happens according to cosmic laws. R.ø. comment.)Meier- Then this means, that the inhabitants of a world, this world, can be completely destroyed, if the greater system isnot menaced?!Ptaah - You see the facts well. Each creature must take its own path of evolution, even if this includes self-destruction.Meier- This sees somehow rough, and even barbarous. But it is conceivable to me, for it is a law which is wellestablished innature. what degenerates negatively is destroyed so that it cannot menace(true) the better forms.Ptaah - That is right. You know the laws very well. only by the observance of the laws can life proceed. It is wrongwhen degenerate life is maintained in such form that it becomes still worse. An elimination represents only the rightobservance of the laws of life. Nevertheless they will have to learn it - sooner than the Earth human expects. But I knowas well that much pain is connected to the process... We shall now transmit to the world of Kartag, for you shall getacquainted with it.AFTER THE HYPERLEAPPtaah - What you see there is Kartag. Go now with Semjase, she will show you the world from closer.Over Kartag with SemjaseMeier- You have told me that the inhabitants of this world would be a bit more developed than Earth humans. But Idont see any airplanes or similar. If they have atomic bombs, how do they deliver them?Semjase - You err. They have flightmachines but they are not like your Earth airplanes, for they are already more likebeamships. They also do not drop their deadly weapons from out of their flying machines, but shoot them up in rockets,and then guide them back down onto their enemy. The rockets are similar to those you use on Earth for launchingsatellites, only their technologies and methods of propulsion are different from those of Earth. Their atomic missiles arevery dangerous and much stronger than those you have on Earth. The time is up.Meier- So we may go. Where do we jump to now?Semjase - We will go to the Galaxy of Berberas, to the world of "Neber" there, in the system of "Kras".[Notes: UFO researchers are continually turning up UFO contacts where punctuality in time and a need to adhere to apredetermined time schedule is stipulated This is mentioned in a great variety of cases taking place all over the world,and may signify a need for a certain kind of order throughout the Cosmos. The term Galaxy as used here may not beexactly as understood in the popular sense, and might even be according to a grouping of stars different from thatunderstood by us. We are not clear on this point.]Meier - - where is that, and what is interesting there?Semjase - This has been in earlier times a desired objective of many races capable of space travel. There exist manyplanets that you would call ancient worlds enlivened by many animal forms. And some of these animals may be very big

168. or of extraordinarily tall growth. They may surpass all standards of similar animals on other worlds. and just this factattracted many spacetravelling races to those .......Meier- Are there human beings living there also?Semjase - There are, but not forms of life created on those worlds. On ancient worlds (such as this) human creatures donot yet exist. They rise normally at later times.Back aboard the Greatspacer mother-shipMeier- I still have other questions, if the time suffices. One quest-ion here concerns our Earth. I often think that,because the weather and the climate seem to be playing ....... I consider this being in connection with the atomic bombsexplosions, that these could be the cause for that, which matter is still contested by the dear science... An I going rightin this, or am I wrong in my assumptions?Ptaah - You search very thoroughly for all reasons in a matter. Earths magnetism has been disturbed by the atomicexplosions... in this respect, the explosions produced a weak repulsion of the Earth, influencing the rotation by nearlyimmeasurable value. on this means the Earth has also been forced a little out of normal orbit and now slowly searchesout its new orbital course. By this this act, the Earth scientists have committed a crime against their own planet and allEarth mankind, because the forced changes by these explosions will have a far-reaching effect, of great importance, andcan produce catastrophic results. Already the magnetic poles are being displaced increasingly.Thus, today, the magnetic pole is already displaced into the Canadian Ice Sea, while also the south pole has beendislocated, and moves in the direction of South America. on the time of the third millennium, in about 1,000 years, themigration of the poles will have progressed so far, that the south pole will be in South America, while the north polewill have moved to Saudi Arabia. The calculated location of the north pole in the year 3,000 (AD) resulted in a locationpoint between Jidda, on the Red Sea, and Mecca...(NORDPOLEN PÅ ILMARSJ var tittelen på en avisartikkel i Jyllandsposten for 28.des.-98, der det står i undertittel :FORSKERNE VET IKKE HVORFOR DEN MAGNETISKE NORDPOL NÅ FLYTTER SEG TO METER I TIMEN.Forflyttningen har nå akselerert slik at den nå har beveget seg mer på 4 år enn bevegelsene mellom 1831 og 1904.Avisartikkelen ref. også en mulig magnetisk polvending.)A much greater danger is presented by the release, in those explosions, of elementary radiations, which still presentgreat riddles to Earth scientists, because they have not conceived their sort of form. Three main factors of Earth life areinfluenced by the release of these elementary radiations, and are injured... The catastrophic effect after an atomicexplosion the size of the Hiroshima bomb lasts for several centuries, and negatively influences all processes of lifepreservation. The pure atmospheric stratums of the Earth are influence in a quite catastrophic manner by the release ofthese elementary radiations, which change electrical energies in great magnitude.This happens in very high frequency ranges, which still are unknown Earth sciences. These energies do .. deal with theknown to you usual electrical energy, but of an electrical radiation energy, which is near the ultra-violet spectrum. Thisradiation energy mingles itself with the oxygen in the air and generates huge quantities of Ozone. This ozone valueincreases 34 fold a short time after an explosion. These dangerous concentrations destroy in wide surroundings, allmicro-organisms of wide variety, which are of critical importance for the preservation of Earth life. Then a short timeafter the explosion the ozone values decrease drastically to very low levels. Certain elementary effects penetrate allmatter and endure for hundreds years, during which time they always and continually kill all micro-organisms whichcome near them. One factor in relation to the ozone is this lethal destruction.A further important factor is the effect on the ozone belt which surrounds the Earth and protects it from the ultra-violetradiations from the Sun. Those gasses are injured in several ways and can no more absorb the ultra-violet rays...Meier- Semjase has already spoken of that in relation to industrial gasses. But one thing is not clear to me yet. Naturalflashes of the atmospheric lightning also produces ozone. Why does this not destroy the micro-organisms?Ptaah - Nature works exactly according to her law. The industrial ozone is generated by different factors than lightning.The lightning cleans while the other pollutes. The healthy ozone belt provided a nature protection for Earth creaturesfrom the strong ultraviolet radiation of the Sun. Direct irradiation of living creatures by this radiation and further similarradiations from other parts of the universe, would inevitably evoke death for all forms..... Nature herself alwaysgenerates just as much ozone as necessary to guarantee life...Meier- what about the atomic radiations, which from my reckonings must surround the Earth at very great heights?Ptaah - Your reckonings are nearly right, but it does not deal with the actual radiation. As I said, quite specialelementary radiations are generated in the explosion. These reach great height and spread themselves around yourglobe, influencing the different stratums. In your denominations these stratums are very differently named, as forexample, the menaced stratum which you call the "Van-Allen Belt". This belt consists especially of caught by the Earthmagnetic field electrons and protons, which have a life- important function for Earths existence. About this I am not yetallowed to give you more information, because from the explanations your scientists could gather much knowledge fortheir researches... which they could not master.Meier- So nothing can be done about this. With the Van-Allen Belt I can imagine nothing, as little also can I elaborateof the matter with the electrons and protons, but all the same, I am interested in how this belt is structured and built. Imean what movement does it have?Ptaah - The Belt exists at a height of 1,000 kilometers average. The charged particles are in constant movement, and

169. that on spiral courses from pole to pole....Meier- So far I understand, but everything else is to me a so-called "Bohemian village". This unfortunately is physics,and of that I understand just about as much as our technicians and scientists know about your technologies, which is:Nothing!Ptaah - That is not of great importance to you, for the insides of that existing spiral values are decisivelygreater and of more important meaning...[Meier was given comparative values for the ozone fluctuation after an atomic air explosion. The ETs said that a normalratio under Earth conditions is 500,000 parts of air to one part ozone. After an atomic explosion the ozone immediatelyincreases by 34 values to 28 parts ozone. Shortly after this peak concentration, the ozone level rapidly drops to anextremely low level which results in ozone holes in the ionosphere which takes hundreds of years to rebalancenormally.]Meier- You may be right. If you allow, I want to ask you about some matters respecting contacts. How manycontactees exist in the world today.....Ptaah - The exact number of real contactees on Earth is presently 17,422 (1975). They are scattered over all your statesand lands. Of that number only a few percent come to public attention. Many of them are working according to ouradvice (ETs collectively) at different labors and tasks,... In different cases such persons are also having contacts with uswithout being informed that we do not belong to Earth... Of all this 17,422 contactees (the number increasescontinuously) only a few hundred are known publicly.....And then came one of those truly remarkable occurrences that have developed so often in this case. Meier asked:Meier - ... How far outside our solar system is the next innabitated system, and does that worlds inhabitants know ofour Earth?The answer was astounding. (See note down.)Ptaah - The next inhabited system is around five light years away from Earth. Different worlds in that system areinhabited by human forms of life, who differ little from your races. In their development, they are some years in advanceof that of Earth human beings, spiritually as well as technologically. They have already achieved space flight in primitiveform, and also do visit Earth. Because their cosmic flight capabilities are very limited, they depend on assistancestations. Mid-way between their world and Earth, they have constructed a space station, which you can see far outsidein space there (pointing to the viewing screen). They need such stations because they are still unable to launch theirships over large distances.Also, connected to their space-flight now is severe body pain, from which they narcotize themselves for longerjourneys in the cosmos. Besides the other races of these worlds, this one race comes often to Earth. This is becausetheir homeworld, which is no greater than Earth herself, suffers from overcrowding, and needs huge quantities of food.For this reason, beings from that planet, called AKART come to Earth often, to collect there plants, vegetables, fruitsand grains, to nourish their 23 billion population. They are mostly satisfied with taking seeds of fruits, grains, andvegetables, and also plant stocks, to set out on AKART - to grow there.They collect more useable nourishments on other (less populated) worlds which they also visit often and periodically.In them selves, these forms are of rather peaceful character, and have had to suffer much in the last centuries. Todaythey live under a dictatorship, as you would call it, by which they have relatively better living conditions. Their greatproblem is their severe overcrowding, which they could relieve by emigration, but their technologies have not solvedspace transportation on sufficient scale to be of help.[Note: Remarkably, when we were working on the big book, UFO ABDUCTION AT MIRASSOL with Dr. Walter K.Buhler down in Brazil, we discovered that he had investigated a UFO abduction case in Sarandi, in southern Brazil,where Artur Berlet, the abductee, was taken to a super-populated planet those ETs called ACART. In German the samephonetics would be spelled AKART. We obtained permission to translate that story of Berlets 8 day stay on that planetin a book we have titled UFO CONTACT FROM PLANET ACART. All the indications are that that super-populatedplanet is a very near neighbor of our own sun. A very remarkable coincidence indeed.]Meier- That is a lot. But do other creatures of that system also come to Earth, and why dont they assist thatoverpopulated planet?Ptaah - The others come there, and also to Earth, but this occurs rather seldom The reason they do not assist theoverpopulated race, is that these creatures have not proceeded far enough in their development or their improvement tooffer them greater technical and spiritual help. These humans are still too much caught up in the material and worldlythings, and are not allowed access to greater power.Meier- I see. Again the law of evolution... oh yes, I still have one more question: How do you see the matter of your(public) appearance on Earth; when will you land officially and present yourselves to the people of Earth?Ptaah - This is not provided for still a very long time, as well with others too. On the contrary, nearly all ourextraterrestrials will retire from your planet, if certain circumstances come up. This will be, when an until now unknownto us human race from the cosmos will start to visit Earth. Our reckoning in probability indicate this occurring beforethe year 2,000, or a short time before, if unanticipated factors before then do not put this enterprise in question. If thesenegative factors do not develop, then eartmen will, in this coming time, around 2,000, first officially meet with humanbeings from other worlds .......But no danger from these human-like forms will menace (true) you, because they will be peaceful and harmless. Their

170. culture and their spiritual estate will be very much superior to your own, and so they will not just land on Earthunexpected. They will announce themselves to you first by radio and television, and prepare Earth men for their arrival,and will then land with one of their egg-shaped ships, which will be used by 8 to 12 other forms of life...Meier- This is very interesting; but where will they land?Ptaah - It will assuredly be in America.Meier- Always this America , why so?Ptaah - That is the way it is, because they have the best communication means. The population of that country is moreresilient (fleksible) in connection with the clearing up of information about extraterrestrial forms of life and theirexistence, and may be more prepared to overcome too large a panic at the first official meetings.Meier- But surely there are other possibilities besides America, are there not?Ptaah - Surely, there are, but I only explain to you what our probability calculations have shown. It will be ofrevolutionary importance, if this landing can be successfully performed, which is still really dependent on the negativefactors which could develop. In any case a plan is not fixed, whether the occurrences will happen this way, be-cause Ido not take this information from a view into the future, but from probability calculations.Meier - - So this is not clearly fixed? can you tell me from where these human beings will come?Ptaah - I am not allowed to give information officially. It is connected to the development of the forms of life there onEarth.Meier - - I understand...With this thirty-fifth contact we have come full circle back to the earliest statements by Semjase with reference to thecoarse particle damage to our ionosphere by the clorofluorcarbons and brom-gasses, and her urging of Meier to call thisto the attention of the world scientists before it was too late. (see in advance in the text before).Now she has explainedthe even greater damage to our ionosphere by the fine particle forces released in every atomic fission/fusion reaction,including the underground atomic tests, and even atomic power plant normal operations.This is exactly what otherextraterrestrial Pleiadian UFOnauts told their witness in St. Cloud, Minnesota, using a slightly different phrasing. (see inadvance in the text before).Eduard Meier was given this information in 1976, and I have had copies of these contact notes in my possession since1977. The witness in St. Cloud was given his similar information earlier, but was only allowed to recall it in 1985 whenhe was re-awakened to his on contacts. The witness in Minnesota did not release anything on this until 1986, and then itwas before he knew anything about the Meier contacts in Switzerland.It seems we had been warned in plenty of time to avoid the disaster we have created for ourselves, but we havepersistently refused to heed the warnings -- until it may now be too late for us all.Where have our great experts been all this time???CONCLUSIONSHaving spent 8 years on this case, 7 trips to Switzerland and 81 days on site, interviewing 29 eyewitnesses, 5photographers, 4 recorders of the spacecraft sounds, and dozens of observers, I feel that I am as qualified as anybody inthese United States to draw some conclusions from what I have learned.Somebody not of this Earth is indeed visitingSwitzerland, and those extraterrestrials were contacting Eduard "Billy" Meier living in Hinterscbmidruti.The possibility that Eduard Meier alone, or even with confederates, could have hoaxed all the phenomena we have seenand faked the hundreds of excellent photos of the spacecraft, UFO photographs of every kind and style we have known,landing tracks of several different kinds, recorded the highly peculiar sounds of the alien ships, and the other evidencewe have examined and tested to our satisfaction, is as unbelievable as the basic premis of visitation by extraterrestrialhuman beings itself, perhaps even moreso.Meier is handicapped both physically(fysisk handikap med kun en arm) and materially in such a way that for him tocarry this out alone would be patently impossible. He could have had confederates and financing sufficient to pull offsome of the events, but it would have required a great deal more than that to stage some of the other phenomenaobserved and recorded. Yet, in all this time, we have found no evidence of collaborators or financirs of any kindanywhere.Meier has certainly made no money on this, his fame is not positive, and he has survived more than a dozenattempts on his life because of what he says is happening to him -- not an enviable position at all, and certainly not oneanybody would seek and then retain.The results of our testing of the evidence, though not conclusively in the affirmative, have not been conclusivelynegative either. We have found no evidence of deliberate deception or fraud on the part of Meier or any of those friendsand associates around him there in Switzerland.We do not demand, nor do we seek to persuade, anybody to accept our views on this case, nor does Eduard Meier. Hehas his truths and we have ours, and we are satisfied with our positions regardless of that of anybody else.We know thatwe have been followed and used by one intelligence group after another in our investigations of this case, andso hasMeier.Imagine, then our surprise to just recently hear from one of those "spooks", now retired, who has contacted us andoffered some information answering a lot of our questions in the past.I have decided to remove the writers name and address and publish a reduced Xerox-copy of that letter here for you tosee for yourself. this is obviously a man on the go, used to dictating his letters to somebody else to finish up and put in

171. proper form, a man used to thinking faster than he writes, who gets ahead of himself when forced to slow down towriting speed and makes simple mistakes in form and use. The message, however, is clearly there to read and interpretas you like.I have added a number of appendices exhibiting significant data to this report.This is the letter from our friendly "spook" that was received atMunds Park, Arizona, in early February 1989.FIGU-BULLETIN Nr. 11Volume 3German printing: August 1997English publishing: July 1998The responsibility for all forms of publication (e.g. Internet, print etc.)of the FIGU Bulletin lies entirely on "Billy" Eduard A. Meier.ASTEROID MOONIn June 1997 the German Research Agency for Aeronautics and Space Travel (DLR) announced the discovery of asmall moon in close proximity to the asteroid Dionysus. This announcement of the two discoverer astronomersgenerated a small scientific sensation because the only previous irrefutable identification of an asteroidal moon hadcome from NASAs (National Aeronautic and Space Agency) space probe Galileo. The astronomers, Gerhard Hahn andStefano Mottola from the Berlin Institute for the Research of Planets, were successful in discovering the moon becausethey noticed fluctuations of light as they were studying Dionysus. The theoretical likelihood of moons or other satellitesorbiting asteroids has been predicted now for quite some time.BillySECOND "MOON" OF EARTHResearch into Earths close and distant surroundings revealed that a second, much smaller moon is trailing Earth on acomplicated track around the sun. Astronomer Paul A. Wiegert of the Department of Physics and Astronomy, YorkUniversity, Ontario, Canada, reports that the recently discovered mini moon is an asteroid 5 kilometers [3.1 miles] indiameter. To the naked eye this mini moon appears invisible as it moves around the Earth in a "horseshoe orbit." Theapproximately one-year orbital period for this second Earth companion is strongly influenced by our planet. Saturn andits two satellite moons, Janus and Epimetheus, form a similar configuration with their triangular-celestial-body pattern.The asteroid, respectively mini moon, is known as "3753." Every 385 years it approaches the Earth to within 12 millionkilometers [7.5 million miles], approximately 31 times the mean distance from Earth to the Moon. For this reason, thethreat of a collision with our planet is virtually non-existent, even though this chunk repeatedly intersects Earthsorbit.—Calculations reveal that the last close encounter occurred more than 100 years ago, and that in 1998 theminimum distance to the asteroid moon will be 50 million kilometers [31 million miles], or approximately 130 times themean distance from Earth to the Moon. According to some calculations, and in spite of its complicated orbit, asteroid3753 has allegedly already been Earths faithful companion for several millions of years. However, thePleiadians/Plejarans have stated that the chunk has only orbited the Earth in its present position for approximately75,000-80,000 years, from the time when planet Malona or Phaeton, respectively, was destroyed.BillyDISCOVERY OF A PLANETOID BEYOND PLUTOBeyond planet Pluto, US scientists have discovered a new planetoid that travels around the sun on a profoundlyelliptical orbit. This confirms statements made by the Pleiadians/Plejarans, who have said that our solar systemsperiphery extends much further into interplanetary space than terrestrial astronomers have assumed.As they investigated regions beyond Plutos planetary orbits, astronomers discovered the celestial object, which has anapproximate diameter of 500 kilometers [310 miles]. They estimate that the planetoid, while orbiting the sun, coulddistance itself up to 20 billion kilometers [12.5 billion miles] from the sun. This would amount to more than 3 times thedistance between the sun and Pluto, with an average distance of 5.95 billion kilometers [3.7 billion miles], while thedistance between the sun and Earth is calculated as a mere 152 million kilometers [94 million miles]. The planetoidbears the temporary name "1996 TL66," which indicates that it was actually discovered in 1996. Though astronomersrealize that it differs from the approximately 3 dozen known ice-and-rock chunks discovered during the past 5 years inthe Pluto orbital region and beyond, they have not revealed how it is different. The region beyond Plutos orbit wherethese planetoids travel is known as the Kuiper Belt, named after Mr. Kuiper, its Dutch discoverer. Chunks within this

172. belt are considered to be its own fragments that travel on a noticeably more circular orbit around the sun than the newlydiscovered planetoid.Worth repeating here are remarks made by the Pleiadians/Plejarans, who have stated that the outer fringe of the KuiperBelt extends farther into interstellar space than terrestrial astronomers are assuming (see above). This fact, in particular,demonstrates that scientists also erred about the material cloud from which originated, many tens of billions of yearsago (not a mere 8, 10, 12, 15 or 18), the sun and Earth, along with other planets and the two quasi suns Saturn andJupiter. I was told the material cloud is incredibly larger and far richer in mass than terrestrial scientists have surmiseduntil now, and it extends immensely farther into interstellar space.BillySTAR "CORPSE" — BLACK HOLE — "BABY STARS"Published reports in May 1997 indicate that the Hubble space telescope was able to take sensational photographs of the"corpse" of a star, respectively a gas ring which is a remnant of the explosion of a distant sun.The Hubble telescope also located a black hole 300 times larger than our sun.And in one section of the Orion Nebulae the telescope discovered "baby stars" ejecting gas jets into space.Another report reveals that Hubble detected in the M84 Galaxy yet another black hole with a mass—it may seem hardto believe—at least 300 million times that of our mother sun.BillyDISCOVERY OF A PLANETDiscoveries of previously unknown planets are becoming increasingly more frequent now. One recent announcementreported that American astronomers have discovered yet another planet the size of Jupiter, nearly 50 light years fromEarth. The planet, orbiting the fixed star Rho Coronae Borealis, has a an external temperature of 200-260 C [392-500F] and would be, therefore, not conducive to life as we know it.BillyCLOUD OF ANTI-MATTERAccording to information from the American space agency (NASA), a cloud of anti-matter 4,000-light-years wide, wasrecently discovered in the Milky Way. William Purcel, scientist and member of the discovery team, commented that theorigin of this new and unexpected source of anti-matter is very mysterious.The anti-matter cloud was discovered when scientists used energy analyses to explore space from a NASA gamma-rayobservatory. Another anti-matter cloud was found approximately 3,000 light years from the Milky Way in a region ofspace of which terrestrial scientists continue to claim that it is totally devoid of anything. Their claim runs counter tothat of the Pleiadians/Plejarans who insist no regions exist in space which are completely empty. Even in those areasterrestrial scientists assert are void there are some clouds of matter, at the very least, and therefore no empty regionsexist in space.BillyGALACTIC "FOUNTAIN"At the end of April [97] various media sources reported the following: "In the center of the Milky Way there bubbles afountain." This announcement refers to a discovery made by American astronomers using a satellite observatory.As a rule, explosions or shots and the like, are portrayed completely erroneously in Sci-Fi movies. When spaceships,stars, suns or planets, explode in such space movies, or when shots are fired and the guns bang for all theyre worth, theevent is always associated with a huge racket in form of detonations, crashing noises, hissing, and so forth. The sameapplies to those scenes which show anti-matter hitting matter, where, just as with the explosions, there is a monumentalseries of flashes. Although such misrepresentations do not occur in every Sci-Fi film, they usually do—but whereverthere is a rule, there is always an exception.Well then, whatever the reason, tremendous lightning flashes may occur in the vacuum of space. But due to the lack ofa sound-carrying atmosphere, no detonations, hissing or the like is ever generated. In space even the most spectacularexplosion remains completely silent. The Compton Satellite Observatory, from where the Milky Ways central

173. "fountain" was discovered, has no interest therefore in picking up banging or exploding sounds in space, but issearching for gamma flashes, which are generated when material particles impact anti-matter particles. And this isprecisely what continuously takes place at the center of our Milky Way, a phenomenon terrestrial scientists havesuspected for quite some time, where they expect to find a large positron cloud, which is expanding on the same level ofour disk-shaped Milky Way, respectively, galaxy. Within anti-matter are positrons, the electrons anti-particles, carriersof electricity, and elements of the atoms outer shell. When positrons impact electrons, they obliterate each other atlightning speed.To their amazement, astronomers saw not only one but two clouds, of which the second one acts as a type of anti-particle fountain when it vertically ejects vast amounts of positrons into space to our galaxys level. Arnold Benz,astronomy professor at the Swiss Technical College of Electronics (ETH) of ZŸrich, reported that the entirephenomenon came as quite a surprise and the discovery would indicate "a black hole is the source of the shaft of light."The astronomers declared that their explanation for the phenomenon may be but one of several because the source ofthe "fountain" could be the result of a string of exploding stars/suns, a situation which could also create anti-particles.Another theory put forth by the scientists is that the anti-particles result from the merging of two neutron stars.—Noone can yet tell which of these hypotheses, if any, ultimately will be the one the scientists embrace. The only certainthing is that Earth and its inhabitants are in no danger because of the findings, since anti-particles are extremely rare inspace and have only a minuscule chance of crossing the vast distance from their source to our planet, since they would,sooner or later, strike a material particle en route and become obliterated a safe distance from Earth.BillyMETEORITE CRASHES UPON CARIn Chambery, France, a 1.5 kilogram [3.3 lbs] meteorite crashed onto a parked car on April 11, 1997, and set it afire.The molten basalt chunk from space left behind black dust and remnants of small grey stones on the vehicles roof.Furthermore, so goes the report, small white and yellowish balls that repelled each other were discovered at the site.The University of Savoy analyzed slivers of material found at the impact site which revealed the meteorite was semi-solid and not radioactive.—The automobiles owner found the fact that his car had been demolished by a projectile fromspace too difficult to accept and insisted on filing a claim for arson. He did explain, however, that he was awakenedaround 3 a.m. by a bright glow, which was accompanied by a noise similar to fireworks. When he looked into thecourtyard of his house he saw the roof of his car in flames and that another vehicle parked adjacent to his was damaged.BillyPOSSIBLE ATTACKS UPON EARTH BY EXTRATERRESTRIALSSeveral years ago I pointed out that terrestrial astronomers were on the verge of endangering everyone when theylaunched into space some probes with detailed information about terrestrial humanity, along with our planets position inthe SOL system within the Milky Way galaxy. I indicated that these probes could fall into the hands of extraterrestrialswho are hostile towards Earth and are prepared to conquer us or to retaliate. They would come to Earth and attack it inorder to gain control over the planet and/or to enslave terrestrials, possibly even kill them. Ponder merely the fact thatpowerful intelligences exist in the Sirius regions who have been revengefully searching for millions of years for thosedefectors who had escaped from their, the ETs, control and whom they had genetically manipulated—namely theterrestrial human population—in order to subsequently exterminate them. It is fortunate for us that these Sirians live ina constellation located in another space and time configuration from ours. However, the danger that they will eventuallydiscover Earth does exist and that they then could strike back, particularly when the probes the Americansfeeblemindedly launched, are found either by the hostile Sirians or by some other aliens from the depths of space whomay crave to conquer our planet. In this regard I am not the only one to share this opinion. In April 97 the famousBritish science genius Stephen W. Hawking spoke with various media outlets about precisely this subject:London -- The Extraterrestrials Could Attack Us At Any Moment or Little Green Men Kill, and so forthWorld renowned 53-year-old professor Stephen Hawking, holder of the Sir-Isaac-Newton-Chair at CambridgeUniversity has a warning for us.On a CD-ROM the genius describes the scenario that would fall into play with the arrival on Earth of extraterrestrialintelligences. He states: "They are far more advanced and aggressive than we are. We will find ourselves in the sameposition as the natives were when Christopher Columbus landed on the shores of America. Mankind will bedecimated by wars and diseases. How will these extraterrestrials find us? Through space probes and radiowaves."

174. Professor Hawking is particularly concerned about the American "Pioneer 10" probe, which, launched into space tenyears ago, is by now already 67 times the sun-to-Earth-distance away from us [approx. 10 billion 184 thousandkilometers = approx. 6 billion miles]. On board are all details as to who and what we terrestrials are all about, includingthe location of planet Earth with respect to the SOL System, and what position our solar system holds in the galaxy.And what do other great minds have to say to this question: "What would happen if extraterrestrials suddenly landed onEarth?"Professor Dr. Hans ElsSsser, Max-Planck-Institute stated that Prof. Hawkings warning was purely a fabrication andas such it lacked any basis since there is absolutely no indication that Earth is threatened by extraterrestrials. This entirematter is nothing but sensationalism. (This is the typical attitude of an obstinate scientist.)To other more pointed questions regarding Dr. H. ElsSssers thoughts on any potential evidence becoming available forthe existence of extraterrestrials and the possibility of their official arrival on Earth, as well as the consequences, hereplied that this scenario would present profound effects of a biological, philosophical, and theological nature upon theself-esteem of Earths human population. One could envision that the people would become very anxious and behavelike a startled flock of chickens. Religious questions, in particular, would have to be entirely re-evaluated and thoughtthrough.Hark Bohm, movie director, when asked for his sentiments regarding extraterrestrials, responded: "After thediscoveries on Mars I am convinced that similar living conditions to those on Earth can be found in other regions ofspace."Wolfgang Saalbach, high school principal from Frankfurt replied to the same question as follows: "I believe inextraterrestrial life—human life cannot be the non-plus-ultra of all things."Prince Philip of England said: "There is evidence of extraterrestrial life."Paul Horowitz, astrophysicist at Harvard University: "An attack by aliens? Are you trying to scare me? The danger ofbeing run over by a street car is much greater."BillyPIONEER 10Space probe "Pioneer 10" continues on its voyage through the infinite vastness of space while sending signals back toEarth as programmed—but no one is listening any longer. The project was terminated by the American space agencyafter it had been in operation for 25 years. Nonetheless, the probe with its dangerous telemetry data about Earth, oursolar system in the Milky Way, and information pertaining to terrestrials continues, in fact, to race through space, whereit may be found by aliens one day. The potential danger is real—the probe could present the gravest danger the Earthand its inhabitants have ever faced.A 70-meter-high parabolic antenna in Spain, which was until now directed toward the probe, has now been pointed andrealigned in other directions. "Pioneer 10" was launched on March 2, 1972, when US President Richard Nixon soughtre-election and Vietnam was still a site of heavy fighting.In many ways the probe was a genuine pioneer of space travel, for it was the first manmade craft to penetrate theasteroid belt. "Pioneer 10" also delivered the first photographs of Jupiter, after which it left the region of our solarsystems largest planet and sped into the seemingly void depths between the stars. Now the probe continues to travelthrough space at approximately 45,000 kilometers per hour [28,000 mph]. However, this does not necessarily imply itwill reach the next star any sooner than 30,000 years from now. But for now "Pioneer 10" remains the most distant ofEarths space probes.Billy"FATHER" OF THE HUBBLE SPACE TELESCOPE DIESConsidered by experts as being the "spiritual and political father of the Hubble Space Telescope," American physicistand astronomer Lyman Spitzer died, an April 1997 report stated. The New York Times article reports that the 82-year-old Spitzer died of heart failure at his Princeton, NJ, home on March 31, one day after Easter. He had been working inhis Princeton University laboratory until the day of his death.In 1947 Spitzer drafted his initial concept of the Hubble telescope and persisted with its development and executionuntil its launch in 1990, although, along the way, he had met with stiff opposition. The physicist was also the spear-

175. heading force behind the Hubble telescopes predecessor, the Copernicus space observatory, which was launched byNASA in 1972.In addition to astrophysics, Professor Spitzer actively pioneered plasm physics where his goal was to create nuclearfusion as an unlimited, clean energy source.BillyYETI SIGHTING IN CHINADuring May 1997 the mysterious snow creature Yeti was reportedly seen for the first time in the northern region ofChina. The 2 m [66"] tall being left gigantic footprints and walked with a stride twice the length of a human.BillySCIENTISTS WHO BELIEVE IN GODUnfathomable as it may seem even as the latest findings become known regarding the Big Bang theory, the origin oflife, and evolution, two out of five physical science researchers continue to believe in a living god whom they considerthe creator of the world and all life on it, and in eternal life in the kingdom of the creator-god after death. Thesestatistics were revealed after American astronomers, biologists, and physicists were surveyed. One would assume thatthese scientists have the best understanding to realize no godly being could ever be capable of creating the miracle ofthe universe, including all living things and other phenomena. Besides, when their beliefs are examined from a logicalviewpoint, a god entity could never have existed prior to the universes creation since it consisted only of non-space andnon-existence before that time. This, then, would contradict the claim that god always existed and that he created theworld and all life from absolutely nothing. And yet, by comparison, how logical is the statement from Genesis regardingthe origin of Creation from which the Absolute Absolutum developed—from an Ur-Ur-Ur-idea of a cluster of energywithin a relative nothing? (Ur- is a German prefix indicating original, primeval, most ancient.)Data from the aforementioned survey rather conclusively reaffirm the identical results obtained some 80 years ago,when the psychologist James Leuba triggered a scandal in puritan USA in 1916. At that time Leuba sent questionnairesto 1000 randomly selected scientists from the American Whos Who in science and asked them about their belief in God,the immortality of the human "soul," and their own wish for immortality. He received approximately 700 replies, whichrevealed that 17% of the respondents felt extremely uncertain about their belief system, while about 42% believed inGod and another nearly 42% did not believe in God. The latest survey now indicated that 39.3% believe in God and45.3% were non-believers. The non-believers were falsely categorized simply as atheists—because they failed to believein God. The percentage of doubters and agnostics amounted to 14.5%. The recent questionnaires reveal that only everytenth astronomer, biologist or physicist has a desire for immortality—80 years ago it was every third respondent.BillyUFO SECT WANTS TO CLONE PEOPLEWith an entirely clear conscience one may call the "Raelian Movement" an imbecilic UFO sect. And now they are onceagain spouting off in a questionable manner. This sect, founded by French automobile journalist Claude Vorilhon,awaits the blessing of "Elohims" and praises the cloning of human beings. For a cool US $200,000 the UFO sect claimsthat it will clone humans. The project is part of the-end-is-nigh-ideology of Vorilhon, a clever and smart fisherman-of-the-faithful. The story of Vorilhons sect began on December 13, 1973. This date was also the alleged beginning of the"New Age" when, according to his claims, extraterrestrial entities who call themselves "Elohims" made a revelation tohim. Vorilhon, who disseminates untruth, claims that these 1.20 m [4 ft] tall extraterrestrial super beings have visitedhim in their UFOs and designated him as their mystical conveyor of salvation on Earth. The lively bunch of littleextraterrestrial men supposedly introduced themselves to him as this self-proclaimed gurus foster parents. Vorilhon saysthe Elohims told him they began breeding terrestrials in their laboratories 13,000 years ago but their geneticgameplaying was not very successful, since an alleged inspection from space later revealed that Earth was in chaos. As aresult, Vorilhon says, the Elohims felt sorry for their terrestrial wards who were irrationally bashing in each othersskulls, holding wars, committing adultery, performing criminal or villainous acts, and disobeying their creators in otherways as well. Consequently, the creators had to come up with a rescue plan, indeed, an entire rescue mission, to savethe depraved earthlings.In 1975, when the Elohims purportedly revisited Vorilhon, they invited him for a quick outing through the cosmicspheres, where he allegedly had the opportunity to sit at the dinner table with ancient biblical personalities as he visitedthe Elohims home planet. There they divulged their plans to "Rael," as they call him. Of course, these plans always fit

176. harmoniously into his delusional assertions to which many thousands of believers have since fallen prey. Furthermore, soclaims Vorilhon, the aliens mandated that he establish a UFO sect, after which he and his followers, along with theterrestrial human population, would be allowed to witness the peaceful invasion by the Elohims near the turn of themillennium.In 1974--telling rubbish and mad fantasies--"Rael" [aka Claude Vorilhon] wrote his book The Message of theExtraterrestrials-- The Book That Tells The Truth. From the onset of his machinations he has also continued to holdlectures and various types of other activities, to which many of his faithful have succumbed. In 1994 he even went so faras to induce the Swiss Raelites into demanding that the Swiss government grant diplomatic immunity to the Elohims.And in order to receive the Elohiminal extraterrestrials in style on Judgment Day, Raels followers simultaneouslypresented model plans for an ambassadorial residence for the aliens which the fanatically faithful Raelites intended tofinance to the tune of 6 million Swiss Franks [approx. US$ 4 million]. In his reply to the strange demands of thesectarians, former Federal Council Otto Stich whimsically queried them as to how they intended to deal with the aliensat the annual New Years reception for all diplomats.Once again in accordance with the false teachings of their guru, the Raelites now believe that through their humancloning project they will rapidly advance toward their goal to salvation. Together with their extraterrestrial Elohiminalfoster parents, they vie for the salvation of the evil and degenerate terrestrials who are, so they believe, exceptionallydegenerate beings, lost almost beyond hope, and total freaks within the entire universe. Hence, their objective is toremedy the many human shortcomings through cloning technology. The Raelites operate from a headquarter in Geneva,Switzerland; a base they established over a period of several years. In order to reach their imbecilic and derangedobjectives, to put it mildly, the gurus followers sacrifice 7% of their entire income, which adds up to quite a healthybundle considering the sects membership totals somewhere between 20,000 and 40,000.BillyHUMAN MACHINESIn the contact reports and in Prophecies published by FIGU, we are told that human machines will play an importantfuture role on Earth. These human machines will be human beings who have electronic-electric impulse transmittersconnected to their nerve cells, etc. The Bavarian Television channel "Bayern 3" broadcast the following news item onMarch 17, 1997:A team of scientists from Munich, Germany, coupled nerve cells of mice with a silicon chip in which an exchange ofelectric signals took place. At the opening of the 61st Conference of Physicists in Munich, Professor HansDanielmayer stated: "This will open the door for the future replacement or stimulation of human nerve functions."Nearly 900 participants attended the Munich conference and 650 papers will be presented to introduce the most recentresearch into extraterrestrial physics applicable to the Theory of Relativity and Radiation and Particle Physics.Teletext 170--Bavaria 3SECRET UFO DOCUMENTS FROM SPAINARD and Bavaria 3 (German television stations) reported on March 20, 1997:Madrid - Spains military establishment released secret documents pertaining to UFO sightings from the 1970sthrough to the 1980s. The newspaper ABC announced that the 83 reports were formerly classified as "Top Secret."Allegedly, among them is a report describing an unexplained phenomenon in 1980 which was witnessed by formerhead of the Spanish government Suýrez. According to Bavaria 3, twenty-two sightings have never been explained.Teletext 155--ARD and Bavaria 3QUESTIONS FROM OUR READERSQuestion: Is the sphinx older than the pyramids of Giza and was the sphinx previously a lion? Some claim that severalchambers and tunnels exist below the structure. How old is the Sphinx and was it built by refugees from Atlantis?Angelique Royers, SwitzerlandResponse: I will answer this question with an excerpt I took from my conversation with Ptaah during Contact 256,May 13, 1996:

177. Billy: ...I would like to ask you something about the pyramids, which are not only found in Egypt but all over the globe.Asket told me once during a contact, that the pyramids were constructed under the direction of extraterrestrials. At thetime, in 1956, she stated that the pyramids were built two times 36,650 years ago (from 1956)—hence, 73,300 yearsago. Forty years have passed since then, which would put the pyramids time of origin at approximately 73,340 years.And yet, scientists profess something altogether different. They place the construction time much later, just a few shortmillennia before the birth of Jmmanuel.Ptaah: I am familiar with this misrepresentation and miscalculation. When you calculate back from today, the pyramidswere indeed erected approximately 73,340 years ago. This includes not only the pyramids found in Egypt, but also allothers located around the Earth—whose distance from the sun amounted to 152.5 million kilometers [95 million miles]during the pyramids construction era. The pyramids were covered on the outside with a solid layer of limestone andlime mortar, and they were accordingly higher than they are today. In those days the Cheops pyramid measured 152.5meters [500 ft] in height, representing 1 meter per 1 million kilometers of the Earth-to-sun distance at the time. Overthe course of millennia, the outer limestone layers were removed as were parts of the actual pyramids themselves due toerosion or when the material was removed by people to construct other buildings and the like. The pyramids purposechanged repeatedly as well. In their last function they served as tombs, but in other locations they also served as culttemples. The pyramid structures and the many interconnected, subterranean rooms were constructed under the directionof humans of extraterrestrial origin who had come to Earth in those ancient times from the Orion constellation. For thisreason the Egyptian pyramids were constructed to replicate this constellation, while the sphinx points toward the Leoconstellation. The utilization of the pyramids as tombs and the like—along with the hieroglyphics—date back to morerecent periods ranging from just prior to Jmmanuels days, some 2,000 years ago, into the past of a little more than13,000 years ago. Extensive subterranean spaces, components of each pyramid complex, became subterranean villagesof varying sizes where their human inhabitants hid from the looming terrestrial dangers and threats from outer space.Ptaah/BillyQuestion: Do the Plejarans know anything about the cause of the TWA plane which crashed on July 17, 1996, inMoriches Bay, N.Y.?Urs Hinnen, SwitzerlandResponse: To this question I will also reply with an excerpt from a dialogue I had with Ptaah during Contact 258,February 20, 1997:Billy: . . . And now I would like to ask you about your investigations into the drama in the USA where a passengerplane exploded and crashed in Moriches Bay. You promised you would immediately inform me about the events thereafter you had checked everything. . . .Ptaah: This is right. Well, our suspicions were correct regarding the circumstances surrounding the Moriches Bay areacrash of the TWA plane on July 17, 1996. The disaster was precipitated by a U.S. Navy antimissile missile. After theradar computers locked onto it, the navy erroneously classified the plane as an unidentified object, a UFO in otherwords. The command was given to shoot down the object, no questions asked. Reasoning was that the craft, which hadbeen prematurely and carelessly classified as an "unidentified flying object," to some degree allegedly threatened thenational security of the USA. Of course, the government, secret services, and the navy are now using every meanspossible to keep this fact under wrap and secret.Ptaah/BillyQuestion: How old is the central star of our SOL System, and how did it originate?Pius Keller, SwitzerlandResponse: According to Pleiadian/Plejaran information, the age of our sun is 1 trillion and 730 billion years. This figureis, therefore, considerably higher than the age accorded to the universe by obstinate terrestrial astronomers who claimthat the universe is a mere 8-18 billion years old.This 1 trillion 730 billion year age of our sun refers to the total and complete time it has existed from its actual origin,which in reality goes back to the first clustering of Ur-energy. The Pleiadians/Plejarans therefore do not calculate thesuns age from the time the sun itself was created, but from the time when the first gases and the like began to form,from which the sun ultimately originated after a trillion-year-long process. The sun formed not in a single event butcame into being as a by-product of our Milky Way galaxy whose Ur-origin dates back to 1 trillion 911 billion years.Contrary to all the unrealistic claims by terrestrial astronomers, our universe is approximately 46 trillion years old, whilethe Earth itself is about 650 billion years old—once again calculated, of course, from the initial formation of the first

178. gaseous matter in the Milky Way, from which the initial formation process began, and from which, ultimately, the Earthformed as a solid planetary body about 5 billion years ago (see Contact Report 241, February 3, 1992).BillyNew From The Wassermannzeit Publishers:"FROM THE DEPTHS OF SPACE ..."Contacts with the Pleiadians/Plejaransby "Billy" Eduard Albert Meier(German only!!!)Billy describes his contacts from the very first to the present. The contents include: How It All Began; My FirstContact; Askets Explanations; Attacks; Documentation; Disbelief; What the Extraterrestrials Told Me About ThePeople Of Earth; What the Extraterrestrials Told Me About Their Home Planet; Travels Through Space And Time; TheMessage The Extraterrestrials Have For Us Humans Beings; The Future Development of Earth . . . and much more.393 pages, inc. 16 pages of 4-color photos, A5 format, threadbinding Price CHF 50.00The Near Death Of SemjaseFor some weeks now FIGU has its own English discussion forum in the Internet. This discussion forum has found greatinterest in the meantime.In one of the many interesting discussions someone asked a question as to what happened to Semjase on December 15,1977.I answered him as follows:«While Semjase was sitting in a locked room at the Center, discussing various matters with Billy, a person who knewthat Semjase was in there sneaked to the door in order to hear her voice. When Semjase heard a light knocking at thedoor she got excited and, while rising to her feet, she stumbled and fell with her head upon an electric stove and towardthe wall. In falling she pushed the button of her transmission device and vanished (= was beamed up) into her shipwhere she was laying on the floor for a longer time. When she didnt return to the station Quetzal went searching for herand found her there in a deep coma. In addition to a broken arm Semjase suffered a severe brain damage. The base ofher skull was broken. On the flight back to Erra Quetzal tried to take the pressure away from her brain by applying avacuum device. On Erra, only seconds before she would have died, she was frozen. Later, with the help of a highlydeveloped race from the DAL Universe, she recovered. However, she had (and still has) to re-learn her consciousness-related abilities again, a process that last some 70 years.»Then, another person wrote the following posting:«This is the official story, however there have been serious questions about this and evaluations indicate the injuries aremore consistent with a beating than with a fall. Particularly of interest is the way in which she could have fallen so as tobreak an arm and sustain injuries in the back of the head so severe to as drive shards of bone into the brain. An impactwith the cement support for a stove seems unlikely. By the way which arm was it, I cannot find the material in anyreferences concerning that.I had asked you this before but unfortunately the topics rise again. Others consulted generally do not want to considerthe implications of the theory of it being a case of attempted murder and not an accident. Especially considering laterdevelopments one definitely has serious concerns as to who at FIGU would have had the disposition to do it especiallythe ability to sneak up on an Erran without them becoming aware of it.Another thing in question is why there was no alarm given off by the beamship when the vitals of Semjase werediminishing and why such an extended period of time passed before the ship was located. With Terran technology such

179. a scenario would be likely but with Erran technology being used it raises some questions.»After five answers to that persons posting from three persons, and after Billy having been informed about the matterfrom the USA, I wrote my second reply:«What are you aiming at with your confused and crazy posting regarding Semjasess accident? Of course your innuendohas nothing to do with the truth!The truth is that Semjase was sitting at the table. When she heard the sound from the door she wanted to leave andstood up, but with one of her feet she was caught by the table leg, which was the reason why she fell upon the portableelectric iron stove which was damaged by her fall. Billy himself also jumped up, heard her faint cry and saw her headcrashing against the wall--just before she vanished. Obviously during her fall she had triggered the button of hertransmitter device. (Source: 95th contact of December 17, 1977)Unfortunately, Semjase didnt have the protection device with her on that contact since she didnt intend to stay long atthe Center, and because she felt safe in that special location/room. (The Plejarans usually wear such a device in orderthat they may be warned--and protected--if a terrestrial person comes near them.)Ah yes, Semjase broke her right arm.... I think you are in danger of losing ground and reality beneath your feet. Thats really a thing: A FIGU member tryingto kill Semjase. If your innuendo would be true the Plejarans wouldnt have continued meeting with Billy!A question: Is Randy Winters behind this scheme? When we informed Billy about your posting he guessed that yourcrazy «theory» could be based on his untrue claim that since 1984 the Plejarans dont visit with Billy anymore.For those interested: On February 3, 2000, Billy had his 279th official contact (with Ptaah).»Before closing I will mention another argument (from Billy): If the claim concerning a murder attempt by a FIGUmember (that person is still a core group member!) would be true, the Pleiadians/Plejarans nowadays certainly wouldntshow themselves again above the Center in order that core group members can see--and even photograph--their ships!Once again one can only shake ones head about the confusing ideas some people can have.Christian Frehner, SwitzerlandHi Christian & Billy:Thank you for the additional information.The theory is mine. I did ask Randy Winters several years ago about this and his response was that he could not think ofanyone at FIGU who would have the inclination or capability of carrying out such an act. He said if Billy ever didanything it would have been that he made up the story just to cover up the idea that Semjase gave up on him. He hadnothing derogatory to say about FIGU in this sense and said that the repercussions of a murder in this case would beenormous and thoughts that he would prefer not to deal with.Randy has nothing to do with this and to my knowledge has never addressed the subject except to me.Best Wishes,Anthony W. CynorYou can post this if you want.LETTER FROM A SECURITY AGENT:Wendelle C. StevensLt. Col., USAF (Ret)Care of:GENESIS 3 Publishing IncP.O. Drawer JJ, Munds Park.AZ 89017Dear Mr StevensA friend of mine, Tom Farr, dropped off a copy of MESSAGE FROM THE PLEIADES. I found it very Interesting.Tom had previously given me another book about Billy Meier, which was also interesting.The following is information you might find interesting.The American Government did what could be called an

180. extensive soft touch investigation of Billy, when he first attracted public attention to himself, to find out if the contactwas in fact for real. The Decision was in his favor. It was extensive investigation, because of the unusual features inBillys case.Billy, as an individual, and a citizen of another country, had an American intelligence gathering organization look himover from ass hole to appetite. He passed the inspection rather well, but has not gone off the deep end, as predicted bythe personality profile done on him. It of course goes without saying that he had the intelligence gathering communityof his own country look him over.The American investigation was of the light touch vanity(forfenglighet), meaning use no force, make no scars, and leaveno traces of the investigation. Which is to say play tourist, pack a camera, and take a lot of pictures, tell a lot of lies, andask a lot of questions. Host countries(vertslandets-) intelligence systems get pissed(lei), if they catch you screwing offon their turf. So do not accuse us of any breakins, and that type of thing, because it happened back in the days whenBilly was in fact liberal with what he gave away. Your book indicates that he has up graded his record keeping sense theearly days.In the other book on Billy there was a big deal about the films, and having them tested. In one specific incident the filmtested was believed to be a copy, and not the original negative as Billy thought. Sorry about that.The way we got copiesof Billys pictures was by paying off the man who handled the film processing for Billy. The man simply ordered asecond set of pictures for us, and a second copy of the negatives. at an attractive profit, and the man often had copiesmade for himself. In a couple of cases we took the original copy of the negative, for the type of lab checks that youwanted to make.We also sent some garbage film through to the same processing company by the same store, under Billys name, to keepthe boys doing the film processing honest. We did establish that there was a little hankey pankey going on at theprocessing plant, and/or in the mail some place. Someone else was getting off with the first copy of the negatives mostof the time. Several times, according to the experts, our copy of the negative would be about the fifth one.All intelligence communities are well aware that vast volumes of bull shit comes and goes in the UFO contactee game,as part of turf(dekke) but pictures make strong evidence, which is almost impossible to fake. Because pictures are thequickest way to find who in fact is telling the truth, they often get stolen. Or, why screw around with the bull shit, whenthe proof is in the film. The Intelligence gathering people are also aware of how to intercept mail, and bribe(bestikke)store owners. When the bribe was set up we did not know how agreeable Billy was going to be about passing outsamples.In the book you touched on one of the most important of all things about UFOs, and may not have realized the trueimportance, to the history of UFOs, in what you said.Page 219; "The visitor anticipated............and they immediately associated them with the Anti-Christ, of Christianliterature and wanted nothing more to do with the situation."The problem that Billy had with Karl Veit of Wiesbaden, is the key to understanding most of the American Governmentand Western Europe Governments approach to UFOs. In 1945, when it was first proven that UFOs were real fromspace, operated by intelligent being, most of whom where human in form, the American Government did a soft touchcheck to see what the great unwashed public would say, and how the public would respond to UFOs, and space people,if the President informed the public over National radio.The results of the investigation would truly frost a thinking mans balls. The publics response was all bad. 97% of thepublic took one of two approaches. Shot first and ask questions later. Or call the UFOS agents of the devil, the princeof the power of the air, the ant-Christ, and set up an even worse situation, where UFOs would became a real negativereligious issue. What was surprising was the response of the Religious leadership, which was by far worse than thegeneral publics response. It could only be called grim news.The science community showed no leadership at all, just a super case of stupidity, and prejudice.As you might guess, the original investigations were by military men, under orders from General Marshal, under thedirection of the President. And if you know your military men, finding one who wants to get into a fight with thepreachers, over what is, or is not the Anti-Christ, when neither the military man, nor the preacher know a hell of a lot offactual information. about either the Ant-Christ, or the UFOs, would be a lot like sending a blind person out to spotUFOs. Just as soon as the blind man spots the first UFO, the military will get into the fight with the preachers over theAnti-Christ.To say that the military seriously avoided the potential conflict with the religious community would be anunderstatement. To say that the military community successfully avoided a fight with the religious community overUFOs. would be an accurate observation. To say that the military was real damned sneaky (fordømt lusket) about howthey informed the public about UFOs, would also be an accurate observation.The military mind will draw conclusions that the religious mind will not. The military mind quickly figured out that if theUFOs wanted to take over the world, they had the speed, science, and fire power to do so Hence, the militaryconcluded UFOs were working by other rules. The general nature of the rules the individuals in the UFOs would beworking under, could be projected. based on previous contact records, how ever skimpy the records.In other words, the military figured it was a safe assumption that the UFOs would not radically change their actions inmodern times, but would stick with the casual and miss system of the past.

181. The military mind drew one conclusion. The single most important thing to do in the situation it was in, namely sittingon some hot, highly controversial information, was to keep the general public from a bad response. by controlling thepublics response to UFOs. In other words keep that damned religious mentality out of the issues involved, as long aspossible.But, do not ever say that the military never did anything about informing the public about the existence of UFOs. Thatwill mean you have not figured out the methods used by the Government to spread the word about UFOs. You mightsay the military took the Bibles advice about not to let the left hand know what the right hand is doing.The Military pulled the very same trick that Moses pulled, when he did not like the attitude of his troops, after crossingthe Red Sea. He took the time to grow a new batch troops, whos response and thinking was more to his liking. Andthat is what the military did about UFOs.The military also found a problem as bad, or worse, than the religious mind. Have you have ever noticed, Scientist areabout as bad as the preachers, when it comes to UFOs? Especially in the old days. What you missed is the little detailthat Scientist, of the old pre-UFO school got their basic concept of the Universe from an insane preacher. A CatholicPope. That basic concept is the idea that man is alone in the Universe, and the only intelligent life in the universe.Going into the dark ages all societies leaving records, in any amount, left some kind of UFO record. Those that leftverbal histories left verbal records of UFOs. In effect it was known prior to the Dark Ages that man was not alone inthe Universe, that other intelligent beings were out there screwing around. Even the damned cave and rock drawingsshow UFO activity.The Greeks and the Romans also knew that the world was round. The Greeks had even tried to measure the size of theearth using wells and sun light.The insane Catholic Pope decided that he was the most important thing in the Universe, and that the Universe revolvedaround him. The basic idea that the world was flat was imposed upon the world by an insane Pope, which in effect madethe earth the Center of the universe.. That Pope also expanded on the powers of the Pope, in effect saying that he wasnot only at the center of the Universe, he was all that was good, smart, and holy at the center of the Universe.That pope also pitched the idea that man was alone in the Universe. That of course left the Pope the smartest man in theUniverse.When the Science-Religion fight of the early science days started, science in general won out. The one ideathat the Scientist took from an insane Pope, which they loved as an idea, and used as where very own idea, was the ideathat man is alone in the Universe.The idea that man is alone in the Universe, if valid, would the make Scientist thesmartest, and best educated beings in the Universe. The Science communitys response to the coming of UFOs, and thepossible drop in status from the smartest thing in the Universe, was some what worse than the religious communitiesresponse to UFOs. UFOs rather obviously, put the modern scientist in the position of being a backward person inknowledge, on a backward world. And farther insulted the scientist, by not bothering to make -any contact with him.Few, if any of the scientist involved gave up their status, as the smartest and best educated beings in the universewilling. Most of the older ones died with that idea in their head. The idea man was the only intelligent life in theUniverse.The existence of UFOs - truly lowers the status of the religious and scientific leaders of the world. They resisted such alowering in their status, particularly the scientist.And here I should clear something up. Mention the word intelligencegathering community, and most people go into some kind of potty training shock, and think they have gone back tomessing their pants, and are about to be caught at it. Doing what is called spying on people is an expensive and timeconsuming operation, generally involving a lot of people. It is surprising how many people think that they have somekind of secret, that makes them worth spying on. Casual surveillance, or simple information gathering, can be donemuch cheaper. The total amount of information needed, to make a high degree of accuracy decision, about some onelike Billy, is in fact not as much as a person would imagine.In effect, in the early days, if you showed up at Billys place, knowing enough about good manners, to bring as muchfood as you eat, wash as many dishes as you get dirty. and just help around the house, or yard a bit. It was possible toget all the UFO information desired from Billy, and be treated as a respected guest.Looking into Billy with a professional eye will quickly show that there are a couple of things, which are not "totallynormal" for this type of contact. The screw ball hours, and the many changes in location, make it some what differentfrom most contacts, which generally proceed on a casual, but regular bases, with some consideration for the contactee.Billy probably holds the record for more bad weather contacts than any one else. His case has some screw ball features,but it had some very good pictures.In a shared UFO information pool with other Countries, including India, it was noticed that Billy got his contacts whenever a woman, the Indians were watching, was missing. It was speculated that Bills female contact could have been oneof two women that the India authorities were watching. One was a tall dark haired woman with a very fair completionwho, according to what the Indians could find out had been working an area for about 200 years. The other woman wasa short, some what dumpy blond, with kind of a flat face. Every time the dumpy blond left India, Billy had a contact.Because the Indian surveillance was of the soft touch type, and far from complete, nothing was ever established. But,for a period of about 2 to 3 years there was a one to one relationship between the blond leaving India and Billy having acontact.And there is something else you might figure out, or work on. It is Billy stumbling on to Military men looking at his

182. contact sites. For all their science, the clowns in the UFO do not always work out every thing to perfection.As a military officer you were exposed to a few classes in physics. As the book says about the rocks and the gold, thephysics are the same, this world, or some other. That means that what is known, about physics here, will also apply upthere.The UFO is has a power source, which is obviously related to gravity, and electro magnetic properties of physics. Thatis all packed into a small space and effects the world around it. Add to that some cloaking device, and a few straythings, and you have a ship, which will give off a few things in the line of radiation. If the dogs can spot the UFOs, thenuse dogs, which we did around some military and science bases In the early days. If the TV flutters when one comes by,start from there for making a detection device.It logically follows that about the time that the Governments got into the business of knowing about UFOs, they alsogot into learning how to detect the things, when they flew by. And it was a dog, whos action told us that flying saucerhad clocking devices. It did not turn out to be all that hard to make a detection device. The Swiss Government has suchdevices and obviously uses them.The last time I had anything to do with such devices, which was a long time ago, and the devices where physically verylarge because their radios had vacuum tubes, they could be rigged to do several different things, and the AmericanGovernment was screwing with a model that would give the general direction the UFO was traveling. By now theycould be the size of a pack of smokes, and given direction along with the make and model of the UFO. me In the late50s we could define between about four types of UFOs based on how they effected our dewises. If I remember some ofthe information coming out of Billys area, the DALs would normally send out a couple of other ships to scout the area,some time several days in advance, before the contact ship showed up. At that time the devices the Swiss had, could tellthe difference between the two types of ships normally used. It could also tell the difference between several of. thesmall. ball shaped probes that might be sent out.I know it to be a fact that the Swiss Government has contact with Space people. But. like all such contacts. therestriction, on who knows about it, comes from space. The Swiss in fact probably have the best contact of any countryin the world. But. that is speculation on my part.And here I might should add something. Within the Governments of the world, how many I do not know, but based onthe patterns, probably most of the reasonable governments. there has been contact from space. But, within anygovernment there will exist two possible sets of information. Those who study UFOs, from the ground looking up. andtrade some types of information, some times, and those who are in the direct contact position. The two are notnecessarily the same person, or department.I know it to be a fact, having talked to a man who made the trip with him, that Ike had dinner on a space ship. I alsoknow that the Queen of England has been on a space ship, once for medical treatment.You mentioned something in passing that was interesting. It was your being "spied" on. I have no idea as to who isdoing what to whom in your case. But, I do know that there was once a proposal put out to step on UFO investigators,and contactees a little bit, to keep the field from expanding to much, so the real contacts would not be lost in the purebull shit.As some one who has been in government, you can probably spot the conflicting, and over lapping authorities, that tendto keep showing up in cases like your self. You never out right ask the question, "what the hells Naval Intelligencedoing in UFOs, but if you do, they were the "initiating authority" in the solution to the problem of the old FOO Fightersof WW2, and the boys who proved UFOs were from space. Once an Intelligence gathering community gets theinitiating authority status in a field, especially if the job is dumped of onto them, they are damned hard to pry out of thatfield.Within the structure of the American UFO community there are a lot of stories running around. If you ever have thetime and the chance, or inclination, you might look up the one piece of semi hard evidence about a crashed UFO. It isthe Brownsville, Texas saucer, which was a very old case. Dating back to right after WW2.That ship came wobbling by Army Air Force base going about ten miles an how. They first picked it up on radar, whenIt was about 40 miles away, which gave them vast amounts of time. Then with field glass as It approached, and finallyas a visual. They had enough time that they were able to get a chase plane up in the air to follow the saucer to where itcrashed, about ten miles deep in Mexico. Their first action was to get a parachute rigger into a plane. and jump him outover the crash site with a stencle and a can of Red Paint, to mark USAAF on the side of the saucer, so we could claim itwas ours - in case the Mexicans showed up.That ship was dragged back to the US by a cat. It left one hell of a skid trail. From the ground the skid trail can not beseen, because the government paid some Indians $5,000.0O0 to replant the ground. and hid all traces of that drag trail.But it can be seen from the air.If seen from the air, it will be a very straight line that is almost due North and South. At the South end of the skid trail,there is an East-West gully, and just South of the Gully is a small ridge, or very little hill. The small hill has a northsouth ridge on it. The saucer came to rest on the East side of that ridge up against the slope of the hill, or at the base ofthe very little hill.Because the drag trail could be seen from the air the Indians were hired to make other trails on the ground, as aconfusion factor. The true drag trail is the only straight one in the group.

183. This letter is long enough. Lots of luck with what you are doing.Respectfully .....................(name deleted)The original book had a lot of photoes, and analyses of pictures, but only a couple are shown here.if you want moreinformation over books about Semjases teachings - books are available in German language and also some in English -from: BILLY MEIER/FIGU, CH-8495 SCHMIDRÜTI. TLF. 052-3851310. FAX.052-3854289 ask for "preisliste", orsearch on "Semjase" or FIGU on internett s ALTAVISTA.The Pyramids of Gizeh and the SphinxQuestion:Is the Sphinx older than the Pyramids of Gizeh and was the Sphinx once a lion? It is also claimed, that there shouldexist several chambers and tunnels under the structure. How old was the Sphinx and was it built by Atlantis refugees ?etc.Angelique Royers/SwitzerlandI will answer this question with excerpts from the conversation at the 256th contact, of 13 May, 1996 in which thefollowing was said:Billy: I would like to ask you something regarding the pyramids, which may not be found in Egypt only, but all aroundthe world. Asket once told me that these were originally built under the supervision of ETs. In 1956, she declared, thatthe pyramids were built two times 36,650 years back (or 73,300 years back). Since then 40 years have passed, whichmeans the construction of the pyramids should have taken place 73,340 years back in time. However, our scientistsassert something completely different; they place the time of construction much later in time, about several thousandyears before the birth of Jmmanuel.Ptaah: Im familiar with this misconception and incorrect calculation. Counting back from today, the pyramids wereindeed built about 73,340 years ago, and not only the ones in Egypt, but all of them around the world. At that time,Earth was positioned at a distance of 152.5 million kilometers from the sun. The pyramids were covered with a thicklayer of limestone and mortar and, thus, higher than today. In those days the height of the pyramid of Cheops was152.5 m; one meter representing 1 million km of the distance between Earth and Sun.However, in the course of the thousands of years these outer layers have been removed, and additionally parts of thepyramid structures also. On the one hand this happened through erosion, and on the other hand through the people,who used the material for building other structures, etc. The purpose of the pyramids also changed on several occasionsthrough the course of time, and they were finally used as crypts and also as cult temples. Originally, the pyramids thatwere frequently linked with underground rooms, were built under the the supervision of human beings, who were ofextraterrestrial origin. These people came from the star picture of Orion, the reason why the formation of the Egyptianpyramids represent an image of this star picture, while the Sphinx is positioned in direction of the star picture the Leo.The inscribed hieroglyphs and the use of the pyramids as crypts etc. leads back to more recent times of beforeJmmanuel, which is about 2000-13,000 years back. The underground rooms, which belonged to all the pyramids,reached considerable dimensions and formed underground villages of various sizes, in which the people got to safetyfrom terrestrial danger, or danger threatening from outer space.Ptaah/BillyFIGU-BULLETIN No. 8German printing: August 1996English publishing: February 1998The responsibility for all forms of publication (e.g. Internet, print etc.) of the FIGU Bulletin lies entirely on "Billy" Eduard A. Meier.NOTICEMannheim or its suburbs:Would you be interested in becoming a member of a study and discussion group regarding FIGUs spiritual teachings

184. and other topics? If so, please contact this address: Achim Wolf, Staudenweg 45, D-68305 Mannheim, Tel./Fax 621745481UFO SIGHTINGSighting on Sunday, June 16, 1996, 11:30 p.m. Witnesses: Barbara and Frank Demenga, Zürich, Switzerland.Observation period: approx. 15 seconds. Location: Zürich (7th precinct), Switzerland. Visibility: Clear night. Flightpath of the objects: From south to north. Audibility: Soundless. Special features: Delta form, grayish white in color,yellow position lights, stable, calm, horizontal flight. The object suddenly appeared as a shadow from the darkness ofthe sky.Description of the sighting: My wife and I were sitting on our balcony when I suddenly saw what appeared to be a hangglider flying towards us --- in the middle of the night. When the object was above us, I was able to distinguish the deltashape. When it disappeared in a northerly direction, I recognized roughly six yellowish, intense lights along each side ofthe triangle. My wife was unable to see the object since she was sitting beneath the roofs extension, which blocked herview.Nearly three minutes after I saw the first object, a second one appeared, and my wife could see this one. It moved atgreat speed, was round, approximately the size of a full moon, and glowed brightly. The object traveled across the skyin a southerly direction. --- In my opinion, these objects were not meteorites, satellites nor the like, and neither werethey airplanes. The objects flew silently and lacked the typical blinking navigation lights of airplanes. Their shape wasnot only highly unusual for a plane, but they also would have had to fly over the city of Zürich at an estimated altitudeof 300 meters [approx. 900 feet]. Simply impossible.Comment: Between 1982 and 1996 I observed five different unusual flying objects, and due to their form and flightmaneuvers that defy all physical laws, I am convinced they were not flying devices of terrestrial origin.UFO SIGHTINGSighting Report dated June 5, 1996, by Barbara Harnisch, Switzerland:On Wednesday evening, June 5, 1996, I stepped onto my balcony around 11:05 p.m. It was a balmy evening with agentle breeze; the sky was slightly veiled by high clouds. I was enjoying the view before me as I peacefully glancedtoward the edge of a nearby forest. As I scanned the dark silhouette of the trees, I noticed a bright flash in the sky.Puzzled, I looked to the west but couldnt see anything other than a few stars. A few moments later another "flash"appeared in the sky, this time slightly to the east and closer to the house. A bright, whitish, globe-shaped light, whichonly flared up for a moment, caught my attention and then instantly disappeared again. At first I thought it was a planeflying above the clouds where it was visible only for a few seconds at a time. I heard no engine noise -- and when itflashed once again an instant later, more northerly this time, I realized it was not an airplane. Airplanes do not fly insuch zigzag patterns as this object did. Furthermore, a plane could not have flown this fast from one location to anotheras this object had just done. Due to their construction, airplanes must follow more or less a straight line. I dont know ofany terrestrial aircraft that could have performed the flight maneuvers I had observed. For this reason I concluded thisobject could only be a UFO. "Saalome," I thought delightedly as I scanned the sky in hopes of perhaps seeing the flyingcraft one more time. And sure enough, there it appeared again only moments later, in the same northwesterly positionwhere I had just seen it flashing. I was able to pick out a small, orange-yellow dot, which now moved again in asoutherly direction. This time I was completely convinced: It was a space ship. Fascinated and at the same time elated Ifollowed it with my eyes. Suddenly it increased its speed tremendously and abruptly disappeared. As I peered into theregion where the craft had vanished, I saw some flashes of light in a southerly direction --- but this time it was certainlyan airplane, for I could clearly distinguish its blinking lights and hear the engine noise. Then the small orange-yellowishobject reappeared behind the plane, but at an altitude higher than the aircraft. The objects light was just large enoughfor me to see and to note that it was approaching me once again in northerly direction, again on a zigzag course but in acircular pattern at the same time. I continued to watch it until my eyes could no longer distinguish the object.QUESTIONS BY OUR READERSQuestion: Black Holes -- how did this term originate?Paul Trachsel, Switzerland

185. Answer: In 1915, as part of his General Theory of Relativity, Albert Einstein was already teaching that BlackHoles could indeed exist, at least in theory. The descriptive term "Black Hole," however, was only coined in1967 by the American Astronomer John Wheeler. From then on Black Holes were considered a probability.Astronomers remained uncertain about this theory for, among other reasons, Black Holes cannot be observeddue to their characteristic ability to swallow nearby matter and light.One very popular theory states that Black Holes exist at the center of most bright galaxies. This implies that our galaxy,the Milky Way, also has one --- just as the Pleiadians/Plejarans have stated, and as revealed in the latest prophecies. Dueto the fact that from Earth the view is clouded by gas and dust clouds, evidence of the Black Holes existence may bevery difficult to come by when observed from this planet or its close proximity in space.BillyQuestion: According to recent statements, the hole in the ozone layer has once again stabilized itself. Is this trueor is it still increasing annually by 5% as Ptaah declared it to be?Pius Keller, SwitzerlandAnswer: According to information from Ptaah, nothing yet has changed regarding the increasing expansion of theopening in the ozone layer. One must assume, therefore, that the opening is enlarging and that the danger has notdiminished in any way. The damage to the ozone layer poses equally as big a threat on the climate as do high ozoneconcentrations in the air, which also affect the weather and all life form organisms.Ozone [Gr.- the fragrant] consists of molecules with three oxygen atoms (O3) and is a form of oxygen. In highconcentrations this gas has a deep blue coloration; it condenses at minus 111.9 C [169.42 F] into a deep blue liquid thatsolidifies into bluish-black crystals at 192.5 C [314.5 F]. Ozone has a penetrating odor. Under the influence of oxygenatoms, ozone forms into molecular oxygen, which then breaks down again according to the following formula: O3<>O2+O and 2O--> O2. Through the influence of oxygen atoms, ozone is one of the strongest oxidation chemicals inexistence and is very toxic in higher concentrations. In place of chlorine, ozone is used as a chemical to oxidize, tobleach and, in a watery solution, to disinfect. Ozone forms wherever enough energy is present to influence it throughthe effects of radiated energy or electric discharges. As a result, oxygen atoms from oxygen molecules are released,which then interact with other oxygen molecules.Ozone Layer Ozone is derived from molecular oxygen and accumulates in the ozone layer of the atmosphere throughthe influence of the suns shortwave ultraviolet (UV) rays. By absorbing the UV rays, ozone immediately disintegratesagain; but the released oxygen atoms enrich themselves with molecular oxygen, and thereby generate a balance in theozone layer by way of the ozones synthesis and disintegration. The ozone layer is extremely important since it preventsmost solar UV rays from penetrating the Earths atmosphere. As a result, only a small portion of these damaging raysreaches this planets surface. Ultraviolet rays in small dosages are vital to every life form, but in large doses they areharmful. For instance, exposure to strong UV rays can cause sunburn and skin cancer, while normal dosages areessential for the body to function properly. These normal functions include the bodys ability to produce Vitamin D.High ozone concentrations in layers of air close to the ground may occur particularly in those areas where a great dealof emission gases are produced, and where nitric oxides and sulfur oxides produce ozone through the influence ofsunlight. Ozone in large dosages is toxic to humans, fauna and flora. With humans and animals the harmful effects upontheir health appear to be mainly irritations of the mucous membranes; however, significant damages are also possible. Inthe early stages of exposure, plants mainly react to high ozone concentrations with bleach blemishes that can later resultin further damage. Organic substances such as textiles, leather and paints, among others, are also damaged by theirexposure to ozone.The Ozone Hole: This term is applied to the destroyed ozone layer in the Earths atmosphere above Antarctica. Thedestruction of the ozone layer is primarily the result of the terrestrial populations utilization of materials which wreaknegative chemical and physical effects. The leading cause for the ozone layers destruction is the use ofchlorofluorocarbons (CFCs). Once released, they slowly rise into the atmosphere and reach the stratosphere over a tento fifteen year period. There they break down, releasing highly reactive chlorine atoms and chlorine oxides which, inturn, react with the ozone and split it into oxygen. The ozone hole above the Antarctic was discovered in 1985 --approximately ten years, therefore, after I notified terrestrial scientists of the ozone layers destruction on behalf of thePleiadians/Plejarans (see Semjase Contact Notes Block #1, page 64a). By the end of 1992 further evaluations revealedthat the hole was even larger than before. Over an expanse of nearly 23 million square kilometers [approximately 9million square miles] above the South Pole, the ozone layer in the atmosphere by this time had already decreased by

186. more than 50 percent. In comparison to 1991 figures, the ozone hole not only had expanded by 15 percent but theozone had become thinner. These facts were the result of the interaction of the CFCs with halogens and sulfuric acidaerosols, which reached the atmosphere through the volcanic outbreaks of Pinatubo (June 1991) and Mount Hudson(August 1991). The aerosols seize nitrogen compounds and release reactive chlorine compounds that lead to thebreakdown of the ozone. Strong evidence exists which reveals that the ozone layer in the northern hemisphere is greatlydamaged and is also thinning.Damage to the ozone layer, among other things, produces severe biological consequences such as the increasedmutation rates and a rapid escalation of cancerous skin diseases. Now it is mandatory that we also take into account thenegative and harmful effects of ozone depletion on our climate.Latest News About Ozone: Up-to-date satellite assessments in July 1996 show that UV radiation has increased at anabove-average rate due to the ozone hole.BillyFrom a Letter to Billy: EXTRATERRESTRIAL ORIGINIn past conversations about UFOs, extraterrestrials and the like, people have sometimes approached and questioned me.They say that you, Billy Meier, claim to be of extraterrestrial origin, as does Michael Hesemann, the publisher ofMagazin 2000. If these allegations of my companions in their conversations are correct, I feel as sorry for M. Hesemannas I do for you. Such claims by you would also force me to re-evaluate your chronicles, explanations and other items,for if these assertions about you are true, I have somehow been drawn in by a charlatan --- and I would have todisassociate myself from your written material and statements, just as I have done with the American Omnec Onec andvarious others whose statements and contacts, I am convinced, are purely based on fraud and charlatanry. I would hateto see this happen with you too, because your background, data, statements, and explanations have always appeared tome as being extremely believable, honest and frank without the usual sectarianism. I would appreciate your honestresponse.Alois Klingler, SwitzerlandReply:Never have I ever claimed that I am an extraterrestrial. At all times I have clearly and explicitly stated that I am a humanbeing who was procreated by and born to terrestrial parents on Earth. My spirit form, however, has a very ancient,extraterrestrial origin. And this is the case with many other people on Earth whose spirit form traveled to Earth fromalien worlds in human bodies. These extraterrestrial people died on this planet and, as a result, their spirit forms havecontinued to reincarnate into terrestrial-human bodies ever since. My spirit form, which ultimately provides life to mypresent physical body, has in the past enlivened the bodies of other people, and these individuals fulfilled the same or asimilar mission in past times just as I do today. This also serves as an explanation to the question why was I, of allpeople, chosen to fulfill the role of a contact person with the Pleiadians/Plejarans, and why was I chosen as theirmessenger to the people of Earth in matters pertaining to this Mission and to the spiritual teachings.Although my spirit form previously came to Earth as a humans life-giving force, albeit of a totally different person, ithas remained on this planet through numerous reincarnations ever since that time. I am physically and in my materialconsciousness a terrestrial human being. Therefore, I would never dream of deceitfully presenting myself as anextraterrestrial.I find it extremely regrettable that such lies are repeatedly disseminated and attributed to me, for they merely lead todefamations against me instead of providing the actual truth of the matter. I also regret that these lies victimizeindividuals who may be mislead or harmed in some way by them. Ethical individuals, such as Michael Hesemann, whomake genuine efforts to search for and present the truth, are defamed by these slanderers in this manner and are pulledthrough the mud by these liars, intrigants and defamers. You mention that Mr. Hesemann allegedly asserted he was anextraterrestrial. I would like to speak on Mr. Hesemanns behalf now by quoting his own words from a letter he wroteme on June 11, 1996. These words must not be looked upon as an obligatory justification, but purely and simply as aclarification --- the truth never requires a justification.Quote: "To begin with, in your latest Voice of the Aquarian Age, which you had kindly mailed to me, I read someinformation about me with which I wholeheartedly agree. I am referring to your statement in which you say that I am aperson who was created on Earth --- a terrestrial and not an extraterrestrial being. I have never claimed otherwise aboutmyself! Truthfully, in your question to Ptaah you refer to a claim made by the RTL Extra program that I had presented

187. myself as an extraterrestrial. You know from your own experience that this program is the worst of cheap-shotjournalism on German television. And Mrs. Strohwange, Schrowange or whatever the name is of that preciousmoderator, had the nerve to use unverified material from the furniture salesman and sectarian Anti-UFO fanatic WernerWalter of CENAP [German acronym for Central Research Network for Unusual Phenomena] in Mannheim, Germany.A portion of this material came from a statement I allegedly made at a seminar in Berlin. The fact is that this statementwas taken completely out of context. The statement was made in response to questions from the audience, and I hadbeen asked my opinion of Sheila Gibson, the bleached blond barmaid who poses as Omnec Onec from Venus . . .[Michael Hesemann distances himself from this impostor]. The next question was: How did you become interested inthe subject of UFOs? My response was something like this: Of course, I too could claim now that I originated onanother planet and came to Earth to bring you the truth. But the truth is much simpler: As a young boy I found a vonDäniken book in my parents bookcase. One reporter present at the interview recorded what I had said, and because hewanted to discredit me he gave the material to CENAP, who adulterated it accordingly by cutting away the beginningand ending of my statement."Michael Hesemann, GermanyIn reading Michael Hesemanns clarification, the entire matter takes on a completely different complexion, and onecertainly cannot contend that he asserted such nonsense about his own extraterrestrial origin. --- Unfortunately, verbalstatements and taped recordings are only too often falsified by cheap-shot journalists in order to compromise a message,especially when it pertains to ufology, and I have repeatedly experienced this myself over the years. Of course it is self-evident that wanna-be ufologists, notorious twisters of the truth, denying persons and slanderers also have their grimypaws into the midst of this scenario. Unfortunately, creatures such as the CENAP organizer Werner Walter is one ofthem. He is very popular with the cheap-shot journalists who assist Mr. Walter to find a warm nest and great popularity.The same also holds true apparently for those who are intent on defaming Michael Hesemann. Although he is perhapssomewhat gullible in certain aspects he, too, is often defrauded by dishonest elements. His honest efforts toward theadvancement of ufology, the dissemination of its related truth and that of other items elsewhere, have become a greatand valuable asset. And for his endeavors he is being attacked and ripped to shreds by deceitful journalists, resentfulpeople, know-it-alls by their own grace, wanna-be-ufology-twerps and others. Such individuals are incapable ofperforming valuable work on their own, and they merely release their rubbish to satisfy their greed for financial profitinstead of pursuing and providing the actual truth.BillyLUC BÜRGIN AND HIS CHEAP-SHOT ARTICLEPublished in the April 96 UFO Kurier #18, a cheap-shot article about the Billy Meier Story by Luc Bürgin from Basle,Switzerland, prompted various provoked individuals to write letters to the editor of the UFO Kurier. Apparently not allwere reproduced. Michael Hesemann was one of the readers who sent such a letter to Mr. Kopp of the UFO Kurier,but so far [up to Edition #21] his letter has not been printed. Consequently, we are making this letter available to thereaders of the FIGU Bulletin. I have heard through the grapevine that the UFO Kurier is planning to continue itscampaign against me, Billy Meier. Michael Hesemann submitted the following letter to me regarding Luc Bürgin withthis note:Quote: "It is very unfortunate that a Swiss citizen finds it necessary to copy written material from a pathological liarsuch as Korff, instead of doing his own research at the original site, with you, Billy, in Hinterschmdrüti where he couldhave interviewed eye witnesses himself."The following reprinted letter is a translation of the one Michael Hesemann sent to the German magazine whichpublished Luc Bürgins rubbish regarding Billy Meier and his contacts:

188. Magazin 2000Verlag Michael HesemannWorringer Straße 1D-40211 Düsseldorf16.4.96UFO-KurierHerrn J. KoppHirschauer Str. 1072108 RottenburgRE.: UFO-Kurier Nr. 18Dear Mr. Kopp,You are the publisher of Fred Stecklings classic Extraterrestrial Baseson the Moon, one of the best books in the world of UFO literature (yes,you can quote me on that), but ...In a letter of February 4, 1999, the attorney-at-law of Dr.Johannes Fiebag has summoned Billy Meier to delete thedeclaration about Mr. Fiebag made by Michael Hesemann.Since we are unable to check the truth ourselves we complywith the request.FIGU / Billy Meier...Regarding Luc Bürgins article let me state the following: I respect Lucas an investigative colleague, but I am greatly disappointed about theevidence of his mental incompetence which he revealed with his article inyour magazine. Must a Swiss citizen, who perhaps lives one hour fromthe Billy Meier farm, really resort to copying material from an Americancalled Kal K. Korff? One can give Korff the benefit of the doubt that hecould not thoroughly investigate the case from lack of mastering thelanguage and because he had to work "under cover." But what aboutLuc Bürgin? What a wonderful, independent investigation he could havecarried out. I am convinced that if only Bürgin had interviewed a mere10 of Meiers 30-40 witnesses (as I did), he would have arrived atcompletely different conclusions.I do admit, and I have previously written about this in Secret MatterUFO, that the "Meier Case" was contaminated. Without any doubt,Meier has photographed the worlds best UFO pictures in 1975/76whose authenticity no serious researcher or photo expert would deny.Let me state right from the start that the reflections of the landscape onthe spacecrafts underside were, of course, not "added" by the U.S.researchers. Those reflections can also be seen on the original prints,which Meier gave to ufologist Ilse von Jacobi from Munich, Germany, in1976 --- two years before the first U.S. investigator ever set foot on theMeier farm. To make those reflections appear better defined by usingwrong-color analyses on the computer is a perfectly legitimate method.Yes, and it is also true that the U.S. investigator Col. Stevens and theNASA associate Jim Dilettoso, in order to avoid the expense ofpurchasing a computer, had these wrong-color photographs and all otherevidence later analyzed in California by a company with access tocomputers, which were horrendously expensive at that time. What is

189. Even more unfair are Bürgins "dark insinuations" about Lt. Col.Wendelle Stevens "lengthy" prison term. The charge stated he had anaffair with a 17-year-old girl, a crime in the USA about which one wouldmerely smile in Germany. It is a fact that the charge was made by theteenagers mother who perhaps falsely interpreted her daughters (and thegirls 16year-old girlfriend) interest in UFOs, especially since thedaughter actually did fall in love with Stevens which, after all, canhappen. Stevens swears to be innocent, but he has no proof of it. In apuritan country like America one is quickly condemned. Well, at least theAir Force seems to find him innocent, or else he would have beendemoted to a lower rank and would no longer be a Lieutenant Coloneltoday. Bürgin seems to think Meier is idiotic enough to write accoladesabout himself by using the name of a company with his own initials ("BMGalact Corp."). However, Bürgin forgets that the Swiss mans somewhatawkward style is easy to imitate. One good thing is that Bürgin at leastspares us Kal K. Korffs favorite argument: During his lectures andexpensive Anti-Meier seminars where he, of course, also sells costlyAnti-Meier videos, Korff shows a photo of Meier, points to his longbeard and explains: "As you can see, this man wants to look like abiblical prophet." Korffs logic, therefore, must apply also to the CoolMan in the Milka brand chocolate advertisements and to any beardedSwiss alpine dairy farmhand.Unfortunately, since Bürgin only duplicated text from Korff, he alsomissed the opportunity to investigate this Californians credibility. I haveheard three of Korffs lectures and find him to be a questionablecharacter. All of his blaring revelations of evidence throughout hislectures ("Neighbors saw Meier with models"; "I spoke with Meiersbookstore owner and can proof the source of every one of his contactconversations"; "I discovered the store in which Meier bought the heliumfor the balloons from which he suspended the UFO models."), have laterproven to be nothing but hot air. Yes, there is a store in Winterthurwhere they sell helium --- but nobody there knows Meier. Yes, he iscustomer in a bookstore --- but became a client there only a few yearsago. Yes, people have seen him with models when he and WendelleStevens tried to test Meiers photos by duplicating them with modelsStevens had manufactured in the United States. Korffs entire book isbased upon such half-truths.Yes, Meier took authentic photographs in 1975/76. And yes, in the sameperiod he had 30-40 eye witnesses, among them those who curse himtoday although they still swear to have seen UFOs with him.Furthermore, predictions in his contact reports have later proven to betrue. But: Hoaxes also existed. Why? Because someone wanted tocontaminate the case, make it less believable -- whatever. By Meierhimself in order to protect himself and his family? By the Extraterrestrialsto ensure that it is up to us and our own spiritual evolution, instead ofbelieving in miracles that cause us to accept or reject the contactinformation? By Meiers opponents or by the Secret Services? I donthave the answer. But I ask myself why a man capable in 1975/76 oftaking the best UFO photos in the world would rather produce dubiousmaterial instead. If he were a brilliant hoaxer then all of his frauds wouldbe equally good.The answer to this question can be found in Switzerland, inHinterschmidrüti, where Meier lives . . . not in America, among thesensationalistic machinations of scrupulous investigative journalists.What a shame that Bürgin, who lives so close to the truth (whatever itmay be), pursues it in the distance . . .Heres a question for you as the publisher of the UFO-Kurier: Why did

190. RANDY WINTERS AND ADRAINRegarding Randy Winters, Adrain, and the fraudulent contacts in Florida, here is the latest information providedthrough investigations by the Pleiadians/Plejarans and by Michael Hesemann: Adrain is a protegee of Randy Winters.The following text is an excerpt from a conversation during my 255th contact on May 13, 1996:Billy: . . . Tell me: On February 13, 1996, Florena mentioned to me that your investigations showed Randy Winters isnot the only guilty party in matters pertaining to the fraudulent, purported contact story in Miami, Florida, and thatthere actually exists a man who makes these deceitful contact claims. Furthermore, this Adrain collaborates with RandyWinters who, in turn, cheats him and capitalizes on this liar and fraud by commercially exploiting Adrains material forprofit.Ptaah: That is correct --- this is precisely what is actually transpiring. Winters is utilizing the falsified material of thisAdrain, as he calls himself, in order to enrich himself although he basically knows exactly that the entire matter isnothing but lies and deceit. Winters is a profit-hungry scoundrel, and the same holds true for Adrain who makes everyattempt to introduce himself to people with whom he can collaborate and capitalize from his fraudulent story. As forWinters, he now exploits this Adrain in the same manner he has applied to your material, albeit with one big difference:Your information and contacts are the truth, of which he is fully aware, while the Adrain story is a ruthless lie, fraud,deceit, and charlatanry --- and Randolph Winters is fully conscious of this fact as well.In a letter dated June 11, 1996, Michael Hesemann also reported the following to me:Quote: "In evaluating the Adrain case as a hoax, I fully agree with you after my initial research. Among other things,Adrain claims that the Pleiadians, together with some elderly Nazis, maintain a base in the Brazilian jungle where he[Adrain] met Hitler who, he claims, is a lovable old man. Randy Winters is not one and the same person as Adrain. Ihave seen photos of him (he is tall, about 30 years old, has a moustache and a short, military hairstyle) and havereceived faxes from him. Several people, among them Giorgio Piacenza, Giorgio Bongiovanni (who also rejects him),the movie producer Larry Germain and others, have spoken with him. As far as I know, he spent last week with FredBell (!) in California, after complaining that Randy was selling his [Adrains] material in video format for a great deal ofmoney without giving Adrain a single penny (Randy is therefore an avid student of Lee Elders, the Shark!). Bell wantsto publish a book with Adrain. Well, birds of a feather flock together."In a fax dated June 28, 1996, Michael Hesemann continued reporting to me:Quote: "Regarding the Adrain situation --- Randy Winters, whom I met at the gathering, has also concluded that atleast a major portion of the pictures are a hoax. The glowing ship filmed on October 24 actually proved to be a blimp,and I am enclosing a receipt from the company that launched it. It is quite possible that Adrains pictures were recreatedon a computer by actually utilizing your photos. Adrain did spend the second week in June with Fred Bell in LagunaBeach, California, and Bell has agreed to help Adrain disseminate his material. By the way, Adrain was born in Cubaand maintains contacts with a Puerto Rican who, like Adrain, also disseminated bogus Polaroid pictures (or moreaccurately, Polaroid reproductions of the computerized creations) as purported evidence for his contacts withextraterrestrials. I plan to expose the entire story in Magazin 2000 as soon as we have all the puzzle pieces in hand.Michael Hesemann/GermanyBillyLIARS IN THE PLEIADIAN SKYDuring my May 13, 1996, contact with Ptaah, our conversation once again turned to the machinations of liars,deceivers, frauds, and charlatans as they pertain to fraudulent, purported contacts with Pleiadians/Plejarans. We alsospoke on the topic of so-called remote viewing, which recently has become the flavor-of-the-month in theparapsychological firmament.Billy: I still have a few questions, one of which pertains to a purported medium, Ingo Swann, and a U.S. Army Majorcalled Ed Dames. They are both involved in this so-called PSI TECH, supposedly a technological viewing method todiscern and uncover even the most secret things from a distance --- at least this is what is being asserted; such a claim ismade in Magazin 2000 starting on page 81. The article states that interested parties can meet Ed Dames in Germanywhere he intends holding a 3-day seminar at the impertinent price of DM 1.800 [approx. $1.400]. First of all: Are you

191. familiar with this story? Second: Should Ed Dames be taken serious? Third: What about the medium called Swann?Fourth: What should we think of remote viewing?Ptaah: We are familiar with these claims and schemes. With his dishonest methods, Ed Dames is one of many whoextracts money from the pockets of trusting and gullible people. The school for remote viewing, which he initiated, areinfamous, shady wheeling and dealing (WV); and this purported remote viewing is nothing more than charlatanry. Boththe USA and Soviet Union governments previously conducted comparable studies, and continue to do so to this day.This has not been classified information for quite some time, ever since a great deal of the secret material regarding thisso-called remote viewing "trickled" out. The efforts in this secret research by the USA and the Soviet Union failed toproduce any major successes, and their work in this direction must not be linked in any way with the charlatanry of EdDames. PSI TECH is not identical to this purported remote viewing, it is merely the name of an alleged firm. RegardingIngo Swann, I can say that he, too, is involved in many dishonest schemes, and he has been given credit for many thingsthat are untrue. When the facts are examined, therefore, all of these matters must be regarded as charlatanry and shadywheeling and dealing (WV). Only certain secret research programs and achievements by the USA and the Sovietgovernments regarding long-distance perception or remote viewing, as it is referred to in English, can be excluded fromthis entire foolishness.Billy: Thanks. --- Do you know anything about a person called Jani King? I have received a fax recently stating that thiswoman in Australias North Queensland has written at least two books about . . .Ptaah: . . . purported contacts with me. Of course, her information is as much a foolish fantasy and nonsense (WV) asthe untenable claims by Penny McLean, Barbara Hand Clow, Barbara Marciniak, Amorah Quan Yin, and the otherswho make obscure and stupid (WV) assertions about their having contacts with me. On this list I must also include FredBell, who alleges (WV) to have had contacts with my daughter Semjase, and Randy Winters with Adrain’s story (WV)about his purported contacts in Florida. Never have we had such contacts with humans on Earth --- you are the rareexception --- and currently no other contactees exist whatsoever. Furthermore, in the future no contacts will be initiatedwith any terrestrial humans by any of our peoples. If, therefore, dishonest people (WV) claim they are having contactwith one of us, or with the spirit entities of one of our peoples, you can rest assured this is a lie, fraud or charlatanry. Aswell, schizophrenic processes, suggestive influences, self-delusions and the like should not be excluded as possiblecauses for the individuals actions. Unfortunately, the number of liars, deceivers, frauds, charlatans, and delusionalindividuals who claim they maintain contacts with us, is constantly increasing. Every one of them, and I must stronglyemphasize EVERY SINGLE ONE, is simply an individual suffering from derangement, schizophrenia or delusions ---unless the person is a deliberate liar, deceiver, fraud or charlatan. It is interesting to note that we Pleiadians/Plejaransbecame part of the Earths publics interest only after you officially began disseminating your mission material, andmaking public appearances. At that time we were suddenly being exploited by dozens of delusional people, liars, frauds,deceivers, and charlatans who claimed we had or were having contacts with them. The irony of this scenario is thatthese sick and dishonest people with their delusional, deceitful and fabricated stories, are being accepted as telling thetruth by practically all UFO groups, although their fabrications bore not one iota of truth --- while you, our genuinecontactee, continue to be scorned as a liar and cheat, and your evidence is defamed as being fraudulent. --- It certainlywould be appropriate for you to compile a pamphlet regarding these matters so you can hand it out to everyone who isinterested. The sincere investigators, indeed all other human beings, are entitled to hear about the fundamental truth.BillyDISCOVERY OF NEW GALAXIESThe Hubble Space Telescope made another sensational discovery: New galaxies were found which, so far, are moredistant from Earth than any others, including some recently discovered celestial bodies.HUBBLE PHOTOGRAPHYThe Hubble Space Telescope captured another sensational photograph: The picture reveals the star Eta Carinae at adistance of 8,000 light years from Earth. The star is enveloped in gigantic gas and dust clouds, and its brightness is 4million times greater than that of our sun.Billy

192. "GALILEO" PROBE ARRIVES AT GANYMEDEThe American-German space probe "Galileo" passed Jupiters moon, Ganymede, by a mere 843 kilometers [523 miles]during the night of June 27, 1996. The probe snapped countless photographs which delighted scientists because thepictures are the most precise ever taken of our solar systems largest moon. Ganymede has a diameter of 5,262kilometers [3,279 miles], making it larger than Mercury, the small planet, which currently is the closest known planet tothe sun and orbits our central star at a distance ranging from 46 to 70 million kilometers [28 to 43 million miles] every88 days.Using the research satellite "Galileos" fascinating photographs from its encounter with the Jovian moon, scientists arenow hoping to find evidence of similar geological activities on Ganymede to those on Earth. The scientists arespeculating that beneath the ice-generated grooves, craters and ditches on this moon is a surface with mobile continents.Ganymede is nearly as large as the planet Mars whose diameter measures 6,790 kilometers [4,219 miles] and is less thanhalf the size of Earth with its diameter of 12,756.4 kilometers [7,926.67 miles]. This moon was discovered in 1610 byGalileo Galilei. The texture of Ganymedes surface was first depicted on grainy photographs taken from the "Voyager"probes as they passed by Jupiters moon in 1979. Regardless of the fantastic Ganymede photographs, scientists areincreasingly concerned about the "Galileo" probe since two of ten examination units on board seem to have failed, or atleast proved to be faulty in some way. As a result, the recordings of high energy particles in Jupiters radiation belt aremissing.Among other things, the probes photographs show the moon as having a surface of volcanic origin that was pitted bycomets, meteors, and asteroids. Black-and-white pictures support the theory that Ganymede was actually a moon of icewhose surface was tectonically shifted in numerous ways at least 3.8 billion years ago.The main goal of the American-German "Galileo" probes mission is to investigate all facets that make up this Jovianmoon. It is assumed that Ganymedes core consists of silicic acid (silica), a very common material found also within theEarths crust."Galileo" was launched in 1989 and entered the Jovian atmosphere in December 1995 after having flown 640 millionkilometers [397 million miles]. It approached Ganymede on June 27, 1996, at a speed of 28,000 kilometers per hour[17,398 mph]. Calculations indicate that September 6, 1996, will be the date for the next encounter at a passing altitudeof just 500 kilometers [310 miles] from this moon, and will ensure even sharper photos --- this time in color. Anotherobjective for this fly-by will be to measure Ganymedes magnetic and gravitational fields.BillySOLAR STORMSFor the first time ever, German-Swiss scientists were able to observe the solar storm phenomenon. An incrediblypowerful windstorm continually rages on the surface of our sun and blasts across the gigantic fire ball at speeds of up to40,000 kilometers per hour [24,855 mph]. Such solar winds cause supersonic turbulences and supersonic booms.BillyDISCOVERY OF A NEW DINOSAUR SPECIESIn the spring of 1996, paleontologists in Morocco made a spectacular discovery that may link the African and SouthAmerican dinosaurs.Here are details regarding this ancient beast:Length: approximately 9 m [9 yds.] Age: 93 million years, Name: Deltadromeus agilisThis meat-eating reptile with long, slender limbs was very fast and agile.Under the direction of American paleontologist Paul Sereno from Chicago University, researchers finally unearthed thepartially well-preserved skeleton of the long-extinct reptile after several months of search in the Moroccan SaharasKem region of Africa.Deltadromeus appears downright graceful when compared with the Carcharodontosaur saharicus. Scientists were

193. aware of this ancient reptile as far back as 1927, and the skull of one Carcharodontosaur saharicus has been excavated.With a length of 1.60 meters [33"], the skull of the Carcharodontosaur is at least as large as that of the famousTyrannosaurus Rex. The entire skeleton is estimated to be 12 meters [39] long and it, therefore, exceeds the size of theT-Rex, until now considered to be the largest carnivorous reptile. Some additional data remains outstanding at this timewhich may confirm the issue of size. Discoveries in March and September 1995 in Argentina, South America, revealedan even larger skull, that of a Gigantosaur.BillyCHAIN LETTERIt is simply unbelievable how the name of the Pleiadians/Plejarans is being misused for money-grabbing and infamousschemes. The Plejarans’ name is dragged through the mud and slandered by lying, deceitful and underhanded peoplethroughout the world when they claim --- against their own better knowledge or in schizophrenic fantasies --- that theyhad or were having contacts with the Pleiadians/Plejarans, and that they were receiving important messages from themand the like. The Pleiadian/Plejaran name has been exploited for quite some time in underhanded chain letter schemes.In June 1996 we, too, received such a letter here at FIGU and promptly submitted it to the police. The reason the letterwas handed over to the police was that not only did the chain letter break the Swiss law, but it also defamed thePleiadians/ Plejarans. Therefore, something had to be done about this.FIGU was not the only place to receive such chain letters. Many individuals, whose addresses were found in telephonebooks and whose names were obtained by word of mouth from acquaintances, also found these chain letters in theirmailboxes. Some people complained to FIGU about receiving them, but we could only respond by recommending thatthey report the arrival of such letters to the police. For readers of the FIGU Bulletin who may also get such a chainletter we offer the same recommendation. To give you some idea of the rubbish contained in this particular chain letter,which is being distributed by using the Pleiadian/Plejaran name, we reprint a [translated] letters entire content below.BillyTHE PLEIADIAN SELF-HELP PROJECT EARTHWouldnt you like to help yourself, your family, and Planet Earth through a monumental blessing of energy? With 1.6million German Marks [approx. $1 million] you could make this happen! Soon you will have this much money at yourdisposal, if you participate in this chain letter game! This is not a regular chain letter: Its existence only perpetuate whenbased on good thoughts and feelings: This chain letter game will expand your emotional and material horizon. This wepromise!This chain letter game has a history and a future: Our friends from the Pleiades foretell us that, if we participate, we willbe able to live the coming years in abundance. (You should keep 90% of the funds that will be streaming in for yourselfand your family and you should invest a major portion of them in gold and real estate. Approximately 9% of the moneycoming in should be donated anonymously to various organizations who protect and maintain human life and nature.Thoroughly investigate such organizations and their administration in advance! And 1% of the money you should usedisburse light and knowledge -- buy the new books of wisdom, those that contain the channelings of our Pleiadianfriends, or those of Ramtha and Seth. Give the books to your friends and acquaintances, to schools, drug rehabilitationcenters, hospitals, prisons, the homeless, and others.)The difference between this and other chain letters is that this letter has the following small addition: I will participatebecause I want to help myself, my fellow humans and the Earth.This chain letter game is under particularly positive auspices: The love of all participants, not least of which is thePleiadians support for its energetic distribution. And it is completely legal! It is not gambling but a perfectlyconceptualized game in which everybody is a winner. And here are the figures:If you participate, you can end up with approximately $1 million (!) within a mere 6-8 weeks! How? By investingDM 50 as circulating capitalDM 40 to cover the costs of 100 photocopies of this conceptDM100 for stampsDM190 in total investment

194. The entire success does not depend on luck and coincidence but is based upon thoughts of love (love is contagious) andthis simple mathematical concept:You write to 100 people and you place yourself in 5th place.Lets assume that 8 of the 100 people you have written to play along. They in turn mail a letter to 100 people. That addsup to 800 letters. Even if only 8% of these people play: It adds up to 64. They also send out the letter to 100 people.Now you have 64 x 100 letters.At this point you are in 4th place in these letters. Of the 64x100 (6,400) letters 8% of the people play: Now there are512. They also mail our 100 letters. Now there are 512 x 100 letters. This puts you in 3rd place in these letters.Of the 512x100 (51,200) people who received a letter 8% play: Now there are 4,096. They mail a letter to 100 people.That makes it 4096x100 letters. This puts you in 2nd position in the letters.Of the 4096x100 people who received a letter, 8% play: Now there are 32,768, and you are in first position, i.e., younow receive 32,768 x 50= DM1.6 million.If you think the game will run out of steam, our Pleiadian friends can assure you that everything which serves a goodcause and is done with love will never run out of steam; instead, those who participate are blessed with good fortune.To this chain letter system you cannot apply analytical calculations because they very quickly run into billions of playersand, thus, it has a natural limit. The entire game hinges on the level at which your heart is most accessible.Make your decision to participate only after rereading the concept several times. The longer you ponder the concept,the more rational it appears to you, for it is a self-supporting system similar to those implemented on the Pleiades:There is no director or a central administrative office, everyone is on his or her own and is responsible only for the fivepeople on the list (including yourself) and the 100 new addresses. Only the participants of the "Pleiadian Self-HelpProject Earth" will profit --- and so will Earth!Therefore: Evaluate your feelings! If these pages make any sense to you, trust your feelings and spontaneously beginyour task: Buy 100 stamps, 100 envelopes, etc...If, however, you have the feeling that this is a fraud, or if you doubt that this chain letter system will work, you shouldnot participate! Toss away this letter or give it to a friend who may be more inclined to gain emotional access to it ...Rules:1. Write or copy into the upper half of a blank sheet of typing paper the name and all bank information listed onpage 4 --- after you removed the name and bank information of the individual in position #1. The person inposition #1 is now excluded from the list and will no longer be entered! Now you can enter the name (incl. bankinformation) in position #2 in position #1, the 3rd name advances to position #2; the 4th name is placed into #3position and your name and bank information is added as the newest member in position #5 (please type).2. To avoid any delays, transfer the DM50 [approx. $35] today as running capital into the account of the personwhom you have now placed in position #1. Please write "Help Project" on the line provided for the moneysplanned purpose!3. At the same time buy 100 stamps of DM 1 for mailing the 100 letters and have the post office give you a receiptfor your stamp purchase.4. Glue these receipts on the bottom half of the blank DIN A4 page with your copied or newly typed name andbank information and your own name in position #5. This is now the new page 4 of the letter.5. Make 100 photocopies of all 4 pages (i.e., the old 3 pages and your new page 4). Mail the photocopied conceptof this game to the addresses of people you know, such as your friends, acquaintances, business colleagues or toany other person who you believe, or know, would see the advantages of the project for themselves and theirenvironment. The remainder of the people you can find , e.g., in advertisements in esoteric newspapers, ontelephone CDS, in telephone books, the Yellow Pages (i.e., individuals with similar professions to your own),and so forth. Please expand your choice of addresses. Take only a few from esoteric newspapers, and a few fromadvertisement in the regular newspapers. Succumb to the inspiration of the moment. Decide spontaneously: Thisname attracts me, this address speaks to me, etc. It is equally important that each person comes from the samecity!6. Do not view the copying of these addresses as a pesty task but look at them as services to your fellowmen,

195. Planet Earth, and not least of all to you. In the event that you have a job, you can easily copy 20 addresses everyday after work. Feel the love for yourself and these people while you copy their names.The statistical upper limit of participants for such a system with 100 mailed letters is 10% (in the USA). This amountsto a profit of approximately 6 million German Marks. The statistical average amounts to about a 8% participation withordinary chain letters. Even if only 7% are players and only 7% participate, you will still end up with more than DM800,000. And if only a mere 5% participate, you still receive approx. DM 160,000. However, this is no ordinary chainletter!This letter will enhance the empathy you have for your fellowmen, it will release you from your isolation as a passivecitizen, who watches powerlessly and unmotivatedly the activities of the Upper Ten Thousand in politics and business.And it strengthens you as an immortal being by giving you what is yours in the first place: the energy called "money"with which you can positively negotiate in the worlds events (through your dissemination of 10% of this money, asdescribed above).Conclusion:Please follow the instructions precisely and honestly.Act soon -- for your interest in each player and for your own. Long breaks should not occur! Everyone who participatesshould willingly and eagerly take on the responsibilities of this concept.1. As a new player you must verify thata) the firm or person who sent you this concept is truly in position #3 and that the DM 50 for the running costs havebeen transmitted to the person in position #1.b) the 100 postage stamps were purchased. (In case this was not done, have that person do so. Without photocopiedproof the sender in position #5 is not entitled to play. This monitoring is important for the security of the system in thisthree-dimensional reality is somewhat guaranteed.)2. Each player should accurately copy (with love, if possible) the names already on the list that move into the nexthigher positions, or if they are handwritten, check for reversed numbers and the like.3. In their own interest, the players should ensure that this concept is passed along in a legible manner or else retype it ifnecessary to ensure that good copies (here too: do it with love!). You will thank yourself!With Pleiadian Greetings!ANTI MATTERReports published at the end of 1995 and the beginning of 1996 stated that, after years of research, a breakthroughexperiment was crowned with success for 52-year-old German physicist Professor Walter Oelert and his team at theCERN Plant in Geneva. For one infinitesimal moment they were able to create an anti-matter atom.When matter and anti-matter collide, huge amounts of energy are released --- so large that a spacecraft, using this typeof fuel, could reach the speed of light at 299,792.458 kilometers per second [186,000 mps].Scientists throughout the globe have been preoccupied for decades with discovering anti-matter, and now their effortshave finally succeeded. This is another chink on the sword of all those obstinate scientists who still claim energy formsother than light cannot be produced. More farsighted scientists do not exclude the possibility that this newly discoveredform of energy will be used for spacecraft propulsion in the distant future. If, however, spaceships are built to traversethe universe at the speed of light, humans must resolve the problems linked to the human bodys survival at such highspeeds. Consideration must also be placed on the problems of shrinking the time (time dilation), and how these newlydiscovered energies can solve the energy problems faced by Earths human population. Terrestrial scientists haveneglected to even ponder these issues.BillyGUPPY-SHAPED OBJECTS IN OUTER SPACEAt a distance of approximately 450 light years from Earth, a large mass of guppy-shaped material with cometlike headsand tails is racing through space. The total mass measures twice the size of our entire solar system in diameter, and thetails are about 150 billion kilometers [93 billion miles] long. The U.S. Hubble Space Telescope has suppliedphotographs of these gigantic objects, and scientists speculate that trillions more may be found throughout the universe.

196. Scientists describe these formations as cometlike knots since their glowing heads and veil-like tails, at a cursory glance,resemble the tails of comets. These unique formations, which chase through space at tremendous speed, werediscovered by Hubble astronomer Robert ODell and Kerry Handron, a student at Rice University in Houston, TX, asthey explored spiral nebulae. The latter, a ring of glowing gases, are located in the Aquarius constellation. Bothscientists are of the opinion that these strange objects are remnants of dying celestial bodies, which consist of gasesemitted while the objects travel through space.Scientists have speculated for a long time that such objects exist, but only now has the Hubble Space Telescopeconfirmed this concept. Another conjecture contends that the objects will last only a few hundred thousand years beforefading again.The scientists base their assumptions on the concept that dust particles from each of the gaseous balls can collide, stickto one another and, ultimately, grow into icy objects the size of Planet Earth.BillyNEW ATTACKSDuring the 256th contact on May 13, 1996, Ptaah mentioned that renewed massive attacks against FIGU, me, as well asagainst the Core and Passive Group members are in the offing. Here is what he said:Ptaah: ... on the other hand new, negative intrigues against you, the group members, and the entire Mission. Ourinvestigations have revealed very unpleasant things, for the time is nigh when renewed, massive external forces will riseup against both you and the Mission. These negative forces lurk not only among your habitual enemies, but will begenerated also by public media systems such as newspapers, magazines, radio and television stations, as well as by sectsand religions, government agencies and secret services. Among them are defamers such as Kal Korff, various MUFON[Mutual UFO Network] groups and similar organizations, along with pseudo-scientific associations who fundamentallydenounce anything and everything which is of a non-terrestrial nature. One of these organizations is CENAP (CentralesErforschungs-Netz Aussergewöhnlicher Phänomene = Central Research Network for Unusual Phenomena). Manyunwary people permit these denouncers and debunkers, know-it-alls and intrigants to mislead them. In so doing, theunwary actually enable those who deny our existence and undermine you and your mission for reasons of hatred, envy,religious-sectarian delusions, know-it-all-attitudes, perpetual criticism, upgrading their own image, lust for admiration,arbitrariness, inferiority complexes, megalomania, feelings of superiority, a need to show off and the like. Also, thedesire for financial gain, which is of particular importance to those individuals for whom money means everything,frequently plays an important role in this scenario. No intrigue or defamation, no lie or fraud is too low for them. Sadly,this type of individual exists in great numbers on Earth. Many of them do not refrain from defaming us when theysuggest that we are actually contacting them and that we, purportedly, are transmitting messages and teachings to them.This deceitful characteristic is especially predominant among individuals of American origin, although this disease hasnow invaded Switzerland, Japan, Germany, Poland, the former Soviet Union, Austria, Italy, Israel, Spain, France,Scandinavia, the Czech Republic, and is on the rise in many other countries as well. You and your group members willsoon notice this happening, as renewed attacks will be made on you from all parts of the world. Not only will you beincluded in these attacks from every corner of the globe, but all Core Group and Passive Groups members will beaffected as well. Additionally, all your efforts to disseminate the truth and to fulfill the Mission will be increasinglydefamed and affected. This also includes the efforts by the Core Group and the Passive Groups. Even the individualspersonal rights and personal freedom and work may become influenced. Along with all these attacks will come a timethat demands increased attentiveness and increased efforts of every FIGU member in the Core Group and the PassiveGroups with regard to steadfastness and the fulfillment of the Mission. You will all need even greater strength from nowon as you face the defamations, attacks and false accusations, which will become ever more drastic because the time isnow ripe for certain "elements." Another reason may be that the attackers even sense setbacks in their passion to boast,their vainglory, arrogance, power hunger, greediness for financial gain, their fear, or in their deceitful actions tosuppress the true facts which discriminate against the truth. You and your Core Group and Passive Group members willbe subject to undue stress from now on and, therefore, the chaff will separate from the wheat. Those who are notcompletely on the side of the truth will fall by the wayside and drown in a sea of irrationality and the denial of the truth.BillyFIGU-BULLETIN Nr. 10Volume 3German printing: Februar 1997

197. English publishing: July 1998The responsibility for all forms of publication (e.g. Internet, print etc.) of the FIGU Bulletin lies entirely on "Billy" Eduard A. Meier.Falsified UFO photographs by Herbert Runkel, Bernd Johann, and Thomas KlinglerPhoto 1) Forged UFO photograph with a purported Andromeda spaceship/energy craft. In the foreground, on the hoodof the car, are Herbert Runkel (right) and Thomas Klingler (left).Photo 2) Forged UFO photograph with a purported Andromeda spaceship/energy craft. Leaning against the car isBernd Johann.With these truthful explanations and statements, I trust that all written, telephone and personal inquiries regarding thismatter have been addressed so I can finally close this subject. However, in the event that actions by my ex-wife, HerbertRunkel, Bernd Johann, and Thomas Klingler, require further clarification and evidence, particularly in regard to "P." andHerbert Runkel, I will do so, of course, in order to keep interested parties informed of other pertinent and rather uglybackground details.BillyAs many people are aware, the schemer Kal K. Korff, is also busily assembling his defamations against me; indeed, evenon the Internet the waves are rising, and some busy hands and minds are at work at American UFO Magazine as well.And yet, some contributors to the magazine do not walk hand-in-hand with Korff, as demonstrated in UFO Magazine,Vol. 11, No. 5, 1996:MEIERS´S KINGDOM VS. KORFFEditor:I do not fully agree with George Earleys glowing review of Kal Korffs book Spaceships of the Pleiades: The BillyMeier Story (Vol. 11, No. 2). From my point of view, this book is far from "meticulous" and "highly readable." I do nothave a vested financial interest in Meiers claims nor have I ever taken Meiers tall tales seriously. What I do have,though, is a little more knowledge about Meier than the average UFO Magazine reader.I became interested in Meier in the early 1980s and bought the two photo journals (first editions) and the videotape ofMeiers films. I also bought Korffs original 1981 mimeographed pamphlet "THE MEIER INCIDENT--THE MOSTINFAMOUS HOAX IN UFOLOGY!", which was delivered to my hands by his "editorial assistant," William Moore.I cannot list here all the inconsistencies I found (at least 50) in Korffs latest attempt, but here are a couple of the mostaggravating ones: (1) On page 330 Korff adamantly sustains his erroneous assumption that Meiers 35mm camera is asingle lens reflex. Once and for all, Korff, it is a rangefinder; (2) On page 110 Korff says ". . . there are no originalphotographic negatives or source materials of any of Meiers UFO pictures in existence." So, how does Meierreproduce those that he sells and of which Korff bought a few?Korffs book is not worthy of Earleys review. However, to be fair, credit must be given to Korff for his endeavor, faultyas it is. I wish Korff had not brushed off Meiers movie film, for that shouldve been a major part of his book. As far asIm concerned, Meiers movie film looks good enough to convince anyone that UFOs exist and a brush-off is notresponsible reporting.Edward LopezNew York, NYQUESTIONS FROM OUR READERSQuestion 1. How are your telepathic contact conversations transmitted?

198. Th. Hubaleck/Czech RepublicResponse: The method by which contact conversations are transmitted has remained the same from the very beginning,and this is how it works: As soon as these contact conversations actually begin to take place they always have been, andcontinue to be, directly transmitted through the consciousness of the Pleiadian/Plejaran contact person to some highlysensitive technological devices on board their beamship/spacecraft, where everything is stored. These on-board devicestransform the conversations into symbolic images of a spiritual-telepathic nature whereupon they are immediatelytransmitted to a stationary control capsule high above the Earths orbit, where they are stored. Therefore, not a singleword nor the meaning of the conversation is lost. When I am ready to recall the contact conversation, I use a spirit-telepathic code word to activate the storage device within the control capsule some minutes, hours or often days orweeks later, whereupon the stored conversations are transmitted to me in spirit-telepathic symbols. These symbols areassimilated within my spirits consciousness and are then conveyed to my material consciousness, where I transform thespirit-telepathic symbols into words and sentences with which I am familiar. While the wording and sentence structuremay, inevitably, no longer be identical to the ones actually used during the conversation, they are, nonetheless, 100%guaranteed to represent the exact connotation, value, and the meaning of the words and sentences in the originalconversation—although what I may jot down later is no longer precisely the same wording. Because I have to transformthe symbolic images once again back into words and sentences, the illusion is created that practically everything I writedown is stored in my own particular type of language and wording. Still, the final printed information represents theidentical meaning of the spoken and transmitted words. This process may be compared to a translation from onelanguage to another, whereby the translators written and spoken style come through. Consequently, you can spot myown vernacular in sentences or similar forms of conversation reproductions. Sometimes, however, I am able to recite adverbatim certain expressions and word creations I receive from my contact person as long as I can still remember themfrom our conversation.I can only access stored conversations from the control capsule once; from then onward the conversation becomesirretrievable for me because it is then stored elsewhere, in a place that is inaccessible to me. But the main thing is that allcontact conversations remain in the storage device, which is available to me until I access it and jot down the entire text.The transmission rate coincides with my typing speed which, before my collapse in 1982, was 1200 characters perminute with one hand. In order for me to have typed at this speed, it was necessary for Quetzal to modify my typewriterto make it operate faster and more efficiently.Question 2. What do the Pleiadians, respectively Plejarans, and you think of genetic engineering?Eugen Huber, SwitzerlandResponse: I am convinced that the Pleiadians/Plejarans opinion is correct when they say that the time is ripe for usterrestrials to fulfill requirements for our evolution, including the genetic factor. Genetic technology, i.e., geneengineering and manipulation, is an inevitable, unstoppable development process that exists among every highly evolvedcivilization throughout the entire universe. Hence, even terrestrial humans cannot avoid implementing geneticengineering and manipulation. It is not only wrong for incognizant or arrogant people and organizations, such asGreenpeace, to rebel against it; in so doing they actually thwart human development. While the genetic engineeringprogress cannot be stifled through irrational standoffs, they may, nonetheless, result in obstacles and relapses of itsdevelopment. The mere fact that plants can be altered to the point where they become more prolific and resistant todiseases, should be reason enough to look favorably upon genetic engineering, for it can positively influence and remedymuch of this planets hunger, poverty, and misery. Of course, medical implications must also be taken into account,which are so critical for human survival, such as those involving transplants and medications, to mention but two.Furthermore, genetic engineers and other genetic scientists do not simply fall from the sky as masters of their ownparticular disciplines. They must study their field intensely in order to master this subject. The investigation of any newtechnology will inevitably precipitate mistakes, however; but from mistakes additional studies, research and a guaranteeof further progress will ensue. Understandably, occasional harm may result from mistakes in the exploration anddevelopment of terrestrial genetic technology since it currently is still in its infancy. But possible failures should not betaken as a bad omen and a reason for distorting all of this research and for stomping it into the ground. Inevitably,development will result in errors and maybe even harm. And yet, researchers would be ill advised to give up on theirprojects. It is vital that the research now in progress continues and that steps be taken to alleviate as many mistakes aspossible. However, this type of work cannot take place in a terror-filled environment as is exemplified, for instance, byGreenpeace activism.Genetic technology is a vital facet of our development, essential for our evolution, and cannot be circumvented in thelong run, even by terrestrials. In other words, it is much more constructive for us to rationally support the appropriategenetic scientific experts than it is to boycott them. Anyone boycotting them impedes not only human evolution, but

199. takes on the responsibility for a great deal of suffering, poverty, and misery that may befall humans, animals and allnature on Earth. To have a hostile attitude toward genetic technology is to commit an irresponsible and criminaltransgression against terrestrial humankind and the entire planet, including its floral and faunal life forms.Question 3.a) In your Overpopulation brochure #3, page 9, you state a family of 5 requires 1 hectare [approx. 2.5 acres] of land tofeed itself, maintain a garden, and allow for freedom of movement. But in the next sentence you say that 1 kilometer2(km2) = [0.39 mile2] should be calculated for every 12-person group.b) How do you come up with these results when 1 hectare land with an area of 10,000 meters2 (m2) = 100 x 100meters [approx. 330 x 330 ft] is required for 5 persons [10,000/5 = 2,000 m2] per person—and then you state that 12persons require 1 km2 [0.39 mile2] fertile land, which amounts to 1,000 m x 1,000 m or 1,000,000 m2 [1,000,000/12 =83,000 m2] per person?Fritz Gollmann, AustriaResponse:a) The number of 5 persons per 1 hectare refers to people who live in settlements, such as villages, cities or larger clansand tribal housing areas. This implies that a total of 500 persons should be living on 1 km2 [0.39 mile2] in such areas.And yet, here on Earth the number of people today is a multiple of this recommended total number. Furthermore, insuch places, as a rule, neither gardens nor parks are allocated for the required level of self-sufficiency, because onehouse or apartment is constructed immediately adjacent to another house or apartment. The consequence is thatindividual families, frequently with many children, live door-to-door beside each other and have, therefore, no openspace in which to move about. The "five-person rule" applies only to population clusters such as villages, cities, and thelike.On the other hand, we must allow in our calculation 12 persons per 1 km2 when dealing with open, fertile, tillable land,intended for agricultural and horticultural purposes. This type of land is not only intended for personal self-sufficiencybut also for the general communitys self-sufficiency. Although people within these communities are only able to plantfruit and vegetables, and keep a limited number of animals on their land of 10,000 m2 [107,642 ft2], the amount ofarable land does not allow for any full-scale self-sufficiency. And of these 107,642 ft2 specific portions must beallocated for buildings, open-air recreational purposes and the like, which again require external food supplies so thepeople there can adequately subsist. These supplies must be provided by the agricultural and horticultural land areaswhere a mere 12 persons live per 0.39 mile2.b) The optimum total human population a planet can adequately hold is calculated according to how much arable, fertileland is available. The area, in square kilometers, determines the maximum number of humans who should live on it. Thetotal area is then divided by the number of people, taking into account that a certain number of them will live in villages,cities or other larger settlements, while the rest will live on large properties, tended by their tenants in an agriculturalmanner who will supply food to the people in the villages, cities, and the like.On Earth we have available approximately 130 million km2 [50.2 million miles2] of ice-free, fertile and barren landsurface. However, this total land mass must not be used to calculate the optimum human population, for only the fertileland can be used in that calculation. The Earths fertile land mass originally amounted to 24 million km2 [9.3 millionmiles2]. This amount of land would have allowed for the problem-free feeding of a total population of 529 millionhuman beings—when taking into account that 5 persons can live on 1 hectare [approx. 2.5 acres] in the villages, citiesor other housing areas; if 12 persons can live on 1 km2 [0.39 miles2]; and if it is also utilized for agricultural andhorticultural purposes. However, today only 18 million of the original 24 million km2 [7 million of 9.3 million originalmiles2] of fertile land remain available since the terrestrial population, in a mad breeding spree, created thisoverpopulation problem and land destruction. The latter two dilemmas have already destroyed 6 million km2 [2.3million miles2] of this fertile land through the construction of villages, cities, airports, recreational/sport centers,factories, industrial plants, and others. Additionally, the populace has built dams and has induced the formation of bleakdeserts in what previously were lush areas. Hence, if the original 24 million km2 or 9.3 million miles2 of fertile land areinhabited by 529 million humans, approximately 22 (or 22.04 to be precise) persons can live on each 1 km2 or 0.39

200. mile2—not taking into account villages, cities or other settlements. When 18 million km2 [7 million miles2] of fertileland are used in the calculation, 30 (29.38) people of a total human population of 529 million would live on each squarekilometer. This means that 18 of 30 persons now would have to live in villages, cities or large settlements, whichamounts to approximately two-thirds of the entire population.Assuming now we have an allotment of 130 million km2 [50.2 million miles2] of ice-free land surface available, thiscalculates out as 4.06 persons per 1 square kilometer—provided the human population is a mere 5

First contact billy meier

by Sirius Disclosure on Apr 30, 2013

Accessibility

Categories

Upload Details

Usage Rights

Statistics

First contact billy meier Document Transcript